IEEE Ethernet(104)規格を読もう。目次編

（５月・お盆・お正月）休みに IEEE Ethernet規格(英文：個人利用無料)を読もう。１日１０００ページ目標。:英語(48)
https://qiita.com/kaizen_nagoya/items/e1a3155a950e799a17f5

そうはいっても、5600頁ある文書を、一回読んで理解できるとも思えない。

過去からの技術の積み重ねで、多重構造になっているかもしれない。

<この項は書きかけです。順次追記します。>

方法

これまでに、いっくつかの方法を取ってきた。

単語帳(word count)

文書に出てくるすべての単語を洗い出し、予め単語帳を作っておけば、知らない単語が出てくるということはなくなる。

目次(content)

目次を知れば、全体の文書構造がわかる。目次に出ている単語だけから出発する方法もある。

参考文献(reference)

本文だけでなく、参考文献すべてをあたってあれば、内容がわからないことにはならない。

短縮名(sort name)

単語帳があっても、短縮名の意味を知らなければ読めない。

今回は、短縮名から確認してみる。

目次

８つの節(SECTION)に別れている。
編集の都合だろうと推測。章節番号は連続している。、頁番号は、各節目次が長く、Introductionが５５頁から始まっている。

SECTION ONE

1. Introduction. 55
   1.1 Overview. 55
   1.1.1 Scope. 55
   1.1.2 Basic concepts. 55
   1.1.2.1 Half duplex operation 56
   1.1.2.2 Full duplex operation 56
   1.1.3 Architectural perspectives. 56
   1.1.3.1 Architectural rationale 57
   1.1.3.2 Compatibility interfaces 57
   1.1.4 Layer interfaces. 60
   1.1.5 Application areas 60
   1.2 Notation 60
   1.2.1 State diagram conventions 60
   1.2.2 Service specification method and notation 62
   1.2.2.1 Classification of service primitives. 62
   1.2.3 Physical Layer and media notation. 63
   1.2.4 Physical Layer message notation 63
   1.2.5 Hexadecimal notation 63
   1.2.6 Accuracy and resolution of numerical quantities 63
   1.2.7 Qm.n number format. 63
   1.2.8 Em dash (—) in a table cell 63
   1.3 Normative references 64
   1.4 Definitions 73
   1.5 Abbreviations 108
2. Media Access Control (MAC) service specification 114
   2.1 Scope and field of application 114
   2.2 Overview of the service 114
   2.2.1 General description of services provided by the layer 114
   2.2.2 Model used for the service specification 114
   2.2.3 Overview of interactions. 114
   2.2.4 Basic services 115
   2.3 Detailed service specification 115
   2.3.1 MA_DATA.request 115
   2.3.1.1 Function 115
   2.3.1.2 Semantics of the service primitive 115
   2.3.1.3 When generated 115
   2.3.1.4 Effect of receipt 115
   2.3.1.5 Additional comments 115
   2.3.2 MA_DATA.indication 116
   2.3.2.1 Function 116
   2.3.2.2 Semantics of the service primitive 116
   2.3.2.3 When generated 116
   2.3.2.4 Effect of receipt 117
   2.3.2.5 Additional comments 117
3. Media Access Control (MAC) frame and packet specifications 118
   3.1 Overview. 118
   3.1.1 Packet format 118
   3.1.2 Service interface mappings. 119
   3.2 Elements of the MAC frame and packet. 119
   3.2.1 Preamble field 119
   3.2.2 Start Frame Delimiter (SFD) field 119
   3.2.3 Address fields 119
   3.2.3.1 Address designation 120
   3.2.4 Destination Address field 120
   3.2.5 Source Address field. 121
   3.2.6 Length/Type field 121
   3.2.7 MAC Client Data field 121
   3.2.8 Pad field 122
   3.2.9 Frame Check Sequence (FCS) field 122
   3.2.10 Extension field 122
   3.3 Order of bit transmission 123
   3.4 Invalid MAC frame. 123
4. Media Access Control. 124
   4.1 Functional model of the MAC method 124
   4.1.1 Overview. 124
   4.1.2 CSMA/CD operation 125
   4.1.2.1 Normal operation 125
   4.1.2.1.1 Transmission without contention 125
   4.1.2.1.2 Reception without contention 126
   4.1.2.2 Access interference and recovery 126
   4.1.3 Relationships to the MAC client and Physical Layers 127
   4.2 CSMA/CD Media Access Control (MAC) method: Precise specification. 127
   4.2.1 Introduction. 127
   4.2.2 Overview of the procedural model 127
   4.2.2.1 Ground rules for the procedural model. 128
   4.2.2.2 Use of Pascal in the procedural model 128
   4.2.2.3 Organization of the procedural model 129
   4.2.2.4 Layer management extensions to procedural model. 129
   4.2.3 Packet transmission model 130
   4.2.3.1 Transmit data encapsulation 135
   4.2.3.2 Transmit media access management. 135
   4.2.3.2.1 Deference 135
   4.2.3.2.2 Interpacket gap 136
   4.2.3.2.3 Collision handling (half duplex mode only) 136
   4.2.3.2.4 Collision detection and enforcement (half duplex mode only). 136
   4.2.3.2.5 Collision backoff and retransmission (half duplex mode only). 136
   4.2.3.2.6 Full duplex transmission. 137
   4.2.3.2.7 Packet bursting (half duplex mode only) 137
   4.2.3.3 Minimum frame size. 138
   4.2.3.4 Carrier extension (half duplex mode only) 138
   4.2.4 Frame reception model 138
   4.2.4.1 Receive data decapsulation. 138
   4.2.4.1.1 Address recognition 138
   4.2.4.1.2 Frame check sequence validation 139
   4.2.4.1.3 Frame disassembly 139
   4.2.4.2 Receive media access management 139
   4.2.4.2.1 Framing. 139
   4.2.4.2.2 Collision filtering. 140
   4.2.5 Preamble generation 140
   4.2.6 Start frame sequence. 140
   4.2.7 Global declarations 140
   4.2.7.1 Common constants, types, and variables 140
   4.2.7.2 Transmit state variables 142
   4.2.7.3 Receive state variables 143
   4.2.7.4 State variable initialization 143
   4.2.8 Frame transmission 144
   4.2.9 Frame reception 151
   4.2.10 Common procedures 155
   4.3 Interfaces to/from adjacent layers. 155
   4.3.1 Overview. 155
   4.3.2 MAC service 155
   4.3.2.1 MAC client transmit interface state diagram 156
   4.3.2.1.1 Variables 156
   4.3.2.1.2 Functions. 156
   4.3.2.1.3 Messages. 156
   4.3.2.1.4 MAC client transmit interface state diagram 156
   4.3.2.2 MAC client receive interface state diagram 156
   4.3.2.2.1 Variables 156
   4.3.2.2.2 Functions. 157
   4.3.2.2.3 Messages. 157
   4.3.2.2.4 MAC client receive interface state diagram 158
   4.3.3 Services required from the Physical Layer 158
   4.4 Specific implementations 160
   4.4.1 Compatibility overview 160
   4.4.2 MAC parameters. 161
   4.4.3 Configuration guidelines. 162
5. Layer Management 163
   5.1 Introduction. 163
   5.1.1 Systems Management overview 163
   5.1.2 Layer Management model 163
   5.1.3 Packages 164
   5.1.4 Conformance requirements. 164
   5.2 Management facilities. 164
   5.2.1 Introduction. 164
   5.2.2 DTE MAC Sublayer Management facilities. 164
   5.2.2.1 DTE MAC sublayer attributes 166
   5.2.2.1.1 aMACID 166
   5.2.2.1.2 aFramesTransmittedOK 166
   5.2.2.1.3 aSingleCollisionFrames 166
   5.2.2.1.4 aMultipleCollisionFrames 166
   5.2.2.1.5 aFramesReceivedOK 167
   5.2.2.1.6 aFrameCheckSequenceErrors. 167
   5.2.2.1.7 aAlignmentErrors 167
   5.2.2.1.8 aOctetsTransmittedOK 167
   5.2.2.1.9 aFramesWithDeferredXmissions 168
   5.2.2.1.10 aLateCollisions 168
   5.2.2.1.11 aFramesAbortedDueToXSColls 168
   5.2.2.1.12 aFramesLostDueToIntMACXmitError 168
   5.2.2.1.13 aCarrierSenseErrors 169
   5.2.2.1.14 aOctetsReceivedOK 169
   5.2.2.1.15 aFramesLostDueToIntMACRcvError 169
   5.2.2.1.16 aPromiscuousStatus 169
   5.2.2.1.17 aReadMulticastAddressList 170
   5.2.2.1.18 aMulticastFramesXmittedOK. 170
   5.2.2.1.19 aBroadcastFramesXmittedOK 170
   5.2.2.1.20 aFramesWithExcessiveDeferral 170
   5.2.2.1.21 aMulticastFramesReceivedOK 171
   5.2.2.1.22 aBroadcastFramesReceivedOK 171
   5.2.2.1.23 aInRangeLengthErrors 171
   5.2.2.1.24 aOutOfRangeLengthField. 171
   5.2.2.1.25 aFrameTooLongErrors 172
   5.2.2.1.26 aMACEnableStatus. 172
   5.2.2.1.27 aTransmitEnableStatus 172
   5.2.2.1.28 aMulticastReceiveStatus. 172
   5.2.2.1.29 aReadWriteMACAddress 173
   5.2.2.1.30 aCollisionFrames 173
   5.2.2.2 DTE MAC Sublayer actions 173
   5.2.2.2.1 acInitializeMAC 173
   5.2.2.2.2 acAddGroupAddress. 173
   5.2.2.2.3 acDeleteGroupAddress 174
   5.2.2.2.4 acExecuteSelfTest. 174
   5.2.2.3 ResourceTypeID Managed Object Class 174
   5.2.2.3.1 ResourceTypeID 174
   5.2.3 DTE Physical Sublayer Management facilities 174
   5.2.3.1 DTE Physical Sublayer attributes 174
   5.2.3.1.1 aPHYID 174
   5.2.3.1.2 aSQETestErrors 174
   5.2.4 DTE Management procedural model 175
   5.2.4.1 Common constants and types 175
   5.2.4.2 Transmit variables and procedures 175
   5.2.4.3 Receive variables and procedures. 177
   5.2.4.4 Common procedures 179
6. Physical Signaling (PLS) service specifications. 180
   6.1 Scope and field of application 180
   6.2 Overview of the service 180
   6.2.1 General description of services provided by the layer 180
   6.2.2 Model used for the service specification 180
   6.2.3 Overview of interactions. 180
   6.2.4 Basic services and options 181
   6.3 Detailed service specification 181
   6.3.1 Peer-to-peer service primitives 181
   6.3.1.1 PLS_DATA.request 181
   6.3.1.1.1 Function 181
   6.3.1.1.2 Semantics of the service primitive 181
   6.3.1.1.3 When generated 181
   6.3.1.1.4 Effect of receipt 181
   6.3.1.2 PLS_DATA.indication 182
   6.3.1.2.1 Function 182
   6.3.1.2.2 Semantics of the service primitive 182
   6.3.1.2.3 When generated 182
   6.3.1.2.4 Effect of receipt 182
   6.3.2 Sublayer-to-sublayer service primitives 182
   6.3.2.1 PLS_CARRIER.indication 182
   6.3.2.1.1 Function 182
   6.3.2.1.2 Semantics of the service primitive. 182
   6.3.2.1.3 When generated 182
   6.3.2.1.4 Effect of receipt 182
   6.3.2.2 PLS_SIGNAL.indication. 183
   6.3.2.2.1 Function 183
   6.3.2.2.2 Semantics of the service primitive. 183
   6.3.2.2.3 When generated 183
   6.3.2.2.4 Effect of receipt 183
   6.3.2.3 PLS_DATA_VALID.indication 183
   6.3.2.3.1 Function 183
   6.3.2.3.2 Semantics of the service primitive 183
   6.3.2.3.3 When generated 183
   6.3.2.3.4 Effect of receipt 183
7. Physical Signaling (PLS) and Attachment Unit Interface (AUI) specifications 184
   7.1 Scope. 184
   7.1.1 Definitions 184
   7.1.2 Summary of major concepts 184
   7.1.3 Application 185
   7.1.4 Modes of operation 185
   7.1.5 Allocation of function. 185
   7.2 Functional specification 185
   7.2.1 PLS–PMA (DTE–MAU) Interface protocol. 185
   7.2.1.1 PLS to PMA messages 186
   7.2.1.1.1 output message 186
   7.2.1.1.2 output_idle message 187
   7.2.1.1.3 normal message. 187
   7.2.1.1.4 isolate message (optional). 187
   7.2.1.1.5 mau_request message (optional) 187
   7.2.1.2 PMA to PLS interface. 189
   7.2.1.2.1 input message 189
   7.2.1.2.2 input_idle message 191
   7.2.1.2.3 signal_quality_error message 191
   7.2.1.2.4 mau_available message. 191
   7.2.1.2.5 mau_not_available message (optional). 191
   7.2.2 PLS interface to MAC and management entities 192
   7.2.2.1 PLS–MAC interface 192
   7.2.2.1.1 OUTPUT_UNIT 192
   7.2.2.1.2 OUTPUT_STATUS 192
   7.2.2.1.3 INPUT_UNIT 192
   7.2.2.1.4 CARRIER_STATUS 192
   7.2.2.1.5 SIGNAL_STATUS. 193
   7.2.2.1.6 DATA_VALID_STATUS 193
   7.2.2.2 PLS–management entity interface 193
   7.2.2.2.1 RESET_REQUEST 193
   7.2.2.2.2 RESET_RESPONSE 194
   7.2.2.2.3 MODE_CONTROL 194
   7.2.2.2.4 SQE_TEST 194
   7.2.3 Frame structure 194
   7.2.3.1 Silence. 195
   7.2.3.2 Preamble 195
   7.2.3.3 Start of Frame Delimiter (SFD) 195
   7.2.3.4 Data. 195
   7.2.3.5 End of transmission delimiter 195
   7.2.4 PLS functions 195
   7.2.4.1 Reset and Identify function. 196
   7.2.4.2 Mode function. 196
   7.2.4.3 Output function 197
   7.2.4.4 Input function 197
   7.2.4.5 Error Sense function 197
   7.2.4.6 Carrier Sense function 198
   7.3 Signal characteristics 198
   7.3.1 Signal encoding. 198
   7.3.1.1 Data encoding 198
   7.3.1.2 Control encoding. 202
   7.3.2 Signaling rate 203
   7.3.3 Signaling levels. 203
   7.4 Electrical characteristics 203
   7.4.1 Driver characteristics 203
   7.4.1.1 Differential output voltage, loaded 203
   7.4.1.2 Requirements after idle. 205
   7.4.1.3 AC common-mode output voltage 205
   7.4.1.4 Differential output voltage, open circuit. 205
   7.4.1.5 DC common-mode output voltage 205
   7.4.1.6 Fault tolerance. 206
   7.4.2 Receiver characteristics 206
   7.4.2.1 Receiver threshold levels 206
   7.4.2.2 AC differential input impedance. 207
   7.4.2.3 AC common-mode range 207
   7.4.2.4 Total common-mode range. 207
   7.4.2.5 Idle input behavior 208
   7.4.2.6 Fault tolerance. 208
   7.4.3 AUI cable characteristics 208
   7.4.3.1 Conductor size 209
   7.4.3.2 Pair-to-pair balanced crosstalk 209
   7.4.3.3 Differential characteristic impedance 209
   7.4.3.4 Transfer impedance. 209
   7.4.3.5 Attenuation 209
   7.4.3.6 Timing jitter 209
   7.4.3.7 Delay. 209
   7.5 Functional description of interchange circuits 210
   7.5.1 General 210
   7.5.2 Definition of interchange circuits 210
   7.5.2.1 Circuit DO–Data Out 211
   7.5.2.2 Circuit DI–Data In 211
   7.5.2.3 Circuit CO–Control Out (optional). 211
   7.5.2.4 Circuit CI–Control In 211
   7.5.2.5 Circuit VP–Voltage Plus. 212
   7.5.2.6 Circuit VC–Voltage Common 212
   7.5.2.7 Circuit PG–Protective Ground 212
   7.5.2.8 Circuit shield terminations 212
   7.6 Mechanical characteristics 212
   7.6.1 Definition of mechanical interface 212
   7.6.2 Line interface connector 212
   7.6.3 Contact assignments 213
8. Medium Attachment Unit and baseband medium specifications, type 10BASE5 216
   8.1 Scope. 216
   8.1.1 Overview. 216
   8.1.1.1 Medium Attachment Unit 216
   8.1.1.2 Repeater unit 217
   8.1.2 Definitions 217
   8.1.3 Application perspective: MAU and MEDIUM objectives 217
   8.1.3.1 Object 217
   8.1.3.2 Compatibility considerations 217
   8.1.3.3 Relationship to PLS and AU interface 218
   8.1.3.4 Modes of operation 218
   8.2 MAU functional specifications. 218
   8.2.1 MAU Physical Layer functions 218
   8.2.1.1 Transmit function requirements 218
   8.2.1.2 Receive function requirements 219
   8.2.1.3 Collision Presence function requirements 220
   8.2.1.4 Monitor function requirements (optional) 220
   8.2.1.5 Jabber function requirements 221
   8.2.2 MAU interface messages 221
   8.2.2.1 DTE Physical Layer to MAU Physical Layer messages 221
   8.2.2.2 MAU Physical Layer to DTE Physical Layer 222
   8.2.2.2.1 input message 222
   8.2.2.2.2 input_idle message 222
   8.2.2.2.3 mau_available message. 222
   8.2.2.2.4 signal_quality_error message 222
   8.2.3 MAU state diagrams 223
   8.3 MAU–medium electrical characteristics 223
   8.3.1 MAU-to-coaxial cable interface 223
   8.3.1.1 Input impedance 223
   8.3.1.2 Bias current 224
   8.3.1.3 Coaxial cable signaling levels. 224
   8.3.1.4 Transmit output levels symmetry 230
   8.3.1.5 Collision detect thresholds 230
   8.3.2 MAU electrical characteristics 230
   8.3.2.1 Electrical isolation 230
   8.3.2.2 Power consumption. 231
   8.3.2.3 Reliability 231
   8.3.3 MAU–DTE electrical characteristics 231
   8.3.4 MAU–DTE mechanical connection 231
   8.4 Characteristics of the coaxial cable 231
   8.4.1 Coaxial cable electrical parameters 231
   8.4.1.1 Characteristic impedance 231
   8.4.1.2 Attenuation 231
   8.4.1.3 Velocity of propagation 232
   8.4.1.4 Edge jitter, untapped cable 232
   8.4.1.5 Transfer impedance. 232
   8.4.1.6 Cable dc loop resistance 232
   8.4.2 Coaxial cable properties 233
   8.4.2.1 Mechanical requirements 233
   8.4.2.1.1 General construction 233
   8.4.2.1.2 Center conductor. 233
   8.4.2.1.3 Dielectric material. 233
   8.4.2.1.4 Shielding system 233
   8.4.2.1.5 Overall jacket 233
   8.4.2.2 Jacket marking 234
   8.4.3 Total segment dc loop resistance 234
   8.5 Coaxial trunk cable connectors. 234
   8.5.1 Inline coaxial extension connector 234
   8.5.2 Coaxial cable terminator. 235
   8.5.2.1 Termination. 235
   8.5.2.2 Earthing. 235
   8.5.3 MAU-to-coaxial cable connection 235
   8.5.3.1 Electrical requirements 235
   8.5.3.2 Mechanical requirements 236
   8.5.3.2.1 Connector housing 236
   8.5.3.2.2 Contact reliability 236
   8.5.3.2.3 Shield probe characteristics 237
   8.6 System considerations. 237
   8.6.1 Transmission system model 237
   8.6.2 Transmission system requirements. 238
   8.6.2.1 Cable sectioning 238
   8.6.2.2 MAU placement 238
   8.6.2.3 Trunk cable system grounding 238
   8.6.3 Labeling 239
   8.7 Environmental specifications 239
   8.7.1 General safety requirements 239
   8.7.2 Network safety requirements 239
   8.7.2.1 Installations. 239
   8.7.2.2 Grounding 240
   8.7.2.3 Safety 240
   8.7.2.4 Breakdown path 240
   8.7.2.5 Isolation boundary 240
   8.7.2.6 Installation and maintenance guidelines 240
   8.7.3 Electromagnetic environment 241
   8.7.3.1 Susceptibility levels 241
   8.7.3.2 Emission levels 241
   8.7.4 Temperature and humidity 241
   8.7.5 Regulatory requirements. 241
   8.8 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 8, Medium
   Attachment Unit and baseband medium specifications, type 10BASE5 242
   8.8.1 Overview. 242
   8.8.2 Abbreviations and special symbols. 242
   8.8.2.1 Status symbols 242
   8.8.2.2 Abbreviations 242
   8.8.3 Instructions for completing the PICS proforma 242
   8.8.3.1 General structure of the PICS proforma 242
   8.8.3.2 Additional information 243
   8.8.3.3 Exception information 243
   8.8.3.4 Conditional items 243
   8.8.4 Identification. 244
   8.8.4.1 Implementation identification. 244
   8.8.4.2 Protocol summary 244
   8.8.5 Global statement of conformance 244
   8.8.6 PICS proforma tables for MAU 245
   8.8.6.1 MAU compatibility. 245
   8.8.6.2 Transmit function 245
   8.8.6.3 Receive function 246
   8.8.6.4 Collision function 247
   8.8.6.5 Monitor function 247
   8.8.6.6 Jabber function 248
   8.8.6.7 MAU to coaxial cable interface 249
   8.8.6.8 MAU electrical characteristics 250
   8.8.6.9 MAU-DTE requirements 250
   8.8.6.10 MAU to coaxial cable connection 251
   8.8.6.11 Safety requirements 251
   8.8.7 PICS proforma tables for MAU AUI characteristics 252
   8.8.7.1 Signal characteristics 252
   8.8.7.2 DI and CI driver characteristics 252
   8.8.7.3 DO receiver characteristics 253
   8.8.7.4 CO receiver characteristics 254
   8.8.7.5 Circuit termination 254
   8.8.7.6 Mechanical characteristics 255
   8.8.8 PICS proforma tables for 10BASE5 coaxial cable. 256
   8.8.8.1 10BASE5 coaxial cable characteristics 256
9. Repeater unit for 10 Mb/s baseband networks 258
   9.1 Overview. 258
   9.2 References. 259
   9.3 Definitions 259
   9.4 Compatibility interface 259
   9.4.1 AUI compatibility 259
   9.4.2 Mixing segment compatibility 259
   9.4.2.1 Direct coaxial cable attachment compatibility 259
   9.4.2.2 “N” connector compatibility. 259
   9.4.2.3 BNC compatibility 259
   9.4.2.4 BFOC/2.5 (10BASE-FP) compatibility 259
   9.4.3 Link segment compatibility 260
   9.4.3.1 Vendor-dependent IRL 260
   9.4.3.2 Fiber optic FOIRL compatibility 260
   9.4.3.3 Twisted-pair jack compatibility 260
   9.4.3.4 Fiber optic 10BASE-FB and 10BASE-FL compatibility 260
   9.5 Basic functions 260
   9.5.1 Repeater set network properties 260
   9.5.2 Signal amplification 260
   9.5.3 Signal symmetry 260
   9.5.4 Signal retiming 261
   9.5.5 Data handling 261
   9.5.5.1 Start-of-packet propagation delays 261
   9.5.5.2 Start-of-packet variability 261
   9.5.6 Collision handling. 262
   9.5.6.1 Collision presence. 262
   9.5.6.2 Jam generation 262
   9.5.6.3 Collision-jam propagation delays 262
   9.5.6.4 Transmit recovery time. 263
   9.5.6.5 Carrier recovery time 263
   9.5.7 Electrical isolation 263
   9.6 Detailed repeater functions and state diagrams 264
   9.6.1 State diagram notation 264
   9.6.2 Data and collision handling 267
   9.6.3 Preamble regeneration 267
   9.6.4 Fragment extension. 267
   9.6.5 MAU Jabber Lockup Protection 268
   9.6.6 Auto-Partitioning/Reconnection (optional) 268
   9.6.6.1 Overview. 268
   9.6.6.2 Detailed auto-partition/reconnection algorithm state diagram 268
   9.7 Electrical isolation 271
   9.7.1 Environment A requirements 271
   9.7.2 Environment B requirements 271
   9.8 Reliability 271
   9.9 Medium attachment unit and baseband medium specification for a vendor-
   independent FOIRL 272
   9.9.1 Scope. 272
   9.9.1.1 Overview. 272
   9.9.1.2 Application perspective: FOMAU and medium objectives 274
   9.9.1.3 Compatibility considerations 274
   9.9.1.4 Relationship to AUI 274
   9.9.1.5 Mode of operation. 274
   9.9.2 FOMAU functional specifications 274
   9.9.2.1 Transmit function requirements 275
   9.9.2.2 Receive function requirements 276
   9.9.2.3 Collision Presence function requirements 276
   9.9.2.4 Jabber function requirements 277
   9.9.2.5 Low Light Level Detection function requirements. 277
   9.9.2.6 Repeater Unit to FOMAU Physical Layer messages 278
   9.9.2.7 FOMAU Physical Layer to repeater unit messages 278
   9.9.2.7.1 input message 278
   9.9.2.7.2 input_idle message. 278
   9.9.2.7.3 fomau_available message 278
   9.9.2.7.4 signal_quality_error message 278
   9.9.2.8 FOMAU state diagrams 279
   9.9.3 FOMAU electrical characteristics 280
   9.9.3.1 Electrical isolation 280
   9.9.3.2 Power consumption. 280
   9.9.3.3 Reliability 281
   9.9.3.4 FOMAU/Repeater unit electrical characteristics 281
   9.9.3.5 FOMAU/Repeater unit mechanical connection 281
   9.9.4 FOMAU/Optical medium interface 281
   9.9.4.1 Transmit optical parameters 281
   9.9.4.1.1 Wavelength 281
   9.9.4.1.2 Spectral width 281
   9.9.4.1.3 Optical modulation 281
   9.9.4.1.4 Optical idle signal 281
   9.9.4.1.5 Transmit optical logic polarity 281
   9.9.4.1.6 Optical rise and fall times 283
   9.9.4.1.7 Transmit optical pulse edge jitter 283
   9.9.4.1.8 Peak coupled optical power 284
   9.9.4.2 Receive optical parameters 284
   9.9.4.2.1 Receive peak optical power range 284
   9.9.4.2.2 Receive optical pulse edge jitter 284
   9.9.4.2.3 Receive optical logic polarity 284
   9.9.5 Characteristics of the optical fiber cable link segment 284
   9.9.5.1 Optical fiber medium 285
   9.9.5.2 Optical medium connector plug and socket 285
   9.9.6 System requirements. 285
   9.9.6.1 Optical transmission system considerations 285
   9.9.6.2 Timing considerations. 286
   9.9.7 Environmental specifications 287
   9.9.7.1 Safety requirements 287
   9.9.7.1.1 Electrical safety. 287
   9.9.7.1.2 Optical source safety. 287
   9.9.7.2 Electromagnetic environment 287
   9.9.7.2.1 Susceptibility levels 287
   9.9.7.2.2 Emission levels 287
   9.9.7.3 Temperature and humidity 288
10. Medium attachment unit and baseband medium specifications, type 10BASE2 289
    10.1 Scope. 289
    10.1.1 Overview. 289
    10.1.1.1 Medium attachment unit (normally contained within the data terminal
    equipment [DTE]). 290
    10.1.1.2 Repeater unit 290
    10.1.2 Definitions 290
    10.1.3 Application perspective: MAU and medium objectives. 290
    10.1.3.1 Object 290
    10.1.3.2 Compatibility considerations 291
    10.1.3.3 Relationship to PLS and AUI 291
    10.1.3.4 Mode of operation. 291
    10.2 References. 291
    10.3 MAU functional specifications. 291
    10.3.1 MAU Physical Layer functional requirements 292
    10.3.1.1 Transmit function requirements 292
    10.3.1.2 Receive function requirements 293
    10.3.1.3 Collision Presence function requirements 293
    10.3.1.4 Jabber functional requirements. 294
    10.3.2 MAU interface messages 294
    10.3.2.1 DTE to MAU messages 294
    10.3.2.2 MAU to DTE messages 294
    10.3.2.2.1 input message 296
    10.3.2.2.2 input_idle message 296
    10.3.2.2.3 mau_available message. 296
    10.3.2.2.4 signal_quality_error (SQE) message 296
    10.3.3 MAU state diagrams 296
    10.4 MAU–medium electrical characteristics 297
    10.4.1 MAU-to-coaxial cable interface 297
    10.4.1.1 Input impedance 297
    10.4.1.2 Bias current 297
    10.4.1.3 Coaxial cable signaling levels. 297
    10.4.1.4 Transmit output levels symmetry 299
    10.4.1.5 Collision detect thresholds 299
    10.4.2 MAU electrical characteristics 299
    10.4.2.1 Electrical isolation 299
    10.4.2.2 Power consumption. 299
    10.4.2.3 Reliability 300
    10.4.3 MAU–DTE electrical characteristics 300
    10.5 Characteristics of coaxial cable system 300
    10.5.1 Coaxial cable electrical parameters 300
    10.5.1.1 Characteristic impedance 300
    10.5.1.2 Attenuation 300
    10.5.1.3 Velocity of propagation 300
    10.5.1.4 Edge jitter; entire segment without DTEs attached 300
    10.5.1.5 Transfer impedance. 301
    10.5.1.6 Cable dc loop resistance 301
    10.5.2 Coaxial cable physical parameters 301
    10.5.2.1 Mechanical requirements 301
    10.5.2.1.1 General construction 302
    10.5.2.1.2 Center conductor. 302
    10.5.2.1.3 Dielectric material. 302
    10.5.2.1.4 Shielding system 302
    10.5.2.1.5 Overall jacket 302
    10.5.2.2 Jacket marking 302
    10.5.3 Total segment dc loop resistance 302
    10.6 Coaxial trunk cable connectors. 303
    10.6.1 In-line coaxial extension connector 303
    10.6.2 Coaxial cable terminator. 304
    10.6.3 MAU-to-coaxial cable connection 304
    10.7 System considerations. 304
    10.7.1 Transmission system model 304
    10.7.2 Transmission system requirements. 306
    10.7.2.1 Cable sectioning 306
    10.7.2.2 MAU placement 306
    10.7.2.3 Trunk cable system earthing 306
    10.7.2.4 Static discharge path 306
    10.7.2.4.1 Installation environment 306
    10.8 Environmental specifications 307
    10.8.1 Safety requirements 307
    10.8.1.1 Installations. 307
    10.8.1.2 Earthing. 307
    10.8.2 Electromagnetic environment 307
    10.8.2.1 Susceptibility levels 307
    10.8.2.2 Emission levels 307
    10.8.3 Regulatory requirements. 307
11. Broadband medium attachment unit and broadband medium specifications, type 10BROAD36 308
    11.1 Scope. 308
    11.1.1 Overview. 308
    11.1.2 Definitions 310
    11.1.3 MAU and medium objectives 310
    11.1.4 Compatibility considerations 311
    11.1.5 Relationship to PLS and AUI 311
    11.1.6 Mode of operation. 311
    11.2 MAU functional specifications. 311
    11.2.1 MAU functional requirements 311
    11.2.1.1 Transmit function requirements 311
    11.2.1.2 Receive function requirements 312
    11.2.1.3 Collision Detection function requirements 312
    11.2.1.3.1 Collision enforcement transmitter requirements. 313
    11.2.1.3.2 Collision enforcement detection requirements 313
    11.2.1.4 Jabber function requirements 313
    11.2.2 DTE PLS to MAU and MAU to DTE PLS messages 314
    11.2.2.1 DTE Physical Layer to MAU Physical Layer messages 314
    11.2.2.2 MAU Physical Layer to DTE Physical Layer messages 314
    11.2.2.2.1 input message 314
    11.2.2.2.2 input_idle message 314
    11.2.2.2.3 mau_available message. 314
    11.2.2.3 signal_quality_error message 314
    11.2.3 MAU state diagrams 315
    11.2.3.1 MAU state diagram messages. 315
    11.2.3.2 MAU state diagram signal names. 315
    11.3 MAU characteristics 318
    11.3.1 MAU-to-coaxial cable interface 318
    11.3.1.1 Receive interface. 318
    11.3.1.1.1 Receive input impedance 318
    11.3.1.1.2 Receiver squelch requirements 318
    11.3.1.1.3 Receive level requirements. 319
    11.3.1.1.4 Receiver selectivity and linearity requirements 319
    11.3.1.1.5 Receive input mechanical requirements 319
    11.3.1.2 Transmit interface 319
    11.3.1.2.1 Transmit output impedance 319
    11.3.1.2.2 Transmitted RF packet format 319
    11.3.1.2.3 Transmit spectrum and group delay characteristics 320
    11.3.1.2.4 Transmit out-of-band spectrum 322
    11.3.1.2.5 Transmit level requirements 322
    11.3.1.2.6 Nontransmitting signal leakage requirement 322
    11.3.1.2.7 Transmit spurious output requirement 322
    11.3.1.2.8 Collision enforcement signal leakage requirement. 323
    11.3.1.2.9 Transmit output mechanical requirements 323
    11.3.2 MAU frequency allocations 323
    11.3.2.1 Single-cable systems frequency allocations 323
    11.3.2.2 Dual-cable systems frequency allocations 324
    11.3.3 AUI electrical characteristics 324
    11.3.3.1 Electrical isolation requirements 324
    11.3.3.2 Current consumption. 324
    11.3.3.3 Driver and receiver requirements 325
    11.3.3.4 AUI mechanical connection 325
    11.3.4 MAU transfer characteristics 325
    11.3.4.1 AUI to coaxial cable framing characteristics 325
    11.3.4.1.1 Scrambler and differential encoding requirements. 326
    11.3.4.2 Coaxial cable to AUI framing characteristics. 327
    11.3.4.3 Circuit DO to circuit DI framing characteristics 328
    11.3.4.4 AUI to coaxial cable delay characteristics 328
    11.3.4.4.1 Circuit DO to RF data signal delay. 328
    11.3.4.4.2 Circuit DO to CE RF output delay 328
    11.3.4.4.3 Transmit postamble to SQE test signal delay 328
    11.3.4.4.4 SQE test signal length. 328
    11.3.4.5 Coaxial cable to AUI delay characteristics. 328
    11.3.4.5.1 Received RF to circuit DI delay 329
    11.3.4.5.2 Received RF to CE RF output and circuit CI delay 329
    11.3.4.5.3 Collision enforcement to circuit CI delay. 329
    11.3.4.5.4 Receive data to SQE test delay 329
    11.3.4.6 Delay from circuit DO to circuit DI 330
    11.3.4.7 Interpacket gap requirement 331
    11.3.4.8 Bit error ratio 331
    11.3.5 Reliability 331
    11.4 System considerations. 332
    11.4.1 Delay budget and network diameter 332
    11.4.2 MAU operation with packets shorter than 512 bits 332
    11.5 Characteristics of the coaxial cable system 333
    11.5.1 Electrical requirements 333
    11.5.2 Mechanical requirements 333
    11.5.3 Delay requirements 333
    11.6 Frequency translator requirements for the single-cable version. 334
    11.6.1 Electrical requirements 334
    11.6.2 Mechanical requirements 334
    11.7 Environmental specifications 334
    11.7.1 Safety requirements 334
    11.7.2 Electromagnetic environment 335
    11.7.2.1 Susceptibility levels 335
    11.7.2.2 Emission levels 335
    11.7.3 Temperature and humidity 335
12. Physical signaling, medium attachment, and baseband medium 
    specifications, type 1BASE5 336
    12.1 Introduction. 336
    12.1.1 Overview. 336
    12.1.2 Scope. 336
    12.1.3 Definitions 336
    12.1.4 General characteristics 336
    12.1.5 Compatibility 337
    12.1.6 Objectives of type 1BASE5 specification 337
    12.2 Architecture 337
    12.2.1 Major concepts 337
    12.2.2 Application perspective 338
    12.2.3 Packet structure. 338
    12.2.3.1 Silence. 339
    12.2.3.2 Preamble 339
    12.2.3.3 Start-of-frame delimiter 340
    12.2.3.4 Data. 340
    12.2.3.5 End-of-transmission delimiter 340
    12.3 DTE physical signaling (PLS) specification. 341
    12.3.1 Overview. 341
    12.3.1.1 Summary of major concepts 341
    12.3.1.2 Application perspective 341
    12.3.2 Functional specification 342
    12.3.2.1 PLS-PMA interface. 342
    12.3.2.1.1 output message 342
    12.3.2.1.2 output_idle message 342
    12.3.2.1.3 input message 342
    12.3.2.1.4 input_idle message 342
    12.3.2.2 PLS-MAC interface 343
    12.3.2.2.1 OUTPUT_UNIT 343
    12.3.2.2.2 OUTPUT_STATUS 343
    12.3.2.2.3 INPUT_UNIT 343
    12.3.2.2.4 CARRIER_STATUS 343
    12.3.2.2.5 SIGNAL_STATUS. 343
    12.3.2.3 PLS functions 344
    12.3.2.3.1 State diagram variables. 344
    12.3.2.3.2 Output function 344
    12.3.2.3.3 Input function 345
    12.3.2.3.4 Error Sense function 345
    12.3.2.3.5 Carrier Sense function 346
    12.3.2.4 Signal encoding. 346
    12.3.2.4.1 Data transmission rate. 346
    12.3.2.4.2 Data symbol encoding 346
    12.3.2.4.3 Collision presence encoding 346
    12.3.2.4.4 Idle line encoding 347
    12.4 Hub specification 348
    12.4.1 Overview. 348
    12.4.1.1 Summary of major concepts 349
    12.4.1.2 Application perspective 349
    12.4.2 Hub structure. 349
    12.4.2.1 Upward side 349
    12.4.2.2 Downward side 349
    12.4.3 Hub PLS functional specification 350
    12.4.3.1 Hub PLS to PMA interface. 350
    12.4.3.2 Hub PLS functions 350
    12.4.3.2.1 State diagram variables. 350
    12.4.3.2.2 Upward Signal Transfer function 351
    12.4.3.2.3 Jabber function 351
    12.4.3.2.4 Downward Signal Transfer function. 352
    12.4.3.2.5 Retiming (jitter removal) 354
    12.4.3.2.6 Header hub wrap-around 354
    12.4.3.2.7 Collision presence startup. 354
    12.4.3.3 Reliability 355
    12.5 Physical medium attachment (PMA) specification 355
    12.5.1 Overview. 355
    12.5.2 PLS–PMA interface 355
    12.5.3 Signal characteristics 356
    12.5.3.1 Transmitter characteristics 356
    12.5.3.1.1 Differential output voltage 356
    12.5.3.1.2 Output timing jitter 359
    12.5.3.1.3 Transmitter impedance balance 359
    12.5.3.1.4 Common-mode output voltage 360
    12.5.3.1.5 Common-mode tolerance 360
    12.5.3.1.6 Transmitter fault tolerance 361
    12.5.3.2 Receiver characteristics 361
    12.5.3.2.1 Differential input voltage 361
    12.5.3.2.2 Input timing jitter 361
    12.5.3.2.3 Idle input behavior 361
    12.5.3.2.4 Differential input impedance 362
    12.5.3.2.5 Common-mode rejection 362
    12.5.3.2.6 Noise immunity. 363
    12.5.3.2.7 Receiver fault tolerance 363
    12.6 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI) specification 363
    12.6.1 Line interface connector 363
    12.6.2 Connector contact assignments. 364
    12.6.3 Labeling 364
    12.7 Cable medium characteristics 365
    12.7.1 Overview. 365
    12.7.2 Transmission parameters 365
    12.7.2.1 Attenuation 365
    12.7.2.2 Differential characteristic impedance 365
    12.7.2.3 Medium timing jitter. 365
    12.7.2.4 Dispersion 366
    12.7.3 Coupling parameters 366
    12.7.3.1 Pair-to-pair crosstalk. 366
    12.7.3.2 Multiple-disturber crosstalk 366
    12.7.3.3 Balance 367
    12.7.4 Noise environment 367
    12.7.4.1 Impulse noise 367
    12.7.4.2 Crosstalk 368
    12.8 Special link specification 368
    12.8.1 Overview. 368
    12.8.2 Transmission characteristics 368
    12.8.3 Permitted configurations. 368
    12.9 Timing. 368
    12.9.1 Overview. 368
    12.9.2 DTE timing 369
    12.9.3 Medium timing 369
    12.9.4 Special link timing 369
    12.9.5 Hub timing 369
    12.10 Safety 370
    12.10.1 Isolation 370
    12.10.2 Telephony voltages 371
13. System considerations for multisegment 10 Mb/s baseband networks 372
    13.1 Overview. 372
    13.1.1 Repeater usage 373
    13.2 Definitions 373
    13.3 Transmission System Model 1 373
    13.4 Transmission System Model 2 380
    13.4.1 Round-trip collision delay 380
    13.4.1.1 Worst-case path delay value (PDV) selection 380
    13.4.1.2 Worst-case PDV calculation. 380
    13.4.2 Interpacket gap (IPG) shrinkage 381
    13.4.2.1 Worst-case path variability value (PVV) selection. 382
    13.4.2.2 Worst-case path variability value (PVV) calculation 382
    13.5 Full duplex topology limitations. 382
14. Twisted-pair medium attachment unit (MAU) and baseband medium, type 10BASE-T including type 10BASE-Te. 383
    14.1 Scope. 383
    14.1.1 Overview. 383
    14.1.1.1 Medium Attachment Unit (MAU) 383
    14.1.1.2 Repeater unit 384
    14.1.1.3 Twisted-pair media 384
    14.1.2 Definitions 384
    14.1.3 Application perspective 385
    14.1.3.1 Objectives 385
    14.1.3.2 Compatibility considerations 386
    14.1.3.3 Modes of operation 386
    14.1.4 Relationship to PLS and AUI 386
    14.2 MAU functional specifications. 386
    14.2.1 MAU functions 387
    14.2.1.1 Transmit function requirements 388
    14.2.1.2 Receive function requirements 388
    14.2.1.3 Loopback function requirements (half duplex mode only) 389
    14.2.1.4 Collision Presence function requirements (half duplex mode only). 389
    14.2.1.5 signal_quality_error Message (SQE) Test function requirements 389
    14.2.1.6 Jabber function requirements 389
    14.2.1.7 Link Integrity Test function requirements 390
    14.2.1.8 Auto-Negotiation 391
    14.2.2 PMA interface messages. 391
    14.2.2.1 PLS to PMA messages 391
    14.2.2.1.1 PMA to PLS messages 391
    14.2.2.2 PMA to twisted-pair link segment messages 392
    14.2.2.3 Twisted-pair link segment to PMA messages. 392
    14.2.2.4 Interface message time references 392
    14.2.3 MAU state diagrams 392
    14.2.3.1 State diagram variables. 392
    14.2.3.2 State diagram timers 398
    14.3 MAU electrical specifications 398
    14.3.1 MAU-to-MDI interface characteristics. 398
    14.3.1.1 Isolation requirement 398
    14.3.1.2 Transmitter specifications. 399
    14.3.1.2.1 Differential output voltage 400
    14.3.1.2.2 Transmitter differential output impedance 403
    14.3.1.2.3 Output timing jitter 404
    14.3.1.2.4 Transmitter impedance balance 404
    14.3.1.2.5 Common-mode output voltage 404
    14.3.1.2.6 Transmitter common-mode rejection 405
    14.3.1.2.7 Transmitter fault tolerance 405
    14.3.1.3 Receiver specifications 406
    14.3.1.3.1 Receiver differential input signals 406
    14.3.1.3.2 Receiver differential noise immunity 406
    14.3.1.3.3 Idle input behavior 407
    14.3.1.3.4 Receiver differential input impedance 407
    14.3.1.3.5 Common-mode rejection 407
    14.3.1.3.6 Receiver fault tolerance 407
    14.3.2 MAU-to-AUI specification. 407
    14.3.2.1 MAU-AUI electrical characteristics 407
    14.3.2.2 MAU–AUI mechanical connection 408
    14.3.2.3 Power consumption. 408
    14.4 Characteristics of the simplex link segment 409
    14.4.1 Overview. 409
    14.4.2 Transmission parameters 409
    14.4.2.1 Insertion loss 409
    14.4.2.2 Differential characteristic impedance 409
    14.4.2.3 Medium timing jitter 409
    14.4.2.4 Delay. 410
    14.4.3 Coupling parameters 410
    14.4.3.1 Differential near-end crosstalk (NEXT) loss 410
    14.4.3.1.1 Twenty-five-pair cable and twenty-five-pair binder groups. 410
    14.4.3.1.2 Four-pair cable 410
    14.4.3.1.3 Other cables 410
    14.4.3.2 Multiple-disturber NEXT (MDNEXT) loss 410
    14.4.4 Noise environment 411
    14.4.4.1 Impulse noise 411
    14.4.4.2 Crosstalk noise 411
    14.5 MDI specification 411
    14.5.1 MDI connectors 411
    14.5.2 Crossover function 412
    14.6 System considerations. 413
    14.7 Environmental specifications 414
    14.7.1 General safety 414
    14.7.2 Network safety 414
    14.7.2.1 Installation 414
    14.7.2.2 Grounding 414
    14.7.2.3 Installation and maintenance guidelines 414
    14.7.2.4 Telephony voltages 414
    14.7.3 Environment 415
    14.7.3.1 Electromagnetic emission 415
    14.7.3.2 Temperature and humidity 415
    14.8 MAU labeling 415
    14.9 Timing summary. 416
    14.10 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 14, Twistedpair medium attachment unit (MAU) and baseband medium, 
    type 10BASE-T and type 10BASE-Te 417
    14.10.1 Introduction. 417
    14.10.1.1 Scope. 417
    14.10.1.2 Reference 417
    14.10.1.3 Definitions 417
    14.10.1.4 Conformance. 417
    14.10.2 Identification of implementation 418
    14.10.2.1 Supplier information 418
    14.10.2.2 Implementation information 418
    14.10.3 Identification of the protocol 418
    14.10.4 PICS proforma for 10BASE-T 419
    14.10.4.1 Abbreviations 419
    14.10.4.2 PICS Completion instructions and implementation statement 419
    14.10.4.3 Additional information 419
    14.10.4.4 References. 419
    14.10.4.5 PICS proforma tables for MAU 420
    14.10.4.5.1 MAU functions 420
    14.10.4.5.2 Transmit function 421
    14.10.4.5.3 Receive function 421
    14.10.4.5.4 Loopback function 422
    14.10.4.5.5 Collision Detect function 422
    14.10.4.5.6 signal_quality_error Message Test function. 423
    14.10.4.5.7 Jabber function 423
    14.10.4.5.8 Link Integrity Test function 424
    14.10.4.5.9 MAU state diagram requirements. 425
    14.10.4.5.10 AUI requirements 425
    14.10.4.5.11 Isolation requirements. 425
    14.10.4.5.12 Transmitter specification 426
    14.10.4.5.13 Receiver specification. 427
    14.10.4.5.14 MDI requirements. 428
    14.10.4.5.15 Safety requirements 428
    14.10.4.6 PICS proforma tables for MAU AUI characteristics 429
    14.10.4.6.1 Signal characteristics 429
    14.10.4.6.2 DI and CI driver characteristics 429
    14.10.4.6.3 DO receiver characteristics. 430
    14.10.4.6.4 Power consumption. 430
    14.10.4.6.5 Circuit termination 431
    14.10.4.6.6 Mechanical characteristics 431
    14.10.4.7 PICS proforma tables for 10BASE-T link segment 432
    14.10.4.7.1 10BASE-T link segment characteristics 432
    14.10.4.8 PICS proforma tables for Auto-Negotiation able MAUs 433
15. Fiber optic medium and common elements of medium attachment units and star, type 10BASE-F. 434
    15.1 Scope. 434
    15.1.1 Overview. 434
    15.1.1.1 Fiber optic medium attachment units (MAUs) 434
    15.1.1.2 Fiber optic passive star 434
    15.1.1.3 Repeater unit 435
    15.1.2 Definitions 436
    15.1.3 Applications perspective: MAUs, stars, and fiber optic medium 436
    15.1.3.1 Objectives 436
    15.1.3.2 Compatibility considerations 436
    15.1.3.3 Relationship to PLS and AUI 437
    15.1.3.4 Guidelines for implementation of systems 438
    15.1.3.5 Modes of operation 438
    15.2 MDI optical characteristics. 439
    15.2.1 Transmit optical parameters 439
    15.2.1.1 Center wavelength 439
    15.2.1.2 Spectral width 439
    15.2.1.3 Optical modulation extinction ratio 439
    15.2.1.4 Optical Idle Signal amplitude 439
    15.2.1.5 Optical transmit pulse logic polarity. 439
    15.2.1.6 Optical transmit pulse rise and fall times 439
    15.2.1.7 Optical transmit pulse overshoot and undershoot. 439
    15.2.1.8 Optical transmit pulse edge jitter 439
    15.2.1.9 Optical transmit pulse duty cycle distortion 441
    15.2.1.10 Optical transmit average power range 441
    15.2.1.11 Optical transmit signal templates. 441
    15.2.1.11.1 10BASE-FP optical transmit signal template 442
    15.2.1.11.2 10BASE-FB optical transmit signal template. 443
    15.2.1.11.3 10BASE-FL Optical transmit signal template 445
    15.2.2 Receive optical parameters 446
    15.2.2.1 Optical receive average power range 446
    15.2.2.2 Optical receive pulse edge jitter 446
    15.2.2.3 Optical receive pulse logic polarity 446
    15.2.2.4 Optical receive pulse rise and fall times 447
    15.3 Characteristics of the fiber optic medium. 447
    15.3.1 Optical fiber and cable 447
    15.3.1.1 Attenuation 447
    15.3.1.2 Modal bandwidth 447
    15.3.1.3 Propagation delay 447
    15.3.2 Optical medium connector plug and socket 447
    15.3.2.1 Optical connector insertion loss 448
    15.3.2.2 Optical connector return loss 448
    15.3.3 Fiber optic medium insertion loss. 448
    15.3.3.1 10BASE-FP segment insertion loss 448
    15.3.3.2 10BASE-FB and 10BASE-FL segment insertion loss 449
    15.3.4 Electrical isolation 449
    15.4 MAU reliability. 449
    15.5 MAU–AUI specification. 449
    15.5.1 MAU–AUI electrical characteristics 449
    15.5.2 MAU–AUI mechanical connections. 449
    15.5.3 Power consumption. 449
    15.5.4 MAU–AUI messages 450
    15.5.4.1 PLS to PMA messages 450
    15.5.4.2 PMA to PLS messages 450
    15.5.4.2.1 signal_quality_error message 450
    15.6 Environmental specifications 451
    15.6.1 Safety requirements 451
    15.6.2 Electromagnetic environment 451
    15.6.3 Other environmental requirements 451
    15.7 MAU labeling 452
    15.7.1 10BASE-FP star labeling 452
    15.8 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 15, Fiber
    optic medium and common elements of medium attachment units and star, type
    10BASE-F. 453
    15.8.1 Introduction. 453
    15.8.2 Abbreviations and special symbols. 453
    15.8.2.1 Status symbols 453
    15.8.2.2 Abbreviations 453
    15.8.3 Instructions for completing the PICS proforma 453
    15.8.3.1 General structure of the PICS proforma 453
    15.8.3.2 Additional information 454
    15.8.3.3 Exception information 454
    15.8.3.4 Conditional items 455
    15.8.4 Identification. 455
    15.8.4.1 Implementation identification. 455
    15.8.4.2 Protocol summary 455
    15.8.5 Major capabilities/options. 456
    15.8.6 PICS Proforma for the fiber optic medium. 456
    15.8.6.1 Characteristics of the fiber optic medium. 456
    15.8.6.2 Optical medium connector plug and socket 457
    15.8.6.3 Fiber optic medium insertion loss. 457
    15.8.6.4 Electrical isolation requirements 457
16. Fiber optic passive star and medium attachment unit, type 10BASE-FP 458
    16.1 Scope. 458
    16.1.1 Overview. 458
    16.1.1.1 10BASE-FP medium attachment unit. 458
    16.1.1.2 10BASE-FP Star 458
    16.1.1.3 Repeater unit 458
    16.2 PMA interface messages. 459
    16.2.1 PMA-to-MDI interface signal encodings 459
    16.2.2 PMA-to-MDI OTD messages. 459
    16.2.2.1 OTD_output 459
    16.2.2.2 OTD_idle 459
    16.2.2.3 OTD_manch_violation 460
    16.2.3 MDI ORD-to-PMA messages. 460
    16.2.3.1 ORD_input 460
    16.2.3.2 ORD_idle 461
    16.2.3.3 ORD_crv 461
    16.3 10BASE-FP MAU functional specifications 461
    16.3.1 Transmit function requirements 461
    16.3.1.1 Preamble encoding 462
    16.3.1.1.1 Synchronization pattern 462
    16.3.1.1.2 Packet header code rule violation 462
    16.3.1.1.3 Unique word 462
    16.3.1.2 Data transmit. 462
    16.3.1.3 Collision encoding (unique word jam) 463
    16.3.2 Receive function requirements 463
    16.3.2.1 Preamble reconstruction and alignment 463
    16.3.2.2 Data receive 463
    16.3.2.3 Signal presence during collision 463
    16.3.3 Loopback function requirements 463
    16.3.4 Collision presence function requirements. 464
    16.3.4.1 CI Circuit signaling. 464
    16.3.4.2 Collision detection 464
    16.3.4.3 End of collision. 465
    16.3.5 signal_quality_error Message (SQE) Test function requirements 465
    16.3.6 Jabber function requirements 465
    16.3.7 Link fault detection and low light function requirements. 466
    16.3.8 Interface message time references 467
    16.3.9 MAU state diagram. 467
    16.3.9.1 MAU state diagram variables 467
    16.3.9.2 MAU state diagram timers 469
    16.3.9.3 MAU state diagram counters 470
    16.4 Timing summary. 475
    16.5 10BASE-FP Star functional specifications. 475
    16.5.1 Star functions 475
    16.5.1.1 Number of ports 475
    16.5.1.2 Optical power division 475
    16.5.1.3 Configuration 476
    16.5.1.4 Reliability 476
    16.5.2 Star optical characteristics 476
    16.5.2.1 Star insertion loss 476
    16.5.2.2 Star single output port uniformity. 476
    16.5.2.3 Star directivity. 476
    16.6 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 16, Fiber
    optic passive star and medium attachment unit, type 10BASE-FP 477
    16.6.1 Introduction. 477
    16.6.2 Abbreviations and special symbols. 477
    16.6.2.1 Status symbols 477
    16.6.2.2 Abbreviations 477
    16.6.3 Instructions for completing the PICS proforma 477
    16.6.3.1 General structure of the PICS proforma 477
    16.6.3.2 Additional information 478
    16.6.3.3 Exception information 478
    16.6.3.4 Conditional items 479
    16.6.4 Identification. 479
    16.6.4.1 Implementation identification. 479
    16.6.4.2 Protocol summary 479
    16.6.5 Major capabilities/options. 480
    16.6.6 PICS proforma for the type 10BASE-FP MAU 480
    16.6.6.1 Compatibility considerations 480
    16.6.6.2 Optical transmit parameters 481
    16.6.6.3 Optical receive parameters 482
    16.6.6.4 Optical medium connector plug and socket 482
    16.6.6.5 MAU functions 482
    16.6.6.6 PMA interface messages. 482
    16.6.6.7 PMA to MDI OTD messages 483
    16.6.6.8 MDI ORD to PMA messages 483
    16.6.6.9 Transmit functions 483
    16.6.6.10 Collision Encoding (Unique Word Jam) function 484
    16.6.6.11 Receive functions 484
    16.6.6.12 Preamble reconstruction and alignment function 485
    16.6.6.13 Data receive function 485
    16.6.6.14 Signal presence during collision 485
    16.6.6.15 Loopback function 486
    16.6.6.16 Collision presence function 486
    16.6.6.17 signal_quality_error Message (SQE) test function. 487
    16.6.6.18 Jabber function 487
    16.6.6.19 Link Fault Detect function 487
    16.6.6.20 MAU state diagram requirements 488
    16.6.6.21 MAU-to-AUI signal characteristics 488
    16.6.6.22 MAU-to-AUI DI and CI driver characteristics 488
    16.6.6.23 AUI-to-MAU DO receiver characteristics 489
    16.6.6.24 MAU-to-AUI circuit termination 489
    16.6.6.25 MAU-to-AUI mechanical connections. 490
    16.6.6.26 MAU reliability. 490
    16.6.6.27 Power consumption. 491
    16.6.6.28 PLS–PMA requirements 491
    16.6.6.29 signal_quality_error message (SQE) 491
    16.6.6.30 Environmental requirements. 492
    16.6.6.31 MAU labeling 492
    16.6.7 PICS proforma tables for 10BASE-FP stars. 492
    16.6.7.1 Star basic functions. 492
    16.6.7.2 Star optical characteristics 493
    16.6.7.3 Star environmental requirements 493
    16.6.7.4 10BASE-FP star labeling 493
17. Fiber optic medium attachment unit, type 10BASE-FB. 494
    17.1 Scope. 494
    17.1.1 Overview. 494
    17.1.1.1 Medium attachment unit 494
    17.1.1.2 Relationship to repeater 494
    17.1.1.3 Remote diagnostic messages 494
    17.1.2 Relationship to AUI 494
    17.2 PMA interface messages. 495
    17.2.1 PMA-to-MDI interface signal encodings 495
    17.2.2 PMA-to-MDI OTD messages. 495
    17.2.2.1 OTD_output 496
    17.2.2.2 OTD_sync_idle. 496
    17.2.2.3 OTD_remote_fault 496
    17.2.3 MDI ORD-to-PMA messages. 496
    17.2.3.1 Status decoding 496
    17.2.3.2 ORD_input 496
    17.2.3.3 ORD_sync_idle. 496
    17.2.3.4 ORD_remote_fault 497
    17.2.3.5 ORD_invalid_data 497
    17.2.4 Transitions between signals 497
    17.2.5 Signaling rate 497
    17.3 MAU functional specifications. 497
    17.3.1 Transmit function requirements 497
    17.3.1.1 Data transmit. 498
    17.3.1.2 Synchronous idle. 498
    17.3.1.3 Fault signaling. 498
    17.3.2 Receive function requirements 498
    17.3.2.1 Data receive 498
    17.3.2.2 Remote status message handling 498
    17.3.3 Collision function requirements 498
    17.3.3.1 Collision detection 498
    17.3.3.2 End of collision. 499
    17.3.4 Loopback function requirements 499
    17.3.5 Fault-handling function requirements. 499
    17.3.6 Jabber function requirements 499
    17.3.7 Low light level detection function requirements 500
    17.3.8 Synchronous qualification function requirements 500
    17.3.9 Interface message time references 501
    17.3.10 MAU state diagrams 501
    17.3.10.1 MAU state diagram variables 501
    17.3.10.2 MAU state diagram timers 502
    17.4 Timing summary. 505
    17.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 17, Fiber optic medium attachment unit, type 10BASE-FB 506
    17.5.1 Introduction. 506
    17.5.2 Abbreviations and special symbols. 506
    17.5.2.1 Status symbols 506
    17.5.2.1.1 Abbreviations 506
    17.5.3 Instructions for completing the PICS proforma 506
    17.5.3.1 General structure of the PICS proforma 506
    17.5.3.2 Additional information 507
    17.5.3.3 Exception information 507
    17.5.3.4 Conditional items 508
    17.5.4 Identification. 508
    17.5.4.1 Implementation identification. 508
    17.5.4.2 Protocol summary 508
    17.5.5 PICS proforma for the type 10BASE-FB MAU. 508
    17.5.6 PICS proforma for the type 10BASE-FB MAU. 509
    17.5.6.1 Compatibility considerations 509
    17.5.6.2 Optical transmit parameters 509
    17.5.6.3 Optical receive parameters 510
    17.5.6.4 Optical medium connector plug and socket 510
    17.5.6.5 MAU functions 511
    17.5.6.6 PMA-to-MDI OTD messages and signaling 511
    17.5.6.7 MDI ORD-to-PMA messages and signaling 512
    17.5.6.8 Transitions between signals 512
    17.5.6.9 Signaling rate 512
    17.5.6.10 Transmit functions 513
    17.5.6.11 Receive functions 513
    17.5.6.12 Data receive function 514
    17.5.6.13 Remote status message handling 514
    17.5.6.14 Collision function requirements 514
    17.5.6.15 End of collision. 515
    17.5.6.16 Loopback function 515
    17.5.6.17 Fault-handling function. 515
    17.5.6.18 Jabber-handling function 516
    17.5.6.19 Low light detection 516
    17.5.6.20 Synchronous qualification 517
    17.5.6.21 MAU state diagram requirements. 517
    17.5.6.22 MAU reliability. 517
    17.5.6.23 PLS–PMA requirements 518
    17.5.6.24 signal_quality_error message (SQE) 518
    17.5.6.25 Environmental requirements. 518
    17.5.6.26 MAU labeling 518
18. Fiber optic medium attachment unit, type 10BASE-FL 519
    18.1 Scope. 519
    18.1.1 Overview. 519
    18.1.1.1 10BASE-FL medium attachment unit (MAU) 519
    18.1.1.2 Repeater unit 519
    18.2 PMA interface messages. 519
    18.2.1 PMA to fiber optic link segment messages 520
    18.2.1.1 OTD_output. 520
    18.2.1.2 OTD_idle 520
    18.2.2 Fiber optic link segment to PMA messages 520
    18.2.2.1 ORD_input 520
    18.2.2.2 ORD_idle 520
    18.2.3 Interface message time references 521
    18.3 MAU functional specifications. 521
    18.3.1 MAU functions 521
    18.3.1.1 Transmit function requirements 522
    18.3.1.2 Receive function requirements 523
    18.3.1.3 Loopback function requirements (half duplex mode only) 523
    18.3.1.4 Collision Presence function requirements (half duplex mode only). 523
    18.3.1.5 signal_quality_error Message (SQE) Test function requirements 524
    18.3.1.6 Jabber function requirements 524
    18.3.1.7 Link Integrity Test function requirements 524
    18.3.1.8 Auto-Negotiation 525
    18.3.2 MAU state diagrams 525
    18.3.2.1 MAU state diagram variables 525
    18.3.2.2 MAU state diagram timers 527
    18.4 Timing summary. 532
    18.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 18, Fiber
    optic medium attachment unit, type 10BASE-FL 533
    18.5.1 Introduction. 533
    18.5.2 Abbreviations and special symbols. 533
    18.5.2.1 Status symbols 533
    18.5.2.2 Abbreviations 533
    18.5.3 Instructions for completing the PICS proforma 534
    18.5.3.1 General structure of the PICS proforma 534
    18.5.3.2 Additional information 534
    18.5.3.3 Exception information 534
    18.5.3.4 Conditional items 535
    18.5.4 Identification. 535
    18.5.4.1 Implementation identification. 535
    18.5.4.2 Protocol summary 535
    18.5.5 Major capabilities/options. 536
    18.5.6 PICS proforma tables for the type 10BASE-FL MAU. 536
    18.5.6.1 Compatibility considerations 536
    18.5.6.2 Optical transmit parameter 537
    18.5.6.3 Optical receive parameters 538
    18.5.6.4 Optical medium connector plug and socket 538
    18.5.6.5 MAU functions 539
    18.5.6.6 PMA interface messages. 539
    18.5.6.7 PMA-to-MDI OTD messages. 539
    18.5.6.8 MDI ORD-to-PMA messages. 539
    18.5.6.9 Transmit function 540
    18.5.6.10 Receive function 540
    18.5.6.11 Loopback function 541
    18.5.6.12 Collision Presence function 541
    18.5.6.13 signal_quality_error Message (SQE) Test function 541
    18.5.6.14 Jabber function 542
    18.5.6.15 Link Integrity Test function 542
    18.5.6.16 MAU state diagram requirements. 544
    18.5.6.17 MAU-to-AUI signal characteristics 544
    18.5.6.18 MAU-to-AUI DI and CI driver characteristics. 545
    18.5.6.19 AUI-to-MAU DO receiver characteristics 545
    18.5.6.20 AUI circuit termination. 546
    18.5.6.21 MAU-to-AUI mechanical connections. 546
    18.5.6.22 MAU reliability. 547
    18.5.6.23 Power consumption. 547
    18.5.6.24 PLS–PMA requirements 547
    18.5.6.25 signal_quality_error message (SQE) 547
    18.5.6.26 Environmental requirements. 548
    18.5.6.27 MAU labeling 548
19. Layer Management for 10 Mb/s baseband repeaters 549
    19.1 Introduction. 549
    19.1.1 Scope. 549
    19.1.2 Relationship to objects in IEEE Std 802.1F-1993 549
    19.1.3 Definitions 549
    19.1.4 Symbols and abbreviations 549
    19.1.5 Management model. 550
    19.2 Managed objects 551
    19.2.1 Introduction. 551
    19.2.2 Overview of managed objects. 551
    19.2.2.1 Text description of managed objects 551
    19.2.2.2 Port functions to support management 551
    19.2.2.3 Containment 553
    19.2.2.4 Naming 554
    19.2.2.5 Packages and capabilities 554
    19.2.3 Repeater managed object class 556
    19.2.3.1 Repeater attributes 556
    19.2.3.1.1 aRepeaterID 556
    19.2.3.1.2 aRepeaterGroupCapacity 556
    19.2.3.1.3 aGroupMap 556
    19.2.3.1.4 aRepeaterHealthState 556
    19.2.3.1.5 aRepeaterHealthText 557
    19.2.3.1.6 aRepeaterHealthData 557
    19.2.3.1.7 aTransmitCollisions 557
    19.2.3.2 Repeater actions 557
    19.2.3.2.1 acResetRepeater 557
    19.2.3.2.2 acExecuteNonDisruptiveSelfTest. 558
    19.2.3.3 Repeater notifications 558
    19.2.3.3.1 nRepeaterHealth 558
    19.2.3.3.2 nRepeaterReset 559
    19.2.3.3.3 nGroupMapChange. 559
    19.2.4 ResourceTypeID Managed Object Class 559
    19.2.5 Group managed object class 559
    19.2.5.1 Group attributes 559
    19.2.5.1.1 aGroupID 559
    19.2.5.1.2 aGroupPortCapacity 560
    19.2.5.1.3 aPortMap. 560
    19.2.5.2 Group Notifications 560
    19.2.5.2.1 nPortMapChange 560
    19.2.6 Port managed object class. 560
    19.2.6.1 Port Attributes. 560
    19.2.6.1.1 aPortID 560
    19.2.6.1.2 aPortAdminState. 561
    19.2.6.1.3 aAutoPartitionState. 561
    19.2.6.1.4 aReadableFrames 561
    19.2.6.1.5 aReadableOctets 561
    19.2.6.1.6 aFrameCheckSequenceErrors. 562
    19.2.6.1.7 aAlignmentErrors 562
    19.2.6.1.8 aFramesTooLong 562
    19.2.6.1.9 aShortEvents 562
    19.2.6.1.10 aRunts 563
    19.2.6.1.11 aCollisions 563
    19.2.6.1.12 aLateEvents. 563
    19.2.6.1.13 aVeryLongEvents 564
    19.2.6.1.14 aDataRateMismatches 564
    19.2.6.1.15 aAutoPartitions 564
    19.2.6.1.16 aLastSourceAddress 564
    19.2.6.1.17 aSourceAddressChanges. 565
    19.2.6.2 Port Actions 565
    19.2.6.2.1 acPortAdminControl. 565
20. Layer Management for 10 Mb/s baseband medium attachment units 566
    20.1 Introduction. 566
    20.1.1 Scope. 566
    20.1.2 Management model. 566
    20.2 Managed objects 566
    20.2.1 Text description of managed objects 566
    20.2.1.1 Naming 566
    20.2.1.2 Containment 567
    20.2.1.3 Packages 567
    20.2.2 MAU Managed object class 568
    20.2.2.1 MAU attributes 568
    20.2.2.1.1 aMAUID 568
    20.2.2.1.2 aMAUType 568
    20.2.2.1.3 aMediaAvailable. 569
    20.2.2.1.4 aLoseMediaCounter 569
    20.2.2.1.5 aJabber 569
    20.2.2.1.6 aMAUAdminState 570
    20.2.2.1.7 aBbMAUXmitRcvSplitType 570
    20.2.2.1.8 aBroadbandFrequencies 570
    20.2.2.2 MAU actions. 571
    20.2.2.2.1 acResetMAU. 571
    20.2.2.2.2 acMAUAdminControl 571
    20.2.2.3 MAU notifications 571
    20.2.2.3.1 nJabber 571
    Annex A (informative) Bibliography 572
    Annex B (informative) System guidelines 576
    B.1 Baseband system guidelines and concepts, 10 Mb/s 576
    B.1.1 Overall system objectives 576
    B.1.2 Analog system components and parameter values 576
    B.1.3 Minimum frame length determination 578
    B.1.4 System jitter budgets. 579
    B.1.4.1 Nominal jitter values. 579
    B.1.4.2 Decoder evaluation 580
    B.1.5 Systems consideration calculations 581
    B.1.5.1 Overview. 581
    B.1.5.2 Maximum collision fragment size 581
    B.1.5.2.1 Left-end base SDV 582
    B.1.5.2.2 Mid-base SDV 583
    B.1.5.2.3 Right-end base SDV 583
    B.1.5.3 Interpacket Gap (IPG) shrinkage 584
    B.1.5.3.1 Transmitting end segment variability value 584
    B.1.5.3.2 Mid-segment variability value 585
    B.1.5.4 Timing parameters for round-trip delay and variability calculations 585
    B.1.5.4.1 MAU parameters. 585
    B.1.5.4.2 Repeater parameters 586
    B.1.5.4.3 Media parameters 586
    B.1.5.4.4 DTE parameters 586
    B.2 System parameters and budgets for 1BASE5 588
    B.2.1 Delay budget 588
    B.2.2 Minimum frame length determination 589
    B.2.3 Jitter budget. 590
    B.3 Example crosstalk computation for multiple disturbers, balanced-pair cable 591
    B.4 10BASE-T guidelines 593
    B.4.1 System jitter budget 593
    B.4.2 Filter characteristics 593
    B.4.3 Notes for conformance testing 593
    B.4.3.1 Notes for 14.3.1.2.1 on differential output voltage. 593
    B.4.3.2 Note for 14.3.1.2.2 on transmitter differential output impedance 594
    B.4.3.3 Note for 14.3.1.2.3 on output timing jitter 594
    B.4.3.4 General note on common-mode tests 595
    B.4.3.5 Note for 14.3.1.3.4 on receiver differential input impedance. 595
    B.4.3.6 Note for 14.3.1.3.3 on receiver idle input behavior 595
    B.4.3.7 Note for 14.3.1.3.5 on receiver common-mode rejection. 595
    B.5 10BASE-F 596
    B.5.1 System jitter budget 596
    B.5.2 10BASE-FP fiber optic segment loss budget 596
    Annex C (informative) State diagram, MAC sublayer 599
    Annex D (informative) Application context, selected medium specifications 600
    D.1 Introduction 600
    D.2 Type 10BASE5 applications 600
    D.3 Type 10BASE2 applications 600
    D.4 Type FOIRL and 10BASE-F applications; alternative fiber optic medium applications 601
    D.4.1 Alternative fiber types 601
    D.4.1.1 Theoretical coupling losses. 601
    D.4.1.2 Maximum launch power 602
    D.4.2 Type 10BASE-FP applications using 50/125 μm fiber 603
    D.4.2.1 Coupled transmit power 603
    D.4.2.2 Star coupler loss 603
    D.4.2.3 Collision detection 604
    D.5 10BASE-T use of cabling systems with a nominal differential characteristic impedance
    of 120 Ω 604
    D.6 10BASE-T use of cabling systems with a nominal differential characteristic impedance
    of 150 Ω 605
    Annex E (informative) Receiver wavelength design considerations (FOIRL). 607
    Annex F (normative) Additional attributes required for systems 608
    F.1 Introduction 608
    F.1.1 Scope. 608
    F.2 Objects/Attributes/Actions/Notifications. 608
    F.2.1 TimeSinceSystemReset attribute 608
    F.2.2 RepeaterResetTimeStamp attribute 609
    F.2.3 ResetSystemAction action 609
    Annex G (normative) Additional material required for conformance testing 610
    G.1 Introduction 610
    G.1.1 Material in support of the aDataRateMismatches attribute 610
    Annex H (normative) GDMO specifications for CSMA/CD managed objects 611
    Annex 4A (normative) Simplified full duplex media access control 612
    4A.1 Functional model of the MAC method 612
    4A.1.1 Overview. 612
    4A.1.2 Full duplex operation 613
    4A.1.2.1 Transmission. 613
    4A.1.2.2 Reception 613
    4A.1.3 Relationships to the MAC client and Physical Layers 614
    4A.2 Media access control (MAC) method: precise specification 614
    4A.2.1 Introduction. 614
    4A.2.2 Overview of the procedural model 614
    4A.2.2.1 Ground rules for the procedural model. 614
    4A.2.2.2 Use of Pascal in the procedural model 615
    4A.2.2.3 Organization of the procedural model 615
    4A.2.2.4 Layer management extensions to procedural model. 620
    4A.2.3 Packet transmission model 620
    4A.2.3.1 Transmit data encapsulation 620
    4A.2.3.2 Transmit media access management. 620
    4A.2.3.2.1 Deference 620
    4A.2.3.2.2 Interpacket gap 621
    4A.2.3.2.3 Transmission. 621
    4A.2.3.2.4 Minimum frame size. 621
    4A.2.4 Frame reception model 621
    4A.2.4.1 Receive data decapsulation. 621
    4A.2.4.1.1 Address recognition 621
    4A.2.4.1.2 Frame check sequence validation 622
    4A.2.4.1.3 Frame disassembly 622
    4A.2.4.2 Receive media access management 622
    4A.2.5 Preamble generation 622
    4A.2.6 Start frame sequence. 622
    4A.2.7 Global declarations 623
    4A.2.7.1 Common constants, types, and variables 623
    4A.2.7.2 Transmit state variables 624
    4A.2.7.3 Receive state variables 624
    4A.2.7.4 State variable initialization 624
    4A.2.8 Frame transmission 625
    4A.2.9 Frame reception 628
    4A.2.10 Common procedures 631
    4A.3 Interfaces to/from adjacent layers 631
    4A.3.1 Overview. 631
    4A.3.2 MAC service 631
    4A.3.2.1 MAC client transmit interface state diagram 631
    4A.3.2.1.1 Variables 631
    4A.3.2.1.2 Functions. 632
    4A.3.2.1.3 Messages. 632
    4A.3.2.1.4 MAC client transmit interface state diagram 632
    4A.3.2.2 MAC client receive interface state diagram 633
    4A.3.2.2.1 Variables 633
    4A.3.2.2.2 Functions. 633
    4A.3.2.2.3 Messages. 633
    4A.3.2.2.4 MAC client receive interface state diagram 634
    4A.3.3 Services required from the Physical Layer 634
    4A.4 Specific implementations. 635
    4A.4.1 Compatibility overview 635
    4A.4.2 MAC parameters. 636

SECTION TWO

1. Introduction to 100 Mb/s baseband networks, type 100BASE-T. 39
   21.1 Overview. 39
   21.1.1 Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) and Media Independent Interface (MII) 40
   21.1.2 Physical Layer signaling systems 40
   21.1.3 Repeater 40
   21.1.4 Auto-Negotiation 40
   21.1.5 Management 40
   21.2 References. 40
   21.3 Definitions 40
   21.4 Abbreviations 40
   21.5 State diagrams. 40
   21.5.1 Actions inside state blocks 41
   21.5.2 State diagram variables. 41
   21.5.3 State transitions. 41
   21.5.4 Operators. 41
   21.6 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma. 43
   21.6.1 Introduction. 43
   21.6.2 Abbreviations and special symbols. 43
   21.6.3 Instructions for completing the PICS proforma 43
   21.6.4 Additional information 44
   21.6.5 Exceptional information 44
   21.6.6 Conditional items 44
   21.7 MAC delay constraints (exposed MII) 45
2. Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) and Media Independent Interface (MII) 46
   22.1 Overview. 46
   22.1.1 Summary of major concepts 47
   22.1.2 Application 47
   22.1.3 Rates of operation 48
   22.1.4 Allocation of functions 48
   22.1.5 Relationship of MII and GMII 48
   22.2 Functional specifications 48
   22.2.1 Mapping of MII signals to PLS service primitives and Station Management 48
   22.2.1.1 Mapping of PLS_DATA.request 49
   22.2.1.1.1 Function 49
   22.2.1.1.2 Semantics of the service primitive 49
   22.2.1.1.3 When generated 49
   22.2.1.2 Mapping of PLS_DATA.indication 50
   22.2.1.2.1 Function 50
   22.2.1.2.2 Semantics of the service primitive 50
   22.2.1.2.3 When generated 50
   22.2.1.3 Mapping of PLS_CARRIER.indication 50
   22.2.1.3.1 Function 50
   22.2.1.3.2 Semantics of the service primitive 50
   22.2.1.3.3 When generated 50
   22.2.1.4 Mapping of PLS_SIGNAL.indication 51
   22.2.1.4.1 Function 51
   22.2.1.4.2 Semantics of the service primitive 51
   22.2.1.4.3 When generated 51
   22.2.1.5 Response to RX_ER indication from MII 51
   22.2.1.6 Conditions for generation of TX_ER 51
   22.2.1.7 Mapping of PLS_DATA_VALID.indication 52
   22.2.1.7.1 Function 52
   22.2.1.7.2 Semantics of the service primitive 52
   22.2.1.7.3 When generated 52
   22.2.2 MII signal functional specifications 52
   22.2.2.1 TX_CLK (transmit clock). 52
   22.2.2.2 RX_CLK (receive clock) 52
   22.2.2.3 TX_EN (transmit enable) 53
   22.2.2.4 TXD (transmit data) 53
   22.2.2.5 TX_ER (transmit coding error). 54
   22.2.2.6 Transmit direction LPI transition 55
   22.2.2.7 RX_DV (Receive Data Valid) 55
   22.2.2.8 RXD (receive data) 55
   22.2.2.9 Receive direction LPI transition 57
   22.2.2.10 RX_ER (receive error) 57
   22.2.2.11 CRS (carrier sense) 58
   22.2.2.12 COL (collision detected). 58
   22.2.2.13 MDC (management data clock) 59
   22.2.2.14 MDIO (management data input/output) 59
   22.2.3 MII data stream. 60
   22.2.3.1 Inter-frame 60
   22.2.3.2 Preamble and start of frame delimiter. 60
   22.2.3.2.1 Transmit case 60
   22.2.3.2.2 Receive case 61
   22.2.3.3 Data. 62
   22.2.3.4 End-of-Frame delimiter (EFD) 62
   22.2.3.5 Handling of excess nibbles 62
   22.2.4 Management functions 62
   22.2.4.1 Control register (Register 0) 63
   22.2.4.1.1 Reset. 63
   22.2.4.1.2 Loopback 64
   22.2.4.1.3 Speed selection 65
   22.2.4.1.4 Auto-Negotiation enable. 65
   22.2.4.1.5 Power down 65
   22.2.4.1.6 Isolate 66
   22.2.4.1.7 Restart Auto-Negotiation 66
   22.2.4.1.8 Duplex mode 66
   22.2.4.1.9 Collision test 66
   22.2.4.1.10 Speed selection 67
   22.2.4.1.11 Reserved bits. 67
   22.2.4.1.12 Unidirectional enable 67
   22.2.4.2 Status register (Register 1) 67
   22.2.4.2.1 100BASE-T4 ability 67
   22.2.4.2.2 100BASE-X full duplex ability 67
   22.2.4.2.3 100BASE-X half duplex ability. 69
   22.2.4.2.4 10 Mb/s full duplex ability. 69
   22.2.4.2.5 10 Mb/s half duplex ability 69
   22.2.4.2.6 100BASE-T2 full duplex ability 69
   22.2.4.2.7 100BASE-T2 half duplex ability 69
   22.2.4.2.8 Unidirectional ability 69
   22.2.4.2.9 MF preamble suppression ability 69
   22.2.4.2.10 Auto-Negotiation complete. 69
   22.2.4.2.11 Remote fault 70
   22.2.4.2.12 Auto-Negotiation ability 70
   22.2.4.2.13 Link Status 70
   22.2.4.2.14 Jabber detect 70
   22.2.4.2.15 Extended capability. 70
   22.2.4.2.16 Extended status 71
   22.2.4.3 Extended capability registers 71
   22.2.4.3.1 PHY Identifier (Registers 2 and 3) 71
   22.2.4.3.2 Auto-Negotiation advertisement (Register 4) 72
   22.2.4.3.3 Auto-Negotiation link partner ability (Register 5) 72
   22.2.4.3.4 Auto-Negotiation expansion (Register 6) 72
   22.2.4.3.5 Auto-Negotiation Next Page (Register 7). 72
   22.2.4.3.6 Auto-Negotiation link partner Received Next Page (Register 8) 72
   22.2.4.3.7 MASTER-SLAVE control register (Register 9). 72
   22.2.4.3.8 MASTER-SLAVE status register (Register 10). 72
   22.2.4.3.9 PSE Control register (Register 11) 72
   22.2.4.3.10 PSE Status register (Register 12) 73
   22.2.4.3.11 MMD access control register (Register 13) 73
   22.2.4.3.12 MMD access address data register (Register 14) 73
   22.2.4.3.13 PHY specific registers 74
   22.2.4.4 Extended Status register (Register 15) 74
   22.2.4.4.1 1000BASE-X full duplex ability 74
   22.2.4.4.2 1000BASE-X half duplex ability. 75
   22.2.4.4.3 1000BASE-T full duplex ability. 75
   22.2.4.4.4 1000BASE-T half duplex ability 75
   22.2.4.4.5 Reserved bits. 75
   22.2.4.5 Management frame structure 75
   22.2.4.5.1 IDLE (IDLE condition) 75
   22.2.4.5.2 PRE (preamble). 75
   22.2.4.5.3 ST (start of frame). 76
   22.2.4.5.4 OP (operation code) 76
   22.2.4.5.5 PHYAD (PHY Address). 76
   22.2.4.5.6 REGAD (Register Address) 76
   22.2.4.5.7 TA (turnaround). 76
   22.2.4.5.8 DATA (data) 77
   22.3 Signal timing characteristics. 77
   22.3.1 Signals that are synchronous to TX_CLK 77
   22.3.1.1 TX_EN 77
   22.3.1.2 TXD<3:0>. 77
   22.3.1.3 TX_ER 77
   22.3.2 Signals that are synchronous to RX_CLK 78
   22.3.2.1 RX_DV 78
   22.3.2.2 RXD<3:0> 78
   22.3.2.3 RX_ER 78
   22.3.3 Signals that have no required clock relationship 78
   22.3.3.1 CRS. 78
   22.3.3.2 COL 78
   22.3.4 MDIO timing relationship to MDC 78
   22.4 Electrical characteristics 79
   22.4.1 Signal levels 79
   22.4.2 Signal paths. 80
   22.4.3 Driver characteristics 80
   22.4.3.1 DC characteristics 80
   22.4.3.2 AC characteristics 80
   22.4.4 Receiver characteristics 81
   22.4.4.1 Voltage thresholds 81
   22.4.4.2 Input current 81
   22.4.4.3 Input capacitance 81
   22.4.5 Cable characteristics 81
   22.4.5.1 Conductor size 82
   22.4.5.2 Characteristic impedance 82
   22.4.5.3 Delay. 82
   22.4.5.4 Delay variation 83
   22.4.5.5 Shielding 83
   22.4.5.6 DC resistance 83
   22.4.6 Hot insertion and removal. 83
   22.5 Power supply. 83
   22.5.1 Supply voltage 83
   22.5.2 Load current 84
   22.5.3 Short-circuit protection 84
   22.6 Mechanical characteristics 84
   22.6.1 Definition of mechanical interface 84
   22.6.2 Shielding effectiveness and transfer impedance. 84
   22.6.3 Connector pin numbering 85
   22.6.4 Clearance dimensions 85
   22.6.5 Contact assignments 85
   22.7 LPI assertion and detection. 87
   22.7.1 LPI messages 88
   22.7.2 Transmit LPI state diagram. 88
   22.7.2.1 Conventions 88
   22.7.2.2 Variables and counters 88
   22.7.2.3 State diagram 89
   22.7.3 Considerations for transmit system behavior 89
   22.7.3.1 Considerations for receive system behavior 89
   22.8 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 22, Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) and Media Independent Interface (MII) 90
   22.8.1 Introduction. 90
   22.8.2 Identification. 90
   22.8.2.1 Implementation identification. 90
   22.8.2.2 Protocol summary 90
   22.8.2.3 Major capabilities/options 91
   22.8.3 PICS proforma tables for reconciliation sublayer and media independent interface 91
   22.8.3.1 Mapping of PLS service primitives 91
   22.8.3.2 MII signal functional specifications 91
   22.8.3.3 LPI functions. 93
   22.8.3.4 Frame structure 94
   22.8.3.5 Management functions 94
   22.8.3.6 Signal timing characteristics. 98
   22.8.3.7 Electrical characteristics 99
   22.8.3.8 Power supply. 101
   22.8.3.9 Mechanical characteristics 101
3. Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS), Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer and baseband medium, type 100BASE-T4 102
   23.1 Overview. 102
   23.1.1 Scope. 102
   23.1.2 Objectives 102
   23.1.3 Relation of 100BASE-T4 to other standards 102
   23.1.4 Summary. 102
   23.1.4.1 Summary of Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) specification 103
   23.1.4.2 Summary of physical medium attachment (PMA) specification 105
   23.1.5 Application of 100BASE-T4 105
   23.1.5.1 Compatibility considerations 105
   23.1.5.2 Incorporating the 100BASE-T4 PHY into a DTE 106
   23.1.5.3 Use of 100BASE-T4 PHY for point-to-point communication 106
   23.1.5.4 Support for Auto-Negotiation. 106
   23.2 PCS functional specifications 106
   23.2.1 PCS functions 106
   23.2.1.1 PCS Reset function 106
   23.2.1.2 PCS Transmit function 107
   23.2.1.2.1 DC balance encoding rules 108
   23.2.1.3 PCS Receive function 108
   23.2.1.3.1 Error-detecting rules 109
   23.2.1.4 PCS Error Sense function 110
   23.2.1.5 PCS Carrier Sense function 110
   23.2.1.6 PCS Collision Presence function 110
   23.2.2 PCS interfaces. 111
   23.2.2.1 PCS–MII interface signals 111
   23.2.2.2 PCS–Management entity signals 111
   23.2.3 Frame structure 111
   23.2.4 PCS state diagrams 112
   23.2.4.1 PCS state diagram constants 112
   23.2.4.2 PCS state diagram variables 113
   23.2.4.3 PCS state diagram timer 116
   23.2.4.4 PCS state diagram functions 116
   23.2.4.5 PCS state diagrams 118
   23.2.5 PCS electrical specifications. 120
   23.3 PMA service interface 120
   23.3.1 PMA_TYPE.indication. 121
   23.3.1.1 Semantics of the service primitive 121
   23.3.1.2 When generated 121
   23.3.1.3 Effect of receipt 121
   23.3.2 PMA_UNITDATA.request. 121
   23.3.2.1 Semantics of the service primitive 121
   23.3.2.2 When generated 122
   23.3.2.3 Effect of receipt 122
   23.3.3 PMA_UNITDATA.indication 122
   23.3.3.1 Semantics of the service primitive 122
   23.3.3.2 When generated 122
   23.3.3.3 Effect of receipt 123
   23.3.4 PMA_CARRIER.indication 123
   23.3.4.1 Semantics of the service primitive 123
   23.3.4.2 When generated 123
   23.3.4.3 Effect of receipt 123
   23.3.5 PMA_LINK.indication 123
   23.3.5.1 Semantics of the service primitive 123
   23.3.5.2 When generated 123
   23.3.5.3 Effect of receipt 123
   23.3.6 PMA_LINK.request 124
   23.3.6.1 Semantics of the service primitive 124
   23.3.6.2 Default value of parameter link_control. 124
   23.3.6.3 When generated 124
   23.3.6.4 Effect of receipt 124
   23.3.7 PMA_RXERROR.indication 125
   23.3.7.1 Semantics of the service primitive 125
   23.3.7.2 When generated 125
   23.3.7.3 Effect of receipt 125
   23.4 PMA functional specifications 125
   23.4.1 PMA functions 125
   23.4.1.1 PMA Reset function 125
   23.4.1.2 PMA Transmit function 126
   23.4.1.3 PMA Receive function 127
   23.4.1.4 PMA Carrier Sense function. 127
   23.4.1.5 Link Integrity function 128
   23.4.1.6 PMA Align function 128
   23.4.1.7 Clock Recovery function 129
   23.4.2 PMA interface messages. 129
   23.4.3 PMA state diagrams 130
   23.4.3.1 PMA constants 130
   23.4.3.2 State diagram variables. 131
   23.4.3.3 State diagram timers 131
   23.4.3.4 State diagram counters 132
   23.4.3.5 Link Integrity state diagram 132
   23.5 PMA electrical specifications 132
   23.5.1 PMA-to-MDI interface characteristics 132
   23.5.1.1 Isolation requirement 132
   23.5.1.2 Transmitter specifications. 133
   23.5.1.2.1 Peak differential output voltage 133
   23.5.1.2.2 Differential output templates 134
   23.5.1.2.3 Differential output ISI (intersymbol interference) 138
   23.5.1.2.4 Transmitter differential output impedance 140
   23.5.1.2.5 Output timing jitter 141
   23.5.1.2.6 Transmitter impedance balance 141
   23.5.1.2.7 Common-mode output voltage 142
   23.5.1.2.8 Transmitter common-mode rejection 142
   23.5.1.2.9 Transmitter fault tolerance 143
   23.5.1.2.10 Transmit clock frequency 143
   23.5.1.3 Receiver specifications 143
   23.5.1.3.1 Receiver differential input signals 144
   23.5.1.3.2 Receiver differential noise immunity 145
   23.5.1.3.3 Receiver differential input impedance 145
   23.5.1.3.4 Common-mode rejection 145
   23.5.1.3.5 Receiver fault tolerance 146
   23.5.1.3.6 Receiver frequency tolerance 146
   23.5.2 Power consumption. 146
   23.6 Link segment characteristics. 146
   23.6.1 Cabling 146
   23.6.2 Link transmission parameters 147
   23.6.2.1 Insertion loss 147
   23.6.2.2 Differential characteristic impedance 147
   23.6.2.3 Coupling parameters 147
   23.6.2.3.1 Differential Near-End Crosstalk (NEXT) loss 147
   23.6.2.3.2 Multiple-disturber NEXT (MDNEXT) loss 147
   23.6.2.3.3 Equal Level Far-End Crosstalk (ELFEXT) loss 148
   23.6.2.3.4 Multiple-disturber ELFEXT (MDELFEXT) loss 148
   23.6.2.4 Delay. 148
   23.6.2.4.1 Maximum link delay. 148
   23.6.2.4.2 Maximum link delay per meter. 148
   23.6.2.4.3 Difference in link delays. 149
   23.6.3 Noise 149
   23.6.3.1 Near-End Crosstalk. 149
   23.6.3.2 Far-End Crosstalk 149
   23.6.4 Installation practice. 150
   23.6.4.1 Connector installation practices 150
   23.6.4.2 Disallow use of Category 3 cable with more than four pairs 150
   23.6.4.3 Allow use of Category 5 jumpers with up to 25 pairs 150
   23.7 MDI specification 150
   23.7.1 MDI connectors 150
   23.7.2 Crossover function 151
   23.8 System considerations. 151
   23.9 Environmental specifications 152
   23.9.1 General safety 152
   23.9.2 Network safety 152
   23.9.2.1 Installation 153
   23.9.2.2 Grounding 153
   23.9.2.3 Installation and maintenance guidelines 153
   23.9.2.4 Telephony voltages 153
   23.9.3 Environment 154
   23.9.3.1 Electromagnetic emission 154
   23.9.3.2 Temperature and humidity 154
   23.10 PHY labeling. 154
   23.11 Timing summary. 154
   23.11.1 Timing references 154
   23.11.2 Definitions of controlled parameters 155
   23.11.3 Table of required timing values 157
   23.12 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 23, Physical
   Coding Sublayer (PCS), Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, and baseband medium, type 100BASE-T4 165
   23.12.1 Introduction. 165
   23.12.2 Identification. 165
   23.12.2.1 Implementation identification. 165
   23.12.2.2 Protocol summary 165
   23.12.3 Major capabilities/options. 166
   23.12.4 PICS proforma tables for the Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS), Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer and baseband medium, type 100BASE-T4 166
   23.12.4.1 Compatibility considerations 166
   23.12.4.2 PCS Transmit functions 166
   23.12.4.3 PCS Receive functions 167
   23.12.4.4 Other PCS functions 167
   23.12.4.5 PCS state diagram variables 168
   23.12.4.6 PMA service interface 169
   23.12.4.7 PMA Transmit functions 169
   23.12.4.8 PMA Receive functions 170
   23.12.4.9 Link Integrity functions 170
   23.12.4.10 PMA Align functions 171
   23.12.4.11 Other PMA functions 171
   23.12.4.12 Isolation requirements. 172
   23.12.4.13 PMA electrical requirements 172
   23.12.4.14 Characteristics of the link segment. 175
   23.12.4.15 MDI requirements. 176
   23.12.4.16 General safety and environmental requirements 177
   23.12.4.17 Timing requirements. 178
4. Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) and Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, type 100BASE-X 179
   24.1 Overview. 179
   24.1.1 Scope. 179
   24.1.2 Objectives 179
   24.1.3 Relationship of 100BASE-X to other standards 180
   24.1.4 Summary of 100BASE-X sublayers 180
   24.1.4.1 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) 180
   24.1.4.2 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer 181
   24.1.4.3 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer 181
   24.1.4.4 Auto-Negotiation 181
   24.1.5 Inter-sublayer interfaces 181
   24.1.6 Functional block diagram 183
   24.1.7 State diagram conventions 183
   24.2 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) 183
   24.2.1 Service Interface (MII) 183
   24.2.2 Functional requirements 183
   24.2.2.1 Code-groups 185
   24.2.2.1.1 Data code-groups 185
   24.2.2.1.2 Idle code-groups 187
   24.2.2.1.3 Control code-groups 187
   24.2.2.1.4 Start-of-Stream delimiter (/J/K/). 187
   24.2.2.1.5 End-of-Stream delimiter (/T/R/) 187
   24.2.2.1.6 SLEEP code-groups (/P/) 187
   24.2.2.1.7 Invalid code-groups 187
   24.2.2.2 Encapsulation 187
   24.2.2.3 Data delay 188
   24.2.2.4 Mapping between MII and PMA 189
   24.2.3 State variables 189
   24.2.3.1 Constants. 189
   24.2.3.2 Variables 190
   24.2.3.3 Functions. 192
   24.2.3.4 Timers 192
   24.2.3.5 Messages. 193
   24.2.4 State diagrams. 194
   24.2.4.1 Transmit Bits. 194
   24.2.4.2 Transmit 194
   24.2.4.3 Receive Bits 195
   24.2.4.4 Receive 195
   24.2.4.4.1 Detecting channel activity 197
   24.2.4.4.2 Code-group alignment 197
   24.2.4.4.3 Stream decoding 197
   24.2.4.4.4 Stream termination 199
   24.2.4.5 Carrier Sense. 201
   24.3 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer 201
   24.3.1 Service interface 201
   24.3.1.1 PMA_TYPE.indicate 202
   24.3.1.1.1 Semantics of the service primitive 202
   24.3.1.1.2 When generated 202
   24.3.1.1.3 Effect of receipt 202
   24.3.1.2 PMA_UNITDATA.request. 202
   24.3.1.2.1 Semantics of the service primitive 202
   24.3.1.2.2 When generated 202
   24.3.1.2.3 Effect of receipt 202
   24.3.1.3 PMA_UNITDATA.indicate 202
   24.3.1.3.1 Semantics of the service primitive 202
   24.3.1.3.2 When generated 203
   24.3.1.3.3 Effect of receipt 203
   24.3.1.4 PMA_CARRIER.indicate. 203
   24.3.1.4.1 Semantics of the service primitive 203
   24.3.1.4.2 When generated 203
   24.3.1.4.3 Effect of receipt 203
   24.3.1.5 PMA_LINK.indicate. 203
   24.3.1.5.1 Semantics of the service primitive 203
   24.3.1.5.2 When generated 203
   24.3.1.5.3 Effect of receipt 203
   24.3.1.6 PMA_LINK.request 204
   24.3.1.6.1 Semantics of the service primitive 204
   24.3.1.6.2 When generated 204
   24.3.1.6.3 Effect of receipt 204
   24.3.1.7 PMA_RXERROR.indicate 204
   24.3.1.7.1 Semantics of the service primitive 204
   24.3.1.7.2 When generated 204
   24.3.1.7.3 Effect of receipt 204
   24.3.1.8 PMA_LPILINKFAIL.request. 204
   24.3.1.8.1 Semantics of the service primitive 204
   24.3.1.8.2 When generated 205
   24.3.1.8.3 Effect of receipt 205
   24.3.1.9 PMA_RXLPI.request 205
   24.3.1.9.1 Semantics of the service primitive 205
   24.3.1.9.2 When generated 205
   24.3.1.9.3 Effect of receipt 205
   24.3.2 Functional requirements 205
   24.3.2.1 Far-End fault 206
   24.3.2.2 Comparison to previous IEEE 802.3 PMAs 206
   24.3.2.3 EEE capability 207
   24.3.3 State variables 207
   24.3.3.1 Constants. 207
   24.3.3.2 Variables 207
   24.3.3.3 Functions. 209
   24.3.3.4 Timers 209
   24.3.3.5 Counters 209
   24.3.3.6 Messages. 209
   24.3.4 Process specifications and state diagrams 209
   24.3.4.1 TX 209
   24.3.4.2 RX. 210
   24.3.4.3 Carrier detect. 210
   24.3.4.4 Link Monitor. 210
   24.3.4.5 Far-End Fault Generate. 212
   24.3.4.6 Far-End Fault Detect. 213
   24.4 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer service interface 215
   24.4.1 PMD service interface 215
   24.4.1.1 PMD_UNITDATA.request. 215
   24.4.1.1.1 Semantics of the service primitive 215
   24.4.1.1.2 When generated 215
   24.4.1.1.3 Effect of receipt 215
   24.4.1.2 PMD_UNITDATA.indicate 215
   24.4.1.2.1 Semantics of the service primitive 216
   24.4.1.2.2 When generated 216
   24.4.1.2.3 Effect of receipt 216
   24.4.1.3 PMD_SIGNAL.indicate 216
   24.4.1.3.1 Semantics of the service primitive 216
   24.4.1.3.2 When generated 216
   24.4.1.3.3 Effect of receipt 216
   24.4.1.4 PMD_RXQUIET.request 216
   24.4.1.4.1 Semantics of the service primitive 216
   24.4.1.4.2 When generated 216
   24.4.1.4.3 Effect of receipt 217
   24.4.1.5 PMD_TXQUIET.request 217
   24.4.1.5.1 Semantics of the service primitive 217
   24.4.1.5.2 When generated 217
   24.4.1.5.3 Effect of receipt 217
   24.4.2 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI) 217
   24.5 Compatibility considerations 217
   24.6 Delay constraints. 217
   24.6.1 PHY delay constraints (exposed MII) 218
   24.6.2 DTE delay constraints (unexposed MII). 218
   24.6.3 Carrier deassertion/assertion constraint (half duplex mode only) 219
   24.7 Environmental specifications 219
   24.8 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 24, Physical
   Coding Sublayer (PCS) and Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, type
   100BASE-X 220
   24.8.1 Introduction. 220
   24.8.2 Identification. 220
   24.8.2.1 Implementation identification. 220
   24.8.2.2 Protocol summary 220
   24.8.2.3 Major capabilities/options. 221
   24.8.3 PICS proforma tables for the Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) and Physical Medium
   Attachment (PMA) sublayer, type 100BASE-X. 221
   24.8.3.1 General compatibility considerations 221
   24.8.3.2 PCS functions 221
   24.8.3.3 PMA functions 222
   24.8.3.4 Timing 222
   24.8.3.5 LPI functions. 222
5. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 100BASE-TX 224
   25.1 Overview. 224
   25.1.1 State diagram conventions 224
   25.2 Functional specifications 224
   25.3 General exceptions 224
   25.4 Specific requirements and exceptions. 226
   25.4.1 Change to 7.2.3.1.1, “Line state patterns” 226
   25.4.2 Change to 7.2.3.3, “Loss of synchronization” 226
   25.4.3 Change to Table 8-1, “Contact assignments for twisted pair” 226
   25.4.4 Deletion of 8.3, “Station labelling” 226
   25.4.5 Change to 9.1.7, “Worst case droop of transformer” 226
   25.4.5.1 Equivalent system time constant. 227
   25.4.6 Replacement of 8.4.1, “UTP isolation requirements” 228
   25.4.7 Addition to 10.1, “Receiver” 228
   25.4.8 Change to 9.1.9, “Jitter” 228
   25.4.9 Cable plant 229
   25.4.9.1 Cabling system characteristics 229
   25.4.9.2 Link transmission parameters 229
   25.4.9.2.1 Insertion loss 229
   25.4.9.2.2 Differential characteristic impedance 229
   25.4.9.2.3 Return loss 229
   25.4.9.2.4 Differential near-end crosstalk (NEXT) 230
   25.4.9.3 Noise environment 230
   25.4.9.3.1 External coupled noise 230
   25.4.10 Replacement of 11.2, “Crossover function” 230
   25.4.11 Change to A.2, “DDJ test pattern for baseline wander measurements” 230
   25.4.12 Change to Annex G, “Stream cipher scrambling function” 230
   25.4.13 Change to Annex I, “Common mode cable termination”. 230
   25.5 EEE capability 231
   25.5.1 Change to TP-PMD 7.1.2 “Encoder” 231
   25.5.1.1 State variables 231
   25.5.1.1.1 Variables 231
   25.5.1.1.2 Messages. 231
   25.5.1.2 State diagram 232
   25.5.2 Change to TP-PMD 7.2.2 “Decoder” 232
   25.5.2.1 State variables 232
   25.5.2.1.1 Variables 232
   25.5.2.1.2 Messages. 233
   25.5.2.2 State diagram 233
   25.5.3 Changes to 10.1.1.1 “Signal_Detect assertion threshold” 233
   25.5.4 Changes to 10.1.1.2 “Signal_Detect deassertion threshold” 234
   25.5.5 Change to 10.1.2 “Signal_Detect timing requirements on assertion” 234
   25.5.6 Change to 10.1.3 “Signal_Detect timing requirements on deassertion”. 234
   25.5.7 Changes to TP-PMD 10.2 “Transmitter” 234
   25.5.8 Replace TP-PMD Table 4 “Signal_Detect summary” with Table 25–3 235
   25.6 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 25, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 100BASE-TX 236
   25.6.1 Introduction. 236
   25.6.2 Identification. 236
   25.6.2.1 Implementation identification. 236
   25.6.2.2 Protocol summary 236
   25.6.3 Major capabilities/options. 237
   25.6.3.1 DTE Power via MDI major capabilities/options 237
   25.6.4 PICS proforma tables for the Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 100BASE-TX. 238
   25.6.4.1 General compatibility considerations 238
   25.6.4.2 PMD compliance 238
   25.6.4.3 Characteristics of link segment 238
   25.6.4.4 DTE Power via MDI compliance 239
   25.6.4.5 LPI functions. 240
6. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 100BASE-FX 241
   26.1 Overview. 241
   26.2 Functional specifications 241
   26.3 General exceptions 241
   26.4 Specific requirements and exceptions. 242
   26.4.1 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI) 242
   26.4.2 Crossover function 242
   26.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 26, Physical
   Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 100BASE-FX 243
   26.5.1 Introduction. 243
   26.5.2 Identification. 243
   26.5.2.1 Implementation identification. 243
   26.5.3 Protocol summary 243
   26.5.4 Major capabilities/options. 244
   26.5.5 PICS proforma tables for Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and
   baseband medium, type 100BASE-FX. 244
   26.5.5.1 General compatibility considerations 244
   26.5.5.2 PMD compliance 244
7. Repeater for 100 Mb/s baseband networks. 245
   27.1 Overview. 245
   27.1.1 Scope. 245
   27.1.1.1 Repeater set. 245
   27.1.1.2 Repeater unit 246
   27.1.1.3 Repeater classes 246
   27.1.2 Application perspective 246
   27.1.2.1 Objectives 246
   27.1.2.2 Compatibility considerations 246
   27.1.2.2.1 Internal segment compatibility 247
   27.1.3 Relationship to PHY 247
   27.2 PMA interface messages. 247
   27.3 Repeater functional specifications 247
   27.3.1 Repeater functions 248
   27.3.1.1 Signal restoration functional requirements 248
   27.3.1.1.1 Signal amplification 248
   27.3.1.1.2 Signal wave-shape restoration 248
   27.3.1.1.3 Signal retiming 248
   27.3.1.2 Data handling functional requirements. 248
   27.3.1.2.1 Data frame forwarding 248
   27.3.1.2.2 Received code violations 248
   27.3.1.3 Received event handling functional requirements 249
   27.3.1.3.1 Received event handling. 249
   27.3.1.3.2 Preamble regeneration 249
   27.3.1.3.3 Start-of-packet propagation delay. 249
   27.3.1.3.4 Start-of-packet variability 249
   27.3.1.4 Collision handling functional requirements 249
   27.3.1.4.1 Collision detection 249
   27.3.1.4.2 Jam generation 249
   27.3.1.4.3 Collision-jam propagation delay. 250
   27.3.1.4.4 Cessation-of-collision Jam propagation delay 250
   27.3.1.5 Error handling functional requirements 250
   27.3.1.5.1 100BASE-X and 100BASE-T2 carrier integrity functional requirements 250
   27.3.1.5.2 Speed handling 251
   27.3.1.6 Partition functional requirements 251
   27.3.1.7 Receive jabber functional requirements 252
   27.3.2 Detailed repeater functions and state diagrams 252
   27.3.2.1 State diagram variables. 252
   27.3.2.1.1 Constants. 252
   27.3.2.1.2 Variables 253
   27.3.2.1.3 Functions. 256
   27.3.2.1.4 Timers 256
   27.3.2.1.5 Counters 257
   27.3.2.1.6 Port designation 257
   27.3.2.2 State diagrams. 258
   27.4 Repeater electrical specifications 266
   27.4.1 Electrical isolation 266
   27.5 Environmental specifications 266
   27.5.1 General safety 266
   27.5.2 Network safety 266
   27.5.2.1 Installation 266
   27.5.2.2 Grounding 266
   27.5.2.3 Installation and maintenance guidelines 267
   27.5.3 Electrical isolation 267
   27.5.3.1 Environment A requirements 267
   27.5.3.2 Environment B requirements 267
   27.5.4 Reliability 267
   27.5.5 Environment 268
   27.5.5.1 Electromagnetic emission 268
   27.5.5.2 Temperature and humidity 268
   27.6 Repeater labeling 268
   27.7 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 27, Repeater
   for 100 Mb/s baseband networks 269
   27.7.1 Introduction. 269
   27.7.2 Identification. 269
   27.7.2.1 Implementation identification. 269
   27.7.2.2 Protocol summary 269
   27.7.3 Major capabilities/options. 270
   27.7.4 PICS proforma tables for the repeater for 100 Mb/s baseband networks. 270
   27.7.4.1 Compatibility considerations 270
   27.7.4.2 Repeater functions 271
   27.7.4.3 Signal Restoration function 271
   27.7.4.4 Data Handling function. 272
   27.7.4.5 Receive Event Handling function 272
   27.7.4.6 Collision Handling function 273
   27.7.4.7 Error Handling function 274
   27.7.4.8 Partition functions. 274
   27.7.4.9 Receive Jabber function 275
   27.7.4.10 Repeater state diagrams 276
   27.7.4.11 Repeater electrical. 276
   27.7.4.12 Repeater labeling 277
8. Physical Layer link signaling for Auto-Negotiation on twisted pair 278
   28.1 Overview. 278
   28.1.1 Scope. 278
   28.1.2 Application perspective/objectives 279
   28.1.3 Relationship to architectural layering 279
   28.1.4 Compatibility considerations 280
   28.1.4.1 Interoperability with existing 10BASE-T devices 281
   28.1.4.2 Interoperability with Auto-Negotiation compatible devices 281
   28.1.4.3 Cabling compatibility with Auto-Negotiation 281
   28.2 Functional specifications 281
   28.2.1 Transmit function requirements 282
   28.2.1.1 Link pulse transmission 282
   28.2.1.1.1 FLP burst encoding. 282
   28.2.1.1.2 Transmit timing. 283
   28.2.1.2 Link codeword encoding 284
   28.2.1.2.1 Selector Field 284
   28.2.1.2.2 Technology Ability Field 284
   28.2.1.2.3 Extended Next Page 285
   28.2.1.2.4 Remote Fault. 285
   28.2.1.2.5 Acknowledge 285
   28.2.1.2.6 Next Page 285
   28.2.1.3 Transmit Switch function 286
   28.2.2 Receive function requirements 286
   28.2.2.1 FLP Burst ability detection and decoding. 286
   28.2.2.2 NLP detection 287
   28.2.2.3 Receive Switch function 287
   28.2.2.4 Link codeword matching 288
   28.2.3 Arbitration function requirements 288
   28.2.3.1 Parallel detection function 288
   28.2.3.2 Renegotiation function 288
   28.2.3.3 Priority Resolution function 289
   28.2.3.4 Next Page function 289
   28.2.3.4.1 Next Page encodings. 290
   28.2.3.4.2 Extended Next Page encodings. 291
   28.2.3.4.3 Next Page 291
   28.2.3.4.4 Acknowledge 292
   28.2.3.4.5 Message Page 292
   28.2.3.4.6 Acknowledge 2 292
   28.2.3.4.7 Toggle 292
   28.2.3.4.8 Message Page encoding 292
   28.2.3.4.9 Message Code Field 292
   28.2.3.4.10 Unformatted Page encoding 292
   28.2.3.4.11 Unformatted Code Field 293
   28.2.3.4.12 Extended Unformatted Code Field 293
   28.2.3.4.13 Use of Next Pages. 293
   28.2.3.4.14 MII register requirements 293
   28.2.3.5 Remote fault sensing function 293
   28.2.4 Management function requirements 294
   28.2.4.1 Media Independent Interface 294
   28.2.4.1.1 MII control register. 294
   28.2.4.1.2 MII status register 294
   28.2.4.1.3 Auto-Negotiation advertisement register (Register 4) (R/W). 295
   28.2.4.1.4 Auto-Negotiation Link Partner ability register (Register 5) (RO) 295
   28.2.4.1.5 Auto-Negotiation expansion register (Register 6) (RO). 296
   28.2.4.1.6 Auto-Negotiation Next Page transmit register (Register 7) (R/W) 298
   28.2.4.1.7 Auto-Negotiation Link Partner Received Next Page register (Register 8) (RO) 298
   28.2.4.1.8 State diagram variable to MII register mapping 299
   28.2.4.2 Auto-Negotiation managed object class 300
   28.2.5 Absence of management function. 300
   28.2.6 Technology-Dependent Interface 300
   28.2.6.1 PMA_LINK.indication 300
   28.2.6.1.1 Semantics of the service primitive 300
   28.2.6.1.2 When generated 301
   28.2.6.1.3 Effect of receipt 301
   28.2.6.2 PMA_LINK.request 301
   28.2.6.2.1 Semantics of the service primitive 301
   28.2.6.2.2 When generated 301
   28.2.6.2.3 Effect of receipt 301
   28.2.6.3 PMA_LINKPULSE.request 301
   28.2.6.3.1 Semantics of the service primitive 302
   28.2.6.3.2 When generated 302
   28.2.6.3.3 Effect of receipt 302
   28.3 State diagrams and variable definitions 302
   28.3.1 State diagram variables. 303
   28.3.2 State diagram timers 309
   28.3.3 State diagram counters 312
   28.3.4 State diagrams. 313
   28.4 Electrical specifications 316
   28.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 28, Physical
   Layer link signaling for Auto-Negotiation on twisted pair. 317
   28.5.1 Introduction. 317
   28.5.2 Identification. 317
   28.5.2.1 Implementation identification. 317
   28.5.2.2 Protocol summary 317
   28.5.3 Major capabilities/options. 318
   28.5.4 PICS proforma tables for Physical Layer link signaling for Auto-Negotiation on twisted pair 318
   28.5.4.1 Scope 318
   28.5.4.2 Auto-Negotiation functions 319
   28.5.4.3 Transmit function requirements 319
   28.5.4.4 Receive function requirements 321
   28.5.4.5 Arbitration functions. 322
   28.5.4.6 Management function requirements 325
   28.5.4.7 Technology-dependent interface. 327
   28.5.4.8 State diagrams. 328
   28.5.4.9 Electrical characteristics 329
   28.5.4.10 Auto-Negotiation annexes 329
   28.6 Auto-Negotiation expansion 332
9. System considerations for multisegment 100BASE-T networks 333
   29.1 Overview. 333
   29.1.1 Single collision domain multisegment networks 334
   29.1.2 Repeater usage 335
   29.2 Transmission System Model 1 335
   29.3 Transmission System Model 2 335
   29.3.1 Round-trip collision delay 337
   29.3.1.1 Worst-case path delay value (PDV) selection 337
   29.3.1.2 Worst-case PDV calculation. 338
   29.4 Full duplex 100 Mb/s topology limitations. 339
10. Management 341
    30.1 Overview. 341
    30.1.1 Scope. 342
    30.1.2 Relationship to objects in IEEE 802.1F 342
    30.1.3 Systems management overview 342
    30.1.4 Management model. 343
    30.2 Managed objects 344
    30.2.1 Introduction. 344
    30.2.2 Overview of managed objects. 344
    30.2.2.1 Text description of managed objects 344
    30.2.2.2 Functions to support management 348
    30.2.2.2.1 DTE MAC sublayer functions 348
    30.2.2.2.2 Repeater functions 348
    30.2.3 Containment 351
    30.2.4 Naming 354
    30.2.5 Capabilities 354
    30.3 Layer management for DTEs 380
    30.3.1 MAC entity managed object class 380
    30.3.1.1 MAC entity attributes 380
    30.3.1.1.1 aMACID 380
    30.3.1.1.2 aFramesTransmittedOK 380
    30.3.1.1.3 aSingleCollisionFrames 381
    30.3.1.1.4 aMultipleCollisionFrames 381
    30.3.1.1.5 aFramesReceivedOK 381
    30.3.1.1.6 aFrameCheckSequenceErrors. 381
    30.3.1.1.7 aAlignmentErrors 382
    30.3.1.1.8 aOctetsTransmittedOK 382
    30.3.1.1.9 aFramesWithDeferredXmissions 382
    30.3.1.1.10 aLateCollisions 382
    30.3.1.1.11 aFramesAbortedDueToXSColls 383
    30.3.1.1.12 aFramesLostDueToIntMACXmitError 383
    30.3.1.1.13 aCarrierSenseErrors 383
    30.3.1.1.14 aOctetsReceivedOK 383
    30.3.1.1.15 aFramesLostDueToIntMACRcvError 384
    30.3.1.1.16 aPromiscuousStatus 384
    30.3.1.1.17 aReadMulticastAddressList 384
    30.3.1.1.18 aMulticastFramesXmittedOK. 385
    30.3.1.1.19 aBroadcastFramesXmittedOK 385
    30.3.1.1.20 aFramesWithExcessiveDeferral 385
    30.3.1.1.21 aMulticastFramesReceivedOK 385
    30.3.1.1.22 aBroadcastFramesReceivedOK 386
    30.3.1.1.23 aInRangeLengthErrors 386
    30.3.1.1.24 aOutOfRangeLengthField. 386
    30.3.1.1.25 aFrameTooLongErrors 386
    30.3.1.1.26 aMACEnableStatus. 387
    30.3.1.1.27 aTransmitEnableStatus 387
    30.3.1.1.28 aMulticastReceiveStatus. 387
    30.3.1.1.29 aReadWriteMACAddress 387
    30.3.1.1.30 aCollisionFrames 388
    30.3.1.1.31 aMACCapabilities 388
    30.3.1.1.32 aDuplexStatus 388
    30.3.1.1.33 aRateControlAbility 388
    30.3.1.1.34 aRateControlStatus 389
    30.3.1.1.35 aDeferControlAbility 389
    30.3.1.1.36 aDeferControlStatus 389
    30.3.1.1.37 aMaxFrameLength 389
    30.3.1.1.38 aSlowProtocolFrameLimit 390
    30.3.1.2 MAC entity actions. 390
    30.3.1.2.1 acInitializeMAC 390
    30.3.1.2.2 acAddGroupAddress. 390
    30.3.1.2.3 acDeleteGroupAddress 390
    30.3.1.2.4 acExecuteSelfTest. 390
    30.3.2 PHY device managed object class 391
    30.3.2.1 PHY device attributes 391
    30.3.2.1.1 aPHYID 391
    30.3.2.1.2 aPhyType 391
    30.3.2.1.3 aPhyTypeList 392
    30.3.2.1.4 aSQETestErrors 393
    30.3.2.1.5 aSymbolErrorDuringCarrier 393
    30.3.2.1.6 aMIIDetect 393
    30.3.2.1.7 aPhyAdminState 394
    30.3.2.1.8 aTransmitLPIMicroseconds 394
    30.3.2.1.9 aReceiveLPIMicroseconds 394
    30.3.2.1.10 aTransmitLPITransitions 395
    30.3.2.1.11 aReceiveLPITransitions 395
    30.3.2.2 PHY device actions. 395
    30.3.2.2.1 acPhyAdminControl 395
    30.3.3 MAC control entity object class 395
    30.3.3.1 aMACControlID 395
    30.3.3.2 aMACControlFunctionsSupported 396
    30.3.3.3 aMACControlFramesTransmitted 396
    30.3.3.4 aMACControlFramesReceived. 396
    30.3.3.5 aUnsupportedOpcodesReceived 396
    30.3.3.6 aPFCEnableStatus. 397
    30.3.4 PAUSE entity managed object class. 397
    30.3.4.1 aPAUSELinkDelayAllowance 397
    30.3.4.2 aPAUSEMACCtrlFramesTransmitted 397
    30.3.4.3 aPAUSEMACCtrlFramesReceived 398
    30.3.5 MPCP managed object class. 398
    30.3.5.1 MPCP Attributes. 398
    30.3.5.1.1 aMPCPID 398
    30.3.5.1.2 aMPCPAdminState. 398
    30.3.5.1.3 aMPCPMode. 398
    30.3.5.1.4 aMPCPLinkID 399
    30.3.5.1.5 aMPCPRemoteMACAddress 399
    30.3.5.1.6 aMPCPRegistrationState 399
    30.3.5.1.7 aMPCPMACCtrlFramesTransmitted 400
    30.3.5.1.8 aMPCPMACCtrlFramesReceived 400
    30.3.5.1.9 aMPCPTxGate 400
    30.3.5.1.10 aMPCPTxRegAck 400
    30.3.5.1.11 aMPCPTxRegister 401
    30.3.5.1.12 aMPCPTxRegRequest 401
    30.3.5.1.13 aMPCPTxReport. 401
    30.3.5.1.14 aMPCPRxGate 401
    30.3.5.1.15 aMPCPRxRegAck 402
    30.3.5.1.16 aMPCPRxRegister 402
    30.3.5.1.17 aMPCPRxRegRequest 402
    30.3.5.1.18 aMPCPRxReport 402
    30.3.5.1.19 aMPCPTransmitElapsed. 403
    30.3.5.1.20 aMPCPReceiveElapsed 403
    30.3.5.1.21 aMPCPRoundTripTime 403
    30.3.5.1.22 aMPCPDiscoveryWindowsSent 403
    30.3.5.1.23 aMPCPDiscoveryTimeout 404
    30.3.5.1.24 aMPCPMaximumPendingGrants 404
    30.3.5.1.25 aMPCPRecognizedMulticastIDs 404
    30.3.5.2 MPCP Actions 404
    30.3.5.2.1 acMPCPAdminControl. 404
    30.3.6 OAM object class 404
    30.3.6.1 OAM Attributes 405
    30.3.6.1.1 aOAMID 405
    30.3.6.1.2 aOAMAdminState 405
    30.3.6.1.3 aOAMMode 405
    30.3.6.1.4 aOAMDiscoveryState. 405
    30.3.6.1.5 aOAMRemoteMACAddress. 406
    30.3.6.1.6 aOAMLocalConfiguration 406
    30.3.6.1.7 aOAMRemoteConfiguration 406
    30.3.6.1.8 aOAMLocalPDUConfiguration 407
    30.3.6.1.9 aOAMRemotePDUConfiguration 407
    30.3.6.1.10 aOAMLocalFlagsField 407
    30.3.6.1.11 aOAMRemoteFlagsField 407
    30.3.6.1.12 aOAMLocalRevision 408
    30.3.6.1.13 aOAMRemoteRevision. 408
    30.3.6.1.14 aOAMLocalState 408
    30.3.6.1.15 aOAMRemoteState. 409
    30.3.6.1.16 aOAMRemoteVendorOUI 409
    30.3.6.1.17 aOAMRemoteVendorSpecificInfo 409
    30.3.6.1.18 aOAMUnsupportedCodesTx 410
    30.3.6.1.19 aOAMUnsupportedCodesRx 410
    30.3.6.1.20 aOAMInformationTx 410
    30.3.6.1.21 aOAMInformationRx 410
    30.3.6.1.22 aOAMUniqueEventNotificationTx 411
    30.3.6.1.23 aOAMDuplicateEventNotificationTx. 411
    30.3.6.1.24 aOAMUniqueEventNotificationRx 411
    30.3.6.1.25 aOAMDuplicateEventNotificationRx 412
    30.3.6.1.26 aOAMLoopbackControlTx. 412
    30.3.6.1.27 aOAMLoopbackControlRx 412
    30.3.6.1.28 aOAMVariableRequestTx 412
    30.3.6.1.29 aOAMVariableRequestRx 413
    30.3.6.1.30 aOAMVariableResponseTx 413
    30.3.6.1.31 aOAMVariableResponseRx 413
    30.3.6.1.32 aOAMOrganizationSpecificTx. 413
    30.3.6.1.33 aOAMOrganizationSpecificRx. 414
    30.3.6.1.34 aOAMLocalErrSymPeriodConfig 414
    30.3.6.1.35 aOAMLocalErrSymPeriodEvent 414
    30.3.6.1.36 aOAMLocalErrFrameConfig 415
    30.3.6.1.37 aOAMLocalErrFrameEvent 415
    30.3.6.1.38 aOAMLocalErrFramePeriodConfig 415
    30.3.6.1.39 aOAMLocalErrFramePeriodEvent 415
    30.3.6.1.40 aOAMLocalErrFrameSecsSummaryConfig. 416
    30.3.6.1.41 aOAMLocalErrFrameSecsSummaryEvent. 416
    30.3.6.1.42 aOAMRemoteErrSymPeriodEvent. 416
    30.3.6.1.43 aOAMRemoteErrFrameEvent 417
    30.3.6.1.44 aOAMRemoteErrFramePeriodEvent 417
    30.3.6.1.45 aOAMRemoteErrFrameSecsSummaryEvent 418
    30.3.6.1.46 aFramesLostDueToOAMError. 418
    30.3.6.2 OAM Actions 419
    30.3.6.2.1 acOAMAdminControl 419
    30.3.7 OMPEmulation managed object class 419
    30.3.7.1 OMPEmulation Attributes 419
    30.3.7.1.1 aOMPEmulationID 419
    30.3.7.1.2 aOMPEmulationType 419
    30.3.7.1.3 aSLDErrors 419
    30.3.7.1.4 aCRC8Errors. 420
    30.3.7.1.5 aGoodLLID. 420
    30.3.7.1.6 aONUPONcastLLID. 420
    30.3.7.1.7 aOLTPONcastLLID 420
    30.3.7.1.8 aBadLLID 421
    30.3.8 EXTENSION entity managed object class. 421
    30.3.8.1 aEXTENSIONMACCtrlFramesTransmitted 421
    30.3.8.2 aEXTENSIONMACCtrlFramesReceived 421
    30.3.8.3 aEXTENSIONMACCtrlStatus 421
    30.4 Layer management for 10, 100, and 1000 Mb/s baseband repeaters 422
    30.4.1 Repeater managed object class 422
    30.4.1.1 Repeater attributes 422
    30.4.1.1.1 aRepeaterID 422
    30.4.1.1.2 aRepeaterType 422
    30.4.1.1.3 aRepeaterGroupCapacity 422
    30.4.1.1.4 aGroupMap 423
    30.4.1.1.5 aRepeaterHealthState 423
    30.4.1.1.6 aRepeaterHealthText 423
    30.4.1.1.7 aRepeaterHealthData 423
    30.4.1.1.8 aTransmitCollisions 424
    30.4.1.2 Repeater actions 424
    30.4.1.2.1 acResetRepeater 424
    30.4.1.2.2 acExecuteNonDisruptiveSelfTest. 424
    30.4.1.3 Repeater notifications 425
    30.4.1.3.1 nRepeaterHealth 425
    30.4.1.3.2 nRepeaterReset 425
    30.4.1.3.3 nGroupMapChange. 425
    30.4.2 Group managed object class 425
    30.4.2.1 Group attributes 426
    30.4.2.1.1 aGroupID 426
    30.4.2.1.2 aGroupPortCapacity 426
    30.4.2.1.3 aPortMap. 426
    30.4.2.2 Group notifications 426
    30.4.2.2.1 nPortMapChange 426
    30.4.3 Repeater port managed object class 427
    30.4.3.1 Port attributes 427
    30.4.3.1.1 aPortID 427
    30.4.3.1.2 aPortAdminState. 427
    30.4.3.1.3 aAutoPartitionState. 427
    30.4.3.1.4 aReadableFrames 428
    30.4.3.1.5 aReadableOctets 428
    30.4.3.1.6 aFrameCheckSequenceErrors. 428
    30.4.3.1.7 aAlignmentErrors 428
    30.4.3.1.8 aFramesTooLong 429
    30.4.3.1.9 aShortEvents 429
    30.4.3.1.10 aRunts 429
    30.4.3.1.11 aCollisions 430
    30.4.3.1.12 aLateEvents. 430
    30.4.3.1.13 aVeryLongEvents 430
    30.4.3.1.14 aDataRateMismatches 431
    30.4.3.1.15 aAutoPartitions 431
    30.4.3.1.16 aIsolates 431
    30.4.3.1.17 aSymbolErrorDuringPacket 432
    30.4.3.1.18 aLastSourceAddress 432
    30.4.3.1.19 aSourceAddressChanges. 432
    30.4.3.1.20 aBursts 432
    30.4.3.2 Port actions 432
    30.4.3.2.1 acPortAdminControl. 432
    30.5 Layer management for medium attachment units (MAUs) 433
    30.5.1 MAU managed object class 433
    30.5.1.1 MAU attributes 433
    30.5.1.1.1 aMAUID 433
    30.5.1.1.2 aMAUType 433
    30.5.1.1.3 aMAUTypeList. 438
    30.5.1.1.4 aMediaAvailable. 438
    30.5.1.1.5 aLoseMediaCounter 440
    30.5.1.1.6 aJabber 440
    30.5.1.1.7 aMAUAdminState 440
    30.5.1.1.8 aBbMAUXmitRcvSplitType 440
    30.5.1.1.9 aBroadbandFrequencies 441
    30.5.1.1.10 aFalseCarriers 441
    30.5.1.1.11 aBIPErrorCount 441
    30.5.1.1.12 aLaneMapping 442
    30.5.1.1.13 aIdleErrorCount 442
    30.5.1.1.14 aPCSCodingViolation. 442
    30.5.1.1.15 aFECAbility 442
    30.5.1.1.16 aFECmode 443
    30.5.1.1.17 aFECCorrectedBlocks 443
    30.5.1.1.18 aFECUncorrectableBlocks 444
    30.5.1.1.19 aSNROpMarginChnlA 444
    30.5.1.1.20 aSNROpMarginChnlB 445
    30.5.1.1.21 aSNROpMarginChnlC 445
    30.5.1.1.22 aSNROpMarginChnlD 445
    30.5.1.1.23 aEEESupportList 445
    30.5.1.1.24 aLDFastRetrainCount 445
    30.5.1.1.25 aLPFastRetrainCount 446
    30.5.1.1.26 aRSFECBIPErrorCount 446
    30.5.1.1.27 aRSFECLaneMapping 446
    30.5.1.1.28 aRSFECBypassAbility 447
    30.5.1.1.29 aRSFECBypassIndicationAbility 447
    30.5.1.1.30 aRSFECBypassEnable 447
    30.5.1.1.31 aRSFECBypassIndicationEnable 447
    30.5.1.1.32 aPCSFECBypassIndicationAbility 448
    30.5.1.1.33 aPCSFECBypassIndicationEnable 448
    30.5.1.2 MAU actions. 448
    30.5.1.2.1 acResetMAU. 448
    30.5.1.2.2 acMAUAdminControl 449
    30.5.1.3 MAU notifications 449
    30.5.1.3.1 nJabber 449
    30.6 Management for link Auto-Negotiation 449
    30.6.1 Auto-Negotiation managed object class 449
    30.6.1.1 Auto-Negotiation attributes 449
    30.6.1.1.1 aAutoNegID 449
    30.6.1.1.2 aAutoNegAdminState. 449
    30.6.1.1.3 aAutoNegRemoteSignaling 450
    30.6.1.1.4 aAutoNegAutoConfig. 450
    30.6.1.1.5 aAutoNegLocalTechnologyAbility 450
    30.6.1.1.6 aAutoNegAdvertisedTechnologyAbility 451
    30.6.1.1.7 aAutoNegReceivedTechnologyAbility. 452
    30.6.1.1.8 aAutoNegLocalSelectorAbility 452
    30.6.1.1.9 aAutoNegAdvertisedSelectorAbility 452
    30.6.1.1.10 aAutoNegReceivedSelectorAbility. 452
    30.6.1.2 Auto-Negotiation actions 453
    30.6.1.2.1 acAutoNegRestartAutoConfig 453
    30.6.1.2.2 acAutoNegAdminControl. 453
    30.7 Management for Link Aggregation 453
    30.7.1 Aggregator managed object class 453
    30.7.1.1 Aggregator attributes 454
    30.7.1.1.1 aAggID 454
    30.7.1.1.2 aAggDescription 454
    30.7.1.1.3 aAggName 454
    30.7.1.1.4 aAggActorSystemID. 455
    30.7.1.1.5 aAggActorSystemPriority. 455
    30.7.1.1.6 aAggAggregateOrIndividual 455
    30.7.1.1.7 aAggActorAdminKey. 455
    30.7.1.1.8 aAggActorOperKey 455
    30.7.1.1.9 aAggMACAddress 456
    30.7.1.1.10 aAggPartnerSystemID 456
    30.7.1.1.11 aAggPartnerSystemPriority 456
    30.7.1.1.12 aAggPartnerOperKey 456
    30.7.1.1.13 aAggAdminState. 456
    30.7.1.1.14 aAggOperState 457
    30.7.1.1.15 aAggTimeOfLastOperChange 457
    30.7.1.1.16 aAggDataRate. 457
    30.7.1.1.17 aAggOctetsTxOK 457
    30.7.1.1.18 aAggOctetsRxOK 458
    30.7.1.1.19 aAggFramesTxOK 458
    30.7.1.1.20 aAggFramesRxOK 458
    30.7.1.1.21 aAggMulticastFramesTxOK. 458
    30.7.1.1.22 aAggMulticastFramesRxOK 459
    30.7.1.1.23 aAggBroadcastFramesTxOK 459
    30.7.1.1.24 aAggBroadcastFramesRxOK 459
    30.7.1.1.25 aAggFramesDiscardedOnTx 459
    30.7.1.1.26 aAggFramesDiscardedOnRx 461
    30.7.1.1.27 aAggFramesWithTxErrors 461
    30.7.1.1.28 aAggFramesWithRxErrors 461
    30.7.1.1.29 aAggUnknownProtocolFrames. 461
    30.7.1.1.30 aAggPortList. 461
    30.7.1.1.31 aAggLinkUpDownNotificationEnable 462
    30.7.1.1.32 aAggCollectorMaxDelay 462
    30.7.1.2 Aggregator Notifications 462
    30.7.1.2.1 nAggLinkUpNotification 462
    30.7.1.2.2 nAggLinkDownNotification. 462
    30.7.2 Aggregation Port managed object class 463
    30.7.2.1 Aggregation Port Attributes 463
    30.7.2.1.1 aAggPortID. 463
    30.7.2.1.2 aAggPortActorSystemPriority 463
    30.7.2.1.3 aAggPortActorSystemID 463
    30.7.2.1.4 aAggPortActorAdminKey 463
    30.7.2.1.5 aAggPortActorOperKey 463
    30.7.2.1.6 aAggPortPartnerAdminSystemPriority 464
    30.7.2.1.7 aAggPortPartnerOperSystemPriority 464
    30.7.2.1.8 aAggPortPartnerAdminSystemID 464
    30.7.2.1.9 aAggPortPartnerOperSystemID 464
    30.7.2.1.10 aAggPortPartnerAdminKey 465
    30.7.2.1.11 aAggPortPartnerOperKey. 465
    30.7.2.1.12 aAggPortSelectedAggID 465
    30.7.2.1.13 aAggPortAttachedAggID 465
    30.7.2.1.14 aAggPortActorPort 465
    30.7.2.1.15 aAggPortActorPortPriority 466
    30.7.2.1.16 aAggPortPartnerAdminPort 466
    30.7.2.1.17 aAggPortPartnerOperPort. 466
    30.7.2.1.18 aAggPortPartnerAdminPortPriority 466
    30.7.2.1.19 aAggPortPartnerOperPortPriority. 466
    30.7.2.1.20 aAggPortActorAdminState. 467
    30.7.2.1.21 aAggPortActorOperState 467
    30.7.2.1.22 aAggPortPartnerAdminState 467
    30.7.2.1.23 aAggPortPartnerOperState 467
    30.7.2.1.24 aAggPortAggregateOrIndividual 468
    30.7.3 Aggregation Port Statistics managed object class 468
    30.7.3.1 Aggregation Port Statistics attributes 468
    30.7.3.1.1 aAggPortStatsID 468
    30.7.3.1.2 aAggPortStatsLACPDUsRx 468
    30.7.3.1.3 aAggPortStatsMarkerPDUsRx 468
    30.7.3.1.4 aAggPortStatsMarkerResponsePDUsRx 468
    30.7.3.1.5 aAggPortStatsUnknownRx. 469
    30.7.3.1.6 aAggPortStatsIllegalRx 469
    30.7.3.1.7 aAggPortStatsLACPDUsTx 469
    30.7.3.1.8 aAggPortStatsMarkerPDUsTx 469
    30.7.3.1.9 aAggPortStatsMarkerResponsePDUsTx 469
    30.7.4 Aggregation Port Debug Information managed object class 470
    30.7.4.1 Aggregation Port Debug Information attributes 470
    30.7.4.1.1 aAggPortDebugInformationID 470
    30.7.4.1.2 aAggPortDebugRxState 470
    30.7.4.1.3 aAggPortDebugLastRxTime 470
    30.7.4.1.4 aAggPortDebugMuxState. 471
    30.7.4.1.5 aAggPortDebugMuxReason 471
    30.7.4.1.6 aAggPortDebugActorChurnState 471
    30.7.4.1.7 aAggPortDebugPartnerChurnState. 471
    30.7.4.1.8 aAggPortDebugActorChurnCount 472
    30.7.4.1.9 aAggPortDebugPartnerChurnCount 472
    30.7.4.1.10 aAggPortDebugActorSyncTransitionCount 472
    30.7.4.1.11 aAggPortDebugPartnerSyncTransitionCount. 472
    30.7.4.1.12 aAggPortDebugActorChangeCount 473
    30.7.4.1.13 aAggPortDebugPartnerChangeCount. 473
    30.8 Management for WAN Interface Sublayer (WIS) 473
    30.8.1 WIS managed object class 473
    30.8.1.1 WIS attributes 473
    30.8.1.1.1 aWISID 473
    30.8.1.1.2 aSectionStatus. 473
    30.8.1.1.3 aSectionSESThreshold 474
    30.8.1.1.4 aSectionSESs 474
    30.8.1.1.5 aSectionESs 474
    30.8.1.1.6 aSectionSEFSs 474
    30.8.1.1.7 aSectionCVs 475
    30.8.1.1.8 aJ0ValueTX 475
    30.8.1.1.9 aJ0ValueRX 475
    30.8.1.1.10 aLineStatus 475
    30.8.1.1.11 aLineSESThreshold 475
    30.8.1.1.12 aLineSESs. 476
    30.8.1.1.13 aLineESs 476
    30.8.1.1.14 aLineCVs 476
    30.8.1.1.15 aFarEndLineSESs 476
    30.8.1.1.16 aFarEndLineESs 477
    30.8.1.1.17 aFarEndLineCVs 477
    30.8.1.1.18 aPathStatus 477
    30.8.1.1.19 aPathSESThreshold 477
    30.8.1.1.20 aPathSESs 477
    30.8.1.1.21 aPathESs 478
    30.8.1.1.22 aPathCVs 478
    30.8.1.1.23 aJ1ValueTX 478
    30.8.1.1.24 aJ1ValueRX 478
    30.8.1.1.25 aFarEndPathStatus 479
    30.8.1.1.26 aFarEndPathSESs 479
    30.8.1.1.27 aFarEndPathESs 479
    30.8.1.1.28 aFarEndPathCVs. 479
    30.9 Management for DTE Power via MDI 480
    30.9.1 PSE managed object class. 480
    30.9.1.1 PSE attributes 480
    30.9.1.1.1 aPSEID 480
    30.9.1.1.2 aPSEAdminState. 480
    30.9.1.1.3 aPSEPowerPairsControlAbility 480
    30.9.1.1.4 aPSEPowerPairs 480
    30.9.1.1.5 aPSEPowerDetectionStatus 481
    30.9.1.1.6 aPSEPowerClassification 481
    30.9.1.1.7 aPSEInvalidSignatureCounter 482
    30.9.1.1.8 aPSEPowerDeniedCounter 482
    30.9.1.1.9 aPSEOverLoadCounter. 482
    30.9.1.1.10 aPSEShortCounter 482
    30.9.1.1.11 aPSEMPSAbsentCounter 483
    30.9.1.1.12 aPSEActualPower. 483
    30.9.1.1.13 aPSEPowerAccuracy 483
    30.9.1.1.14 aPSECumulativeEnergy 483
    30.9.1.2 PSE actions 483
    30.9.1.2.1 acPSEAdminControl. 483
    30.9.2 PD managed object class 484
    30.9.2.1 PD attributes 484
    30.9.2.1.1 aPDID 484
    30.10 Layer management for Midspan 484
    30.10.1 Midspan managed object class 484
    30.10.1.1 Midspan attributes. 484
    30.10.1.1.1 aMidSpanID 484
    30.10.1.1.2 aMidSpanPSEGroupCapacity. 484
    30.10.1.1.3 aMidSpanPSEGroupMap 485
    30.10.1.2 Midspan notifications 485
    30.10.1.2.1 nMidSpanPSEGroupMapChange 485
    30.10.2 PSE Group managed object class 485
    30.10.2.1 PSE Group attributes 485
    30.10.2.1.1 aPSEGroupID 485
    30.10.2.1.2 aPSECapacity 485
    30.10.2.1.3 aPSEMap 486
    30.10.2.2 PSE Group notifications 486
    30.10.2.2.1 nPSEMapChange 486
    30.11 Layer Management for Physical Medium Entity (PME) 486
    30.11.1 PAF managed object class 486
    30.11.1.1 PAFAttributes 486
    30.11.1.1.1 aPAFID 486
    30.11.1.1.2 aPhyEnd 486
    30.11.1.1.3 aPHYCurrentStatus. 487
    30.11.1.1.4 aPAFSupported. 487
    30.11.1.1.5 aPAFAdminState 487
    30.11.1.1.6 aLocalPAFCapacity 488
    30.11.1.1.7 aLocalPMEAvailable 488
    30.11.1.1.8 aLocalPMEAggregate. 488
    30.11.1.1.9 aRemotePAFSupported 489
    30.11.1.1.10 aRemotePAFCapacity. 489
    30.11.1.1.11 aRemotePMEAggregate 489
    30.11.2 PME managed object class 490
    30.11.2.1 PME Attributes 490
    30.11.2.1.1 aPMEID 490
    30.11.2.1.2 aPMEAdminState 490
    30.11.2.1.3 aPMEStatus. 490
    30.11.2.1.4 aPMESNRMgn 491
    30.11.2.1.5 aTCCodingViolations 491
    30.11.2.1.6 aProfileSelect 491
    30.11.2.1.7 aOperatingProfile 492
    30.11.2.1.8 aPMEFECCorrectedBlocks 492
    30.11.2.1.9 aPMEFECUncorrectableBlocks 492
    30.11.2.1.10 aTCCRCErrors 493
    30.12 Layer Management for Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) 493
    30.12.1 LLDP Configuration managed object class 493
    30.12.1.1 LLDP Configuration attributes 493
    30.12.1.1.1 aLldpXdot3PortConfigTLVsTxEnable 493
    30.12.2 LLDP Local System Group managed object class 494
    30.12.2.1 LLDP Local System Group attributes 494
    30.12.2.1.1 aLldpXdot3LocPortAutoNegSupported 494
    30.12.2.1.2 aLldpXdot3LocPortAutoNegEnabled 494
    30.12.2.1.3 aLldpXdot3LocPortAutoNegAdvertisedCap 494
    30.12.2.1.4 aLldpXdot3LocPortOperMauType. 494
    30.12.2.1.5 aLldpXdot3LocPowerPortClass 495
    30.12.2.1.6 aLldpXdot3LocPowerMDISupported 495
    30.12.2.1.7 aLldpXdot3LocPowerMDIEnabled 495
    30.12.2.1.8 aLldpXdot3LocPowerPairControlable 495
    30.12.2.1.9 aLldpXdot3LocPowerPairs. 495
    30.12.2.1.10 aLldpXdot3LocPowerClass 496
    30.12.2.1.11 aLldpXdot3LocLinkAggStatus. 496
    30.12.2.1.12 aLldpXdot3LocLinkAggPortId 496
    30.12.2.1.13 aLldpXdot3LocMaxFrameSize 496
    30.12.2.1.14 aLldpXdot3LocPowerType 496
    30.12.2.1.15 aLldpXdot3LocPowerSource 497
    30.12.2.1.16 aLldpXdot3LocPowerPriority 497
    30.12.2.1.17 aLldpXdot3LocPDRequestedPowerValue 497
    30.12.2.1.18 aLldpXdot3LocPSEAllocatedPowerValue. 497
    30.12.2.1.19 aLldpXdot3LocResponseTime 498
    30.12.2.1.20 aLldpXdot3LocReady. 498
    30.12.2.1.21 aLldpXdot3LocReducedOperationPowerValue 498
    30.12.2.1.22 aLldpXdot3LocTxTwSys 498
    30.12.2.1.23 aLldpXdot3LocTxTwSysEcho 499
    30.12.2.1.24 aLldpXdot3LocRxTwSys 499
    30.12.2.1.25 aLldpXdot3LocRxTwSysEcho. 499
    30.12.2.1.26 aLldpXdot3LocFbTwSys 499
    30.12.2.1.27 aLldpXdot3TxDllReady 500
    30.12.2.1.28 aLldpXdot3RxDllReady 500
    30.12.2.1.29 aLldpXdot3LocDllEnabled. 500
    30.12.2.1.30 aLldpXdot3LocTxFw 500
    30.12.2.1.31 aLldpXdot3LocTxFwEcho 501
    30.12.2.1.32 aLldpXdot3LocRxFw 501
    30.12.2.1.33 aLldpXdot3LocRxFwEcho. 501
    30.12.2.1.34 aLldpXdot3LocPreemptSupported 501
    30.12.2.1.35 aLldpXdot3LocPreemptEnabled 501
    30.12.2.1.36 aLldpXdot3LocPreemptActive. 502
    30.12.2.1.37 aLldpXdot3LocAddFragSize 502
    30.12.3 LLDP Remote System Group managed object class 502
    30.12.3.1 LLDP Remote System Group attributes 502
    30.12.3.1.1 aLldpXdot3RemPortAutoNegSupported 502
    30.12.3.1.2 aLldpXdot3RemPortAutoNegEnabled 502
    30.12.3.1.3 aLldpXdot3RemPortAutoNegAdvertisedCap 502
    30.12.3.1.4 aLldpXdot3RemPortOperMauType 503
    30.12.3.1.5 aLldpXdot3RemPowerPortClass 503
    30.12.3.1.6 aLldpXdot3RemPowerMDISupported 503
    30.12.3.1.7 aLldpXdot3RemPowerMDIEnabled 503
    30.12.3.1.8 aLldpXdot3RemPowerPairControlable 504
    30.12.3.1.9 aLldpXdot3RemPowerPairs 504
    30.12.3.1.10 aLldpXdot3RemPowerClass. 504
    30.12.3.1.11 aLldpXdot3RemLinkAggStatus 504
    30.12.3.1.12 aLldpXdot3RemLinkAggPortId 504
    30.12.3.1.13 aLldpXdot3RemMaxFrameSize 505
    30.12.3.1.14 aLldpXdot3RemPowerType 505
    30.12.3.1.15 aLldpXdot3RemPowerSource 505
    30.12.3.1.16 aLldpXdot3RemPowerPriority 505
    30.12.3.1.17 aLldpXdot3RemPDRequestedPowerValue 505
    30.12.3.1.18 aLldpXdot3RemPSEAllocatedPowerValue 506
    30.12.3.1.19 aLldpXdot3RemTxTwSys 506
    30.12.3.1.20 aLldpXdot3RemTxTwSysEcho 506
    30.12.3.1.21 aLldpXdot3RemRxTwSys 506
    30.12.3.1.22 aLldpXdot3RemRxTwSysEcho 507
    30.12.3.1.23 aLldpXdot3RemFbTwSys 507
    30.12.3.1.24 aLldpXdot3RemTxFw 507
    30.12.3.1.25 aLldpXdot3RemTxFwEcho 507
    30.12.3.1.26 aLldpXdot3RemRxFw 507
    30.12.3.1.27 aLldpXdot3RemRxFwEcho 508
    30.12.3.1.28 aLldpXdot3RemPreemptSupported 508
    30.12.3.1.29 aLldpXdot3RemPreemptEnabled 508
    30.12.3.1.30 aLldpXdot3RemPreemptActive 508
    30.12.3.1.31 aLldpXdot3RemAddFragSize 508
    30.13 Management for oTimeSync entity 509
    30.13.1 TimeSync entity managed object class. 509
    30.13.1.1 aTimeSyncCapabilityTX 509
    30.13.1.2 aTimeSyncCapabilityRX 509
    30.13.1.3 aTimeSyncDelayTXmax 509
    30.13.1.4 aTimeSyncDelayTXmin 510
    30.13.1.5 aTimeSyncDelayRXmax 510
    30.13.1.6 aTimeSyncDelayRXmin. 510
    30.14 Management for MAC Merge Sublayer 511
    30.14.1 oMACMergeEntity managed object class 511
    30.14.1.1 aMACMergeSupport 511
    30.14.1.2 aMACMergeStatusVerify. 511
    30.14.1.3 aMACMergeEnableTx 511
    30.14.1.4 aMACMergeVerifyDisableTx 512
    30.14.1.5 aMACMergeStatusTx. 512
    30.14.1.6 aMACMergeVerifyTime 512
    30.14.1.7 aMACMergeAddFragSize 512
    30.14.1.8 aMACMergeFrameAssErrorCount. 513
    30.14.1.9 aMACMergeFrameSmdErrorCount 513
    30.14.1.10 aMACMergeFrameAssOkCount 513
    30.14.1.11 aMACMergeFragCountRx 513
    30.14.1.12 aMACMergeFragCountTx 514
    30.14.1.13 aMACMergeHoldCount 514
    30.15 Layer management for Power over Data Lines (PoDL) of Single Balanced Twisted-Pair Ethernet. 514
    30.15.1 PoDL PSE managed object class 514
    30.15.1.1 PoDL PSE attributes 514
    30.15.1.1.1 aPoDLPSEID 514
    30.15.1.1.2 aPoDLPSEAdminState 514
    30.15.1.1.3 aPoDLPSEPowerDetectionStatus. 515
    30.15.1.1.4 aPoDLPSEType 515
    30.15.1.1.5 aPoDLPSEDetectedPDType. 516
    30.15.1.1.6 aPoDLPSEDetectedPDPowerClass 516
    30.15.1.1.7 aPoDLPSEInvalidSignatureCounter. 516
    30.15.1.1.8 aPoDLPSEInvalidClassCounter 517
    30.15.1.1.9 aPoDLPSEPowerDeniedCounter 517
    30.15.1.1.10 aPoDLPSEOverLoadCounter 517
    30.15.1.1.11 aPoDLPSEMaintainFullVoltageSignatureAbsentCounter 517
    30.15.1.1.12 aPoDLPSEActualPower 518
    30.15.1.1.13 aPoDLPSEPowerAccuracy. 518
    30.15.1.1.14 aPoDLPSECumulativeEnergy 518
    30.15.1.2 PoDL PSE actions. 518
    30.15.1.2.1 acPoDLPSEAdminControl 518
11. MAC Control 519
    31.1 Overview. 519
    31.2 Layer architecture 519
    31.3 Support by interlayer interfaces 519
    31.3.1 MA_CONTROL.request. 521
    31.3.1.1 Function 521
    31.3.1.2 Semantics of the service primitive 521
    31.3.1.3 When generated 521
    31.3.1.4 Effect of receipt 521
    31.3.2 MA_CONTROL.indication 521
    31.3.2.1 Function 521
    31.3.2.2 Semantics of the service primitive 521
    31.3.2.3 When generated 522
    31.3.2.4 Effect of receipt 522
    31.4 MAC Control frames 522
    31.4.1 MAC Control frame format 522
    31.4.1.1 Destination Address field 522
    31.4.1.2 Source Address field. 523
    31.4.1.3 Length/Type field 523
    31.4.1.4 MAC Control Opcode field 523
    31.4.1.5 MAC Control Parameters field 523
    31.4.1.6 Reserved field 523
    31.5 Opcode-independent MAC Control sublayer operation 523
    31.5.1 Frame parsing and data frame reception. 523
    31.5.2 Control frame reception 524
    31.5.3 Opcode-independent MAC Control receive state diagram. 524
    31.5.3.1 Constants. 524
    31.5.3.2 Variables 524
    31.5.3.3 Messages. 525
    31.5.3.4 Opcode-independent MAC Control Receive state diagram 526
    31.6 Compatibility requirements 526
    31.7 MAC Control client behavior 526
    31.8 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 31, MAC Control 527
    31.8.1 Introduction. 527
    31.8.2 Identification. 527
    31.8.2.1 Implementation identification. 527
    31.8.2.2 Protocol summary 527
    31.8.3 PICS proforma for MAC Control frames 528
    31.8.3.1 Support by interlayer interfaces 528
    31.8.3.2 MAC Control frame format 528
    31.8.3.3 Opcode-independent MAC Control sublayer operation 528
    31.8.3.4 Control opcode assignments 528
12. Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS), Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer and baseband medium, type 100BASE-T2 529
    32.1 Overview. 529
    32.1.1 Relation of 100BASE-T2 to other standards 529
    32.1.2 Operation of 100BASE-T2 529
    32.1.2.1 Physical coding sublayer (PCS) 533
    32.1.2.2 PMA sublayer 533
    32.1.2.3 PHY Control function. 533
    32.1.3 Application of 100BASE-T2 534
    32.1.3.1 Compatibility considerations 534
    32.1.3.2 Incorporating the 100BASE-T2 PHY into a DTE 534
    32.1.3.3 Use of 100BASE-T2 PHY for point-to-point communication 534
    32.1.3.4 Auto-Negotiation requirement 534
    32.1.4 State diagram conventions 534
    32.2 PHY Control functional specifications and service interface. 534
    32.2.1 PHY Control function. 534
    32.2.2 PHY Control Service interface 535
    32.2.2.1 PHYC_CONFIG.indication 535
    32.2.2.1.1 Semantics of the primitive 535
    32.2.2.1.2 When generated 536
    32.2.2.1.3 Effect of receipt 536
    32.2.2.2 PHYC_TXMODE.indication 536
    32.2.2.2.1 Semantics of the primitive 536
    32.2.2.2.2 When generated 536
    32.2.2.2.3 Effect of receipt 536
    32.2.2.3 PHYC_RXSTATUS.request. 536
    32.2.2.3.1 Semantics of the primitive 536
    32.2.2.3.2 When generated 537
    32.2.2.3.3 Effect of receipt 537
    32.2.2.4 PHYC_REMRXSTATUS.request 537
    32.2.2.4.1 Semantics of the primitive 537
    32.2.2.4.2 When generated 537
    32.2.2.4.3 Effect of receipt 537
    32.2.3 State diagram variables. 537
    32.2.4 State diagram timers 538
    32.2.5 PHY Control state diagram. 539
    32.3 PCS functional specifications 539
    32.3.1 PCS functions 541
    32.3.1.1 PCS Reset function 541
    32.3.1.2 PCS Transmit function 541
    32.3.1.2.1 Side-stream scrambler polynomials 541
    32.3.1.2.2 Generation of bits San[2:0] and Sbn[2:0] 542
    32.3.1.2.3 Generation of sequences An and Bn 543
    32.3.1.3 PCS Receive function 546
    32.3.1.3.1 Receiver descrambler polynomials. 546
    32.3.1.3.2 Decoding of quinary symbols 546
    32.3.1.4 PCS Carrier Sense function 547
    32.3.1.5 PCS Collision Presence function 547
    32.3.2 PCS interfaces. 547
    32.3.2.1 PCS–MII interface signals 547
    32.3.2.2 PCS–management entity signals. 547
    32.3.3 Frame structure 548
    32.3.4 State variables 548
    32.3.4.1 Variables 548
    32.3.4.2 Timer. 550
    32.3.4.3 Messages. 550
    32.3.5 State diagrams. 550
    32.3.5.1 PCS Transmit 550
    32.3.5.2 PCS Receive 550
    32.3.5.3 PCS Carrier Sense. 551
    32.3.6 PCS electrical specifications. 551
    32.4 PMA functional specifications and service interface 554
    32.4.1 PMA functional specifications 554
    32.4.1.1 PMA functions 555
    32.4.1.1.1 PMA Reset function 555
    32.4.1.1.2 PMA Transmit function 555
    32.4.1.1.3 PMA Receive function 555
    32.4.1.1.4 Link Monitor function 555
    32.4.1.1.5 Clock Recovery function 556
    32.4.1.2 PMA interface messages. 556
    32.4.1.2.1 MDI signals transmitted by the PHY 556
    32.4.1.2.2 Signals received at the MDI 556
    32.4.1.3 PMA state diagram 557
    32.4.1.3.1 State diagram variables. 557
    32.4.1.3.2 Timers 557
    32.4.1.3.3 Link Monitor state diagram 557
    32.4.2 PMA service interface 558
    32.4.2.1 PMA_TYPE.indication. 558
    32.4.2.1.1 Semantics of the service primitive 558
    32.4.2.1.2 When generated 558
    32.4.2.1.3 Effect of receipt 558
    32.4.2.2 PMA_UNITDATA.request. 558
    32.4.2.2.1 Semantics of the service primitive 558
    32.4.2.2.2 When generated 559
    32.4.2.2.3 Effect of receipt 559
    32.4.2.3 PMA_UNITDATA.indication 559
    32.4.2.3.1 Semantics of the service primitive 559
    32.4.2.3.2 When generated 559
    32.4.2.3.3 Effect of receipt 559
    32.4.2.4 PMA_LINK.request 559
    32.4.2.4.2 When generated 560
    32.4.2.4.3 Effect of receipt 560
    32.4.2.5 PMA_LINK.indication 560
    32.4.2.5.1 Semantics of the service primitive 560
    32.4.2.5.2 When generated 560
    32.4.2.5.3 Effect of receipt 560
    32.4.2.6 PMA_CARRIER.indication 560
    32.4.2.7 PMA_RXERROR.indication 561
    32.4.2.8 PMA_RXSTATUS.request. 561
    32.5 Management functions 561
    32.5.1 100BASE-T2 Use of Auto-Negotiation and MII Registers 8, 9, and 10 561
    32.5.2 Management functions 562
    32.5.3 PHY specific registers for 100BASE-T2 563
    32.5.3.1 100BASE-T2 Control register (Register 9) 563
    32.5.3.1.1 Transmitter test mode 563
    32.5.3.1.2 Receive test mode 563
    32.5.3.1.3 MASTER-SLAVE Manual Configuration Enable 564
    32.5.3.1.4 MASTER-SLAVE Manual Configuration Value. 564
    32.5.3.1.5 T2_Repeater/DTE Bit 564
    32.5.3.1.6 Reserved bits. 564
    32.5.3.2 100BASE-T2 Status register (Register 10). 564
    32.5.3.2.1 MASTER-SLAVE Manual Configuration Fault 565
    32.5.3.2.2 MASTER-SLAVE Configuration Resolution Complete 565
    32.5.3.2.3 Local Receiver Status 565
    32.5.3.2.4 Remote Receiver Status 565
    32.5.3.2.5 Reserved bits. 565
    32.5.3.2.6 Idle Error count. 565
    32.5.4 Changes and additions to Auto-Negotiation (Clause 28) 565
    32.5.4.1 Change to 28.2.4.1.3 (Auto-Negotiation Advertisement register) 565
    32.5.4.2 Use of Auto-Negotiation Next Page codes for 100BASE-T2 PHYs 566
    32.5.4.3 MASTER-SLAVE Configuration Resolution 567
    32.6 PMA electrical specifications 568
    32.6.1 PMA-to-MDI interface characteristics 568
    32.6.1.1 Isolation requirement 568
    32.6.1.2 Transmitter electrical specifications 568
    32.6.1.2.1 Transmitter test modes 569
    32.6.1.2.2 Peak differential output voltage and level distortion 569
    32.6.1.2.3 Maximum output droop 571
    32.6.1.2.4 Differential output templates 571
    32.6.1.2.5 Transmitter timing jitter 575
    32.6.1.2.6 Transmit clock frequency 575
    32.6.1.3 Receiver electrical specifications 575
    32.6.1.3.1 Test channel 576
    32.6.1.3.2 Receiver test mode 587
    32.6.1.3.3 Receiver differential input signals 588
    32.6.1.3.4 Receiver Alien NEXT tolerance 588
    32.6.1.3.5 Receiver timing jitter 588
    32.6.1.3.6 Common-mode noise rejection. 589
    32.6.1.3.7 Receiver frequency tolerance 589
    32.6.1.4 MDI Specifications 589
    32.6.1.4.1 MDI differential impedance 589
    32.6.1.4.2 MDI impedance balance 589
    32.6.1.4.3 MDI common-mode output voltage 590
    32.6.1.4.4 MDI fault tolerance. 591
    32.6.2 Power consumption. 591
    32.7 Link segment characteristics. 591
    32.7.1 Cabling 592
    32.7.2 Link transmission parameters 592
    32.7.2.1 Insertion loss 592
    32.7.2.2 Differential characteristic impedance 592
    32.7.2.3 Coupling parameters 592
    32.7.2.3.1 Differential near-end crosstalk (NEXT) loss 593
    32.7.2.3.2 Multiple-disturber NEXT (MDNEXT) loss 593
    32.7.2.3.3 Equal level far-end crosstalk loss (ELFEXT). 593
    32.7.2.3.4 Multiple-disturber ELFEXT (MDELFEXT) loss 593
    32.7.2.3.5 10BASE-T NEXT loss to insertion loss ratio requirement. 593
    32.7.2.4 Delay. 594
    32.7.2.4.1 Maximum link delay. 594
    32.7.2.4.2 Difference in link delays. 594
    32.7.3 Noise 594
    32.7.3.1 Near-end crosstalk noise. 595
    32.7.3.2 Far-end crosstalk noise 596
    32.7.3.3 External coupled noise 596
    32.7.4 Installation practice. 596
    32.7.4.1 Connector installation practices 596
    32.7.4.2 Restrictions on use of Category 3 cabling with more than four pairs. 596
    32.7.4.3 Restrictions on use of Category 5 cabling with up to 25 pairs 597
    32.8 MDI specification 597
    32.8.1 MDI connectors 597
    32.8.2 Crossover function 597
    32.9 System considerations. 598
    32.10 Environmental specifications 598
    32.10.1 General safety 598
    32.10.2 Network safety 598
    32.10.2.1 Installation 599
    32.10.2.2 Grounding 599
    32.10.2.3 Installation and maintenance guidelines 599
    32.10.2.4 Telephony voltages 599
    32.10.3 Environment 600
    32.10.3.1 Electromagnetic emission 600
    32.10.3.2 Temperature and humidity 600
    32.10.4 Cabling specifications. 600
    32.11 PHY labeling. 600
    32.12 Delay constraints. 600
    32.12.1 PHY delay constraints (exposed MII) 600
    32.12.2 DTE delay constraints (unexposed MII). 601
    32.13 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 32, Physical
    Coding Sublayer (PCS), Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer and baseband
    medium, type 100BASE-T2 602
    32.13.1 Identification. 602
    32.13.1.1 Implementation identification. 602
    32.13.1.2 Protocol summary 602
    32.13.2 Major capabilities/options. 603
    32.13.3 Compatibility considerations 603
    32.13.4 PHY control function 604
    32.13.5 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) or Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer 605
    32.13.5.1 PCS transmit functions 605
    32.13.5.2 PCS receive functions. 605
    32.13.5.3 Other PCS functions 606
    32.13.5.4 PMA functions 607
    32.13.5.5 PMA service interface 608
    32.13.5.6 Management functions 609
    32.13.5.7 100BASE-T2 specific Auto-Negotiation requirements 610
    32.13.5.8 PMA electrical specifications 611
    32.13.5.9 Characteristics of the link segment. 618
    32.13.5.11 General safety and environmental requirements 620
    32.13.5.10 MDI requirements. 620
    32.13.5.12 Timing requirements exposed MII 621
    32.13.5.13 Timing requirements unexposed MII 621
    32.13.5.14 Timing requirements: carrier assertion/deassertion constraint 621
13. Data Terminal Equipment (DTE) Power via Media Dependent Interface (MDI) 622
    33.1 Overview. 622
    33.1.1 Objectives 622
    33.1.2 Compatibility considerations 623
    33.1.3 Relationship of DTE Power via MDI to the IEEE 802.3 Architecture. 623
    33.1.4 Type 1 and Type 2 system parameters 624
    33.1.4.1 Type 2 cabling requirement 625
    33.1.4.2 Type 1 and Type 2 channel requirement 625
    33.2 Power sourcing equipment (PSE) 625
    33.2.1 PSE location 625
    33.2.2 Midspan PSE types 626
    33.2.3 PI pin assignments 631
    33.2.4 PSE state diagrams 632
    33.2.4.1 Overview. 632
    33.2.4.2 Conventions 632
    33.2.4.3 Constants. 632
    33.2.4.4 Variables 632
    33.2.4.5 Timers 636
    33.2.4.6 Functions. 636
    33.2.4.7 State diagrams. 638
    33.2.5 PSE detection of PDs 640
    33.2.5.1 PSE detection validation circuit 640
    33.2.5.2 Detection probe requirements. 642
    33.2.5.3 Detection criteria. 642
    33.2.5.4 Rejection criteria. 643
    33.2.5.5 Open circuit criteria 643
    33.2.6 PSE classification of PDs and mutual identification 643
    33.2.6.1 PSE 1-Event Physical Layer classification. 645
    33.2.6.2 PSE 2-Event Physical Layer classification. 646
    33.2.7 Power supply output 648
    33.2.7.1 Output voltage in the POWER_ON state 649
    33.2.7.2 Voltage transients 649
    33.2.7.3 Power feeding ripple and noise. 650
    33.2.7.4 Continuous output current capability in the POWER_ON state. 650
    33.2.7.5 Output current in POWER_UP mode. 650
    33.2.7.6 Overload current 651
    33.2.7.7 Output current—at short circuit condition 651
    33.2.7.8 Turn off time. 653
    33.2.7.9 Turn off voltage 653
    33.2.7.10 Continuous output power capability in POWER_ON state 653
    33.2.7.11 Current unbalance 653
    33.2.7.12 Power turn on time 654
    33.2.7.13 PSE stability 654
    33.2.8 Power supply allocation 654
    33.2.9 PSE power removal 654
    33.2.9.1 PSE Maintain Power Signature (MPS) requirements 654
    33.2.9.1.1 PSE AC MPS component requirements 654
    33.2.9.1.2 PSE DC MPS component requirements 655
    33.3 Powered devices (PDs) 656
    33.3.1 PD PI. 656
    33.3.2 PD type descriptions 657
    33.3.3 PD state diagram. 657
    33.3.3.1 Conventions 657
    33.3.3.2 Constants. 658
    33.3.3.3 Variables 658
    33.3.3.4 Timers 659
    33.3.3.5 State diagrams 660
    33.3.4 PD valid and non-valid detection signatures 661
    33.3.5 PD classifications 662
    33.3.5.1 PD 1-Event class signature 663
    33.3.5.2 PD 2-Event class signature 663
    33.3.5.2.1 Mark Event behavior 664
    33.3.6 PSE Type identification 664
    33.3.7 PD power 665
    33.3.7.1 Input voltage 666
    33.3.7.2 Input average power 666
    33.3.7.2.1 System stability test conditions during startup and steady state operation. 666
    33.3.7.3 Input inrush current. 667
    33.3.7.4 Peak operating power 667
    33.3.7.5 Peak transient current 668
    33.3.7.6 PD behavior during transients at the PSE PI 669
    33.3.7.7 Ripple and noise 669
    33.3.7.8 PD classification stability time 670
    33.3.7.9 Backfeed voltage. 670
    33.3.8 PD Maintain Power Signature 670
    33.4 Additional electrical specifications. 670
    33.4.1 Isolation 671
    33.4.1.1 Electrical isolation environments 671
    33.4.1.1.1 Environment A requirements 671
    33.4.1.1.2 Environment B requirements 671
    33.4.2 Fault tolerance. 672
    33.4.3 Impedance balance 672
    33.4.4 Common-mode output voltage 673
    33.4.5 Pair-to-pair output noise voltage. 675
    33.4.6 Differential noise voltage 676
    33.4.7 Return loss 676
    33.4.8 100BASE-TX transformer droop 676
    33.4.9 Midspan PSE device additional requirements 677
    33.4.9.1 “Connector” or “telecom outlet” Midspan PSE device transmission
    requirements 679
    33.4.9.1.1 Near End Crosstalk (NEXT). 679
    33.4.9.1.2 Insertion loss 679
    33.4.9.1.3 Return loss 679
    33.4.9.1.4 Work area or equipment cable Midspan PSE 680
    33.4.9.2 Midspan signal path requirements 680
    33.4.9.2.1 Alternative A Midspan PSE signal path transfer function 680
    33.5 Management function requirements 681
    33.5.1 PSE registers 681
    33.5.1.1 PSE Control register (Register 11) (R/W) 681
    33.5.1.1.1 Reserved bits (11.15:6) 682
    33.5.1.1.2 Data Link Layer Classification capability (11.5) 682
    33.5.1.1.3 Enable Physical Layer classification (11.4) 682
    33.5.1.1.4 Pair Control (11.3:2) 683
    33.5.1.1.5 PSE enable (11.1:0) 683
    33.5.1.2 PSE Status register (Register 12) (R/W). 683
    33.5.1.2.1 PSE Type electrical parameters (12.15) 684
    33.5.1.2.2 Data Link Layer Classification Enabled (12.14) 684
    33.5.1.2.3 Physical Layer Classification Supported (12.13) 685
    33.5.1.2.4 Power Denied or Removed (12.12) 685
    33.5.1.2.5 Valid Signature (12.11). 685
    33.5.1.2.6 Invalid Signature (12.10) 685
    33.5.1.2.7 Short Circuit (12.9) 685
    33.5.1.2.8 Overload (12.8). 685
    33.5.1.2.9 MPS Absent (12.7) 685
    33.5.1.2.10 PD Class (12.6:4) 685
    33.5.1.2.11 PSE Status (12.3:1) 686
    33.5.1.2.12 Pair Control Ability (12.0) 686
    33.6 Data Link Layer classification 686
    33.6.1 TLV frame definition 686
    33.6.2 Data Link Layer classification timing requirements. 686
    33.6.3 Power control state diagrams 687
    33.6.3.1 Conventions 687
    33.6.3.2 Constants. 687
    33.6.3.3 Variables 688
    33.6.3.4 Functions. 689
    33.6.3.5 State diagrams. 691
    33.6.4 State change procedure across a link 692
    33.6.4.1 PSE state change procedure across a link. 693
    33.6.4.2 PD state change procedure across a link. 693
    33.7 Environmental. 694
    33.7.1 General safety 694
    33.7.2 Network safety 694
    33.7.3 Installation and maintenance guidelines 694
    33.7.4 Patch panel considerations 694
    33.7.5 Telephony voltages 694
    33.7.6 Electromagnetic emissions 695
    33.7.7 Temperature and humidity 695
    33.7.8 Labeling 695
    33.8 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 33, DTE Power via MDI 696
    33.8.1 Introduction. 696
    33.8.2 Identification. 696
    33.8.2.1 Implementation identification. 696
    33.8.2.2 Protocol summary 696
    33.8.2.3 PD Major capabilities/options 697
    33.8.2.4 PSE Major capabilities/options. 698
    33.8.3 PICS proforma tables for DTE Power via MDI 699
    33.8.3.1 Common device features 699
    33.8.3.2 Power sourcing equipment 699
    33.8.3.3 Powered devices 704
    33.8.3.4 Electrical specifications applicable to the PSE and PD 707
    33.8.3.5 Electrical specifications applicable to the PSE. 708
    33.8.3.6 Electrical specifications applicable to the PD. 709
    33.8.3.7 Management function requirements 710
    33.8.3.8 Data Link Layer classification requirements 713
    33.8.3.9 Environmental specifications applicable to PSEs and PDs 714
    33.8.3.10 Environmental specifications applicable to the PSE 714
    Annex 22A (informative) MII output delay, setup, and hold time budget 715
    22A.1 System model. 715
    22A.2 Signal transmission path characteristics 716
    22A.3 Budget calculation 717
    Annex 22B (informative) MII driver ac characteristics 719
    22B.1 Implications of CMOS ASIC processes. 719
    22B.2 Ro(min) and V, I values for operation from 5 V ± 10% supply. 720
    22B.3 Ro(min) and V, I values for operation from 3.3 V ± 0.3 V supply 720
    Annex 22C (informative) Measurement techniques for MII signal timing characteristics 721
    22C.1 Measuring timing characteristics of source terminated signals 721
    22C.2 Measuring timing characteristics of transmit signals at the MII 721
    22C.3 Measuring timing characteristics of receive signals at the MII 721
    22C.4 Measuring timing characteristics of MDIO 722
    Annex 22D (informative) Clause 22 access to Clause 45 MMD registers. 723
    22D.1 Write operation 723
    22D.2 Read operation 723
    22D.3 MMD address operations 723
    22D.3.1 Address 723
    22D.3.2 Data, no post increment 724
    22D.3.3 Data, post increment on reads and writes 724
    22D.3.4 Data, post increment on writes only 724
    22D.4 PHY Coexistence and bus conflict avoidance 724
    Annex 23A (normative) 6T codewords 725
    Annex 23B (informative) Noise budget 727
    Annex 23C (informative) Use of cabling systems with a nominal differential characteristic
    impedance of 120 Ω 728
    Annex 27A (normative) Repeater delay consistency requirements 729
    Annex 28A (normative) Selector Field definitions. 730
    Annex 28B (normative) IEEE 802.3 Selector Base Page definition 731
    28B.1 Selector field value. 731
    28B.2 Technology Ability Field bit assignments 731
    28B.3 Priority resolution 732
    28B.4 Message Page transmission convention. 733
    Annex 28C (normative) Next Page Message Code field definitions 734
    28C.1 Message code 0—Auto-Negotiation reserved code 1 735
    28C.2 Message code 1—Null Message code 735
    28C.3 Message code 2—Technology Ability extension code 1. 735
    28C.4 Message code 3—Technology Ability extension code 2. 735
    28C.5 Message code 4—Remote fault number code 736
    28C.6 Message code 5—Organizationally Unique Identifier (OUI) tag code 736
    28C.7 Message code 6—PHY identifier tag code 737
    28C.8 Message code 2047—Auto-Negotiation reserved code 2 737
    28C.9 Message code 7—100BASE-T2 technology message code 737
    28C.10 Message code 8—1000BASE-T technology message code 737
    28C.11 Message code 9—MultiGBASE-T and 1000BASE-T technology message code. 737
    28C.12 Message code 10—EEE technology message code. 737
    28C.13 Message code 11—Organizationally Unique Identifier Tagged Message (Extended Next Page). 738
    Annex 28D (normative) Description of extensions to Clause 28 and associated annexes 739
    28D.1 Introduction 739
    28D.2 Extensions to Clause 28 739
    28D.2.1 Extensions required for Clause 31 (full duplex). 739
    28D.2.2 Extensions required for Clause 32 (100BASE-T2) 739
    28D.3 Extensions for Clause 31 739
    28D.4 Extensions for Clause 32 (100BASE-T2) 740
    28D.5 Extensions required for Clause 40 (1000BASE-T) 740
    28D.6 Extensions required for Clause 55 (10GBASE-T). 741
    28D.7 Extensions required for Energy-Efficient Ethernet (Clause 78) 741
    28D.8 Extensions required for Clause 113 (25GBASE-T and 40GBASE-T) 741
    28D.9 Extensions required for Clause 126 (2.5G/5GBASE-T) 742
    Annex 29A (informative) DTE and repeater delay components 743
    29A.1 DTE delay 743
    29A.2 Repeater delay 743
    Annex 29B (informative) Recommended topology documentation. 744
    Annex 30A (normative) GDMO specification for IEEE 802.3 managed object classes 745
    Annex 30B(normative)GDMO and ASN.1 definitions for management 746
    Annex 30C (normative) SNMP MIB definitions for Link Aggregation 747
    Annex 31A (normative) MAC Control opcode assignments 748
    Annex 31B (normative) MAC Control PAUSE operation 753
    31B.1 PAUSE description 753
    31B.2 Parameter semantics. 753
    31B.3 Detailed specification of PAUSE operation. 754
    31B.3.1 Transmit operation 754
    31B.3.2 Transmit state diagram for PAUSE operation 754
    31B.3.2.1 Constants. 754
    31B.3.2.2 Variables 754
    31B.3.2.3 Functions. 755
    31B.3.2.4 Timers 755
    31B.3.2.5 Messages. 755
    31B.3.2.6 Transmit state diagram for PAUSE operation 755
    31B.3.3 Receive operation 755
    31B.3.4 Receive state diagram for PAUSE operation 757
    31B.3.4.1 Constants. 757
    31B.3.4.2 Variables 757
    31B.3.4.3 Timers 757
    31B.3.4.4 Receive state diagram (INITIATE MAC CONTROL FUNCTION) for PAUSE
    operation 758
    31B.3.5 Status indication operation 758
    31B.3.6 Indication state diagram for pause operation 758
    31B.3.6.1 Constants. 758
    31B.3.6.2 Variables 758
    31B.3.6.3 Messages. 759
    31B.3.6.4 Indication state diagram for PAUSE operation 759
    31B.3.7 Timing considerations for PAUSE operation 759
    31B.4 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for MAC Control PAUSE operation. 761
    31B.4.1 Introduction. 761
    31B.4.2 Identification. 761
    31B.4.2.1 Implementation identification. 761
    31B.4.2.2 Protocol summary 761
    31B.4.3 Major capabilities/options 762
    31B.4.4 PAUSE command requirements 762
    31B.4.5 PAUSE command state diagram requirements. 763
    31B.4.6 PAUSE command MAC timing considerations 763
    Annex 31C (normative) MAC Control organization specific extension operation 765
    31C.1 Organization specific extension description 765
    31C.2 Transmission of Extension MAC Control frame 765
    31C.3 Receive operation. 765
    31C.3.1 Receive state diagram (INITIATE MAC CONTROL FUNCTION) for EXTENSION
    operation 766
    31C.4 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for MAC Control organization specific extension operation 767
    31C.4.1 Introduction. 767
    31C.4.2 Identification. 767
    31C.4.2.1 Implementation identification. 767
    31C.4.2.2 Protocol summary 767
    31C.4.3 EXTENSION command state diagram requirements. 767
    Annex 31D (normative) MAC Control PFC operation 768
    31D.1 PFC description 768
    31D.2 Parameter semantics. 768
    31D.3 PFC transmit 769
    31D.4 Transmit state diagram for PFC operation. 770
    31D.4.1 Constants. 770
    31D.4.2 Variables 771
    31D.4.3 Messages. 771
    31D.4.4 Transmit state diagram for PFC operation 771
    31D.5 PFC receive 771
    31D.6 Receive state diagram for PFC operation 771
    31D.6.1 Constants. 772
    31D.6.2 Variables 772
    31D.6.3 Receive state diagram (INITIATE MAC CONTROL FUNCTION) for PFC
    operation 773
    31D.7 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for MAC Control PFC operation. 774
    31D.7.1 Introduction. 774
    31D.7.2 Identification. 774
    31D.7.2.1 Implementation identification. 774
    31D.7.2.2 Protocol summary 774
    31D.7.3 Major capabilities/options 775
    31D.7.4 PFC command requirements. 775
    31D.7.5 PFC command state diagram requirements 775
    Annex 32A (informative) Use of cabling systems with nominal differential characteristic impedance of 120 Ω or 150 Ω 776
    Annex 33A (informative) PSE-PD stability 777
    33A.1 Recommended PSE design guidelines and test setup 777
    33A.2 Recommended PD design guidelines. 779

SECTION THREE

1. Introduction to 1000 Mb/s baseband network 16
   34.1 Overview. 16
   34.1.1 Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) and Gigabit Media Independent Interface (GMII) 16
   34.1.2 Physical Layer signaling systems 17
   34.1.3 Repeater 17
   34.1.4 Auto-Negotiation, type 1000BASE-X 17
   34.1.5 Auto-Negotiation, type 1000BASE-T 17
   34.1.6 Auto-Negotiation, type 1000BASE-T1 17
   34.1.7 Management 17
   34.2 State diagrams. 18
   34.3 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma. 18
2. Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) and Gigabit Media Independent Interface (GMII) 19
   35.1 Overview. 19
   35.1.1 Summary of major concepts 20
   35.1.2 Application 20
   35.1.3 Rate of operation. 20
   35.1.4 Allocation of functions 20
   35.2 Functional specifications 21
   35.2.1 Mapping of GMII signals to PLS service primitives and Station Management. 21
   35.2.1.1 Mapping of PLS_DATA.request 21
   35.2.1.1.1 Function 21
   35.2.1.1.2 Semantics of the service primitive 21
   35.2.1.1.3 When generated 22
   35.2.1.2 Mapping of PLS_DATA.indication. 22
   35.2.1.2.1 Function 22
   35.2.1.2.2 Semantics of the service primitive. 22
   35.2.1.2.3 When generated 22
   35.2.1.3 Mapping of PLS_CARRIER.indication 22
   35.2.1.3.1 Function 22
   35.2.1.3.2 Semantics of the service primitive 22
   35.2.1.3.3 When generated 23
   35.2.1.4 Mapping of PLS_SIGNAL.indication 23
   35.2.1.4.1 Function 23
   35.2.1.4.2 Semantics of the service primitive 23
   35.2.1.4.3 When generated 23
   35.2.1.5 Response to error indications from GMII 23
   35.2.1.6 Conditions for generation of TX_ER. 23
   35.2.1.7 Mapping of PLS_DATA_VALID.indication 24
   35.2.1.7.1 Function 24
   35.2.1.7.2 Semantics of the service primitive 24
   35.2.1.7.3 When generated 24
   35.2.2 GMII signal functional specifications. 24
   35.2.2.1 GTX_CLK (1000 Mb/s transmit clock) 24
   35.2.2.2 RX_CLK (receive clock) 24
   35.2.2.3 TX_EN (transmit enable) 25
   35.2.2.4 TXD (transmit data). 25
   35.2.2.5 TX_ER (transmit coding error). 26
   35.2.2.6 Transmit direction LPI transition 28
   35.2.2.7 RX_DV (receive data valid) 29
   35.2.2.8 RXD (receive data) 29
   35.2.2.9 RX_ER (receive error) 31
   35.2.2.10 Receive direction LPI transition 32
   35.2.2.11 CRS (carrier sense) 33
   35.2.2.12 COL (collision detected) 33
   35.2.2.13 MDC (management data clock) 34
   35.2.2.14 MDIO (management data input/output) 34
   35.2.3 GMII data stream 34
   35.2.3.1 Inter-frame . 34
   35.2.3.2 Preamble and start of frame delimiter 35
   35.2.3.2.1 Transmit case 35
   35.2.3.2.2 Receive case 35
   35.2.3.3 Data . 36
   35.2.3.4 End-of-Frame delimiter 36
   35.2.3.5 Carrier extension . 36
   35.2.3.6 Definition of Start of Packet and End of Packet Delimiters 36
   35.2.4 MAC delay constraints (with GMII) 37
   35.2.5 Management functions 37
   35.3 Signal mapping 37
   35.4 LPI Assertion and Detection. 38
   35.4.1 LPI messages 39
   35.4.2 Transmit LPI state diagram. 39
   35.4.2.1 Conventions 39
   35.4.2.2 Variables and counters 39
   35.4.2.3 State diagram 40
   35.4.3 Considerations for transmit system behavior 40
   35.4.3.1 Considerations for receive system behavior 40
   35.5 Electrical characteristics 40
   35.5.1 DC characteristics 41
   35.5.2 AC characteristics 41
   35.5.2.1 Signal Timing measurements 41
   35.5.2.2 GMII test circuit topology 42
   35.5.2.3 GMII ac specifications 44
   35.6 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 35,
   Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) and Gigabit Media Independent Interface (GMII) 46
   35.6.1 Introduction. 46
   35.6.2 Identification. 46
   35.6.2.1 Implementation identification. 46
   35.6.2.2 Protocol summary 46
   35.6.2.3 Major capabilities/options 47
   35.6.3 PICS proforma tables for reconciliation sublayer and Gigabit Media Independent Interface 47
   35.6.3.1 Mapping of PLS service primitives 47
   35.6.3.2 GMII signal functional specifications. 47
   35.6.3.3 Data stream structure 49
   35.6.3.4 LPI functions. 50
   35.6.3.5 Delay constraints 50
   35.6.3.6 Management functions 50
   35.6.3.7 Electrical characteristics 50
3. Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) and Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, type 1000BASE-X 51
   36.1 Overview. 51
   36.1.1 Scope. 51
   36.1.2 Objectives 51
   36.1.3 Relationship of 1000BASE-X to other standards 51
   36.1.4 Summary of 1000BASE-X sublayers 52
   36.1.4.1 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) 52
   36.1.4.2 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer 52
   36.1.4.3 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer 52
   36.1.5 Inter-sublayer interfaces 52
   36.1.6 Functional block diagram 53
   36.1.7 State diagram conventions 53
   36.2 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) 54
   36.2.1 PCS Interface (GMII) 54
   36.2.2 Functions within the PCS 55
   36.2.3 Use of code-groups 55
   36.2.4 8B/10B transmission code 55
   36.2.4.1 Notation conventions 56
   36.2.4.2 Transmission order 56
   36.2.4.3 Valid and invalid code-groups 57
   36.2.4.4 Running disparity rules. 57
   36.2.4.5 Generating code-groups 58
   36.2.4.6 Checking the validity of received code-groups 58
   36.2.4.7 Ordered sets 58
   36.2.4.7.1 Ordered set rules 63
   36.2.4.8 /K28.5/ code-group considerations 64
   36.2.4.9 Comma considerations 64
   36.2.4.10 Configuration (/C/) 65
   36.2.4.11 Data (/D/) 65
   36.2.4.12 IDLE (/I/) 65
   36.2.4.13 Low Power Idle (LPI) 65
   36.2.4.14 Start_of_Packet (SPD) delimiter 66
   36.2.4.15 End_of_Packet delimiter (EPD) 66
   36.2.4.15.1 EPD rules 66
   36.2.4.16 Carrier_Extend (/R/) 66
   36.2.4.16.1 Carrier_Extend rules 67
   36.2.4.17 Error_Propagation (/V/) 67
   36.2.4.18 Encapsulation 67
   36.2.4.19 Mapping between GMII, PCS and PMA 67
   36.2.5 Detailed functions and state diagrams 68
   36.2.5.1 State variables 68
   36.2.5.1.1 Notation conventions 68
   36.2.5.1.2 Constants. 69
   36.2.5.1.3 Variables 69
   36.2.5.1.4 Functions. 73
   36.2.5.1.5 Counters 74
   36.2.5.1.6 Messages. 74
   36.2.5.1.7 Timers 76
   36.2.5.2 State diagrams. 77
   36.2.5.2.1 Transmit 77
   36.2.5.2.2 Receive 77
   36.2.5.2.3 State variable function carrier_detect(x). 77
   36.2.5.2.4 Code-group stream decoding 83
   36.2.5.2.5 Carrier sense 83
   36.2.5.2.6 Synchronization 83
   36.2.5.2.7 Auto-Negotiation process 85
   36.2.5.2.8 LPI state diagram 86
   36.2.5.2.9 LPI status and management 87
   36.3 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer 87
   36.3.1 Service Interface 87
   36.3.1.1 PMA_UNITDATA.request. 87
   36.3.1.1.1 Semantics of the service primitive 87
   36.3.1.1.2 When generated 88
   36.3.1.1.3 Effect of receipt 88
   36.3.1.2 PMA_UNITDATA.indication 88
   36.3.1.2.1 Semantics of the service primitive 88
   36.3.1.2.2 When generated 88
   36.3.1.2.3 Effect of receipt 88
   36.3.2 Functions within the PMA 88
   36.3.2.1 Data delay 89
   36.3.2.2 PMA transmit function 89
   36.3.2.3 PMA receive function. 89
   36.3.2.4 Code-group alignment 89
   36.3.3 A physical instantiation of the PMA Service Interface 89
   36.3.3.1 Required signals 91
   36.3.3.2 Summary of control signal usage 92
   36.3.4 General electrical characteristics of the TBI. 92
   36.3.4.1 DC characteristics 92
   36.3.4.2 Valid signal levels. 93
   36.3.4.3 Rise and fall time definition 93
   36.3.4.4 Output load 93
   36.3.5 TBI transmit interface electrical characteristics 94
   36.3.5.1 Transmit data (tx_code-group<9:0>) 94
   36.3.5.2 TBI transmit interface timing 94
   36.3.6 TBI receive interface electrical characteristics 95
   36.3.6.1 Receive data (rx_code-group<9:0>) 95
   36.3.6.2 Receive clock (PMA_RX_CLK<0>, PMA_RX_CLK<1>). 95
   36.3.7 Loopback mode. 95
   36.3.7.1 Receiver considerations 96
   36.3.7.2 Transmitter considerations 96
   36.3.8 Test functions 96
   36.4 Compatibility considerations 96
   36.5 Delay constraints. 97
   36.5.1 MDI to GMII delay constraints 97
   36.5.2 DTE delay constraints (half duplex mode) 98
   36.5.3 Carrier deassertion/assertion constraint (half duplex mode) 98
   36.6 Environmental specifications 98
   36.7 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 36, Physical
   Coding Sublayer (PCS) and Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, type
   1000BASE-X 99
   36.7.1 Introduction. 99
   36.7.2 Identification. 99
   36.7.2.1 Implementation identification. 99
   36.7.2.2 Protocol summary 99
   36.7.3 Major capabilities/options. 100
   36.7.4 PICS proforma tables for the PCS and PMA sublayer, type 1000BASE-X. 100
   36.7.4.1 Compatibility considerations 100
   36.7.4.2 Code-group functions 101
   36.7.4.3 State diagrams. 101
   36.7.4.4 PMA functions 102
   36.7.4.5 PMA transmit function 102
   36.7.4.6 PMA code-group alignment function 102
   36.7.4.7 TBI 102
   36.7.4.8 Delay constraints. 103
   36.7.4.9 LPI functions. 103
4. Auto-Negotiation function, type 1000BASE-X 104
   37.1 Overview. 104
   37.1.1 Scope. 104
   37.1.2 Application perspective/objectives 104
   37.1.3 Relationship to architectural layering 105
   37.1.4 Compatibility considerations 105
   37.1.4.1 Auto-Negotiation 105
   37.1.4.2 Management interface. 106
   37.1.4.2.1 GMII management interface. 106
   37.1.4.3 Interoperability between Auto-Negotiation compatible devices 106
   37.1.4.4 User Configuration with Auto-Negotiation 106
   37.2 Functional specifications 106
   37.2.1 Config_Reg encoding 106
   37.2.1.1 Base Page to management register mapping 106
   37.2.1.2 Full duplex 107
   37.2.1.3 Half duplex 107
   37.2.1.4 Pause 107
   37.2.1.5 Remote fault 108
   37.2.1.5.1 No error, link OK 108
   37.2.1.5.2 Offline. 108
   37.2.1.5.3 Link_Failure 109
   37.2.1.5.4 Auto-Negotiation_Error 109
   37.2.1.6 Acknowledge 109
   37.2.1.7 Next Page 109
   37.2.2 Transmit function requirements 109
   37.2.2.1 Transmit function to Auto-Negotiation process interface requirements 109
   37.2.3 Receive function requirements 110
   37.2.3.1 Receive function to Auto-Negotiation process interface requirements 110
   37.2.4 Arbitration process requirements 110
   37.2.4.1 Renegotiation function 110
   37.2.4.2 Priority resolution function. 110
   37.2.4.3 Next Page function 111
   37.2.4.3.1 Next Page encodings. 112
   37.2.4.3.2 Next Page 112
   37.2.4.3.3 Acknowledge 113
   37.2.4.3.4 Message page 113
   37.2.4.3.5 Acknowledge 2 113
   37.2.4.3.6 Toggle 113
   37.2.4.3.7 Message page encoding 113
   37.2.4.3.8 Message Code Field 113
   37.2.4.3.9 Unformatted page encoding 113
   37.2.4.3.10 Unformatted Code Field 113
   37.2.4.3.11 Use of Next Pages. 114
   37.2.4.3.12 Management register requirements. 114
   37.2.5 Management function requirements 114
   37.2.5.1 Management registers 114
   37.2.5.1.1 Control register (Register 0) 114
   37.2.5.1.2 Status register (Register 1) 115
   37.2.5.1.3 AN advertisement register (Register 4) (R/W) 115
   37.2.5.1.4 AN link partner ability Base Page register (Register 5) (RO) 115
   37.2.5.1.5 AN expansion register (Register 6) (RO) 115
   37.2.5.1.6 AN Next Page transmit register (Register 7) 116
   37.2.5.1.7 AN link partner ability Next Page register (Register 8) 116
   37.2.5.1.8 Extended status register (Register 15) 116
   37.2.5.1.9 State diagram variable to management register mapping. 117
   37.2.5.2 Auto-Negotiation managed object class 117
   37.2.6 Absence of management function. 117
   37.3 Detailed functions and state diagrams 117
   37.3.1 State diagram variables. 118
   37.3.1.1 Variables 118
   37.3.1.2 Functions. 121
   37.3.1.3 Messages. 122
   37.3.1.4 Timers 122
   37.3.1.5 State diagrams. 122
   37.4 Environmental specifications 124
   37.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 37, Auto-
   Negotiation function, type 1000BASE-X. 125
   37.5.1 Introduction. 125
   37.5.2 Identification. 125

7

37.5.2.1 Implementation identification. 125
37.5.2.2 Protocol summary 125
37.5.3 Major capabilities/options. 126
37.5.4 PICS proforma tables for the Auto-Negotiation function, type 1000BASE-X 126
37.5.4.1 Compatibility considerations 126
37.5.4.2 Auto-Negotiation functions 126
37.5.4.2.1 Config_Reg. 126
37.5.4.2.2 Remote Fault functions. 127
37.5.4.2.3 AN transmit functions. 127
37.5.4.2.4 AN receive functions 127
37.5.4.2.5 Priority resolution functions 127
37.5.4.2.6 Next Page functions 128
37.5.4.2.7 Management registers 128
38. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 1000BASE-LX (long wavelength laser) and 1000BASE-SX (short wavelength laser) 129
38.1 Overview. 129
38.1.1 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer service interface 129
38.1.1.1 PMD_UNITDATA.request. 129
38.1.1.1.1 Semantics of the service primitive 129
38.1.1.1.2 When generated 129
38.1.1.1.3 Effect of receipt 129
38.1.1.2 PMD_UNITDATA.indication 130
38.1.1.2.1 Semantics of the service primitive 130
38.1.1.2.2 When generated 130
38.1.1.2.3 Effect of receipt 130
38.1.1.3 PMD_SIGNAL.indication 130
38.1.1.3.1 Semantics of the service primitive 130
38.1.1.3.2 When generated 130
38.1.1.3.3 Effect of receipt 130
38.1.2 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI) 130
38.2 PMD functional specifications 131
38.2.1 PMD block diagram 131
38.2.2 PMD transmit function 131
38.2.3 PMD receive function. 131
38.2.4 PMD signal detect function 132
38.3 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 1000BASE-SX. 132
38.3.1 Transmitter optical specifications. 133
38.3.2 Receive optical specifications. 134
38.3.3 Worst-case 1000BASE-SX link power budget and penalties (informative) 134
38.4 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 1000BASE-LX 135
38.4.1 Transmitter optical specifications. 135
38.4.2 Receive optical specifications. 136
38.4.3 Worst-case 1000BASE-LX link power budget and penalties (informative) 137
38.5 Jitter specifications for 1000BASE-SX and 1000BASE-LX 137
38.6 Optical measurement requirements 138
38.6.1 Center wavelength and spectral width measurements 138
38.6.2 Optical power measurements 138
38.6.3 Extinction ratio measurements 138
38.6.4 Relative Intensity Noise (RIN) 138
38.6.5 Transmitter optical waveform (transmit eye) 139
38.6.6 Transmit rise/fall characteristics. 139
38.6.7 Receive sensitivity measurements 140
38.6.8 Total jitter measurements 140
38.6.9 Deterministic jitter measurement (informative) 141
38.6.10 Coupled Power Ratio (CPR) measurements. 141
38.6.11 Conformance test signal at TP3 for receiver testing. 141
38.6.12 Measurement of the receiver 3 dB electrical upper cutoff frequency. 143
38.7 Environmental specifications 144
38.7.1 General safety 144
38.7.2 Laser safety 144
38.7.3 Installation 144
38.8 Environment 144
38.8.1 Electromagnetic emission 144
38.8.2 Temperature, humidity, and handling. 145
38.9 PMD labeling requirements 145
38.10 Fiber optic cabling model 145
38.11 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling 145
38.11.1 Optical fiber and cable 146
38.11.2 Optical fiber connection 146
38.11.2.1 Connection insertion loss 146
38.11.2.2 Connection return loss 147
38.11.3 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI) 147
38.11.4 Single-mode fiber offset-launch mode-conditioning patch cord for MMF operation of
1000BASE-LX 148
38.12 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 38, Physical
Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 1000BASE-LX (Long
Wavelength Laser) and 1000BASE-SX (Short Wavelength Laser) 150
38.12.1 Introduction. 150
38.12.2 Identification. 150
38.12.2.1 Implementation identification. 150
38.12.2.2 Protocol summary 150
38.12.3 Major capabilities/options. 151
38.12.4 PICS proforma tables for Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and
baseband medium, type 1000BASE-LX (Long Wavelength Laser) and 1000BASE-SX
(Short Wavelength Laser). 152
38.12.4.1 PMD functional specifications 152
38.12.4.2 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 1000BASE-SX. 152
38.12.4.3 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 1000BASE-LX 153
38.12.4.4 Jitter specifications 153
38.12.4.5 Optical measurement requirements 153
38.12.4.6 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling 156
39. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 1000BASE-CX
(short-haul copper) 157
39.1 Overview. 157
39.2 Functional specifications 157
39.2.1 PMD transmit function 157
39.2.2 PMD receive function. 157
39.2.3 PMD signal detect function 157
39.3 PMD to MDI electrical specifications 158
39.3.1 Transmitter electrical specifications 159
39.3.2 Receiver electrical specifications 161
39.3.3 Jitter specifications for 1000BASE-CX 162
39.4 Jumper cable assembly characteristics 163
39.4.1 Compensation networks 163
39.4.2 Shielding 163
39.5 MDI specification 163
39.5.1 MDI connectors 164
39.5.1.1 Style-1 connector specification. 164
39.5.1.2 Style-2 connector specification. 165
39.5.1.3 Style-2 connector example drawing (informative) 166
39.5.2 Crossover function 166
39.6 Electrical measurement requirements. 167
39.6.1 Transmit rise/fall time. 167
39.6.2 Transmit skew measurement 167
39.6.3 Transmit eye (normalized and absolute). 167
39.6.4 Through_connection impedance. 167
39.6.5 Jumper cable intra-pair differential skew 167
39.6.6 Receiver link signal 168
39.6.7 Near-End Cross Talk (NEXT) 168
39.6.8 Differential time-domain reflectometry (TDR) measurement procedure. 168
39.6.8.1 Driving waveform. 168
39.6.8.2 Calibration of the test setup 169
39.7 Environmental specifications 169
39.8 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 39, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 1000BASE-CX 170
39.8.1 Introduction. 170
39.8.2 Identification. 170
39.8.2.1 Implementation identification. 170
39.8.2.2 Protocol summary 170
39.8.3 Major capabilities/options. 171
39.8.4 PICS proforma tables for Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and
baseband medium, type 1000BASE-CX (short-haul copper). 171
39.8.4.1 PMD functional specifications 171
39.8.4.2 PMD to MDI electrical specifications 172
39.8.4.3 Jumper cable assembly characteristics 173
39.8.4.4 Other requirements 174
40. Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS), Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer and baseband medium, type 1000BASE-T 175
40.1 Overview. 175
40.1.1 Objectives 175
40.1.2 Relationship of 1000BASE-T to other standards 175
40.1.3 Operation of 1000BASE-T 176
40.1.3.1 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) 179
40.1.3.2 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer 179
40.1.4 Signaling 180
40.1.5 Inter-sublayer interfaces 181
40.1.6 Conventions in this clause 181
40.2 1000BASE-T Service Primitives and Interfaces 181
40.2.1 Technology-Dependent Interface 181
40.2.1.1 PMA_LINK.request 181
40.2.1.1.1 Semantics of the primitive 181
40.2.1.1.2 When generated 182
40.2.1.1.3 Effect of receipt 182
40.2.1.2 PMA_LINK.indication 182
40.2.1.2.1 Semantics of the primitive 182
40.2.1.2.2 When generated 182
40.2.1.2.3 Effect of receipt 182
40.2.2 PMA Service Interface 182
40.2.3 PMA_TXMODE.indication 184
40.2.3.1 Semantics of the primitive 184
40.2.3.2 When generated 185
40.2.3.3 Effect of receipt 185
40.2.4 PMA_CONFIG.indication 185
40.2.4.1 Semantics of the primitive 185
40.2.4.2 When generated 185
40.2.4.3 Effect of receipt 185
40.2.5 PMA_UNITDATA.request. 185
40.2.5.1 Semantics of the primitive 185
40.2.5.2 When generated 186
40.2.5.3 Effect of receipt 186
40.2.6 PMA_UNITDATA.indication 186
40.2.6.1 Semantics of the primitive 186
40.2.6.2 When generated 186
40.2.6.3 Effect of receipt 186
40.2.7 PMA_SCRSTATUS.request. 187
40.2.7.1 Semantics of the primitive 187
40.2.7.2 When generated 187
40.2.7.3 Effect of receipt 187
40.2.8 PMA_RXSTATUS.indication 187
40.2.8.1 Semantics of the primitive 187
40.2.8.2 When generated 187
40.2.8.3 Effect of receipt 187
40.2.9 PMA_REMRXSTATUS.request 188
40.2.9.1 Semantics of the primitive 188
40.2.9.2 When generated 188
40.2.9.3 Effect of receipt 188
40.2.10 PMA_RESET.indication. 188
40.2.10.1 When generated 188
40.2.10.2 Effect of receipt 188
40.2.11 PMA_LPIMODE.indication 188
40.2.11.1 Semantics of the primitive 188
40.2.11.2 When generated 189
40.2.11.3 Effect of receipt 189
40.2.12 PMA_LPIREQ.request 189
40.2.12.1 Semantics of the primitive 189
40.2.12.2 When generated 189
40.2.12.3 Effect of receipt 189
40.2.13 PMA_REMLPIREQ.request. 189
40.2.13.1 Semantics of the primitive 189
40.2.13.2 When generated 190
40.2.13.3 Effect of receipt 190
40.2.14 PMA_UPDATE.indication 190
40.2.14.1 Semantics of the primitive 190
40.2.14.2 When generated 190
40.2.14.3 Effect of receipt 190
40.2.15 PMA_REMUPDATE.request. 190
40.2.15.1 Semantics of the primitive 190
40.2.15.2 When generated 191
40.2.15.3 Effect of receipt 191
40.3 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) 191
40.3.1 PCS functions 192
40.3.1.1 PCS Reset function 192
40.3.1.2 PCS Data Transmission Enable 193
40.3.1.3 PCS Transmit function 193
40.3.1.3.1 Side-stream scrambler polynomials 194
40.3.1.3.2 Generation of bits Sxn[3:0], Syn[3:0], and Sgn[3:0]. 195
40.3.1.3.3 Generation of bits Scn[7:0] 196
40.3.1.3.4 Generation of bits Sdn[8:0]. 197
40.3.1.3.5 Generation of quinary symbols TAn, TBn, TCn, TDn. 198
40.3.1.3.6 Generation of An, Bn, Cn, Dn 205
40.3.1.4 PCS Receive function 206
40.3.1.4.1 Decoding of code-groups 206
40.3.1.4.2 Receiver descrambler polynomials. 207
40.3.1.5 PCS Carrier Sense function 207
40.3.1.6 PCS Local LPI Request function 207
40.3.2 Stream structure 208
40.3.3 State variables 208
40.3.3.1 Variables 208
40.3.3.2 Functions. 211
40.3.3.3 Timer. 212
40.3.3.4 Messages. 212
40.3.4 State diagrams. 213
40.3.4.1 Supplement to state diagram. 218
40.4 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer 219
40.4.1 PMA functional specifications 219
40.4.2 PMA functions 220
40.4.2.1 PMA Reset function 220
40.4.2.2 PMA Transmit function 220
40.4.2.3 PMA Receive function 220
40.4.2.4 PHY Control function. 221
40.4.2.5 Link Monitor function 222
40.4.2.6 Clock Recovery function 223
40.4.3 MDI. 223
40.4.3.1 MDI signals transmitted by the PHY 223
40.4.3.2 Signals received at the MDI 223
40.4.4 Automatic MDI/MDI-X Configuration 223
40.4.4.1 Description of Automatic MDI/MDI-X state diagram 223
40.4.4.2 Pseudo-random sequence generator 224
40.4.5 State variables 224
40.4.5.1 State diagram variables. 224
40.4.5.2 Timers 227
40.4.6 State Diagrams 229
40.4.6.1 PHY Control state diagram. 229
40.4.6.2 Link Monitor state diagram 231
40.4.6.2.1 Auto Crossover state diagram. 232
40.5 Management interface. 232
40.5.1 Support for Auto-Negotiation. 232
40.5.1.1 1000BASE-T use of registers during Auto-Negotiation. 233
40.5.1.2 1000BASE-T Auto-Negotiation page use 235
40.5.1.3 Sending Next Pages 235
40.5.2 MASTER-SLAVE configuration resolution 237
40.6 PMA electrical specifications 239
40.6.1 PMA-to-MDI interface tests 239
40.6.1.1 Isolation requirement 239
40.6.1.1.1 Test channel 239
40.6.1.1.2 Test modes 240
40.6.1.1.3 Test Fixtures 244
40.6.1.2 Transmitter electrical specifications 247
40.6.1.2.1 Peak differential output voltage and level accuracy 247
40.6.1.2.2 Maximum output droop 247
40.6.1.2.3 Differential output templates 247
40.6.1.2.4 Transmitter distortion 255
40.6.1.2.5 Transmitter timing jitter 257
40.6.1.2.6 Transmit clock frequency 258
40.6.1.2.7 Transmitter operation following a transition from the QUIET to the
WAKE state 258
40.6.1.3 Receiver electrical specifications 258
40.6.1.3.1 Receiver differential input signals 258
40.6.1.3.2 Receiver frequency tolerance 258
40.6.1.3.3 Common-mode noise rejection. 259
40.6.1.3.4 Alien Crosstalk noise rejection 259
40.6.1.3.5 Signal_detect. 260
40.7 Link segment characteristics. 260
40.7.1 Cabling system characteristics 260
40.7.2 Link transmission parameters 261
40.7.2.1 Insertion loss 261
40.7.2.2 Differential characteristic impedance 261
40.7.2.3 Return loss 261
40.7.3 Coupling parameters 261
40.7.3.1 Near-End Crosstalk (NEXT) 262
40.7.3.1.1 Differential Near-End Crosstalk 262
40.7.3.2 Far-End Crosstalk (FEXT) 262
40.7.3.2.1 Equal Level Far-End Crosstalk (ELFEXT) loss 262
40.7.3.2.2 Multiple Disturber Equal Level Far-End Crosstalk (MDELFEXT) loss 262
40.7.3.2.3 Multiple-Disturber Power Sum Equal Level Far-End Crosstalk
(PSELFEXT) loss 263
40.7.4 Delay. 263
40.7.4.1 Maximum link delay. 263
40.7.4.2 Link delay skew 263
40.7.5 Noise environment 263
40.7.6 External coupled noise 264
40.8 MDI specification 264
40.8.1 MDI connectors 264
40.8.2 Crossover function 265
40.8.3 MDI electrical specifications 266
40.8.3.1 MDI return loss. 266
40.8.3.2 MDI impedance balance 266
40.8.3.3 MDI common-mode output voltage 267
40.8.3.4 MDI fault tolerance. 267
40.9 Environmental specifications 268
40.9.1 General safety 268
40.9.2 Network safety 268
40.9.2.1 Installation 268
40.9.2.2 Installation and maintenance guidelines 269
40.9.2.3 Telephony voltages 269
40.9.3 Environment 269
40.9.3.1 Electromagnetic emission 269
40.9.3.2 Temperature and humidity 269
40.10 PHY labeling. 269
40.11 Delay constraints. 270
40.11.1 MDI to GMII delay constraints 270
40.11.2 DTE delay constraints (half duplex only). 271
40.11.3 Carrier de-assertion/assertion constraint (half duplex mode) 271
40.12 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 40—Physical
coding sublayer (PCS), physical medium attachment (PMA) sublayer and baseband
medium, type 1000BASE-T 272
40.12.1 Identification. 272
40.12.1.1 Implementation identification. 272
40.12.1.2 Protocol summary 272
40.12.2 Major capabilities/options. 272
40.12.3 Clause conventions 273
40.12.4 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) 273
40.12.4.1 PCS receive functions. 276
40.12.4.2 Other PCS functions 276
40.12.5 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) 277
40.12.6 Management interface. 279
40.12.6.1 1000BASE-T Specific Auto-Negotiation Requirements 280
40.12.7 PMA Electrical Specifications 281
40.12.8 Characteristics of the link segment. 288
40.12.9 MDI requirements. 289
40.12.10 General safety and environmental requirements 291
40.12.11 Timing requirements. 291
41. Repeater for 1000 Mb/s baseband networks. 292
41.1 Overview. 292
41.1.1 Scope. 292
41.1.1.1 Repeater set. 292
41.1.1.2 Repeater unit 293
41.1.2 Application perspective 293
41.1.2.1 Objectives 293
41.1.2.2 Compatibility considerations 293
41.1.2.2.1 Internal segment compatibility 293
41.1.3 Relationship to PHY 293
41.2 Repeater functional specifications 293
41.2.1 Repeater functions 294
41.2.1.1 Signal restoration functional requirements 294
41.2.1.1.1 Signal amplification 294
41.2.1.1.2 Signal wave-shape restoration 294
41.2.1.1.3 Signal retiming 295
41.2.1.2 Data-handling functional requirements 295
41.2.1.2.1 Data frame forwarding 295
41.2.1.2.2 Received code violations 295
41.2.1.3 Received event-handling functional requirements 295
41.2.1.3.1 Received event handling. 295
41.2.1.3.2 Preamble regeneration 295
41.2.1.3.3 Start-of-packet propagation delay. 295
41.2.1.3.4 Start-of-packet variability 296
41.2.1.4 Collision-handling functional requirements 296
41.2.1.4.1 Collision detection 296
41.2.1.4.2 Jam generation 296
41.2.1.4.3 Start-of-collision-jam propagation delay 296
41.2.1.4.4 Cessation-of-collision Jam propagation delay 296
41.2.1.5 Error-handling functional requirements 296
41.2.1.5.1 Carrier integrity functional requirements 296
41.2.1.5.2 Speed handling 297
41.2.1.6 Partition functional requirements 297
41.2.1.7 Receive jabber functional requirements 298
41.2.2 Detailed repeater functions and state diagrams 298
41.2.2.1 State diagram variables. 299
41.2.2.1.1 Constants. 299
41.2.2.1.2 Variables 299
41.2.2.1.3 Functions. 300
41.2.2.1.4 Timers 300
41.2.2.1.5 Counters 301
41.2.2.1.6 Port designation 301
41.2.2.2 State diagrams. 302
41.3 Repeater electrical specifications 306
41.3.1 Electrical isolation 306
41.4 Environmental specifications 306
41.4.1 General safety 306
41.4.2 Network safety 306
41.4.2.1 Installation 306
41.4.2.2 Grounding 306
41.4.2.3 Installation and maintenance guidelines 307
41.4.3 Electrical isolation 307
41.4.3.1 Environment A requirements 307
41.4.3.2 Environment B requirements 307
41.4.4 Reliability 307
41.4.5 Environment 308
41.4.5.1 Electromagnetic emission 308
41.4.5.2 Temperature and humidity 308
41.5 Repeater labeling 308
41.6 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 41, Repeater
for 1000 Mb/s baseband networks 308
41.6.1 Introduction. 308
41.6.2 Identification. 309
41.6.2.1 Implementation identification. 309
41.6.2.2 Protocol summary 309
41.6.3 Major capabilities/options. 309
41.6.4 PICS proforma tables for the Repeater for 1000 Mb/s baseband networks 310
41.6.4.1 Compatibility considerations 310
41.6.4.2 Repeater functions 310
41.6.4.3 Signal restoration function 311
41.6.4.4 Data-Handling function 311
41.6.4.5 Receive Event-Handling function. 312
41.6.4.6 Collision-Handling function 312
41.6.4.7 Error-Handling function 313
41.6.4.8 Partition function 314
41.6.4.9 Receive Jabber function 314
41.6.4.10 Repeater state diagrams 315
41.6.4.11 Repeater electrical. 315
41.6.4.12 Repeater labeling 316
42. System considerations for multisegment 1000 Mb/s networks 317
42.1 Overview. 317
42.1.1 Single collision domain multisegment networks 318
42.1.2 Repeater usage 319
42.2 Transmission System Model 1 319
42.3 Transmission System Model 2 319
42.3.1 Round-trip collision delay 320
42.3.1.1 Worst-case path delay value (PDV) selection 321
42.3.1.2 Worst-case PDV calculation. 321
42.4 Full duplex 1000 Mb/s topology limitations. 323
43. Content moved to IEEE Std 802.1AX-2008. 324
Annex 36A (informative) Jitter test patterns 325
36A.1 High-frequency test pattern 325
36A.2 Low-frequency test pattern 325
36A.3 Mixed frequency test pattern 325
36A.4 Long continuous random test pattern. 325
36A.5 Short continuous random test pattern. 326
Annex 36B (informative) 8B/10B transmission code running disparity calculation examples 328
Annex 38A (informative) Fiber launch conditions. 330
38A.1 Overfilled Launch 330
38A.2 Radial Overfilled Launch (ROFL). 330
Annex 40A (informative) Additional cabling design guidelines 331
40A.1 Alien crosstalk 331
40A.1.1 Multipair cabling (i.e., greater than 4-pair) 331
40A.1.2 Bundled or hybrid cable configurations 331
40A.2 Cabling configurations. 331
Annex 40B (informative) Description of cable clamp 333
40B.1 Cable clamp validation. 335
Annex 40C (informative) Add-on interface for additional Next Pages 337
40C.1 State variables 339
40C.2 State diagrams 339
40C.2.1 Auto-Negotiation Transmit state diagram add-on for 1000BASE-T 339
40C.2.2 Auto-Negotiation Receive state diagram add-on for 1000BASE-T 342
Annex 43A (informative) Annex 43A is no longer in use 344
Annex 43B (informative) Annex 43B is no longer in use. 345
Annex 43C (informative) Annex 43C is no longer in use. 346

SECTION FOUR

1. Introduction to 10 Gb/s baseband network 48
   44.1 Overview. 48
   44.1.1 Scope. 48
   44.1.2 Objectives 48
   44.1.3 Relationship of 10 Gigabit Ethernet to the ISO OSI reference model 48
   44.1.4 Summary of 10 Gigabit Ethernet sublayers 49
   44.1.4.1 Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) and 10 Gigabit Media Independent Interface (XGMII) 49
   44.1.4.2 XGMII Extender Sublayer (XGXS) and 10 Gigabit Attachment Unit Interface (XAUI) 50
   44.1.4.3 Management interface (MDIO/MDC) 50
   44.1.4.4 Physical Layer signaling systems 50
   44.1.4.5 WAN Interface Sublayer (WIS), type 10GBASE-W 51
   44.1.5 Management 51
   44.2 State diagrams. 51
   44.3 Delay constraints. 51
   44.4 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma. 53
2. Management Data Input/Output (MDIO) Interface 54
   45.1 Overview. 54
   45.1.1 Summary of major concepts 54
   45.1.2 Application 54
   45.2 MDIO Interface Registers. 55
   45.2.1 PMA/PMD registers 58
   45.2.1.1 PMA/PMD control 1 register (Register 1.0). 65
   45.2.1.1.1 Reset (1.0.15) 66
   45.2.1.1.2 Low power (1.0.11) 67
   45.2.1.1.3 Speed selection (1.0.13, 1.0.6, 1.0.5:2). 67
   45.2.1.1.4 PMA remote loopback (1.0.1) 67
   45.2.1.1.5 PMA local loopback (1.0.0) 68
   45.2.1.2 PMA/PMD status 1 register (Register 1.1). 68
   45.2.1.2.1 PMA ingress AUI stop ability (1.1.9). 69
   45.2.1.2.2 PMA egress AUI stop ability (1.1.8) 69
   45.2.1.2.3 Fault (1.1.7). 69
   45.2.1.2.4 Receive link status (1.1.2). 69
   45.2.1.2.5 Low-power ability (1.1.1). 69
   45.2.1.3 PMA/PMD device identifier (Registers 1.2 and 1.3) 69
   45.2.1.4 PMA/PMD speed ability (Register 1.4) 70
   45.2.1.4.1 400G capable (1.4.15). 71
   45.2.1.4.2 5G capable (1.4.14). 71
   45.2.1.4.3 2.5G capable (1.4.13) 71
   45.2.1.4.4 200G capable (1.4.12). 71
   45.2.1.4.5 25G capable (1.4.11). 71
   45.2.1.4.6 10GPASS-XR capable (1.4.10) 71
   45.2.1.4.7 100G capable (1.4.9). 71
   45.2.1.4.8 40G capable (1.4.8). 71
   45.2.1.4.9 10/1G capable (1.4.7) 71
   45.2.1.4.10 10M capable (1.4.6) 71
   45.2.1.4.11 100M capable (1.4.5) 72
   45.2.1.4.12 1000M capable (1.4.4) 72
   45.2.1.4.13 10PASS-TS capable (1.4.2) 72
   45.2.1.4.14 2BASE-TL capable (1.4.1) 72
   45.2.1.4.15 10G capable (1.4.0). 72
   45.2.1.5 PMA/PMD devices in package (Registers 1.5 and 1.6) 72
   45.2.1.6 PMA/PMD control 2 register (Register 1.7). 72
   45.2.1.6.1 PMA ingress AUI stop enable (1.7.9). 72
   45.2.1.6.2 PMA egress AUI stop enable (1.7.8) 72
   45.2.1.6.3 PMA/PMD type selection (1.7.6:0) 72
   45.2.1.7 PMA/PMD status 2 register (Register 1.8). 74
   45.2.1.7.1 Device present (1.8.15:14) 74
   45.2.1.7.2 Transmit fault ability (1.8.13). 74
   45.2.1.7.3 Receive fault ability (1.8.12) 75
   45.2.1.7.4 Transmit fault (1.8.11) 76
   45.2.1.7.5 Receive fault (1.8.10) 77
   45.2.1.7.6 PMA/PMD extended abilities (1.8.9) 78
   45.2.1.7.7 PMD transmit disable ability (1.8.8) 78
   45.2.1.7.8 10GBASE-SR ability (1.8.7) 79
   45.2.1.7.9 10GBASE-LR ability (1.8.6) 79
   45.2.1.7.10 10GBASE-ER ability (1.8.5) 79
   45.2.1.7.11 10GBASE-LX4 ability (1.8.4) 79
   45.2.1.7.12 10GBASE-SW ability (1.8.3) 79
   45.2.1.7.13 10GBASE-LW ability (1.8.2). 79
   45.2.1.7.14 10GBASE-EW ability (1.8.1). 79
   45.2.1.7.15 PMA local loopback ability (1.8.0) 79
   45.2.1.8 PMD transmit disable register (Register 1.9) 79
   45.2.1.8.1 PMD transmit disable 14 (1.9.15). 81
   45.2.1.8.2 PMD transmit disable 4 through 14 (1.9.5 through 1.9.14) 82
   45.2.1.8.3 PMD transmit disable 3 (1.9.4). 82
   45.2.1.8.4 PMD transmit disable 2 (1.9.3). 82
   45.2.1.8.5 PMD transmit disable 1 (1.9.2). 82
   45.2.1.8.6 PMD transmit disable 0 (1.9.1). 82
   45.2.1.8.7 Global PMD transmit disable (1.9.0) 83
   45.2.1.9 PMD receive signal detect register (Register 1.10) 83
   45.2.1.9.1 PMD receive signal detect 14 (1.10.15) 84
   45.2.1.9.2 PMD receive signal detect 4 through 13 (1.10.5 through 1.10.14). 84
   45.2.1.9.3 PMD receive signal detect 3 (1.10.4) 84
   45.2.1.9.4 PMD receive signal detect 2 (1.10.3) 84
   45.2.1.9.5 PMD receive signal detect 1 (1.10.2) 84
   45.2.1.9.6 PMD receive signal detect 0 (1.10.1) 84
   45.2.1.9.7 Global PMD receive signal detect (1.10.0). 85
   45.2.1.10 PMA/PMD extended ability register (Register 1.11) 85
   45.2.1.10.1 BASE-H extended abilities (1.11.15) 86
   45.2.1.10.2 2.5G/5G extended abilities (1.11.14) 86
   45.2.1.10.3 200G/400G extended abilities (1.11.13). 86
   45.2.1.10.4 25G extended abilities (1.11.12). 86
   45.2.1.10.5 BASE-T1 extended abilities (1.11.11) 86
   45.2.1.10.6 40G/100G extended abilities (1.11.10). 87
   45.2.1.10.7 P2MP ability (1.11.9) 87
   45.2.1.10.8 10BASE-T ability (1.11.8) 87
   45.2.1.10.9 100BASE-TX ability (1.11.7). 87
   45.2.1.10.10 1000BASE-KX ability (1.11.6) 87
   45.2.1.10.11 1000BASE-T ability (1.11.5) 87
   45.2.1.10.12 10GBASE-KR ability (1.11.4) 87
   45.2.1.10.13 10GBASE-KX4 ability (1.11.3) 87
   45.2.1.10.14 10GBASE-T ability (1.11.2). 87
   45.2.1.10.15 10GBASE-LRM ability (1.11.1) 87
   45.2.1.10.16 10GBASE-CX4 ability (1.11.0) 88
   45.2.1.11 10G-EPON PMA/PMD ability register (Register 1.12) 88
   45.2.1.11.1 10GBASE-PR-D4 ability (1.12.14) 89
   45.2.1.11.2 10GBASE-PR-U4 ability (1.12.13) 89
   45.2.1.11.3 10/1GBASE-PRX-D4 ability (1.12.12) 89
   45.2.1.11.4 10/1GBASE-PRX-U4 ability (1.12.11) 89
   45.2.1.11.5 10/1GBASE-PRX-D1 ability (1.12.10) 89
   45.2.1.11.6 10/1GBASE-PRX-D2 ability (1.12.9) 89
   45.2.1.11.7 10/1GBASE-PRX-D3 ability (1.12.8) 89
   45.2.1.11.8 10GBASE-PR-D1 ability (1.12.7) 89
   45.2.1.11.9 10GBASE-PR-D2 ability (1.12.6) 89
   45.2.1.11.10 10GBASE-PR-D3 ability (1.12.5) 90
   45.2.1.11.11 10/1GBASE-PRX-U1 ability (1.12.4) 90
   45.2.1.11.12 10/1GBASE-PRX-U2 ability (1.12.3) 90
   45.2.1.11.13 10/1GBASE-PRX-U3 ability (1.12.2) 90
   45.2.1.11.14 10GBASE-PR-U1 ability (1.12.1) 90
   45.2.1.11.15 10GBASE-PR-U3 ability (1.12.0) 90
   45.2.1.12 40G/100G PMA/PMD extended ability register (Register 1.13) 90
   45.2.1.12.1 PMA remote loopback ability (1.13.15) 91
   45.2.1.12.2 100GBASE-CR4 ability (1.13.14) 91
   45.2.1.12.3 100GBASE-KR4 ability (1.13.13) 91
   45.2.1.12.4 100GBASE-KP4 ability (1.13.12) 92
   45.2.1.12.5 100GBASE-ER4 ability (1.13.11) 92
   45.2.1.12.6 100GBASE-LR4 ability (1.13.10) 92
   45.2.1.12.7 100GBASE-SR10 ability (1.13.9) 92
   45.2.1.12.8 100GBASE-CR10 ability (1.13.8) 92
   45.2.1.12.9 100GBASE-SR4 ability (1.13.7) 92
   45.2.1.12.10 40GBASE-T ability (1.13.6). 92
   45.2.1.12.11 40GBASE-ER4 ability (1.13.5) 92
   45.2.1.12.12 40GBASE-FR ability (1.13.4) 92
   45.2.1.12.13 40GBASE-LR4 ability (1.13.3) 93
   45.2.1.12.14 40GBASE-SR4 ability (1.13.2) 93
   45.2.1.12.15 40GBASE-CR4 ability (1.13.1) 93
   45.2.1.12.16 40GBASE-KR4 ability (1.13.0) 93
   45.2.1.13 PMA/PMD package identifier (Registers 1.14 and 1.15). 93
   45.2.1.14 EEE capability (Register 1.16) 93
   45.2.1.14.1 100GBASE-CR4 EEE deep sleep supported (1.16.11) 94
   45.2.1.14.2 100GBASE-KR4 EEE deep sleep supported (1.16.10) 94
   45.2.1.14.3 100GBASE-KP4 EEE deep sleep supported (1.16.9) 94
   45.2.1.14.4 100GBASE-CR10 EEE deep sleep supported (1.16.8) 94
   45.2.1.14.5 25GBASE-R deep sleep (1.16.2) 94
   45.2.1.14.6 40GBASE-CR4 EEE deep sleep supported (1.16.1) 94
   45.2.1.14.7 40GBASE-KR4 EEE deep sleep supported (1.16.0) 95
   45.2.1.15 EPoC PMA/PMD ability register (Register 1.17) 95
   45.2.1.15.1 10GPASS-XR-D ability (1.17.1) 95
   45.2.1.15.2 10GPASS-XR-U ability (1.17.0) 95
   45.2.1.16 BASE-T1 PMA/PMD extended ability register (1.18). 95
   45.2.1.17 25G PMA/PMD extended ability register (Register 1.19) 96
   45.2.1.17.1 25GBASE-ER ability (1.19.7) 96
   45.2.1.17.2 25GBASE-LR ability (1.19.6) 97
   45.2.1.17.3 25GBASE-T ability (1.19.5). 97
   45.2.1.17.4 25GBASE-SR ability (1.19.4) 97
   45.2.1.17.5 25GBASE-CR ability (1.19.3) 97
   45.2.1.17.6 25GBASE-CR-S ability (1.19.2) 97
   45.2.1.17.7 25GBASE-KR ability (1.19.1) 97
   45.2.1.17.8 25GBASE-KR-S ability (1.19.0) 97
   45.2.1.18 2.5G/5G PMA/PMD extended ability register (Register 1.21) 97
   45.2.1.18.1 5GBASE-T ability (1.21.1). 97
   45.2.1.18.2 2.5GBASE-T ability (1.21.0) 98
   45.2.1.19 BASE-H PMA/PMD extended ability register (Register 1.22) 98
   45.2.1.20 200G PMA/PMD extended ability register (Register 1.23) 98
   45.2.1.20.1 200G PMA remote loopback ability (1.23.15) 98
   45.2.1.20.2 200GBASE-LR4 ability (1.23.5) 99
   45.2.1.20.3 200GBASE-FR4 ability (1.23.4) 99
   45.2.1.20.4 200GBASE-DR4 ability (1.23.3) 99
   45.2.1.21 400G PMA/PMD extended ability register (Register 1.24) 99
   45.2.1.21.1 400G PMA remote loopback ability (1.24.15) 100
   45.2.1.21.2 400GBASE-LR8 ability (1.24.5) 100
   45.2.1.21.3 400GBASE-FR8 ability (1.24.4) 100
   45.2.1.21.4 400GBASE-DR4 ability (1.24.3) 100
   45.2.1.21.5 400GBASE-SR16 ability (1.24.2) 100
   45.2.1.22 PMD transmit disable extension register (Register 1.27) 100
   45.2.1.22.1 PMD transmit disable 15 (1.27.0). 101
   45.2.1.23 PMD receive signal detect extension register (Register 1.28) 101
   45.2.1.23.1 PMD receive signal detect 15 (1.28.0) 101
   45.2.1.24 10P/2B PMA/PMD control register (Register 1.30). 102
   45.2.1.24.1 PMA/PMD link control (1.30.15). 102
   45.2.1.24.2 STFU (1.30.14) 102
   45.2.1.24.3 Silence time (1.30.13:8) 102
   45.2.1.24.4 Port subtype select (1.30.7). 103
   45.2.1.24.5 Handshake cleardown (1.30.6) 103
   45.2.1.24.6 Ignore incoming handshake (1.30.5) 103
   45.2.1.24.7 PMA/PMD type selection (1.30.4:0) 103
   45.2.1.25 10P/2B PMA/PMD status register (Register 1.31). 103
   45.2.1.25.1 Data rate (1.31.15:5) 103
   45.2.1.25.2 CO supported (1.31.4) 103
   45.2.1.25.3 CPE supported (1.31.3). 104
   45.2.1.25.4 PMA/PMD link status (1.31.2:0) 104
   45.2.1.26 Link partner PMA/PMD control register (Register 1.32). 104
   45.2.1.26.1 Get link partner parameters (1.32.15). 106
   45.2.1.26.2 Send link partner parameters (1.32.13). 106
   45.2.1.27 Link partner PMA/PMD status register (Register 1.33) 106
   45.2.1.27.1 Get link partner result (1.33.14) 106
   45.2.1.27.2 Send link partner result (1.33.12) 107
   45.2.1.28 10P/2B PMA/PMD link loss register (Register 1.36). 107
   45.2.1.29 10P/2B RX SNR margin register (Register 1.37). 107
   45.2.1.30 10P/2B link partner RX SNR margin register (Register 1.38) 107
   45.2.1.31 10P/2B line attenuation register (Register 1.39). 108
   45.2.1.32 10P/2B link partner line attenuation register (Register 1.40) 108
   45.2.1.33 10P/2B line quality thresholds register (Register 1.41) 108
   45.2.1.33.1 Loop attenuation threshold (1.41.15:8). 108
   45.2.1.33.2 SNR margin threshold (1.41.7:4) 109
   45.2.1.34 2B link partner line quality thresholds register (Register 1.42) 109
   45.2.1.35 10P FEC correctable errors counter (Register 1.43). 109
   45.2.1.36 10P FEC uncorrectable errors counter (Register 1.44). 109
   45.2.1.37 10P link partner FEC correctable errors register (Register 1.45) 109
   45.2.1.38 10P link partner FEC uncorrectable errors register (Register 1.46) 110
   45.2.1.39 10P electrical length register (Register 1.47) 110
   45.2.1.39.1 Electrical length (1.47.15:0) 110
   45.2.1.40 10P link partner electrical length register (Register 1.48) 110
   45.2.1.41 10P PMA/PMD general configuration register (Register 1.49) 110
   45.2.1.41.1 TX window length (1.49.7:0) 111
   45.2.1.42 10P PSD configuration register (Register 1.50) 111
   45.2.1.42.1 PBO disable (1.50.8). 111
   45.2.1.43 10P downstream data rate configuration (Registers 1.51, 1.52). 111
   45.2.1.44 10P downstream Reed-Solomon configuration (Register 1.53) 112
   45.2.1.44.1 RS codeword length (1.53.0) 112
   45.2.1.45 10P upstream data rate configuration (Registers 1.54, 1.55) 112
   45.2.1.46 10P upstream 10P upstream Reed-Solomon configuration register (Register 1.56) 113
   45.2.1.46.1 RS codeword length (1.56.0) 113
   45.2.1.47 10P tone group registers (Registers 1.57, 1.58) 113
   45.2.1.48 10P tone control parameters (Registers 1.59, 1.60, 1.61, 1.62, 1.63). 114
   45.2.1.48.1 Tone active (1.59.15) 115
   45.2.1.48.2 Tone direction (1.59.14) 115
   45.2.1.48.3 Max SNR margin (1.59.13:5) 115
   45.2.1.48.4 Target SNR margin (1.60.8:0) 115
   45.2.1.48.5 Minimum SNR margin (1.61.8:0). 115
   45.2.1.48.6 PSD level (1.62.8:0) 115
   45.2.1.48.7 USPBO reference (1.63.8:0). 115
   45.2.1.49 10P tone control action register (Register 1.64) 115
   45.2.1.49.1 Refresh tone status (1.64.5) 116
   45.2.1.49.2 Change tone activity (1.64.4) 116
   45.2.1.49.3 Change tone direction (1.64.3) 116
   45.2.1.49.4 Change SNR margin (1.64.2) 117
   45.2.1.49.5 Change PSD level (1.64.1) 117
   45.2.1.49.6 Change USPBO reference PSD (1.64.0) 117
   45.2.1.50 10P tone status registers (Registers 1.65, 1.66, 1.67) 117
   45.2.1.50.1 Refresh status (1.65.15) 118
   45.2.1.50.2 Active (1.65.14) 118
   45.2.1.50.3 Direction (1.65.13) 118
   45.2.1.50.4 RX PSD (1.65.7:0) 118
   45.2.1.50.5 TX PSD (1.66.15:8) 118
   45.2.1.50.6 Bit load (1.66.7:3). 118
   45.2.1.50.7 SNR margin (1.67.9:0) 118
   45.2.1.51 10P outgoing indicator bits status register (Register 1.68). 118
   45.2.1.51.1 LoM (1.68.8). 119
   45.2.1.51.2 lpr (1.68.7) 119
   45.2.1.51.3 po (1.68.6). 119
   45.2.1.51.4 Rdi (1.68.5) 119
   45.2.1.51.5 los (1.68.4) 119
   45.2.1.51.6 fec-s (1.68.1) 119
   45.2.1.51.7 be-s (1.68.0) 120
   45.2.1.52 10P incoming indicator bits status register (Register 1.69) 120
   45.2.1.52.1 LoM (1.69.8). 120
   45.2.1.52.2 Flpr (1.69.7) 120
   45.2.1.52.3 Fpo (1.69.6). 121
   45.2.1.52.4 Rdi (1.69.5) 121
   45.2.1.52.5 Flos (1.69.4) 121
   45.2.1.52.6 Ffec-s (1.69.1). 121
   45.2.1.52.7 Febe-s (1.69.0) 121
   45.2.1.53 10P cyclic extension configuration register (Register 1.70). 121
   45.2.1.54 10P attainable downstream data rate register (Register 1.71) 121
   45.2.1.55 2B general parameter register (Register 1.80) 122
   45.2.1.55.1 PMMS target margin (1.80.14:10) 122
   45.2.1.55.2 Line probing control (1.80.9) 123
   45.2.1.55.3 Noise environment (1.80.8) 123
   45.2.1.55.4 Region (1.80.1:0) 123
   45.2.1.56 2B PMD parameters registers (Registers 1.81 through 1.88) 123
   45.2.1.56.1 Minimum data rate (1.81, 1.83, 1.85, 1.87. Bits 14:8) 125
   45.2.1.56.2 Max data rate (1.81, 1.83, 1.85, 1.87. Bits 6:0) 125
   45.2.1.56.3 Data rate step (1.82, 1.84, 1.86, 1.88. Bits 13:7) 126
   45.2.1.56.4 Power (1.82, 1.84, 1.86, 1.88. Bits 6:2) 126
   45.2.1.56.5 Constellation (1.82, 1.84, 1.86, 1.88. Bits 1:0). 126
   45.2.1.57 2B code violation errors counter (Register 1.89) 126
   45.2.1.58 2B link partner code violations register (Register 1.90). 126
   45.2.1.59 2B errored seconds counter (Register 1.91) 127
   45.2.1.60 2B link partner errored seconds register (Register 1.92) 127
   45.2.1.61 2B severely errored seconds counter (Register 1.93) 127
   45.2.1.62 2B link partner severely errored seconds register (Register 1.94) 127
   45.2.1.63 2B LOSW counter (Register 1.95) 128
   45.2.1.64 2B link partner LOSW register (Register 1.96) 128
   45.2.1.65 2B unavailable seconds counter (Register 1.97). 128
   45.2.1.66 2B link partner unavailable seconds register (Register 1.98) 129
   45.2.1.67 2B state defects register (Register 1.99) 129
   45.2.1.67.1 Segment defect (1.99.15) 129
   45.2.1.67.2 SNR margin defect (1.99.14) 129
   45.2.1.67.3 Loop attenuation defect (1.99.13). 129
   45.2.1.67.4 Loss of sync word (1.99.12) 130
   45.2.1.68 2B link partner state defects register (Register 1.100) 130
   45.2.1.69 2B negotiated constellation register (Register 1.101). 130
   45.2.1.69.1 Negotiated constellation (1.101.1:0). 130
   45.2.1.70 2B extended PMD parameters registers (Registers 1.102 through 1.109) 130
   45.2.1.70.1 Minimum data rate (1.102, 1.104, 1.106, 1.108. Bits 14:8) 132
   45.2.1.70.2 Max data rate (1.102, 1.104, 1.106, 1.108. Bits 6:0) 132
   45.2.1.70.3 Data rate step (1.103, 1.105, 1.107, 1.109. Bits 13:7) 133
   45.2.1.70.4 Power (1.103, 1.105, 1.107, 1.109. Bits 6:2) 133
   45.2.1.70.5 Constellation (1.103, 1.105, 1.107, 1.109. Bits 1:0). 133
   45.2.1.71 MultiGBASE-T status (Register 1.129) 133
   45.2.1.71.1 LP information valid (1.129.0) 133
   45.2.1.72 MultiGBASE-T pair swap and polarity register (Register 1.130) 133
   45.2.1.72.1 Pair D polarity (1.130.11) 134
   45.2.1.72.2 Pair C polarity (1.130.10) 134
   45.2.1.72.3 Pair B polarity (1.130.9) 134
   45.2.1.72.4 Pair A polarity (1.130.8) 134
   45.2.1.72.5 MDI/MDI-X connection (1.130.1:0) 134
   45.2.1.73 MultiGBASE-T TX power backoff and PHY short reach setting (Register
   1.131) 134
   45.2.1.73.1 MultiGBASE-T TX power backoff settings (1.131.15:10) 135
   45.2.1.73.2 PHY short reach mode (1.131.0) 135
   45.2.1.74 MultiGBASE-T test mode register (Register 1.132) 135
   45.2.1.74.1 Test mode control (1.132.15:13). 136
   45.2.1.74.2 Transmitter test frequencies (1.132.12:10) 136
   45.2.1.75 SNR operating margin channel A register (Register 1.133). 136
   45.2.1.76 SNR operating margin channel B register (Register 1.134) 136
   45.2.1.77 SNR operating margin channel C register (Register 1.135) 137
   45.2.1.78 SNR operating margin channel D register (Register 1.136). 137
   45.2.1.79 Minimum margin channel A register (Register 1.137). 137
   45.2.1.80 Minimum margin channel B register (Register 1.138) 137
   45.2.1.81 Minimum margin channel C register (Register 1.139) 137
   45.2.1.82 Minimum margin channel D register (Register 1.140). 137
   45.2.1.83 RX signal power channel A register (Register 1.141) 137
   45.2.1.84 RX signal power channel B register (Register 1.142) 138
   45.2.1.85 RX signal power channel C register (Register 1.143) 138
   45.2.1.86 RX signal power channel D register (Register 1.144) 138
   45.2.1.87 MultiGBASE-T skew delay register (Registers 1.145 and 1.146) 138
   45.2.1.88 MultiGBASE-T fast retrain status and control register (Register 1.147) 139
   45.2.1.88.1 LP fast retrain count (1.147.15:11). 139
   45.2.1.88.2 LD fast retrain count (1.147.10:6) 139
   45.2.1.88.3 Fast retrain ability (1.147.4) 140
   45.2.1.88.4 Fast retrain negotiated (1.147.3) 140
   45.2.1.88.5 Fast retrain signal type (1.147.2:1) 140
   45.2.1.88.6 Fast retrain enable (1.147.0) 140
   45.2.1.89 BASE-R PMD control register (Register 1.150) 140
   45.2.1.89.1 Restart training (1.150.0) 140
   45.2.1.89.2 Training enable (1.150.1) 141
   45.2.1.90 BASE-R PMD status register (Register 1.151) 141
   45.2.1.90.1 Receiver status 0 (1.151.0) 142
   45.2.1.90.2 Frame lock 0 (1.151.1) 142
   45.2.1.90.3 Start-up protocol status 0 (1.151.2) 142
   45.2.1.90.4 Training failure 0 (1.151.3). 142
   45.2.1.90.5 Receiver status 1, 2, 3 (1.151.4, 1.151.8, 1.151.12) 142
   45.2.1.90.6 Frame lock 1, 2, 3 (1.151.5, 1.151.9, 1.151.13) 142
   45.2.1.90.7 Start-up protocol status 1, 2, 3 (1.151.6, 1.151.10, 1.151.14) 142
   45.2.1.90.8 Training failure 1, 2, 3 (1.151.7, 1.151.11, 1.151.15). 142
   45.2.1.91 BASE-R LP coefficient update, lane 0 register (Register 1.152) 142
   45.2.1.91.1 Preset (1.152.13) 142
   45.2.1.91.2 Initialize (1.152.12). 143
   45.2.1.91.3 Coefficient (k) update (1.152.5:0) 143
   45.2.1.92 BASE-R LP status report, lane 0 register (Register 1.153) 143
   45.2.1.92.1 Receiver ready (1.153.15). 144
   45.2.1.92.2 Coefficient (k) status (1.153.5:0) 144
   45.2.1.93 BASE-R LD coefficient update, lane 0 register (Register 1.154) 144
   45.2.1.93.1 Preset (1.154.13) 144
   45.2.1.93.2 Initialize (1.154.12). 145
   45.2.1.93.3 Coefficient (k) update(1.154.5:0) 145
   45.2.1.94 BASE-R LD status report, lane 0 register (Register 1.155) 145
   45.2.1.94.1 Receiver ready (1.155.15). 145
   45.2.1.94.2 Coefficient (k) status (1.155.5:0) 146
   45.2.1.95 BASE-R PMD status 2 register (Register 1.156) 146
   45.2.1.95.1 Receiver status 4, 5, 6, 7 (1.156.0, 1.156.4, 1.156.8, 1.156.12) 147
   45.2.1.95.2 Frame lock 4, 5, 6, 7 (1.156.1, 1.156.5, 1.156.9, 1.156.13) 147
   45.2.1.95.3 Start-up protocol status 4, 5, 6, 7 (1.156.2, 1.156.6, 1.156.10, 1.156.14) 147
   45.2.1.95.4 Training failure 4, 5, 6, 7 (1.156.3, 1.156.7, 1.156.11, 1.156.15). 147
   45.2.1.96 BASE-R PMD status 3 register (Register 1.157) 148
   45.2.1.96.1 Receiver status 8, 9 (1.157.0, 1.157.4) 148
   45.2.1.96.2 Frame lock 8, 9 (1.157.1, 1.157.5) 148
   45.2.1.96.3 Start-up protocol status 8, 9 (1.157.2, 1.157.6) 148
   45.2.1.96.4 Training failure 8, 9 (1.157.3, 1.157.7). 148
   45.2.1.97 1000BASE-KX control register (Register 1.160). 149
   45.2.1.97.1 PMD transmit disable (1.160.0) 149
   45.2.1.98 1000BASE-KX status register (Register 1.161) 149
   45.2.1.98.1 PMD transmit fault ability (1.161.13) 150
   45.2.1.98.2 PMD receive fault ability (1.161.12) 150
   45.2.1.98.3 PMD transmit fault (1.161.11) 150
   45.2.1.98.4 PMD receive fault (1.161.10) 150
   45.2.1.98.5 PMD transmit disable ability (1.161.8) 150
   45.2.1.98.6 1000BASE-KX signal detect (1.161.0) 150
   45.2.1.99 PMA overhead control 1, 2, and 3 registers (Register 1.162 through 1.164) 151
   45.2.1.100 PMA overhead status 1 and 2 registers (Register 1.165, 1.166). 151
   45.2.1.101 BASE-R FEC ability register (Register 1.170). 152
   45.2.1.101.1 BASE-R FEC ability (1.170.0) 152
   45.2.1.101.2 BASE-R FEC error indication ability (1.170.1) 152
   45.2.1.102 BASE-R FEC control register (Register 1.171) 152
   45.2.1.102.1 FEC enable (1.171.0) 152
   45.2.1.102.2 FEC enable error indication (1.171.1) 153
   45.2.1.103 Single-lane PHY BASE-R FEC corrected blocks counter (Register 1.172,
   1.173) 153
   45.2.1.104 Single-lane PHY BASE-R FEC uncorrected blocks counter (Register 1.174,
   1.175) 153
   45.2.1.105 CAUI-4 C2M and 25GAUI C2M recommended CTLE register (Register
   1.179) 154
   45.2.1.105.1 Recommended CTLE peaking (1.179.4:1) 154
   45.2.1.106 25GAUI C2C and lane 0 CAUI-4 C2C transmitter equalization, receive
   direction register (Register 1.180) 154
   45.2.1.106.1 Request flag (1.180.15). 154
   45.2.1.106.2 Post-cursor request (1.180.14:12). 155
   45.2.1.106.3 Pre-cursor request (1.180.11:10) 156
   45.2.1.106.4 Post-cursor remote setting (1.180.9:7) 156
   45.2.1.106.5 Pre-cursor remote setting (1.180.6:5) 156
   45.2.1.106.6 Post-cursor local setting (1.180.4:2) 156
   45.2.1.106.7 Pre-cursor local setting (1.180.1:0). 156
   45.2.1.107 CAUI-4 chip-to-chip transmitter equalization, receive direction, lane 1 through
   lane 3 registers (Registers 1.181, 1.182, 1.183) 156
   45.2.1.108 25GAUI C2C and lane 0 CAUI-4 C2C transmitter equalization, transmit
   direction register (Register 1.184) 157
   45.2.1.108.1 Request flag (1.184.15). 158
   45.2.1.108.2 Post-cursor request (1.184.14:12). 158
   45.2.1.108.3 Pre-cursor request (1.184.11:10) 158
   45.2.1.108.4 Post-cursor remote setting (1.184.9:7) 158
   45.2.1.108.5 Pre-cursor remote setting (1.184.6:5) 158
   45.2.1.108.6 Post-cursor local setting (1.184.4:2) 158
   45.2.1.108.7 Pre-cursor local setting (1.184.1:0). 158
   45.2.1.109 CAUI-4 chip-to-chip transmitter equalization, transmit direction, lane 1 through
   lane 3 registers (Registers 1.185, 1.186, 1.187) 159
   45.2.1.110 RS-FEC control register (Register 1.200). 159
   45.2.1.110.1 25G RS-FEC enable (1.200.2) 159
   45.2.1.110.2 FEC bypass indication enable (1.200.1) 159
   45.2.1.110.3 FEC bypass correction enable (1.200.0). 159
   45.2.1.111 RS-FEC status register (Register 1.201). 159
   45.2.1.111.1 PCS align status (1.201.15). 160
   45.2.1.111.2 RS-FEC align status (1.201.14) 160
   45.2.1.111.3 FEC AM lock 3 (1.201.11) 161
   45.2.1.111.4 FEC AM lock 2 (1.201.10) 161
   45.2.1.111.5 FEC AM lock 1 (1.201.9) 161
   45.2.1.111.6 FEC AM lock 0 (1.201.8) 161
   45.2.1.111.7 FEC optional states supported (1.201.7). 161
   45.2.1.111.8 RS-FEC high SER (1.201.2). 161
   45.2.1.111.9 FEC bypass indication ability (1.201.1) 161
   45.2.1.111.10FEC bypass correction ability (1.201.0) 161
   45.2.1.112 RS-FEC corrected codewords counter (Register 1.202, 1.203) 162
   45.2.1.113 RS-FEC uncorrected codewords counter (Register 1.204, 1.205) 162
   45.2.1.114 RS-FEC lane mapping register (Register 1.206) 162
   45.2.1.115 RS-FEC symbol error counter lane 0 (Register 1.210, 1.211) 163
   45.2.1.116 RS-FEC symbol error counter lane 1 through 3 (Register 1.212, 1.213, 1.214,
   1.215, 1.216, 1.217) 163
   45.2.1.117 RS-FEC BIP error counter lane 0 (Register 1.230) 163
   45.2.1.118 RS-FEC BIP error counter, lane 1 through 19 (Registers 1.231 through 1.249) 164
   45.2.1.119 RS-FEC PCS lane 0 mapping register (Register 1.250) 164
   45.2.1.120 RS-FEC PCS lanes 1 through 19 mapping registers (Registers 1.251 through 1.269) 164
   45.2.1.121 RS-FEC PCS alignment status 1 register (Register 1.280). 164
   45.2.1.121.1 Block lock 7 (1.280.7) 165
   45.2.1.121.2 Block lock 6 (1.280.6) 165
   45.2.1.121.3 Block lock 5 (1.280.5) 165
   45.2.1.121.4 Block lock 4 (1.280.4) 166
   45.2.1.121.5 Block lock 3 (1.280.3) 166
   45.2.1.121.6 Block lock 2 (1.280.2) 166
   45.2.1.121.7 Block lock 1 (1.280.1) 166
   45.2.1.121.8 Block lock 0 (1.280.0) 166
   45.2.1.122 RS-FEC PCS alignment status 2 register (Register 1.281). 166
   45.2.1.122.1 Block lock 19 (1.281.11) 167
   45.2.1.122.2 Block lock 18 (1.281.10) 167
   45.2.1.122.3 Block lock 17 (1.281.9) 167
   45.2.1.122.4 Block lock 16 (1.281.8) 167
   45.2.1.122.5 Block lock 15 (1.281.7) 168
   45.2.1.122.6 Block lock 14 (1.281.6) 168
   45.2.1.122.7 Block lock 13 (1.281.5) 168
   45.2.1.122.8 Block lock 12 (1.281.4) 168
   45.2.1.122.9 Block lock 11 (1.281.3) 168
   45.2.1.122.10Block lock 10 (1.281.2) 168
   45.2.1.122.11Block lock 9 (1.281.1) 168
   45.2.1.122.12Block lock 8 (1.281.0) 168
   45.2.1.123 RS-FEC PCS alignment status 3 register (Register 1.282). 168
   45.2.1.123.1 Lane 7 aligned (1.282.7) 169
   45.2.1.123.2 Lane 6 aligned (1.282.6) 169
   45.2.1.123.3 Lane 5 aligned (1.282.5) 169
   45.2.1.123.4 Lane 4 aligned (1.282.4) 170
   45.2.1.123.5 Lane 3 aligned (1.282.3) 170
   45.2.1.123.6 Lane 2 aligned (1.282.2) 170
   45.2.1.123.7 Lane 1 aligned (1.282.1) 170
   45.2.1.123.8 Lane 0 aligned (1.282.0) 170
   45.2.1.124 RS-FEC PCS alignment status 4 register (Register 1.283). 170
   45.2.1.124.1 Lane 19 aligned (1.283.11) 171
   45.2.1.124.2 Lane 18 aligned (1.283.10) 171
   45.2.1.124.3 Lane 17 aligned (1.283.9) 171
   45.2.1.124.4 Lane 16 aligned (1.283.8) 172
   45.2.1.124.5 Lane 15 aligned (1.283.7) 172
   45.2.1.124.6 Lane 14 aligned (1.283.6) 172
   45.2.1.124.7 Lane 13 aligned (1.283.5) 172
   45.2.1.124.8 Lane 12 aligned (1.283.4) 172
   45.2.1.124.9 Lane 11 aligned (1.283.3) 172
   45.2.1.124.10Lane 10 aligned (1.283.2) 172
   45.2.1.124.11Lane 9 aligned (1.283.1) 172
   45.2.1.124.12Lane 8 aligned (1.283.0) 173
   45.2.1.125 BASE-R FEC corrected blocks counter, lanes 0 through 19 173
   45.2.1.126 200GAUI-8 and 400GAUI-16 chip-to-module recommended CTLE, lane 0
   register (Register 1.400) 173
   45.2.1.126.1 Recommended CTLE peaking (1.400.4:1) 174
   45.2.1.127 200GAUI-8 and 400GAUI-16 chip-to-module recommended CTLE, lane 1
   through lane 7 registers (Registers 1.401 through 1.407). 174
   45.2.1.128 400GAUI-16 chip-to-module recommended CTLE, lane 8 through lane 15
   registers (Registers 1.408 through 1.415). 174
   45.2.1.129 200GAUI-n and 400GAUI-n chip-to-chip transmitter equalization, receive direction, lane 0 register (Register 1.500). 174
   45.2.1.129.1 Request flag (1.500.15). 175
   45.2.1.129.2 Post-cursor request (1.500.14:12). 175
   45.2.1.129.3 Pre-cursor request (1.500.11:10) 175
   45.2.1.129.4 Post-cursor remote setting (1.500.9:7) 176
   45.2.1.129.5 Pre-cursor remote setting (1.500.6:5) 176
   45.2.1.129.6 Post-cursor local setting (1.500.4:2) 176
   45.2.1.129.7 Pre-cursor local setting (1.500.1:0). 176
   45.2.1.130 200GAUI-n and 400GAUI-n chip-to-chip transmitter equalization, receive direction, lane 1 through lane 15 registers (Registers 1.501 through 1.515) 176
   45.2.1.131 200GAUI-n and 400GAUI-n chip-to-chip transmitter equalization, transmit direction, lane 0 register (Register 1.516). 176
   45.2.1.131.1 Request flag (1.516.15). 177
   45.2.1.131.2 Post-cursor request (1.516.14:12). 178
   45.2.1.131.3 Pre-cursor request (1.516.11:10) 178
   45.2.1.131.4 Post-cursor remote setting (1.516.9:7) 178
   45.2.1.131.5 Pre-cursor remote setting (1.516.6:5) 178
   45.2.1.131.6 Post-cursor local setting (1.516.4:2) 178
   45.2.1.131.7 Pre-cursor local setting (1.516.1:0). 178
   45.2.1.132 200GAUI-n and 400GAUI-n chip-to-chip transmitter equalization, transmit direction, lane 1 through lane 15 registers (Registers 1.517 through 1.531) 179
   45.2.1.133 BASE-R FEC uncorrected blocks counter, lanes 0 through 19 179
   45.2.1.134 BASE-H PMA/PMD control register (Register 1.900) 179
   45.2.1.134.1 Type selection (1.900.3:0) 179
   45.2.1.135 BASE-R LP coefficient update register, lanes 1 through 9 (Register 1.1101, 1.1102, 1.1103, 1.1104, 1.1105, 1.1106, 1.1107, 1.1108, 1.1109) 179
   45.2.1.136 BASE-R LP status report register, lanes 1 through 9 (Register 1.1201, 1.1202, 1.1203, 1.1204, 1.1205, 1.1206, 1.1207, 1.1208, 1.1209) 180
   45.2.1.137 BASE-R LD coefficient update register, lanes 1 through 9 (Register 1.1301, 1.1302, 1.1303, 1.1304, 1.1305, 1.1306, 1.1307, 1.1308, 1.1309) 180
   45.2.1.138 BASE-R LD status report register, lanes 1 through 9 (Register 1.1401, 1.1402, 1.1403, 1.1404, 1.1405, 1.1406, 1.1407, 1.1408, 1.1409) 180
   45.2.1.139 PMD training pattern lanes 0 through 3 (Register 1.1450 through 1.1453) 180
   45.2.1.140 Test-pattern ability (Register 1.1500). 181
   45.2.1.141 PRBS pattern testing control (Register 1.1501) 182
   45.2.1.142 Square wave testing control (Register 1.1510). 184
   45.2.1.143 PRBS13Q testing control (Register 1.1512). 185
   45.2.1.144 PRBS Tx pattern testing error counter (Register 1.1600 through 1.1615) 185
   45.2.1.145 PRBS Rx pattern testing error counter (Register 1.1700 through 1.1715) 186
   45.2.1.146 TimeSync PMA/PMD capability (Register 1.1800). 186
   45.2.1.147 TimeSync PMA/PMD transmit path data delay (Registers 1.1801, 1.1802, 1.1803, 1.1804) 187
   45.2.1.148 TimeSync PMA/PMD receive path data delay (Registers 1.1805, 1.1806, 1.1807, 1.1808) 187
   45.2.1.149 10GPASS-XR control and status register (Register 1.1900) 187
   45.2.1.149.1 Time sync capable (1.1900.13). 188
   45.2.1.149.2 US rate mismatch (1.1900.12) 188
   45.2.1.149.3 DS rate mismatch (1.1900.11) 188
   45.2.1.149.4 Link up ready (1.1900.10) 189
   45.2.1.149.5 Continuous pilot scaling factor (1.1900.9:3) 189
   45.2.1.149.6 CRC40 errored blocks (1.1900.2). 189
   45.2.1.149.7 PHY Discovery complete (1.1900.1) 189
   45.2.1.149.8 PHY Discovery enable (1.1900.0) 189
   45.2.1.150 DS OFDM control register (Register 1.1901) 189
   45.2.1.150.1 CLT tx mute (1.1901.15) 190
   45.2.1.150.2 DS OFDM channels (1.1901.14:12) 190
   45.2.1.150.3 DS time interleaving (1.1901.11:7) 190
   45.2.1.150.4 DS windowing (1.1901.6:4) 190
   45.2.1.150.5 DS cyclic prefix (1.1901.3:0) 190
   45.2.1.151 DS OFDM channel frequency control register 1 through 5 (Register 1.1902 through 1.1906). 190
   45.2.1.151.1 DS OFDM freq ch 1 (1.1902.15:0). 191
   45.2.1.151.2 DS OFDM freq ch 2 (1.1903.15:0). 191
   45.2.1.151.3 DS OFDM freq ch 3 (1.1904.15:0). 191
   45.2.1.151.4 DS OFDM freq ch 4 (1.1905.15:0). 191
   45.2.1.151.5 DS OFDM freq ch 5 (1.1906.15:0). 191
   45.2.1.152 US OFDM control register (Register 1.1907) 192
   45.2.1.152.1 Random seed (1.1907.15:8) 192
   45.2.1.152.2 Resource Block size (1.1907.7) 192
   45.2.1.152.3 US windowing (1.1907.6:4) 192
   45.2.1.152.4 US cyclic prefix (1.1907.3:0) 192
   45.2.1.153 US OFDM channel frequency control register (Register 1.1908) 192
   45.2.1.154 US OFDMA pilot pattern register (Register 1.1909) 193
   45.2.1.154.1 Type 2 repeat (1.1909.14:12) 193
   45.2.1.154.2 Type 2 start (1.1909.11:8). 193
   45.2.1.154.3 Type 1 repeat (1.1909.6:4) 193
   45.2.1.154.4 Type 1 start (1.1909.3:0). 193
   45.2.1.155 Profile control register (Register 1.1910) 194
   45.2.1.155.1 US copy in process (1.1910.11) 194
   45.2.1.155.2 US profile copy (1.1910.10) 194
   45.2.1.155.3 US configuration ID (1.1910.9:8). 194
   45.2.1.155.4 DS copy channel ID (1.1910.6:4) 195
   45.2.1.155.5 DS copy in process (1.1910.3) 195
   45.2.1.155.6 DS profile copy (1.1910.2) 195
   45.2.1.155.7 DS configuration ID (1.1910.1:0). 195
   45.2.1.156 DS PHY Link control register (Register 1.1911) 195
   45.2.1.156.1 DS PHY Link start (1.1911.11:0) 195
   45.2.1.157 US PHY Link control register (Register 1.1912) 195
   45.2.1.157.1 US PHY Link modulation (1.1912.15:12) 195
   45.2.1.157.2 US PHY Link start (1.1912.11:0) 196
   45.2.1.158 PHY Discovery control registers (Registers 1.1913 and 1.1914). 196
   45.2.1.159 New CNU control register (Register 1.1915) 196
   45.2.1.159.1 CNU_ID assigned flag 1 (1.1915.15) 196
   45.2.1.159.2 Allowed CNU_ID (1.1915.14:0) 197
   45.2.1.160 New CNU info registers 1 through 5 (Registers 1.1916 through 1.1920) 197
   45.2.1.160.1 New CNU range (1.1916.15:0). 197
   45.2.1.160.2 New CNU MAC 0 through 2 (1.1917.15:0 through 1.1919.15:0) 197
   45.2.1.161 DS PHY Link frame counter (Register 1.1921) 198
   45.2.1.162 PMA/PMD timing offset register (Registers 1.1922 and 1.1923) 198
   45.2.1.163 PMA/PMD power offset register (Register 1.1924). 198
   45.2.1.163.1 PMA/PMD power offset (1.1924.7:0) 199
   45.2.1.164 PMA/PMD ranging offset registers (Registers 1.1925 and 1.1926). 199
   45.2.1.165 DS PMA/PMD data rate registers (Registers 1.1927, 1.1928 and 1.1929) 199
   45.2.1.166 US PMA/PMD data rate registers (Registers 1.1930, 1.1931 and 1.1932) 199
   45.2.1.167 10GPASS-XR FEC codeword counter (Registers 1.1933, 1.1934) 200
   45.2.1.168 10GPASS-XR FEC codeword success counter (Registers 1.1935 and 1.1936). 200
   45.2.1.169 10GPASS-XR FEC codeword fail counter (Registers 1.1937 and 1.1938) 201
   45.2.1.170 PHY Link EPFH counter (Register 1.1939) 201
   45.2.1.171 PHY Link EPFH error counter (Register 1.1940) 202
   45.2.1.172 PHY Link EPCH counter (Register 1.1941). 202
   45.2.1.173 PHY Link EPCH error counter (Register 1.1942) 202
   45.2.1.174 PHY Link EMB counter (Register 1.1943) 202
   45.2.1.175 PHY Link EMB error counter (Register 1.1944) 203
   45.2.1.176 PHY Link FPMB counter (Register 1.1945) 203
   45.2.1.177 PHY Link FPMB error counter (Register 1.1946) 203
   45.2.1.178 US PHY Link response time register (Register 1.1947). 204
   45.2.1.179 10GPASS-XR modulation ability register (Register 1.1948). 204
   45.2.1.179.1 US modulation ability (1.1948.9:8) 204
   45.2.1.179.2 DS OFDM channel ability (1.1948.7:5) 204
   45.2.1.179.3 DS modulation ability (1.1948.4:0) 204
   45.2.1.180 PHY Discovery Response power control register (Register 1.1949) 205
   45.2.1.180.1 PHY Discovery Response power step (1.1949.15:8) 205
   45.2.1.180.2 PHY Discover Response initial power (1.1949.7:0). 205
   45.2.1.181 US target receive power register (Register 1.1950) 205
   45.2.1.182 DS transmit power registers (Registers 1.1951 through 1.1955) 205
   45.2.1.182.1 DS transmit power Ch1 (1.1951.8:0) 206
   45.2.1.182.2 DS transmit power Ch2 (1.1952.8:0) 206
   45.2.1.182.3 DS transmit power Ch3 (1.1953.8:0) 206
   45.2.1.182.4 DS transmit power Ch4 (1.1954.8:0) 206
   45.2.1.182.5 DS transmit power Ch5 (1.1955.8:0) 206
   45.2.1.183 US receive power measurement registers (1.1956 through 1.1957). 207
   45.2.1.183.1 US receive power valid (1.1956.15) 207
   45.2.1.183.2 US receive power measurement (1.1956.8:0). 207
   45.2.1.183.3 US receive power CNU (1.1957.14:0) 207
   45.2.1.184 Reported power register (1.1958) 207
   45.2.1.184.1 Reported power (1.1958.8:0) 207
   45.2.1.185 BASE-T1 PMA/PMD control register (Register 1.2100). 208
   45.2.1.185.1 MASTER-SLAVE config value (1.2100.14) 208
   45.2.1.185.2 Type selection (1.2100.3:0) 208
   45.2.1.186 100BASE-T1 PMA/PMD test control register (Register 1.2102) 209
   45.2.1.186.1 100BASE-T1 test mode control (1.2102.15:13). 209
   45.2.1.187 1000BASE-T1 PMA control register (Register 1.2304) 209
   45.2.1.187.1 PMA/PMD reset (1.2304.15) 209
   45.2.1.187.2 Transmit disable (1.2304.14) 210
   45.2.1.187.3 Low power (1.2304.11) 210
   45.2.1.188 1000BASE-T1 PMA status register (Register 1.2305). 210
   45.2.1.188.1 1000BASE-T1 OAM ability (1.2305.11) 210
   45.2.1.188.2 EEE ability (1.2305.10) 210
   45.2.1.188.3 Receive fault ability (1.2305.9) 211
   45.2.1.188.4 Low-power ability (1.2305.8). 211
   45.2.1.188.5 Receive polarity (1.2305.2) 211
   45.2.1.188.6 Receive fault (1.2305.1) 211
   45.2.1.188.7 Receive link status (1.2305.0). 212
   45.2.1.189 1000BASE-T1 training register (Register 1.2306) 212
   45.2.1.189.1 User field (1.2306.10:4) 212
   45.2.1.189.2 1000BASE-T1 OAM advertisement (1.2306.1) 212
   45.2.1.189.3 EEE advertisement (1.2306.0) 212
   45.2.1.190 1000BASE-T1 link partner training register (Register 1.2307) 213
   45.2.1.190.1 Link partner user field (1.2307.10:4) 213
   45.2.1.190.2 Link partner 1000BASE-T1 OAM advertisement (1.2307.1) 213
   45.2.1.190.3 Link partner EEE advertisement (1.2307.0) 213
   45.2.1.191 1000BASE-T1 test mode control register (Register 1.2308) 213
   45.2.1.191.1 Test mode control (1.2308.15:13). 213
   45.2.2 WIS registers. 214
   45.2.2.1 WIS control 1 register (Register 2.0) 215
   45.2.2.1.1 Reset (2.0.15) 216
   45.2.2.1.2 Loopback (2.0.14). 216

14

45.2.2.1.3 Low power (2.0.11) 216
45.2.2.1.4 Speed selection (2.0.13, 2.0.6, and 2.0.5:2) 217
45.2.2.2 WIS status 1 register (Register 2.1) 217
45.2.2.2.1 Fault (2.1.7). 217
45.2.2.2.2 Link status (2.1.2) 218
45.2.2.2.3 Low-power ability (2.1.1). 218
45.2.2.3 WIS device identifier (Registers 2.2 and 2.3). 218
45.2.2.4 WIS speed ability (Register 2.4). 218
45.2.2.4.1 10G capable (2.4.0). 218
45.2.2.5 WIS devices in package (Registers 2.5 and 2.6). 218
45.2.2.6 10G WIS control 2 register (Register 2.7) 218
45.2.2.6.1 PRBS31 receive test-pattern enable (2.7.5) 219
45.2.2.6.2 PRBS31 transmit test-pattern enable (2.7.4) 219
45.2.2.6.3 Test-pattern selection (2.7.3) 219
45.2.2.6.4 Receive test-pattern enable (2.7.2) 219
45.2.2.6.5 Transmit test-pattern enable (2.7.1) 220
45.2.2.6.6 PCS type selection (2.7.0). 220
45.2.2.7 10G WIS status 2 register (Register 2.8) 220
45.2.2.7.1 Device present (2.8.15:14) 220
45.2.2.7.2 PRBS31 pattern testing ability (2.8.1) 220
45.2.2.7.3 10GBASE-R ability (2.8.0) 221
45.2.2.8 10G WIS test-pattern error counter register (Register 2.9) 221
45.2.2.9 WIS package identifier (Registers 2.14 and 2.15) 221
45.2.2.10 10G WIS status 3 register (Register 2.33) 221
45.2.2.10.1 SEF (2.33.11) 221
45.2.2.10.2 Far end PLM-P/LCD-P (2.33.10) 222
45.2.2.10.3 Far end AIS-P/LOP-P (2.33.9) 223
45.2.2.10.4 LOF (2.33.7) 223
45.2.2.10.5 LOS (2.33.6) 223
45.2.2.10.6 RDI-L (2.33.5) 223
45.2.2.10.7 AIS-L (2.33.4). 223
45.2.2.10.8 LCD-P (2.33.3) 223
45.2.2.10.9 PLM-P (2.33.2) 224
45.2.2.10.10 AIS-P (2.33.1). 224
45.2.2.10.11 LOP-P (2.33.0) 224
45.2.2.11 10G WIS far end path block error count (Register 2.37) 224
45.2.2.12 10G WIS J1 transmit (Registers 2.39 through 2.46). 224
45.2.2.13 10G WIS J1 receive (Registers 2.47 through 2.54) 225
45.2.2.14 10G WIS far end line BIP errors (Registers 2.55 and 2.56) 226
45.2.2.15 10G WIS line BIP errors (Registers 2.57 and 2.58) 227
45.2.2.16 10G WIS path block error count (Register 2.59) 227
45.2.2.16.1 Path block error count (2.59.15:0) 227
45.2.2.17 10G WIS section BIP error count (Register 2.60) 227
45.2.2.17.1 Section BIP error count (2.60.15:0) 228
45.2.2.18 10G WIS J0 transmit (Registers 2.64 through 2.71). 228
45.2.2.19 10G WIS J0 receive (Registers 2.72 through 2.79) 229
45.2.2.20 TimeSync WIS capability (Register 2.1800) 230
45.2.2.21 TimeSync WIS transmit path data delay (Registers 2.1801, 2.1802, 2.1803, 2.1804) 230
45.2.2.22 TimeSync WIS receive path data delay (Registers 2.1805, 2.1806, 2.1807, 2.1808) 230
45.2.3 PCS registers. 231
45.2.3.1 PCS control 1 register (Register 3.0) 233
45.2.3.1.1 Reset (3.0.15) 234
45.2.3.1.2 Loopback (3.0.14). 235
45.2.3.1.3 Low power (3.0.11) 235
45.2.3.1.4 Clock stop enable (3.0.10) 235
45.2.3.1.5 Speed selection (3.0.13, 3.0.6, 3.0.5:2). 235
45.2.3.2 PCS status 1 register (Register 3.1) 236
45.2.3.2.1 Transmit LPI received (3.1.11). 236
45.2.3.2.2 Receive LPI received (3.1.10) 236
45.2.3.2.3 Transmit LPI indication (3.1.9) 237
45.2.3.2.4 Receive LPI indication (3.1.8) 237
45.2.3.2.5 Fault (3.1.7). 237
45.2.3.2.6 Clock stop capable (3.1.6) 237
45.2.3.2.7 PCS receive link status (3.1.2) 237
45.2.3.2.8 Low-power ability (3.1.1). 237
45.2.3.3 PCS device identifier (Registers 3.2 and 3.3). 237
45.2.3.4 PCS speed ability (Register 3.4) 237
45.2.3.4.1 10G capable (3.4.0). 238
45.2.3.4.2 10PASS-TS/2BASE-TL capable 238
45.2.3.4.3 40G capable (3.4.2). 238
45.2.3.4.4 100G capable (3.4.3). 238
45.2.3.4.5 25G capable (3.4.4). 239
45.2.3.4.6 2.5G capable (3.4.6) 239
45.2.3.4.7 5G Capable (3.4.7) 239
45.2.3.4.8 200G capable (3.4.8). 239
45.2.3.4.9 400G capable (3.4.9). 239
45.2.3.5 PCS devices in package (Registers 3.5 and 3.6). 239
45.2.3.6 PCS control 2 register (Register 3.7) 239
45.2.3.6.1 PCS type selection (3.7.3:0) 239
45.2.3.7 PCS status 2 register (Register 3.8) 240
45.2.3.7.1 Device present (3.8.15:14) 241
45.2.3.7.2 5GBASE-T capable (3.8.13). 241
45.2.3.7.3 2.5GBASE-T capable (3.8.12) 241
45.2.3.7.4 Transmit fault (3.8.11) 241
45.2.3.7.5 Receive fault (3.8.10) 242
45.2.3.7.6 25GBASE-T capable (3.8.9). 242
45.2.3.7.7 25GBASE-R capable (3.8.7) 242
45.2.3.7.8 40GBASE-T capable (3.8.6). 242
45.2.3.7.9 100GBASE-R capable (3.8.5) 242
45.2.3.7.10 40GBASE-R capable (3.8.4) 242
45.2.3.7.11 10GBASE-T capable (3.8.3). 242
45.2.3.7.12 10GBASE-W capable (3.8.2) 242
45.2.3.7.13 10GBASE-X capable (3.8.1) 242
45.2.3.7.14 10GBASE-R capable (3.8.0) 243
45.2.3.8 PCS status 3 register (Register 3.9) 243
45.2.3.8.1 400GBASE-R capable (3.9.1) 243
45.2.3.8.2 200GBASE-R capable (3.9.0) 243
45.2.3.9 PCS package identifier (Registers 3.14 and 3.15) 243
45.2.3.10 EEE control and capability 1 (Register 3.20) 244
45.2.3.10.1 100GBASE-R EEE deep sleep supported (3.20.13). 244
45.2.3.10.2 100GBASE-R EEE fast wake supported (3.20.12) 245
45.2.3.10.3 25GBASE-R deep sleep (3.20.11) 245
45.2.3.10.4 25GBASE-R fast wake (3.20.10) 245
45.2.3.10.5 40GBASE-R EEE deep sleep supported (3.20.9). 245
45.2.3.10.6 40GBASE-R EEE fast wake supported (3.20.8) 245
45.2.3.10.7 40GBASE-T EEE supported (3.20.7). 245
45.2.3.10.8 10GBASE-KR EEE supported (3.20.6) 245
45.2.3.10.9 10GBASE-KX4 EEE supported (3.20.5) 245
45.2.3.10.10 1000BASE-KX EEE supported (3.20.4) 245
45.2.3.10.11 10GBASE-T EEE supported (3.20.3). 245
45.2.3.10.12 1000BASE-T EEE supported (3.20.2) 245
45.2.3.10.13 100BASE-TX EEE supported (3.20.1). 245
45.2.3.10.14 LPI_FW (3.20.0). 246
45.2.3.11 EEE control and capability 2 (Register 3.21) 246
45.2.3.11.1 400GBASE-R EEE fast wake supported (3.21.5) 246
45.2.3.11.2 200GBASE-R EEE fast wake supported (3.21.3) 246
45.2.3.11.3 25GBASE-T EEE supported (3.21.2). 246
45.2.3.11.4 5GBASE-T EEE supported (3.21.1). 246
45.2.3.11.5 2.5GBASE-T EEE supported (3.21.0) 247
45.2.3.12 EEE wake error counter (Register 3.22) 247
45.2.3.13 10GBASE-X PCS status register (Register 3.24). 247
45.2.3.13.1 10GBASE-X receive lane alignment status (3.24.12) 247
45.2.3.13.2 Pattern testing ability (3.24.11). 248
45.2.3.13.3 Lane 3 sync (3.24.3) 248
45.2.3.13.4 Lane 2 sync (3.24.2) 248
45.2.3.13.5 Lane 1 sync (3.24.1) 248
45.2.3.13.6 Lane 0 sync (3.24.0) 248
45.2.3.14 10GBASE-X PCS test control register (Register 3.25) 248
45.2.3.14.1 Transmit test-pattern enable (3.25.2) 248
45.2.3.14.2 Test pattern select (3.25.1:0). 249
45.2.3.15 BASE-R and MultiGBASE-T PCS status 1 register (Register 3.32) 249
45.2.3.15.1 BASE-R and MultiGBASE-T receive link status (3.32.12) 250
45.2.3.15.2 PRBS9 pattern testing ability (3.32.3) 250
45.2.3.15.3 PRBS31 pattern testing ability (3.32.2) 250
45.2.3.15.4 BASE-R and MultiGBASE-T PCS high BER (3.32.1) 250
45.2.3.15.5 BASE-R and MultiGBASE-T PCS block lock (3.32.0) 250
45.2.3.16 BASE-R and MultiGBASE-T PCS status 2 register (Register 3.33) 250
45.2.3.16.1 Latched block lock (3.33.15) 251
45.2.3.16.2 Latched high BER (3.33.14) 251
45.2.3.16.3 BER (3.33.13:8) 251
45.2.3.16.4 Errored blocks (3.33.7:0) 252
45.2.3.17 10/25GBASE-R PCS test pattern seed A (Registers 3.34 through 3.37) 252
45.2.3.18 10/25GBASE-R PCS test pattern seed B (Registers 3.38 through 3.41) 252
45.2.3.19 BASE-R PCS test-pattern control register (Register 3.42). 253
45.2.3.19.1 Scrambled idle test-pattern enable (3.42.7) 254
45.2.3.19.2 Single Lane PHY BASE-R PRBS9 transmit test-pattern enable (3.42.6) 254
45.2.3.19.3 Single Lane PHY BASE-R PRBS31 receive test-pattern enable (3.42.5) 254
45.2.3.19.4 Single Lane PHY BASE-R PRBS31 transmit test-pattern enable (3.42.4) 254
45.2.3.19.5 Transmit test-pattern enable (3.42.3) 254
45.2.3.19.6 Receive test-pattern enable (3.42.2) 254
45.2.3.19.7 Test-pattern select (3.42.1) 254
45.2.3.19.8 Data pattern select (3.42.0) 255
45.2.3.20 BASE-R PCS test-pattern error counter register (Register 3.43) 255
45.2.3.21 BER high order counter (Register 3.44) 255
45.2.3.22 Errored blocks high order counter (Register 3.45) 256
45.2.3.23 Multi-lane BASE-R PCS alignment status 1 register (Register 3.50) 256
45.2.3.23.1 Multi-lane BASE-R PCS alignment status (3.50.12) 257
45.2.3.23.2 Block lock 7 (3.50.7) 257
45.2.3.23.3 Block lock 6 (3.50.6) 257
45.2.3.23.4 Block lock 5 (3.50.5) 257
45.2.3.23.5 Block lock 4 (3.50.4) 257
45.2.3.23.6 Block lock 3 (3.50.3) 258
45.2.3.23.7 Block lock 2 (3.50.2) 258
45.2.3.23.8 Block lock 1 (3.50.1) 258
45.2.3.23.9 Block lock 0 (3.50.0) 258
45.2.3.24 Multi-lane BASE-R PCS alignment status 2 register (Register 3.51) 258
45.2.3.24.1 Block lock 19 (3.51.11) 259
45.2.3.24.2 Block lock 18 (3.51.10) 259
45.2.3.24.3 Block lock 17 (3.51.9) 259
45.2.3.24.4 Block lock 16 (3.51.8) 259
45.2.3.24.5 Block lock 15 (3.51.7) 260
45.2.3.24.6 Block lock 14 (3.51.6) 260
45.2.3.24.7 Block lock 13 (3.51.5) 260
45.2.3.24.8 Block lock 12 (3.51.4) 260
45.2.3.24.9 Block lock 11 (3.51.3) 260
45.2.3.24.10 Block lock 10 (3.51.2) 260
45.2.3.24.11 Block lock 9 (3.51.1) 260
45.2.3.24.12 Block lock 8 (3.51.0) 260
45.2.3.25 Multi-lane BASE-R PCS alignment status 3 register (Register 3.52) 260
45.2.3.25.1 Lane 7 aligned (3.52.7) 261
45.2.3.25.2 Lane 6 aligned (3.52.6) 261
45.2.3.25.3 Lane 5 aligned (3.52.5) 261
45.2.3.25.4 Lane 4 aligned (3.52.4) 262
45.2.3.25.5 Lane 3 aligned (3.52.3) 262
45.2.3.25.6 Lane 2 aligned (3.52.2) 262
45.2.3.25.7 Lane 1 aligned (3.52.1) 262
45.2.3.25.8 Lane 0 aligned (3.52.0) 262
45.2.3.26 Multi-lane BASE-R PCS alignment status 4 register (Register 3.53) 262
45.2.3.26.1 Lane 19 aligned (3.53.11) 263
45.2.3.26.2 Lane 18 aligned (3.53.10) 263
45.2.3.26.3 Lane 17 aligned (3.53.9) 263
45.2.3.26.4 Lane 16 aligned (3.53.8) 264
45.2.3.26.5 Lane 15 aligned (3.53.7) 264
45.2.3.26.6 Lane 14 aligned (3.53.6) 264
45.2.3.26.7 Lane 13 aligned (3.53.5) 264
45.2.3.26.8 Lane 12 aligned (3.53.4) 264
45.2.3.26.9 Lane 11 aligned (3.53.3) 264
45.2.3.26.10 Lane 10 aligned (3.53.2) 264
45.2.3.26.11 Lane 9 aligned (3.53.1) 264
45.2.3.26.12 Lane 8 aligned (3.53.0) 264
45.2.3.27 10P/2B capability register (3.60) 265
45.2.3.27.1 PAF available (3.60.12) 265
45.2.3.27.2 Remote PAF supported (3.60.11) 265
45.2.3.28 10P/2B PCS control register (Register 3.61) 265
45.2.3.28.1 MII receive during transmit (3.61.15) 266
45.2.3.28.2 TX_EN and CRS infer a collision (3.61.14). 266
45.2.3.28.3 PAF enable (3.61.0) 266
45.2.3.29 10P/2B PME available (Registers 3.62 and 3.63) 266
45.2.3.30 10P/2B PME aggregate registers (Registers 3.64 and 3.65). 267
45.2.3.31 10P/2B PAF RX error register (Register 3.66). 267
45.2.3.32 10P/2B PAF small fragments register (Register 3.67) 268
45.2.3.33 10P/2B PAF large fragments register (Register 3.68) 268
45.2.3.34 10P/2B PAF overflow register (Register 3.69). 268
45.2.3.35 10P/2B PAF bad fragments register (Register 3.70) 269
45.2.3.36 10P/2B PAF lost fragments register (Register 3.71) 269
45.2.3.37 10P/2B PAF lost starts of fragments register (Register 3.72). 269
45.2.3.38 10P/2B PAF lost ends of fragments register (Register 3.73) 270
45.2.3.39 10GBASE-PR and 10/1GBASE-PRX FEC ability register (Register 3.74) 270
45.2.3.40 10GBASE-PR and 10/1GBASE-PRX FEC control register (Register 3.75) 271
45.2.3.40.1 FEC enable error indication (3.75.1) 271
45.2.3.40.2 10 Gb/s FEC Enable (3.75.0) 271
45.2.3.41 10/1GBASE-PRX and 10GBASE-PR corrected FEC codewords counter
(Register 3.76, 3.77) 271
45.2.3.42 10/1GBASE-PRX and 10GBASE-PR uncorrected FEC codewords counter
(Register 3.78, 3.79) 272
45.2.3.43 10GBASE-PR and 10/1GBASE-PRX BER monitor timer control register
(Register 3.80) 272
45.2.3.44 10GBASE-PR and 10/1GBASE-PRX BER monitor status (Register 3.81) 273
45.2.3.44.1 10GBASE-PR and 10/1GBASE-PRX PCS high BER (3.81.0) 273
45.2.3.44.2 10GBASE-PR and 10/1GBASE-PRX PCS latched high BER (3.81.1). 273
45.2.3.45 10GBASE-PR and 10/1GBASE-PRX BER monitor threshold control
(Register 3.82) 273
45.2.3.46 BIP error counter lane 0 (Register 3.200). 274
45.2.3.47 BIP error counter, lanes 1 through 19 (Registers 3.201 through 3.219). 274
45.2.3.48 Lane 0 mapping register (Register 3.400) 274
45.2.3.49 Lanes 1 through 19 mapping registers (Registers 3.401 through 3.419) 274
45.2.3.50 1000BASE-H OAM transmit registers (Registers 3.500 through 3.508) 274
45.2.3.50.1 TXO_REQ (3.500.15). 275
45.2.3.50.2 TXO_PHYT (3.500.14) 275
45.2.3.50.3 TXO_MERT (3.500.13) 275
45.2.3.50.4 TXO_MSGT (3.500.12) 276
45.2.3.50.5 TXO_DATAx (Bits 3.500.11:0 and Registers 3.501 through 3.508). 276
45.2.3.51 1000BASE-H OAM receive registers (Registers 3.509 through 3.517). 276
45.2.3.51.1 RXO_VAL (3.509.15) 277
45.2.3.51.2 RXO_MSGT (3.509.12) 277
45.2.3.51.3 RXO_DATAx (Bits 3.509.11:0 and Registers 3.510 through 3.517). 277
45.2.3.52 1000BASE-H PCS control register (Register 3.518) 277
45.2.3.52.1 Operation mode (3.518.15:13) 278
45.2.3.52.2 Loopback mode (3.518.12:10) 278
45.2.3.52.3 1000BASE-H OAM enable (3.518.1). 278
45.2.3.52.4 EEE enable (3.518.0) 278
45.2.3.53 1000BASE-H PCS status 1 register (Register 3.519). 278
45.2.3.53.1 Local receiver status (3.519.15) 279
45.2.3.53.2 Remote receiver status (3.519.14) 279
45.2.3.53.3 Link status (3.519.13) 279
45.2.3.53.4 Local PHD reception status (3.519.12). 279
45.2.3.53.5 Remote PHD reception status (3.519.11) 280
45.2.3.53.6 PHD lock status (3.519.10). 280
45.2.3.53.7 THP lock status (3.519.9) 280
45.2.3.53.8 Tx Assert LPI received (3.519.8) 280
45.2.3.53.9 Rx Assert LPI generated (3.519.7) 280
45.2.3.53.10 Tx LPI indication (3.519.6) 280
45.2.3.53.11 Rx LPI indication (3.519.5) 280
45.2.3.53.12 Remote 1000BASE-H OAM ability (3.519.3) 280
45.2.3.53.13 Remote EEE ability (3.519.2). 280
45.2.3.53.14 1000BASE-H OAM ability (3.519.1). 281
45.2.3.53.15 EEE ability (3.519.0) 281
45.2.3.54.1 Local link margin (3.520.7:0) 281
45.2.3.55 1000BASE-H PCS status 3 register (Register 3.521). 281
45.2.3.55.1 Remote link margin (3.521.7:0) 282
45.2.3.56 1000BASE-H PCS status 4 register (Register 3.522). 282
45.2.3.57 PCS FEC symbol error counter lane 0 (Register 3.600, 3.601) 282
45.2.3.58 PCS FEC symbol error counter lane 1 through 15 (Registers 3.602 through 3.631) 282
45.2.3.59 PCS FEC control register (Register 3.800). 283
45.2.3.59.1 PCS FEC degraded SER enable (3.800.2) 283
45.2.3.59.2 PCS FEC bypass indication enable (3.800.1) 283
45.2.3.60 PCS FEC status register (Register 3.801). 283
45.2.3.60.1 Local degraded SER received (3.801.6) 284
45.2.3.60.2 Remote degraded SER received (3.801.5) 284
45.2.3.60.3 PCS FEC degraded SER (3.801.4) 284
45.2.3.60.4 PCS FEC degraded SER ability (3.801.3) 284
45.2.3.60.5 PCS FEC high SER (3.801.2). 284
45.2.3.60.6 PCS FEC bypass indication ability (3.801.1) 284
45.2.3.61 PCS FEC corrected codewords counter (Register 3.802, 3.803) 285
45.2.3.62 PCS FEC uncorrected codewords counter (Register 3.804, 3.805) 285
45.2.3.63 PCS FEC degraded SER activate threshold register (Register 3.806, 3.807). 285
45.2.3.64 PCS FEC degraded SER deactivate threshold register (Register 3.808, 3.809). 286
45.2.3.65 PCS FEC degraded SER interval register (Register 3.810, 3.811). 286
45.2.3.66 TimeSync PCS capability (Register 3.1800) 286
45.2.3.67 TimeSync PCS transmit path data delay (Registers 3.1801, 3.1802, 3.1803, 3.1804) 287
45.2.3.68 TimeSync PCS receive path data delay (Registers 3.1805, 3.1806, 3.1807, 3.1808) 287
45.2.3.69 1000BASE-T1 PCS control register (Register 3.2304) 288
45.2.3.69.1 PCS reset (3.2304.15) 288
45.2.3.69.2 Loopback (3.2304.14). 288
45.2.3.70 1000BASE-T1 PCS status 1 register (Register 3.2305) 288
45.2.3.70.1 Tx LPI received (3.2305.11). 289
45.2.3.70.2 Rx LPI received (3.2305.10). 289
45.2.3.70.3 Tx LPI indication (3.2305.9) 289
45.2.3.70.4 Rx LPI indication (3.2305.8) 289
45.2.3.70.5 Fault (3.2305.7). 290
45.2.3.70.6 PCS receive link status (3.2305.2) 290
45.2.3.71 1000BASE-T1 PCS status 2 register (Register 3.2306) 290
45.2.3.71.1 Receive link status (3.2306.10). 290
45.2.3.71.2 PCS high BER (3.2306.9). 290
45.2.3.71.3 PCS block lock (3.2306.8) 291
45.2.3.71.4 Latched high BER (3.2306.7) 291
45.2.3.71.5 Latched block lock (3.2306.6) 291
45.2.3.71.6 BER count (3.2306.5:0) 291
45.2.3.72 1000BASE-T1 OAM transmit register (Register 3.2308) 291
45.2.3.72.1 1000BASE-T1 OAM message valid (3.2308.15). 292
45.2.3.72.2 Toggle value (3.2308.14) 292
45.2.3.72.3 1000BASE-T1 OAM message received (3.2308.13) 292
45.2.3.72.4 Received message toggle value (3.2308.12). 292
45.2.3.72.5 Message number (3.2308.11:8) 292
45.2.3.72.6 Ping received (3.2308.3). 293
45.2.3.72.7 Ping transmit (3.2308.2) 293
45.2.3.72.8 Local SNR (3.2308.1:0) 293
45.2.3.73 1000BASE-T1 OAM message register (Registers 3.2309 to 3.2312) 293
45.2.3.74 1000BASE-T1 OAM receive register (Register 3.2313) 294
45.2.3.74.1 Link partner 1000BASE-T1 OAM message valid (3.2313.15) 294
45.2.3.74.2 Link partner toggle value (3.2313.14) 294
45.2.3.74.3 Link partner message number (3.2313.11:8) 294
45.2.3.74.4 Link partner SNR (3.2313.1:0) 294
45.2.3.75 Link partner 1000BASE-T1 OAM message register (Registers 3.2314 to
3.2317) 295
45.2.4 PHY XS registers 295
45.2.4.1 PHY XS control 1 register (Register 4.0) 297
45.2.4.1.1 Reset (4.0.15) 298
45.2.4.1.2 Loopback (4.0.14). 298
45.2.4.1.3 Low power (4.0.11) 298
45.2.4.1.4 Clock stop enable (4.0.10) 299
45.2.4.1.5 XAUI stop enable (4.0.9) 299
45.2.4.1.6 Speed selection (4.0.13, 4.0.6, 4.0.5:2). 299
45.2.4.2 PHY XS status 1 register (Register 4.1) 299
45.2.4.2.1 Transmit LPI received (4.1.11). 300
45.2.4.2.2 Receive LPI received (4.1.10) 300
45.2.4.2.3 Transmit LPI indication (4.1.9) 300
45.2.4.2.4 Receive LPI indication (4.1.8) 300
45.2.4.2.5 Fault (4.1.7). 300
45.2.4.2.6 Clock stop capable (4.1.6) 301
45.2.4.2.7 PHY XS transmit link status (4.1.2) 301
45.2.4.2.8 Low-power ability (4.1.1). 301
45.2.4.3 PHY XS device identifier (Registers 4.2 and 4.3) 301
45.2.4.4 PHY XS speed ability (Register 4.4) 301
45.2.4.4.1 400G capable (4.4.9). 302
45.2.4.4.2 200G capable (4.4.8). 302
45.2.4.4.3 10G capable (4.4.0). 302
45.2.4.5 PHY XS devices in package (Registers 4.5 and 4.6) 302
45.2.4.6 PHY XS status 2 register (Register 4.8) 302
45.2.4.6.1 Device present (4.8.15:14) 302
45.2.4.6.2 Transmit fault (4.8.11) 303
45.2.4.6.3 Receive fault (4.8.10) 303
45.2.4.7 PHY XS package identifier (Registers 4.14 and 4.15) 303
45.2.4.8 EEE capability (Register 4.20) 303
45.2.4.8.1 PHY XS EEE supported (4.20.4) 303
45.2.4.8.2 XAUI stop capable (4.20.0) 304
45.2.4.9 EEE wake error counter (Register 4.22) 304
45.2.4.10 10G PHY XGXS lane status register (Register 4.24). 304
45.2.4.10.1 PHY XGXS transmit lane alignment status (4.24.12) 305
45.2.4.10.2 Pattern testing ability (4.24.11). 305
45.2.4.10.3 PHY XS loopback ability (4.24.10) 305
45.2.4.10.4 Lane 3 sync (4.24.3) 305
45.2.4.10.5 Lane 2 sync (4.24.2) 305
45.2.4.10.6 Lane 1 sync (4.24.1) 305
45.2.4.10.7 Lane 0 sync (4.24.0) 305
45.2.4.11 10G PHY XGXS test control register (Register 4.25) 305
45.2.4.11.1 10G PHY XGXS test-pattern enable (4.25.2). 305
45.2.4.11.2 10G PHY XGXS test-pattern select (4.25.1:0). 306
45.2.4.12 BASE-R PHY XS status 1 register (Register 4.32) 306
45.2.4.12.1 BASE-R PHY XS receive link status (4.32.12) 306
45.2.4.13 BASE-R PHY XS test-pattern control register (Register 4.42) 307
45.2.4.13.1 Transmit test-pattern enable (4.42.3) 307
45.2.4.14 Multi-lane BASE-R PHY XS alignment status 1 register (Register 4.50) 307
45.2.4.14.1 PHY XS lane alignment status (4.50.12) 307
45.2.4.15 Multi-lane BASE-R PHY XS alignment status 3 register (Register 4.52) 308
45.2.4.15.1 Lane 7 aligned (4.52.7) 308
45.2.4.15.2 Lane 6 aligned (4.52.6) 308
45.2.4.15.3 Lane 5 aligned (4.52.5) 309
45.2.4.15.4 Lane 4 aligned (4.52.4) 309
45.2.4.15.5 Lane 3 aligned (4.52.3) 309
45.2.4.15.6 Lane 2 aligned (4.52.2) 309
45.2.4.15.7 Lane 1 aligned (4.52.1) 309
45.2.4.15.8 Lane 0 aligned (4.52.0) 309
45.2.4.16 Multi-lane BASE-R PHY XS alignment status 4 register (Register 4.53) 309
45.2.4.16.1 Lane 15 aligned (4.53.7) 309
45.2.4.16.2 Lane 14 aligned (4.53.6) 310
45.2.4.16.3 Lane 13 aligned (4.53.5) 310
45.2.4.16.4 Lane 12 aligned (4.53.4) 310
45.2.4.16.5 Lane 11 aligned (4.53.3) 310
45.2.4.16.6 Lane 10 aligned (4.53.2) 311
45.2.4.16.7 Lane 9 aligned (4.53.1) 311
45.2.4.16.8 Lane 8 aligned (4.53.0) 311
45.2.4.17 PHY XS lane mapping, lane 0 register (Register 4.400) 311
45.2.4.18 PHY XS lane mapping, lane 1 through lane 15 registers (Registers 4.401 through 4.415). 311
45.2.4.19 PHY XS FEC symbol error counter lane 0 (Register 4.600, 4.601). 311
45.2.4.20 PHY XS FEC symbol error counter lane 1 through 15 (Registers 4.602
through 4.631). 312
45.2.4.21 PHY XS FEC control register (Register 4.800) 312
45.2.4.21.1 PHY XS FEC degraded SER enable (4.800.2). 312
45.2.4.21.2 PHY XS FEC bypass indication enable (4.800.1) 312
45.2.4.22 PHY XS FEC status register (Register 4.801) 313
45.2.4.22.1 Remote degraded SER received (4.801.5) 313
45.2.4.22.2 PHY XS FEC degraded SER (4.801.4) 313
45.2.4.22.3 PHY XS FEC degraded SER ability (4.801.3) 314
45.2.4.22.4 PHY XS FEC high SER (4.801.2) 314
45.2.4.22.5 PHY XS FEC bypass indication ability (4.801.1) 314
45.2.4.23 PHY XS FEC corrected codewords counter (Register 4.802, 4.803). 314
45.2.4.24 PHY XS FEC uncorrected codewords counter (Register 4.804, 4.805). 314
45.2.4.25 PHY XS FEC degraded SER activate threshold register (Register 4.806, 4.807) 315
45.2.4.26 PHY XS FEC degraded SER deactivate threshold register (Register 4.808, 4.809) 315
45.2.4.27 PHY XS FEC degraded SER interval register (Register 4.810, 4.811) 316
45.2.4.28 TimeSync PHY XS capability (Register 4.1800) 316
45.2.4.29 TimeSync PHY XS transmit path data delay (Registers 4.1801, 4.1802,
4.1803, 4.1804) 316
45.2.4.30 TimeSync PHY XS receive path data delay (Registers 4.1805, 4.1806, 4.1807, 4.1808) 317
45.2.5 DTE XS registers 318
45.2.5.1 DTE XS control 1 register (Register 5.0) 319
45.2.5.1.1 Reset (5.0.15) 320
45.2.5.1.2 Loopback (5.0.14). 320
45.2.5.1.3 Low power (5.0.11) 321
45.2.5.1.4 Clock stop enable (5.0.10) 321
45.2.5.1.5 XAUI stop enable (5.0.9) 321
45.2.5.1.6 Speed selection (5.0.13, 5.0.6, 5.0.5:2). 321
45.2.5.2 DTE XS status 1 register (Register 5.1) 321
45.2.5.2.1 Transmit LPI received (5.1.11). 321
45.2.5.2.2 Receive LPI received (5.1.10) 322
45.2.5.2.3 Transmit LPI indication (5.1.9) 322
45.2.5.2.4 Receive LPI indication (5.1.8) 322
45.2.5.2.5 Fault (5.1.7). 323
45.2.5.2.6 Clock stop capable (5.1.6) 323
45.2.5.2.7 DTE XS receive link status (5.1.2) 323
45.2.5.2.8 Low-power ability (5.1.1). 323
45.2.5.3 DTE XS device identifier (Registers 5.2 and 5.3) 323
45.2.5.4 DTE XS speed ability (Register 5.4) 323
45.2.5.4.1 400G capable (5.4.9). 324
45.2.5.4.2 200G capable (5.4.8). 324
45.2.5.4.3 10G capable (5.4.0). 324
45.2.5.5 DTE XS devices in package (Registers 5.5 and 5.6) 324
45.2.5.6 DTE XS status 2 register (Register 5.8) 324
45.2.5.6.1 Device present (5.8.15:14) 325
45.2.5.6.2 Transmit fault (5.8.11) 325
45.2.5.6.3 Receive fault (5.8.10) 325
45.2.5.7 DTE XS package identifier (Registers 5.14 and 5.15) 325
45.2.5.8 EEE capability (Register 5.20) 325
45.2.5.8.1 PHY XS EEE supported (5.20.4) 326
45.2.5.8.2 XAUI stop capable (5.20.0) 326
45.2.5.9 EEE wake error counter (Register 5.22) 326
45.2.5.10 10G DTE XGXS lane status register (Register 5.24) 326
45.2.5.10.1 DTE XGXS receive lane alignment status (5.24.12) 327
45.2.5.10.2 Pattern testing ability (5.24.11). 327
45.2.5.10.3 Ignored (5.24.10) 327
45.2.5.10.4 Lane 3 sync (5.24.3) 327
45.2.5.10.5 Lane 2 sync (5.24.2) 327
45.2.5.10.6 Lane 1 sync (5.24.1) 327
45.2.5.10.7 Lane 0 sync (5.24.0) 327
45.2.5.11 10G DTE XGXS test control register (Register 5.25) 327
45.2.5.11.1 10G DTE XGXS test-pattern enable (5.25.2). 327
45.2.5.11.2 10G DTE XGXS test-pattern select (5.25.1:0) 328
45.2.5.12 BASE-R DTE XS status 1 register (Register 5.32) 328
45.2.5.12.1 BASE-R DTE XS receive link status (5.32.12) 328
45.2.5.13 BASE-R DTE XS test-pattern control register (Register 5.42) 329
45.2.5.13.1 Transmit test-pattern enable (5.42.3) 329
45.2.5.14 Multi-lane BASE-R DTE XS alignment status 1 register (Register 5.50) 329
45.2.5.14.1 DTE XS lane alignment status (5.50.12) 329
45.2.5.15 Multi-lane BASE-R DTE XS alignment status 3 register (Register 5.52) 330
45.2.5.15.1 Lane 7 aligned (5.52.7) 330
45.2.5.15.2 Lane 6 aligned (5.52.6) 330
45.2.5.15.3 Lane 5 aligned (5.52.5) 331
45.2.5.15.4 Lane 4 aligned (5.52.4) 331
45.2.5.15.5 Lane 3 aligned (5.52.3) 331
45.2.5.15.6 Lane 2 aligned (5.52.2) 331
45.2.5.15.7 Lane 1 aligned (5.52.1) 331
45.2.5.15.8 Lane 0 aligned (5.52.0) 331
45.2.5.16 Multi-lane BASE-R DTE XS alignment status 4 register (Register 5.53) 331
45.2.5.16.1 Lane 15 aligned (5.53.7) 331
45.2.5.16.2 Lane 14 aligned (5.53.6) 332
45.2.5.16.3 Lane 13 aligned (5.53.5) 332
45.2.5.16.4 Lane 12 aligned (5.53.4) 332
45.2.5.16.5 Lane 11 aligned (5.53.3) 332
45.2.5.16.6 Lane 10 aligned (5.53.2) 333
45.2.5.16.7 Lane 9 aligned (5.53.1) 333
45.2.5.16.8 Lane 8 aligned (5.53.0) 333
45.2.5.17 DTE XS lane mapping, lane 0 register (Register 5.400) 333
45.2.5.18 DTE XS lane mapping, lane 1 through lane 15 registers (Registers 5.401 through 5.415). 333
45.2.5.19 DTE XS FEC symbol error counter lane 0 (Register 5.600, 5.601) 333
45.2.5.20 DTE XS FEC symbol error counter lane 1 through 15 (Registers 5.602
through 5.631). 334
45.2.5.21 DTE XS FEC control register (Register 5.800) 334
45.2.5.21.1 DTE XS FEC degraded SER enable (5.800.2) 334
45.2.5.21.2 DTE XS FEC bypass indication enable (5.800.1) 334
45.2.5.22 DTE XS FEC status register (Register 5.801) 335
45.2.5.22.1 Local degraded SER received (5.801.6) 335
45.2.5.22.2 Remote degraded SER received (5.801.5) 335
45.2.5.22.3 DTE XS FEC degraded SER (5.801.4). 335
45.2.5.22.4 DTE XS FEC degraded SER ability (5.801.3) 336
45.2.5.22.5 DTE XS FEC high SER (5.801.2) 336
45.2.5.22.6 DTE XS FEC bypass indication ability (5.801.1) 336
45.2.5.23 DTE XS FEC corrected codewords counter (Register 5.802, 5.803) 336
45.2.5.24 DTE XS FEC uncorrected codewords counter (Register 5.804, 5.805) 336
45.2.5.25 DTE XS FEC degraded SER activate threshold register (Register 5.806, 5.807) 337
45.2.5.26 DTE XS FEC degraded SER deactivate threshold register (Register 5.808, 5.809) 337
45.2.5.27 DTE XS FEC degraded SER interval register (Register 5.810, 5.811) 337
45.2.5.28 TimeSync DTE XS capability (Register 5.1800) 338
45.2.5.29 TimeSync DTE XS transmit path data delay (Registers 5.1801, 5.1802,
5.1803, 5.1804) 338
45.2.5.30 TimeSync DTE XS receive path data delay (Registers 5.1805, 5.1806, 5.1807, 5.1808) 339
45.2.6 TC registers. 340
45.2.6.1 TC control register (Register 6.0) 341
45.2.6.1.1 Reset (6.0.15) 341
45.2.6.1.2 Speed selection (6.0.13, 6.0.6, 6.0.5:2). 342
45.2.6.2 TC device identifier (Registers 6.2 and 6.3). 342
45.2.6.3 TC speed ability (Register 6.4) 342
45.2.6.3.1 10PASS-TS/2BASE-TL capable (6.4.1) 342
45.2.6.4 TC devices in package registers (Registers 6.5, 6.6) 342
45.2.6.5 TC package identifier registers (Registers 6.14, 6.15) 343
45.2.6.6 10P/2B aggregation discovery control register (Register 6.16) 343
45.2.6.6.1 Discovery operation (6.16.1:0) 343
45.2.6.7 10P/2B aggregation and discovery status register (Register 6.17) 344
45.2.6.7.1 Link partner aggregate operation result (6.17.1) 344
45.2.6.7.2 Discovery operation result (6.17.0) 344
45.2.6.8 10P/2B aggregation discovery code (Registers 6.18, 6.19, 6.20). 345
45.2.6.9 10P/2B link partner PME aggregate control register (Register 6.21). 345
45.2.6.9.1 Link partner aggregate operation (6.21.1:0) 345
45.2.6.10 10P/2B link partner PME aggregate data (Registers 6.22, 6.23) 346
45.2.6.11 10P/2B TC CRC error register (Register 6.24). 346
45.2.6.12 10P/2B TPS-TC coding violations counter (Registers 6.25, 6.26). 347
45.2.6.13 10P/2B TC indications register (Register 6.27) 347
45.2.6.13.1 Local TC synchronized (6.27.8) 347
45.2.6.13.2 Remote TC synchronized (6.27.0) 348
45.2.6.14 TimeSync TC capability (Register 6.1800) 348
45.2.6.15 TimeSync TC transmit path data delay (Registers 6.1801, 6.1802, 6.1803, 6.1804) 348
45.2.6.16 TimeSync TC receive path data delay (Registers 6.1805, 6.1806, 6.1807, 6.1808) 348
45.2.7 Auto-Negotiation registers 349
45.2.7.1 AN control register (Register 7.0) 350
45.2.7.1.1 AN reset (7.0.15) 351
45.2.7.1.2 Extended Next Page control (7.0.13) 351
45.2.7.1.3 Auto-Negotiation enable (7.0.12) 351
45.2.7.1.4 Restart Auto-Negotiation (7.0.9) 351
45.2.7.2 AN status (Register 7.1) 351
45.2.7.2.1 Parallel detection fault (7.1.9). 352
45.2.7.2.2 Extended Next Page status (7.1.7) 352
45.2.7.2.3 Page received (7.1.6) 352
45.2.7.2.4 Auto-Negotiation complete (7.1.5). 352
45.2.7.2.5 Remote fault (7.1.4) 353
45.2.7.2.6 Auto-Negotiation ability (7.1.3) 353
45.2.7.2.7 Link status (7.1.2) 353
45.2.7.2.8 Link partner Auto-Negotiation ability (7.1.0) 353
45.2.7.3 Auto-Negotiation device identifier (Registers 7.2 and 7.3) 353
45.2.7.4 AN devices in package (Registers 7.5 and 7.6) 353
45.2.7.5 AN package identifier (Registers 7.14 and 7.15) 353
45.2.7.6 AN advertisement register (7.16, 7.17, and 7.18). 354
45.2.7.7 AN LP Base Page ability register (7.19, 7.20, and 7.21) 355
45.2.7.8 AN XNP transmit register (7.22, 7.23, and 7.24) 355
45.2.7.9 AN LP XNP ability register (7.25, 7.26, and 7.27) 356
45.2.7.10 MultiGBASE-T AN control 1 register (Register 7.32). 357
45.2.7.10.1 MASTER-SLAVE manual config enable (7.32.15). 358
45.2.7.10.2 MASTER-SLAVE config value (7.32.14) 358
45.2.7.10.3 Port type (7.32.13) 358
45.2.7.10.4 10GBASE-T capability (7.32.12) 358
45.2.7.10.5 40GBASE-T capability (7.32.11) 358
45.2.7.10.6 25GBASE-T capability (7.32.10) 358
45.2.7.10.7 25GBASE-T Fast retrain ability (7.32.9) 358
45.2.7.10.8 5GBASE-T capability (7.32.8) 359
45.2.7.10.9 2.5GBASE-T capability (7.32.7) 359
45.2.7.10.10 5GBASE-T Fast retrain ability (7.32.6) 359
45.2.7.10.11 2.5GBASE-T Fast retrain ability (7.32.5). 359
45.2.7.10.12 40GBASE-T Fast retrain ability (7.32.3) 359
45.2.7.10.13 10GBASE-T LD PMA training reset request (7.32.2) 359
45.2.7.10.14 10GBASE-T Fast retrain ability (7.32.1) 359
45.2.7.10.15 10GBASE-T LD loop timing ability (7.32.0). 359
45.2.7.11 MultiGBASE-T AN status 1 register (Register 7.33). 360
45.2.7.11.1 MASTER-SLAVE configuration fault (7.33.15) 361
45.2.7.11.2 MASTER-SLAVE configuration resolution (7.33.14). 361
45.2.7.11.3 Local receiver status (7.33.13) 361
45.2.7.11.4 Remote receiver status (7.33.12) 361
45.2.7.11.5 Link partner 10GBASE-T capability (7.33.11) 361
45.2.7.11.6 Link partner loop timing ability (7.33.10) 362
45.2.7.11.7 10GBASE-T Link partner PMA training reset request (7.33.9). 362
45.2.7.11.8 Link partner 40GBASE-T capability (7.33.8) 362
45.2.7.11.9 Link partner 25GBASE-T capability (7.33.7) 362
45.2.7.11.10 Link partner 5GBASE-T capability (7.33.6) 362
45.2.7.11.11 Link partner 2.5GBASE-T capability (7.33.5) 362
45.2.7.11.12 5GBASE-T Fast retrain ability (7.33.4) 362
45.2.7.11.13 2.5GBASE-T Fast retrain ability (7.33.3). 362
45.2.7.11.14 25GBASE-T Fast retrain ability (7.33.2) 363
45.2.7.11.15 10GBASE-T Fast retrain ability (7.33.1) 363
45.2.7.11.9 40GBASE-T Fast retrain ability (7.33.0) 363
45.2.7.12 Backplane Ethernet, BASE-R copper status (Register 7.48) 363
45.2.7.12.1 BASE-R FEC negotiated (7.48.4). 364
45.2.7.12.2 RS-FEC negotiated (7.48.7) 364
45.2.7.12.3 Negotiated Port Type (7.48.1, 7.48.2, 7.48.3, 7.48.5, 7.48.6, 7.48.8,
7.48.9, 7.48.10, 7.48.11, 7.48.12, 7.48.13) 364
45.2.7.12.4 Backplane Ethernet, BASE-R copper AN ability (7.48.0) 364
45.2.7.13 EEE advertisement 1 (Register 7.60) 364
45.2.7.13.1 25GBASE-R EEE supported (7.60.14). 366
45.2.7.13.2 100GBASE-CR4 EEE supported (7.60.13) 366
45.2.7.13.3 100GBASE-KR4 EEE supported (7.60.12) 366
45.2.7.13.4 100GBASE-KP4 EEE supported (7.60.11) 367
45.2.7.13.5 100GBASE-CR10 EEE supported (7.60.10) 367
45.2.7.13.6 40GBASE-T EEE supported (7.60.9). 367
45.2.7.13.7 40GBASE-CR4 EEE supported (7.60.8) 367
45.2.7.13.8 40GBASE-KR4 EEE supported (7.60.7) 367
45.2.7.13.9 10GBASE-KR EEE supported (7.60.6) 367
45.2.7.13.10 10GBASE-KX4 EEE supported (7.60.5) 367
45.2.7.13.11 1000BASE-KX EEE supported (7.60.4) 367
45.2.7.13.12 10GBASE-T EEE supported (7.60.3). 367
45.2.7.13.13 1000BASE-T EEE supported (7.60.2) 367
45.2.7.13.14 100BASE-TX EEE supported (7.60.1). 368
45.2.7.13.15 25GBASE-T EEE supported (7.60.0). 368
45.2.7.14 EEE link partner ability 1 (Register 7.61) 368
45.2.7.15 EEE advertisement 2 (Register 7.62) 370
45.2.7.15.1 5GBASE-T EEE (7.62.1) 370
45.2.7.15.2 2.5GBASE-T EEE (7.62.0). 370
45.2.7.16 EEE link partner ability 2 (Register 7.63) 370
45.2.7.17 MultiGBASE-T AN control 2 (Register 7.64) 371
45.2.7.17.1 2.5GBASE-T THP Bypass Request 372
45.2.7.17.2 5GBASE-T THP Bypass Request. 372
45.2.7.17.3 25GBASE-T THP Bypass Request. 372
45.2.7.17.4 40GBASE-T THP Bypass Request. 372
45.2.7.18 MultiGBASE-T AN status 2 (Register 7.65) 372
45.2.7.18.1 2.5GBASE-T Link Partner THP Bypass Request 373
45.2.7.18.2 5GBASE-T Link Partner THP Bypass Request 373
45.2.7.18.3 25GBASE-T Link Partner THP Bypass Request 373
45.2.7.18.4 40GBASE-T Link Partner THP Bypass Request 373
45.2.7.19 BASE-T1 AN control register (Register 7.512) 373
45.2.7.19.1 AN reset (7.512.15) 373
45.2.7.19.2 Auto-Negotiation enable (7.512.12) 374
45.2.7.19.3 Restart Auto-Negotiation (7.512.9) 374
45.2.7.20 BASE-T1 AN status (Register 7.513). 375
45.2.7.20.1 Page received (7.513.6) 375
45.2.7.20.2 Auto-Negotiation complete (7.513.5). 375
45.2.7.20.3 Remote fault (7.513.4) 375
45.2.7.20.4 Auto-Negotiation ability (7.513.3) 376
45.2.7.20.5 Link status (7.513.2) 376
45.2.7.21 BASE-T1 AN advertisement register (Registers 7.514, 7.515, and 7.516) 376
45.2.7.22 BASE-T1 AN LP Base Page ability register (Registers 7.517, 7.518, and 7.519) 377
45.2.7.23 BASE-T1 AN Next Page transmit register (Registers 7.520, 7.521, and 7.522) 377
45.2.7.24 BASE-T1 AN LP Next Page ability register (Registers 7.523, 7.524, and 7.525) 378
45.2.8 OFDM PMA/PMD registers. 379
45.2.8.1 10GPASS-XR DS OFDM channel ID register (Register 12.0) 379
45.2.8.1.1 DS OFDM channel ID (12.0.2:0) 379
45.2.8.2 10GPASS-XR DS profile descriptor control 1 through 1023 (Registers 12.1 through 12.1023). 379
45.2.8.2.1 DS modulation type SC7 (12.1.15:12) 380
45.2.8.2.2 DS modulation type SC6 (12.1.11:8) 380
45.2.8.2.3 DS modulation type SC5 (12.1.7:4) 380
45.2.8.2.4 DS modulation type SC4 (12.1.3:0) 380
45.2.8.3 10GPASS-XR US profile descriptor control 0 through 1023 registers (Registers 12.1024 through 12.2047). 380
45.2.8.3.1 US modulation type SC3 (12.1024.15:12) 381
45.2.8.3.2 US modulation type SC2 (12.1024.11:8) 381
45.2.8.3.3 US modulation type SC1 (12.1024.7:4) 381
45.2.8.3.4 US modulation type SC0 (12.1024.3:0) 381
45.2.8.4 10GPASS-XR US pre-equalizer coefficients 0 through 4095 (Registers 12.2048 through 12.10239). 381
45.2.8.4.1 Real pre-equalizer coefficient SC0 (12.2048.15:0) 382
45.2.8.4.2 Imaginary pre-equalizer coefficient SC0 (12.2049.15:0) 382
45.2.8.5 10GPASS-XR receive MER control registers (Registers 12.10240 and
12.10241) 382
45.2.8.5.1 MER measurement valid (12.10240.3). 383
45.2.8.5.2 Receive MER Channel ID (12.10240.2:0) 383
45.2.8.5.3 Receive MER CNU ID (12.10241.14:0) 383
45.2.8.6 10GPASS-XR receive MER measurement registers (Registers 12.10242 through 12.12287) 383
45.2.8.6.1 Receive MER SC5 (12.10242.15:8) 383
45.2.8.6.2 Receive MER SC4 (12.10242.7:0) 384
45.2.9 Power Unit Registers 384
45.2.9.1 PoDL PSE Control register (Register 13.0) 384
45.2.9.1.1 Enable power classification (13.0.1). 384
45.2.9.1.2 PSE Enable (13.0.0) 384
45.2.9.2 PoDL PSE Status 1 register (Register 13.1) 384
45.2.9.2.1 Power Denied (13.1.15) 385
45.2.9.2.2 Valid Signature (13.1.14) 386
45.2.9.2.3 Invalid Signature (13.1.13) 386
45.2.9.2.4 Class Timeout (13.1.12) 386
45.2.9.2.5 Overload (13.1.11) 386
45.2.9.2.6 MFVS Absent (13.1.10) 386
45.2.9.2.7 PSE Type (13.1.9:7) 386
45.2.9.2.8 PD Class (13.1.6:3). 386
45.2.9.2.9 PSE Status (13.1.2:0) 386
45.2.9.3 PoDL PSE Status 2 register (Register 13.2) 387
45.2.9.3.1 Invalid Class (13.2.15) 387
45.2.9.3.2 PD Type (13.2.2:0) 387
45.2.10 Clause 22 extension registers 387
45.2.10.1 Clause 22 extension devices in package registers (Registers 29.5, 29.6). 388
45.2.10.2 FEC capability register (Register 29.7) 388
45.2.10.2.1 FEC capable (29.7.0) 388
45.2.10.3 FEC control register (Register 29.8). 388
45.2.10.3.1 FEC enable (29.8.0) 388
45.2.10.4 FEC buffer head coding violation counter (Register 29.9). 389
45.2.10.5 FEC corrected blocks counter (Register 29.10) 389
45.2.10.6 FEC uncorrected blocks counter (Register 29.11) 389
45.2.11 Vendor specific MMD 1 registers 390
45.2.11.1 Vendor specific MMD 1 device identifier (Registers 30.2 and 30.3). 390
45.2.11.2 Vendor specific MMD 1 status register (Register 30.8). 390
45.2.11.2.1 Device present (30.8.15:14) 391
45.2.11.3 Vendor specific MMD 1 package identifier (Registers 30.14 and 30.15) 391
45.2.12 Vendor specific MMD 2 registers 391
45.2.12.1 Vendor specific MMD 2 device identifier (Registers 31.2 and 31.3). 391
45.2.12.2 Vendor specific MMD 2 status register (Register 31.8). 392
45.2.12.2.1 Device present (31.8.15:14) 392
45.2.12.3 Vendor specific MMD 2 package identifier (Registers 31.14 and 31.15) 392
45.3 Management frame structure 392
45.3.1 IDLE (idle condition) 393
45.3.2 PRE (preamble). 393
45.3.3 ST (start of frame). 393
45.3.4 OP (operation code) 393
45.3.5 PRTAD (port address) 394
45.3.6 DEVAD (device address) 394
45.3.7 TA (turnaround) 394
45.3.8 ADDRESS / DATA 394
45.4 Electrical interface 394
45.4.1 Electrical specification 394
45.4.2 Timing specification 395
45.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 45, Management Data Input/Output (MDIO) interface 397
45.5.1 Introduction. 397
45.5.2 Identification. 397
45.5.2.1 Implementation identification 397
45.5.2.2 Protocol summary 397
45.5.2.3 Major capabilities/options 398
45.5.3 PICS proforma tables for the Management Data Input Output (MDIO) interface. 398
45.5.3.1 MDIO signal functional specifications 398
45.5.3.2 PMA/PMD MMD options 399
45.5.3.3 PMA/PMD management functions. 400
45.5.3.4 WIS options 409
45.5.3.5 WIS management functions 410
45.5.3.6 PCS options 413
45.5.3.7 PCS management functions 414
45.5.3.8 Auto-Negotiation options 423
45.5.3.9 Auto-Negotiation management functions. 424
45.5.3.10 PHY XS options 430
45.5.3.11 PHY XS management functions 430
45.5.3.12 DTE XS options 432
45.5.3.13 DTE XS management functions 432
45.5.3.14 OFDM management functions 433
45.5.3.15 Power over Data Lines (PoDL) of Single Balanced Twisted-Pair Ethernet management functions 434
45.5.3.16 Vendor specific MMD 1 management functions 435
45.5.3.17 Vendor specific MMD 2 management functions 435
45.5.3.18 Management frame structure 436
45.5.3.19 TC management functions 437
45.5.3.20 Clause 22 extension options 438
45.5.3.21 Clause 22 extension management functions. 438
45.5.3.22 Signal timing characteristics. 439
45.5.3.23 Electrical characteristics 439
46. Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) and 10 Gigabit Media Independent Interface (XGMII) 441
46.1 Overview. 441
46.1.1 Summary of major concepts 442
46.1.2 Application 442
46.1.3 Rate of operation. 442
46.1.4 Delay constraints. 443
46.1.5 Allocation of functions 443
46.1.6 XGMII structure 443
46.1.7 Mapping of XGMII signals to PLS service primitives 444
46.1.7.1 Mapping of PLS_DATA.request 444
46.1.7.1.1 Function 444
46.1.7.1.2 Semantics of the service primitive 444
46.1.7.1.3 When generated 445
46.1.7.1.4 Effect of receipt 445
46.1.7.2 Mapping of PLS_DATA.indication 445
46.1.7.2.1 Function 445
46.1.7.2.2 Semantics of the service primitive. 445
46.1.7.2.3 When generated 445
46.1.7.2.4 Effect of receipt 446
46.1.7.3 Mapping of PLS_CARRIER.indication 446
46.1.7.4 Mapping of PLS_SIGNAL.indication 446
46.1.7.5 Mapping of PLS_DATA_VALID.indication 446
46.1.7.5.1 Function 446
46.1.7.5.2 Semantics of the service primitive 446
46.1.7.5.3 When generated 446
46.1.7.5.4 Effect of receipt 446
46.2 XGMII data stream 447
46.2.1 Inter-frame . 447
46.2.2 Preamble and start of frame delimiter 447
46.2.3 Data . 448
46.2.4 End of frame delimiter 448
46.2.5 Definition of Start of Packet and End of Packet Delimiters 448
46.3 XGMII functional specifications 448
46.3.1 Transmit 449
46.3.1.1 TX_CLK (transmit clock). 449
46.3.1.2 TXC<3:0> (transmit control) 449
46.3.1.3 TXD<31:0> (transmit data) 449
46.3.1.4 Start control character alignment 451
46.3.1.5 Transmit direction LPI transition 452
46.3.2 Receive 453
46.3.2.1 RX_CLK (receive clock) 453
46.3.2.2 RXC<3:0> (receive control) 453
46.3.2.3 RXD (receive data) 455
46.3.2.4 Receive direction LPI transition 455
46.3.3 Error and fault handling 456
46.3.3.1 Response to error indications by the XGMII 456
46.3.3.2 Conditions for generation of transmit Error control characters. 456
46.3.3.3 Response to received invalid frame sequences. 456
46.3.4 Link fault signaling. 457
46.3.4.1 Conventions 458
46.3.4.2 Variables and counters 458
46.3.4.3 State diagram 458
46.4 LPI assertion and detection. 459
46.4.1 LPI messages 460
46.4.2 Transmit LPI state diagram. 460
46.4.2.1 Variables and counters 461
46.4.3 Considerations for transmit system behavior 462
46.4.4 Considerations for receive system behavior 462
46.5 XGMII electrical characteristics. 462
46.6 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 46,
Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) and 10 Gigabit Media Independent Interface (XGMII) 464
46.6.1 Introduction. 464
46.6.2 Identification. 464
46.6.2.1 Implementation identification 464
46.6.2.2 Protocol summary 464
46.6.2.3 Major capabilities/options 465
46.6.3 PICS proforma tables for Reconciliation Sublayer and 10 Gigabit Media Independent Interface 465
46.6.3.1 General 465
46.6.3.2 Mapping of PLS service primitives 465
46.6.3.3 Data stream structure 466
46.6.3.4 LPI functions. 467
46.6.3.5 Link Interruption. 467
46.6.3.6 XGMII signal functional specifications 467
46.6.3.7 Link fault signaling state diagram 468
46.6.3.8 Electrical characteristics 469
47. XGMII Extender Sublayer (XGXS) and 10 Gigabit Attachment Unit Interface (XAUI) 470
47.1 Overview. 470
47.1.1 Summary of major concepts 471
47.1.2 Application 471
47.1.3 Rate of operation. 471
47.1.4 Allocation of functions 472
47.1.5 Global signal detect function 472
47.1.6 Global transmit disable function. 472
47.2 Functional specifications 472
47.2.1 PCS and PMA functionality 472
47.2.2 Delay constraints. 473
47.3 XAUI Electrical characteristics 473
47.3.1 Signal levels 473
47.3.2 Signal paths. 473
47.3.3 Driver characteristics 474
47.3.3.1 Load 474
47.3.3.2 Amplitude and swing 474
47.3.3.3 Transition time 475
47.3.3.4 Output impedance 475
47.3.3.5 Driver template and jitter 475
47.3.4 Receiver characteristics 476
47.3.4.1 Bit error ratio 476
47.3.4.2 Reference input signals. 476
47.3.4.3 Input signal amplitude 477
47.3.4.4 AC-coupling 477
47.3.4.5 Input impedance 477
47.3.4.6 Jitter tolerance. 477
47.3.4.7 EEE receiver timing 478
47.3.5 Interconnect characteristics. 478
47.3.5.1 Characteristic impedance 478
47.3.5.2 Connector impedance 478
47.4 Electrical measurement requirements. 479
47.4.1 Compliance interconnect definition 479
47.4.2 Eye template measurements 480
47.4.3 Jitter test requirements 481
47.4.3.1 Transmit jitter 481
47.4.3.2 Jitter tolerance. 481
47.5 Environmental specifications 481
47.6 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 47, XGMII
Extender (XGMII) and 10 Gigabit Attachment Unit Interface (XAUI) 482
47.6.1 Introduction. 482
47.6.2 Identification. 482
47.6.2.1 Implementation identification. 482
47.6.2.2 Protocol summary 482
47.6.3 Major capabilities/options. 483
47.6.4 PICS proforma tables for XGXS and XAUI 483
47.6.4.1 Compatibility considerations 483
47.6.4.2 XGXS and XAUI functions 483
47.6.4.3 Electrical characteristics 483
47.6.4.4 LPI functions. 484
48. Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) and Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, type 10GBASE-X 485
48.1 Overview. 485
48.1.1 Objectives 485
48.1.2 Relationship of 10GBASE-X to other standards 486
48.1.3 Summary of 10GBASE-X sublayers 486
48.1.3.1 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) 486
48.1.3.2 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer 487
48.1.3.3 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer 487
48.1.4 Rate of operation. 487
48.1.5 Allocation of functions 487
48.1.6 Inter-sublayer interfaces 488
48.1.7 Functional block diagram 488
48.1.8 Special symbols 489
48.2 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) 489
48.2.1 PCS service interface (XGMII) 489
48.2.2 Functions within the PCS 489
48.2.3 Use of code-groups 490
48.2.4 Ordered sets and special code-groups. 492
48.2.4.1 Data (/D/) 492
48.2.4.2 Idle (||I||) and Low Power Idle (||LPIDLE||) 494
48.2.4.2.1 Sync ||K|| 495
48.2.4.2.2 Align ||A|| 496
48.2.4.2.3 Skip ||R|| 496
48.2.4.3 Encapsulation 497
48.2.4.3.1 Start ||S|| 497
48.2.4.3.2 Terminate ||T|| 497
48.2.4.4 Error /E/ 497
48.2.4.5 Link status. 497
48.2.4.5.1 Sequence ||Q|| 498
48.2.5 Management function requirements 498
48.2.6 Detailed functions and state diagrams 499
48.2.6.1 State variables 499
48.2.6.1.1 Notation conventions 499
48.2.6.1.2 Constants. 500
48.2.6.1.3 Variables 501
48.2.6.1.4 Functions. 504
48.2.6.1.5 Counters 505
48.2.6.1.6 Timers 505
48.2.6.1.7 Messages. 506
48.2.6.2 State diagrams. 507
48.2.6.2.1 Transmit 507
48.2.6.2.2 Synchronization 507
48.2.6.2.3 Deskew 509
48.2.6.2.4 Receive 509
48.2.6.2.5 LPI state diagrams 509
48.2.6.2.6 LPI status and management 515
48.2.6.3 Initialization process 516
48.2.6.4 Link status reporting 516
48.2.6.4.1 Link status detection 516
48.2.6.4.2 Link status signaling 516
48.2.6.4.3 Link status messages. 516
48.2.7 Auto-Negotiation for Backplane Ethernet 516
48.3 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer 516
48.3.1 Functions within the PMA 517
48.3.1.1 PMA transmit process. 517
48.3.1.2 PMA receive process 517
48.3.2 Service interface 518
48.3.2.1 PMA_UNITDATA.request. 518
48.3.2.1.1 Semantics of the service primitive 518
48.3.2.1.2 When generated 518
48.3.2.1.3 Effect of receipt 518
48.3.2.2 PMA_UNITDATA.indication 518
48.3.2.2.1 Semantics of the service primitive 518
48.3.2.2.2 When generated 518
48.3.2.2.3 Effect of receipt 518
48.3.3 Loopback mode. 519
48.3.3.1 Receiver considerations 519
48.3.3.2 Transmitter considerations 519
48.3.4 Test functions 519
48.4 Compatibility considerations 519
48.5 Delay constraints. 519
48.6 Environmental specifications 520
48.7 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) and Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, type 10GBASE-X 521
48.7.1 Introduction. 521
48.7.2 Identification. 521
48.7.2.1 Implementation identification. 521
48.7.2.2 Protocol summary 521
48.7.3 Major capabilities/options. 522
48.7.4 PICS proforma tables for the PCS and PMA sublayer, type 10GBASE-X 522
48.7.4.1 Compatibility considerations 522
48.7.4.2 PCS functions 522
48.7.4.3 PMA functions 524
48.7.4.4 Interface functions 524
48.7.4.5 LPI functions. 524
49. Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) for 64B/66B, type 10GBASE-R 525
49.1 Overview. 525
49.1.1 Scope. 525
49.1.2 Objectives 525
49.1.3 Relationship of 10GBASE-R to other standards 525
49.1.4 Summary of 10GBASE-R and 10GBASE-W sublayers 526
49.1.4.1 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) 526
49.1.4.2 WAN Interface Sublayer (WIS) 527
49.1.4.3 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer 527
49.1.4.4 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer 527
49.1.4.5 Bit ordering across 10GBASE-R and 10GBASE-W sublayers 527
49.1.5 Inter-sublayer interfaces 528
49.1.6 Functional block diagram 529
49.2 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) 530
49.2.1 PCS service interface (XGMII) 530
49.2.2 Functions within the PCS 530
49.2.3 Use of blocks 531
49.2.4 64B/66B transmission code 531
49.2.4.1 Notation conventions 531
49.2.4.2 Transmission order 532
49.2.4.3 Block structure 532
49.2.4.4 Control codes 534
49.2.4.5 Ordered sets 534
49.2.4.6 Valid and invalid blocks 535
49.2.4.7 Idle (/I/) and Low Power Idle (/LI/) 535
49.2.4.8 Start (/S/). 536
49.2.4.9 Terminate (/T/) 536
49.2.4.10 ordered set (/O/) 536
49.2.4.11 Error (/E/) 536
49.2.5 Transmit process 537
49.2.6 Scrambler 537
49.2.7 Gearbox. 538
49.2.8 Test-pattern generators 538
49.2.9 Block synchronization 539
49.2.10 Descrambler 539
49.2.11 Receive process. 539
49.2.12 Test-pattern checker 540
49.2.13 Detailed functions and state diagrams 541
49.2.13.1 State diagram conventions 541
49.2.13.2 State variables 541
49.2.13.2.1 Constants. 541
49.2.13.2.2 Variables 541
49.2.13.2.3 Functions. 543
49.2.13.2.4 Counters 544
49.2.13.2.5 Timers 545
49.2.13.3 State diagrams. 546
49.2.13.3.1 LPI state diagrams 546
49.2.14 PCS Management 549
49.2.14.1 Status. 549
49.2.14.2 Counters 550
49.2.14.3 Test mode control 550
49.2.14.4 Loopback 550
49.2.15 Delay constraints. 550
49.2.16 Auto-Negotiation for Backplane Ethernet 551
49.3 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 49, Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) type 10GBASE-R. 555
49.3.1 Introduction. 555
49.3.2 Identification. 555
49.3.2.1 Implementation identification. 555
49.3.2.2 Protocol summary 555
49.3.3 Major capabilities/options. 556
49.3.4 PICS Proforma Tables for PCS, type 10GBASE-R 556
49.3.4.1 Coding rules 556
49.3.4.2 Scrambler and Descrambler 557
49.3.5 Test-pattern modes 557
49.3.5.1 Bit order 558
49.3.6 Management 558
49.3.6.1 State diagrams. 558
49.3.6.2 WIS 558
49.3.6.3 Loopback 559
49.3.6.4 Delay Constraints 559
49.3.6.5 Auto-Negotiation for Backplane Ethernet functions 559
49.3.6.6 LPI functions. 560
50. WAN Interface Sublayer (WIS), type 10GBASE-W 561
50.1 Overview. 561
50.1.1 Scope. 561
50.1.2 Objectives 562
50.1.3 Relationship to other sublayers. 563
50.1.4 Summary of functions. 563
50.1.5 Sublayer interfaces 564
50.1.6 Functional block diagram 564
50.1.7 Notational conventions 564
50.2 WIS Service Interface. 565
50.2.1 WIS_UNITDATA.request 565
50.2.1.1 Semantics of the service primitive 565
50.2.1.2 When generated 565
50.2.1.3 Effect of receipt 566
50.2.2 WIS_UNITDATA.indication 566
50.2.2.1 Semantics of the service primitive 566
50.2.2.2 When generated 566
50.2.2.3 Effect of receipt 566
50.2.3 WIS_SIGNAL.request 566
50.2.3.1 Semantics of the service primitive 566
50.2.3.2 When generated 567
50.2.3.3 Effect of receipt 567
50.2.4 WIS_SIGNAL.indication 567
50.2.4.1 Semantics of the service primitive 567
50.2.4.2 When generated 567
50.2.4.3 Effect of receipt 567
50.3 Functions within the WIS 567
50.3.1 Payload mapping and data-unit delineation 569
50.3.1.1 Transmit payload mapping 570
50.3.1.2 Receive payload mapping. 571
50.3.2 WIS frame generation. 571
50.3.2.1 Transmit Path Overhead insertion 572
50.3.2.2 Transmit Line Overhead insertion 573
50.3.2.3 Transmit Section Overhead insertion 574
50.3.2.4 Receive Path, Line, and Section Overhead extraction 575
50.3.2.5 Fault processing 576
50.3.3 Scrambling 577
50.3.3.1 Scrambler polynomial. 578
50.3.3.2 Scrambler bit ordering 578
50.3.4 Octet and frame delineation 578
50.3.5 Error propagation 578
50.3.5.1 Propagated errors 579
50.3.5.2 Error propagation timing 579
50.3.5.3 Loss of Code-group Delineation. 579
50.3.6 Mapping between WIS and PMA. 579
50.3.7 WIS data delay constraints 580
50.3.8 WIS test-pattern generator and checker 581
50.3.8.1 Square wave test pattern 581
50.3.8.2 PRBS31 test pattern 581
50.3.8.3 Mixed-frequency test pattern 582
50.3.8.3.1 Test Signal Structure (TSS) 583
50.3.8.3.2 Continuous Identical Digits 584
50.3.9 Loopback 584
50.3.10 Link status. 584
50.3.11 Management interface. 584
50.3.11.1 Management registers 585
50.3.11.2 WIS managed object class 585
50.3.11.3 Management support objects 585
50.4 Synchronization state diagram 586
50.4.1 State diagram variables. 586
50.4.1.1 Constants. 586
50.4.1.2 Variables 587
50.4.1.3 Functions. 587
50.4.1.4 Counters 588
50.4.2 State diagram 588
50.4.3 Parameter values 590
50.5 Environmental specifications 590
50.6 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 50, WAN Interface Sublayer (WIS), type 10GBASE-W 592
50.6.1 Introduction. 592
50.6.2 Identification. 592
50.6.2.1 Implementation identification. 592
50.6.2.2 Protocol summary 592
50.6.3 Major capabilities/options. 593
50.6.4 PICS proforma tables for the WAN Interface Sublayer (WIS), type 10GBASE-W 593
50.6.4.1 Compatibility considerations 593
50.6.4.2 WIS transmit functions 593
50.6.4.3 WIS receive functions. 594
50.6.4.4 State diagrams. 595
50.6.4.5 Error notification. 596
50.6.4.6 Management registers and functions 596
50.6.4.7 WIS test-pattern generator and checker 597
51. Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, type Serial. 598
51.1 Overview. 598
51.1.1 Scope. 598
51.1.2 Summary of functions. 598
51.2 PMA Service Interface 599
51.2.1 PMA_UNITDATA.request. 599
51.2.1.1 Semantics of the service primitive 599
51.2.1.2 When generated 599
51.2.1.3 Effect of receipt 600
51.2.2 PMA_UNITDATA.indication 600
51.2.2.1 Semantics of the service primitive 600
51.2.2.2 When generated 600
51.2.2.3 Effect of receipt 600
51.2.3 PMA_SIGNAL.indication 600
51.2.3.1 Semantics of the service primitive 600
51.2.3.2 When generated 600
51.2.3.3 Effect of receipt 600
51.2.4 PMA_RXMODE.request 601
51.2.4.1 Semantics of the service primitive 601
51.2.4.2 When generated 601
51.2.4.3 Effect of receipt 601
51.2.5 PMA_TXMODE.request 601
51.2.5.1 Semantics of the service primitive 601
51.2.5.2 When generated 601
51.2.5.3 Effect of receipt 601
51.2.6 PMA_ENERGY.indication. 601
51.2.6.1 Semantics of the service primitive 601
51.2.6.2 When generated 602
51.2.6.3 Effect of receipt 602
51.3 Functions within the PMA 602
51.3.1 PMA transmit function 602
51.3.2 PMA receive function. 602
51.3.3 Delay Constraints 602
51.4 Sixteen-Bit Interface (XSBI) 603
51.4.1 Required signals 604
51.4.2 Optional Signals 606
51.5 General electrical characteristics of the XSBI 607
51.5.1 DC characteristics 607
51.5.2 Valid signal levels. 607
51.5.3 Rise and fall time definition 608
51.5.4 Output load 608
51.6 XSBI transmit interface electrical characteristics. 608
51.6.1 XSBI transmit interface timing. 608
51.6.1.1 PMA client output timing 609
51.6.1.2 PMA input timing 610
51.6.2 XSBI PMA_TX_CLK and PMA_TXCLK_SRC Specification. 610
51.7 XSBI receive interface electrical characteristics 611
51.7.1 XSBI receive interface timing 611
51.7.1.1 PMA output timing 612
51.7.1.2 PMA client input timing 613
51.7.2 XSBI PMA_RX_CLK specification. 613
51.8 PMA loopback mode (optional) 613
51.9 Environmental specifications 614
51.10 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 51, Physical
Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, type Serial 615
51.10.1 Introduction. 615
51.10.2 Identification. 615
51.10.2.1 Implementation identification. 615
51.10.2.2 Protocol summary 615
51.10.3 Major capabilities/options. 616
51.10.4 PICS proforma tables for the PMA Interface Sublayer, type Serial. 616
51.10.4.1 Compatibility considerations 616
51.10.4.2 PMA transmit functions 616
51.10.4.3 PMA receive functions 617
51.10.4.4 PMA delay constraints 617
52. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 10GBASE-S (short wavelength serial), 10GBASE-L (long wavelength serial), and 10GBASE-E (extra long wavelength serial) 618
52.1 Overview. 618
52.1.1 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer service interface 619
52.1.1.1 PMD_UNITDATA.request. 619
52.1.1.1.1 Semantics of the service primitive 620
52.1.1.1.2 When generated 620
52.1.1.1.3 Effect of receipt 620
52.1.1.2 PMD_UNITDATA.indication 620
52.1.1.2.1 Semantics of the service primitive 620
52.1.1.2.2 When generated 620
52.1.1.2.3 Effect of receipt 620
52.1.1.3 PMD_SIGNAL.indication 620
52.1.1.3.1 Semantics of the service primitive 620
52.1.1.3.2 When generated 621
52.1.1.3.3 Effect of receipt 621
52.2 Delay constraints. 621
52.3 PMD MDIO function mapping. 621
52.4 PMD functional specifications 622
52.4.1 PMD block diagram 622
52.4.2 PMD Transmit function 622
52.4.3 PMD Receive function 622
52.4.4 PMD Signal Detect function. 622
52.4.5 PMD_reset function 623
52.4.6 PMD_fault function 623
52.4.7 PMD_global_transmit_disable function 623
52.4.8 PMD_transmit_fault function 624
52.4.9 PMD_receive_fault function. 624
52.5 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10GBASE-S. 624
52.5.1 10GBASE-S transmitter optical specifications. 625
52.5.2 10GBASE-S receive optical specifications 627
52.5.3 10GBASE-S link power budgets (informative) 627
52.6 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10GBASE-L 627
52.6.1 10GBASE-L transmitter optical specifications 628
52.6.2 10GBASE-L receive optical specifications 630
52.6.3 10GBASE-L link power budgets (informative) 630
52.7 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10GBASE-E 631
52.7.1 10GBASE-E transmitter optical specifications 632
52.7.2 10GBASE-E receive optical specifications 633
52.7.3 10GBASE-E link power budgets (informative) 633
52.8 Jitter specifications for 10GBASE-R and 10GBASE-W 633
52.8.1 Sinusoidal jitter for receiver conformance test 634
52.9 Optical measurement requirements 635
52.9.1 Test patterns 635
52.9.1.1 Test-pattern definition. 635
52.9.1.2 Square wave pattern definition 637
52.9.2 Center wavelength, spectral width, and side mode suppression ratio (SMSR) measurements 637
52.9.3 Average optical power measurements 637
52.9.4 Extinction ratio measurements 637
52.9.5 Optical modulation amplitude (OMA) test procedure 637
52.9.6 Relative intensity noise optical modulation amplitude (RINxOMA) measuring procedure 638
52.9.6.1 General test description 638
52.9.6.2 Component descriptions 638
52.9.6.3 Test Procedure 639
52.9.7 Transmitter optical waveform. 640
52.9.8 Receiver sensitivity measurements. 641
52.9.9 Stressed receiver conformance test. 642
52.9.9.1 Stressed receiver conformance test block diagram. 642
52.9.9.2 Parameter definitions 644
52.9.9.3 Stressed receiver conformance test signal characteristics and calibration 645
52.9.9.4 Stressed receiver conformance test procedure 646
52.9.10 Transmitter and dispersion penalty measurement 647
52.9.10.1 Reference transmitter requirements 647
52.9.10.2 Channel requirements 647
52.9.10.3 Reference receiver requirements 648
52.9.10.4 Test procedure. 648
52.9.11 Measurement of the receiver 3 dB electrical upper cutoff frequency. 649
52.10 Environmental specifications 650
52.10.1 General safety 650
52.10.2 Laser safety 650
52.10.3 Installation 650
52.11 Environment 650
52.11.1 Electromagnetic emission 650
52.11.2 Temperature, humidity, and handling. 651
52.12 PMD labeling requirements 651
52.13 Fiber optic cabling model 651
52.14 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling (channel) 652
52.14.1 Optical fiber and cable 652
52.14.2 Optical fiber connection 652
52.14.2.1 Connection insertion loss 652
52.14.2.2 Maximum discrete reflectance 653
52.14.3 10GBASE-E attenuator management 653
52.14.4 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI) requirements 654
52.15 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 52, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 10GBASE-S (short wavelength serial), 10GBASE-L (long wavelength serial), and 10GBASE-E (extra long wavelength serial) 655
52.15.1 Introduction. 655
52.15.2 Identification. 655
52.15.2.1 Implementation identification 655
52.15.2.2 Protocol summary 655
52.15.2.3 Major capabilities/options. 656
52.15.3 PICS proforma tables for Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and
baseband medium, types 10GBASE-R and 10GBASE-W. 657
52.15.3.1 PMD functional specifications 657
52.15.3.2 Management functions 657
52.15.3.3 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10GBASE-SR 658
52.15.3.4 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10GBASE-SW. 658
52.15.3.5 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10GBASE-LR 658
52.15.3.6 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10GBASE-LW. 659
52.15.3.7 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10GBASE-ER 659
52.15.3.8 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10GBASE-EW. 659
52.15.3.9 Optical measurement requirements 660
52.15.3.10 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling and MDI. 660
52.15.3.11 Environmental specifications 661
52.15.3.12 Environment 661
53. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 10GBASE-LX4. 662
53.1 Overview. 662
53.1.1 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) service interface 662
53.1.2 PMD_UNITDATA.request. 662
53.1.2.1 Semantics of the service primitive 663
53.1.2.2 When generated 663
53.1.2.3 Effect of Receipt 663
53.1.3 PMD_UNITDATA.indication 663
53.1.3.1 Semantics of the service primitive 663
53.1.3.2 When generated 664
53.1.3.3 Effect of receipt 664
53.1.4 PMD_SIGNAL.indication 664
53.1.4.1 Semantics of the service primitive 664
53.1.4.2 When generated 664
53.1.4.3 Effect of receipt 664
53.2 Delay constraints. 664
53.3 PMD MDIO function mapping. 664
53.4 PMD functional specifications 665
53.4.1 PMD block diagram 665
53.4.2 PMD transmit function 666
53.4.3 PMD receive function. 667
53.4.4 Global PMD signal detect function 667
53.4.5 PMD lane by lane signal detect function 667
53.4.6 PMD reset function. 668
53.4.7 Global PMD transmit disable function 668
53.4.8 PMD lane by lane transmit disable function. 668
53.4.9 PMD fault function 668
53.4.10 PMD transmit fault function (optional) 668
53.4.11 PMD receive fault function (optional) 668
53.5 Wavelength-division multiplexed-lane assignments 668
53.6 Operating ranges for 10GBASE-LX4 PMD. 668
53.7 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10GBASE-LX4 670
53.7.1 Transmitter optical specifications. 670
53.7.2 Receive optical specifications. 671
53.7.3 Worst case 10GBASE-LX4 link power budget and penalties (informative) 671
53.8 Jitter specifications for each lane of the 10GBASE-LX4 PMD 671
53.8.1 Transmit jitter specification 671
53.8.1.1 Channel requirements for transmit jitter testing 673
53.8.1.2 Test pattern requirements for transmit jitter testing 673
53.8.2 Receive jitter tolerance specification 673
53.8.2.1 Input jitter for receiver jitter test. 673
53.8.2.2 Added sinusoidal jitter for receiver jitter test 674
53.9 Optical measurement requirements 675
53.9.1 Wavelength range measurements 675
53.9.2 Optical power measurements 676
53.9.3 Source spectral window measurements 676
53.9.4 Extinction ratio measurements 676
53.9.5 Optical Modulation Amplitude (OMA) measurements 676
53.9.6 Relative Intensity Noise [RIN12(OMA)] 676
53.9.7 Transmitter optical waveform (transmit eye) 676
53.9.8 Transmit rise/fall characteristics. 678
53.9.9 Receive sensitivity measurements 678
53.9.10 Transmitter jitter conformance (per lane). 678
53.9.10.1 Block diagram and general description of test set up 678
53.9.10.2 Channel requirements for transmit jitter testing 679
53.9.10.3 Transmit jitter test procedure 680
53.9.11 Receive sensitivity measurements 680
53.9.12 Stressed receiver conformance test. 680
53.9.12.1 Block diagram of stressed receiver tolerance test set up 680
53.9.12.2 Stressed receiver conformance test procedure 681
53.9.12.3 Characterization of receiver input signal 681
53.9.12.4 Jitter tolerance test procedure 682
53.9.13 Measurement of the receiver 3 dB electrical upper cutoff frequency. 682
53.9.14 Conformance test signal at TP3 for receiver testing. 683
53.9.15 Receiver test suite for WDM conformance testing. 685
53.10 Environmental specifications 687
53.10.1 General safety 687
53.10.2 Laser safety 687
53.10.3 Installation 688
53.11 Environment 688
53.11.1 Electromagnetic emission 688
53.11.2 Temperature, humidity, and handling. 688
53.12 PMD labeling requirements 688
53.13 Fiber optic cabling model 689
53.14 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling (channel) 689
53.14.1 Optical fiber and cable 689
53.14.2 Optical fiber connection 690
53.14.2.1 Connection insertion loss 690
53.14.2.2 Connection return loss 691
53.14.3 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI) 691
53.15 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 53, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 10GBASE-LX4 692
53.15.1 Introduction. 692
53.15.2 Identification. 692
53.15.2.1 Implementation identification 692
53.15.2.2 Protocol summary 692
53.15.3 Major capabilities/options. 693
53.15.4 PICS proforma tables for 10GBASE-LX4 and baseband medium. 694
53.15.4.1 PMD Functional specifications. 694
53.15.4.2 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10GBASE-LX4 695
53.15.4.3 Management functions 695
53.15.4.4 Jitter specifications 696
53.15.4.5 Optical measurement requirements 697
53.15.4.6 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling 700
54. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 10GBASE-CX4 701
54.1 Overview. 701
54.2 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) service interface 702
54.3 Delay constraints. 702
54.4 PMD MDIO function mapping. 702
54.5 PMD functional specifications 702
54.5.1 Link block diagram. 702
54.5.2 PMD Transmit function 703
54.5.3 PMD Receive function 703
54.5.4 Global PMD signal detect function 703
54.5.5 PMD lane-by-lane signal detect function 704
54.5.6 Global PMD transmit disable function 704
54.5.7 PMD lane-by-lane transmit disable function 704
54.5.8 Loopback mode. 705
54.5.9 PMD fault function 705
54.5.10 PMD transmit fault function 705
54.5.11 PMD receive fault function. 705
54.6 MDI Electrical specifications for 10GBASE-CX4. 705
54.6.1 Signal levels 705
54.6.2 Signal paths. 706
54.6.3 Transmitter characteristics 706
54.6.3.1 Test fixtures 707
54.6.3.2 Test-fixture impedance 707
54.6.3.3 Signaling speed range 707
54.6.3.4 Output amplitude 708
54.6.3.5 Output return loss 709
54.6.3.6 Differential output template 710
54.6.3.7 Transition time 711
54.6.3.8 Transmit jitter 711
54.6.3.9 Transmit jitter test requirements 711
54.6.4 Receiver characteristics 712
54.6.4.1 Bit error ratio 712
54.6.4.2 Signaling speed range 712
54.6.4.3 AC-coupling 712
54.6.4.4 Input signal amplitude 712
54.6.4.5 Input return loss 713
54.7 Cable assembly characteristics 713
54.7.1 Characteristic impedance and reference impedance 714
54.7.2 Cable assembly insertion loss 714
54.7.3 Cable assembly return loss 715
54.7.4 Near-End Crosstalk (NEXT) 715
54.7.4.1 Differential Near-End Crosstalk 715
54.7.4.2 Multiple Disturber Near-End Crosstalk (MDNEXT) 716
54.7.5 Far-End Crosstalk (FEXT) 717
54.7.5.1 Equal Level Far-End Crosstalk (ELFEXT) loss 717
54.7.5.2 Multiple Disturber Equal Level Far-End Crosstalk (MDELFEXT) loss 717
54.7.6 Shielding 718
54.7.7 Crossover function 718
54.8 MDI specification 719
54.8.1 MDI connectors 719
54.8.2 Connector pin assignments 720
54.9 Environmental specifications 720
54.10 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 54, Physical
Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 10GBASE-CX4 721
54.10.1 Introduction. 721
54.10.2 Identification. 721
54.10.2.1 Implementation identification 721
54.10.2.2 Protocol summary 721
54.10.3 PICS proforma tables for 10GBASE-CX4 and baseband medium 722
54.10.4 Major capabilities/options. 722
54.10.4.1 PMD Functional specifications 723
54.10.4.2 Management functions 724
54.10.4.3 Transmitter specifications 725
54.10.4.4 Receiver specifications 726
54.10.4.5 Cable assembly specifications 726
54.10.4.6 MDI connector specifications. 727
55. Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS), Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer and baseband medium, type 10GBASE-T. 728
55.1 Overview. 728
55.1.1 Objectives 728
55.1.2 Relationship of 10GBASE-T to other standards. 729
55.1.3 Operation of 10GBASE-T 729
55.1.3.1 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) 733
55.1.3.2 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer 733
55.1.3.3 EEE capability 734
55.1.4 Signaling 735
55.1.5 Interfaces. 735
55.1.6 Conventions in this clause 736
55.2 10GBASE-T service primitives and interfaces. 736
55.2.1 Technology Dependent Interface 736
55.2.1.1 PMA_LINK.request 736
55.2.1.1.1 Semantics of the primitive 736
55.2.1.1.2 When generated 737
55.2.1.1.3 Effect of receipt 737
55.2.1.2 PMA_LINK.indication 737
55.2.1.2.1 Semantics of the primitive 737
55.2.1.2.2 When generated 737
55.2.1.2.3 Effect of receipt 737
55.2.2 PMA service interface 737
55.2.2.1 PMA_TXMODE.indication 739
55.2.2.1.1 Semantics of the primitive 739
55.2.2.1.2 When generated 740
55.2.2.1.3 Effect of receipt 740
55.2.2.2 PMA_CONFIG.indication 740
55.2.2.2.1 Semantics of the primitive 740
55.2.2.2.2 When generated 740
55.2.2.2.3 Effect of receipt 740
55.2.2.3 PMA_UNITDATA.request. 740
55.2.2.3.1 Semantics of the primitive 741
55.2.2.3.2 When generated 741
55.2.2.3.3 Effect of receipt 741
55.2.2.4 PMA_UNITDATA.indication 741
55.2.2.4.1 Semantics of the primitive 741
55.2.2.4.2 When generated 742
55.2.2.4.3 Effect of receipt 742
55.2.2.5 PMA_SCRSTATUS.request. 742
55.2.2.5.1 Semantics of the primitive 742
55.2.2.5.2 When generated 742
55.2.2.5.3 Effect of receipt 742
55.2.2.6 PMA_PCSSTATUS.request 742
55.2.2.6.1 Semantics of the primitive 742
55.2.2.6.2 When generated 742
55.2.2.6.3 Effect of receipt 743
55.2.2.7 PMA_RXSTATUS.indication 743
55.2.2.7.1 Semantics of the primitive 743
55.2.2.7.2 When generated 743
55.2.2.7.3 Effect of receipt 743
55.2.2.8 PMA_REMRXSTATUS.request 743
55.2.2.8.1 Semantics of the primitive 743
55.2.2.8.2 When generated 743
55.2.2.8.3 Effect of receipt 744
55.2.2.9 PMA_ALERTDETECT.indication. 744
55.2.2.9.1 Semantics of the primitive 744
55.2.2.9.2 When generated 744
55.2.2.9.3 Effect of receipt 744
55.2.2.10 PCS_RX_LPI_STATUS.request 744
55.2.2.10.1 Semantics of the primitive 744
55.2.2.10.2 When generated 744
55.2.2.10.3 Effect of receipt 744
55.2.2.11 PMA_PCSDATAMODE.indication. 745
55.2.2.11.1 Semantics of the primitive 745
55.2.2.11.2 When generated 745
55.2.2.11.3 Effect of receipt 745
55.2.2.12 PMA_FR_ACTIVE.indication 745
55.2.2.12.1 Semantics of the primitive 745
55.2.2.12.2 When generated 745
55.2.2.12.3 Effect of receipt 745
55.3 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) 745
55.3.1 PCS service interface (XGMII) 745
55.3.2 PCS functions 745
55.3.2.1 PCS Reset function 746
55.3.2.2 PCS Transmit function 747
55.3.2.2.1 Use of blocks 748
55.3.2.2.2 65B-LDPC transmission code 748
55.3.2.2.3 Notation conventions 748
55.3.2.2.4 Transmission order 748
55.3.2.2.5 Block structure 748
55.3.2.2.6 Control codes 752
55.3.2.2.7 Ordered sets 752
55.3.2.2.8 Valid and invalid blocks 753
55.3.2.2.9 Idle (/I/) 753
55.3.2.2.10 LPI (/LI/). 754
55.3.2.2.11 Start (/S/). 755
55.3.2.2.12 Terminate (/T/) 755
55.3.2.2.13 ordered set (/O/) 755
55.3.2.2.14 Error (/E/) 755
55.3.2.2.15 Transmit process 755
55.3.2.2.16 PCS scrambler. 756
55.3.2.2.17 CRC8 757
55.3.2.2.18 LDPC encoder. 757
55.3.2.2.19 DSQ128 bit mapping 757
55.3.2.2.20 DSQ128 to 4D-PAM16 758
55.3.2.2.21 65B-LDPC framer. 759
55.3.2.2.22 EEE capability 759
55.3.2.3 PCS Receive function 760
55.3.2.3.1 Frame and block synchronization 761
55.3.2.3.2 PCS descrambler. 761
55.3.2.3.3 CRC8 receive function 761
55.3.3 Test-pattern generators 761
55.3.4 PMA training side-stream scrambler polynomials 762
55.3.4.1 Generation of bits San, Sbn, Scn, Sdn 763
55.3.4.2 Generation of 4D symbols TAn, TBn, TCn, TDn 763
55.3.4.3 PMA training mode descrambler polynomials 764
55.3.5 LPI signaling. 764
55.3.5.1 LPI Synchronization 765
55.3.5.2 Quiet period signaling. 766
55.3.5.3 Refresh period signaling 766
55.3.6 Detailed functions and state diagrams 767
55.3.6.1 State diagram conventions 767
55.3.6.2 State diagram parameters 767
55.3.6.2.1 Constants. 767
55.3.6.2.2 Variables 767
55.3.6.2.3 Timers 769
55.3.6.2.4 Functions. 770
55.3.6.2.5 Counters 772
55.3.6.3 State diagrams. 772
55.3.7 PCS management 772
55.3.7.1 Status. 772
55.3.7.2 Counters 773
55.3.7.3 Loopback 780
55.4 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer 780
55.4.1 PMA functional specifications 780
55.4.2 PMA functions 781
55.4.2.1 PMA Reset function 781
55.4.2.2 PMA Transmit function 781
55.4.2.2.1 Alert signal 782
55.4.2.2.2 Link failure signal. 783
55.4.2.3 PMA transmit disable function 783
55.4.2.3.1 Global PMA transmit disable function 783
55.4.2.3.2 PMA pair by pair transmit disable function 783
55.4.2.3.3 PMA MDIO function mapping. 783
55.4.2.4 PMA Receive function 784
55.4.2.5 PHY Control function. 785
55.4.2.5.1 Infofield notation 786
55.4.2.5.2 Start of Frame Delimiter 786
55.4.2.5.3 Current transmitter settings. 786
55.4.2.5.4 Next transmitter settings 787
55.4.2.5.5 Requested transmitter settings 787
55.4.2.5.6 Message Field 787
55.4.2.5.7 SNR_margin 788
55.4.2.5.8 Transition counter 789
55.4.2.5.9 Coefficient exchange handshake 789
55.4.2.5.10 Reserved Fields. 789
55.4.2.5.11 Vendor-specific field 789
55.4.2.5.12 Coefficient Field 789
55.4.2.5.13 CRC16 789
55.4.2.5.14 Startup sequence 790
55.4.2.5.15 Fast retrain function 793
55.4.2.6 Link Monitor function 793
55.4.2.7 Refresh Monitor function 794
55.4.2.8 Clock Recovery function 794
55.4.3 MDI. 794
55.4.3.1 MDI signals transmitted by the PHY 794
55.4.3.2 Signals received at the MDI 795
55.4.4 Automatic MDI/MDI-X configuration 795
55.4.5 State variables 796
55.4.5.1 State diagram variables. 796
55.4.5.2 Timers 799
55.4.5.3 Functions. 800
55.4.5.4 Counters 800
55.4.6 State diagrams. 801
55.4.6.1 PHY Control state diagram. 801
55.4.6.2 Transition counter state diagrams 802
55.4.6.3 Link Monitor state diagram 804
55.4.6.4 EEE Refresh monitor state diagram 805
55.4.6.5 Fast retrain state diagram 806
55.5 PMA electrical specifications 806
55.5.1 Isolation requirement 806
55.5.2 Test modes 807
55.5.2.1 Test fixtures 809
55.5.3 Transmitter electrical specifications 810
55.5.3.1 Maximum output droop 810
55.5.3.2 Transmitter linearity. 810
55.5.3.3 Transmitter timing jitter 811
55.5.3.4 Transmitter power spectral density (PSD) and power level 811
55.5.3.5 Transmit clock frequency 812
55.5.4 Receiver electrical specifications 812
55.5.4.1 Receiver differential input signals 812
55.5.4.2 Receiver frequency tolerance 813
55.5.4.3 Common-mode noise rejection. 813
55.5.4.4 Alien crosstalk noise rejection 813
55.5.4.5 Short reach mode link test 814
55.5.4.5.1 Short reach test channels. 814
55.6 Management interfaces 814
55.6.1 Support for Auto-Negotiation. 814
55.6.1.1 10GBASE-T use of registers during Auto-Negotiation 815
55.6.1.2 10GBASE-T Auto-Negotiation page use 815
55.6.1.3 Sending Next Pages 817
55.6.2 MASTER-SLAVE configuration resolution 817
55.7 Link segment characteristics. 819
55.7.1 Cabling system characteristics 820
55.7.2 Link segment transmission parameters. 820
55.7.2.1 Insertion loss 820
55.7.2.2 Differential characteristic impedance 821
55.7.2.3 Return loss 821
55.7.2.4 Coupling parameters between duplex channels comprising one link segment 821
55.7.2.4.1 Differential near-end crosstalk 821
55.7.2.4.2 Multiple disturber near-end crosstalk (MDNEXT) loss 822
55.7.2.4.3 Multiple disturber power sum near-end crosstalk (PSNEXT) loss. 822
55.7.2.4.4 Equal level far-end crosstalk (ELFEXT) 823
55.7.2.4.5 Multiple disturber equal level far-end crosstalk (MDELFEXT) 824
55.7.2.4.6 Multiple disturber power sum equal level far-end crosstalk (PS
ELFEXT) 824
55.7.2.5 Maximum link delay. 824
55.7.2.6 Link delay skew 824
55.7.3 Coupling parameters between link segments 824
55.7.3.1 Multiple disturber alien near-end crosstalk (MDANEXT) loss 825
55.7.3.1.1 Multiple disturber power sum alien near-end crosstalk (PSANEXT) loss. 825
55.7.3.1.2 PSANEXT loss to insertion loss ratio requirements. 826
55.7.3.2 Multiple disturber alien far-end crosstalk (MDAFEXT) loss. 828
55.7.3.2.1 Multiple disturber power sum alien equal level far-end crosstalk
(PSAELFEXT) 828
55.7.3.2.2 PSAELFEXT to insertion loss ratio requirements 829
55.7.3.3 Alien crosstalk margin computation 831
55.7.4 Noise environment 835
55.8 MDI specification 836
55.8.1 MDI connectors 836
55.8.2 MDI electrical specifications 836
55.8.2.1 MDI return loss. 837
55.8.2.2 MDI impedance balance 837
55.8.2.3 MDI fault tolerance. 838
55.9 Environmental specifications 839
55.9.1 General safety 839
55.9.2 Network safety 839
55.9.3 Installation and maintenance guidelines 839
55.9.4 Telephone voltages 840
55.9.5 Electromagnetic compatibility 840
55.9.6 Temperature and humidity 840
55.10 PHY labeling. 840
55.11 Delay constraints. 840
55.12 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 55—Physical
Coding Sublayer (PCS), Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer and baseband
medium, type 10GBASE-T. 842
55.12.1 Identification. 842
55.12.1.1 Implementation identification. 842
55.12.1.2 Protocol summary 842
55.12.2 Major capabilities/options. 843
55.12.3 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) 843
55.12.3.1 PCS Receive functions 845
55.12.3.2 Other PCS functions 845
55.12.4 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) 845
55.12.5 Management interface. 847
55.12.6 PMA electrical specifications 848
55.12.7 Characteristics of the link segment. 849
55.12.8 MDI requirements. 850
55.12.9 General safety and environmental requirements 851
55.12.10Timing requirements. 851
Annex 44A (informative) Diagram of Data Flow 852
44A.1 10GBASE-R bit ordering. 852
44A.2 10GBASE-W serial bit ordering 852
44A.3 10GBASE-LX4 bit ordering 852
44A.4 Loopback locations 858
Annex 45A (informative) Clause 45 MDIO electrical interface 859
45A.1 MDIO driver 859
45A.2 Single Clause 45 electrical interface 859
45A.3 Clause 45 electrical interface for STA with Clause 22 electrical interface to PHYs. 860
45A.4 Clause 22 electrical interface for STA with Clause 45 electrical interface to MMDs. 860
Annex 48A (normative) Jitter test patterns. 862
48A.1 High-frequency test pattern 862
48A.2 Low-frequency test pattern 862
48A.3 Mixed-frequency test pattern 862
48A.4 Continuous random test pattern (CRPAT). 863
48A.5 Continuous jitter test pattern (CJPAT). 864
48A.5.1Continuous jitter test pattern (CJPAT) 10 bit values 865
Annex 48B (informative) Jitter test methods 869
48B.1 BER and jitter model 869
48B.1.1 Description of dual Dirac mathematical model 869
48B.1.2 Random Jitter 871
48B.1.3 Addition of Deterministic Jitter 871
48B.1.4 Effects of jitter high-pass filtering and CJPAT on deterministic jitter 871
48B.2 Jitter tolerance test methodologies. 872
48B.2.1 Calibration of a signal source using the BERT scan technique 872
48B.3 Jitter output test methodologies 873
48B.3.1 Time domain measurement—Scope and BERT scan. 873
48B.3.1.1 Jitter high pass filtering (using Golden PLL) 873
48B.3.1.2 Time domain scope measurement. 874
48B.3.1.3 BERT scan 874
48B.3.1.3.1 Approximate curve-fitting for BERT scan 874
48B.3.2 Time Interval Analysis 875
48B.3.2.1 TIA with Golden PLL. 875
48B.3.2.1.1 Test method. 876
48B.3.2.2 TIA with pattern trigger 877
48B.3.2.2.1 Test method. 878
48B.3.2.3 Approximate curve fitting for TIA bathtub curve 878
Annex 50A (informative) Thresholds for Severely Errored Second calculations 879
50A.1 Section SES threshold 879
50A.2 Line SES threshold. 879
50A.3 Path SES threshold. 879
50A.4 Definition of Path Block Error. 880
50A.5 Definition of Far End Path Block Error 880
Annex 55A (normative) LDPC details 881
55A.1 Generator matrix 881
55A.2 Sparse parity check matrix H 881
Annex 55B (informative) Additional cabling design guidelines for 10GBASE-T 882
55B.1 Alien crosstalk considerations 882
55B.1.1 Alien crosstalk mitigation. 883
55B.1.2 Alien crosstalk mitigation procedure 884

SECTION FIVE

1. Introduction to Ethernet for subscriber access networks 35
   56.1 Overview. 35
   56.1.1 Summary of P2P sublayers 40
   56.1.2 Summary of P2MP sublayers 40
   56.1.2.1 Multipoint MAC Control Protocol (MPCP) 40
   56.1.2.2 Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) and media independent interfaces. 41
   56.1.3 Physical Layer signaling systems 41
   56.1.4 Management 46
   56.1.5 Unidirectional transmission 46
   56.2 State diagrams. 47
   56.3 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma. 47
2. Operations, Administration, and Maintenance (OAM) 48
   57.1 Overview. 48
   57.1.1 Scope. 48
   57.1.2 Summary of objectives and major concepts 48
   57.1.3 Summary of non-objectives 49
   57.1.4 Positioning of OAM within the IEEE 802.3 architecture. 49
   57.1.5 Compatibility considerations 49
   57.1.5.1 Application 49
   57.1.5.2 Interoperability between OAM capable DTEs 49
   57.1.5.3 MAC Control PAUSE 50
   57.1.5.4 Interface to MAC Control client. 50
   57.1.5.5 Frame loss during OAM remote loopback 50
   57.1.6 State diagram conventions 50
   57.2 Functional specifications 50
   57.2.1 Interlayer service interfaces 50
   57.2.2 Principles of operation 51
   57.2.3 Instances of the MAC data service interface 51
   57.2.4 Responsibilities of OAM client 51
   57.2.5 OAM client interactions 52
   57.2.5.1 OAMPDU.request. 52
   57.2.5.1.1 Function 52
   57.2.5.1.2 Semantics of the service primitive 52
   57.2.5.1.3 When generated 52
   57.2.5.1.4 Effect of receipt 52
   57.2.5.2 OAMPDU.indication 52
   57.2.5.2.1 Function 52
   57.2.5.2.2 Semantics of the service primitive 53
   57.2.5.2.3 When generated 53
   57.2.5.2.4 Effect of receipt 53
   57.2.5.3 OAM_CTL.request 53
   57.2.5.3.1 Function 53
   57.2.5.3.2 Semantics of the service primitive 53
   57.2.5.3.3 When generated 54
   57.2.5.3.4 Effect of receipt 54
   57.2.5.4 OAM_CTL.indication. 54
   57.2.5.4.1 Function 54
   57.2.5.4.2 Semantics of the service primitive 54
   57.2.5.4.3 When generated 55
   57.2.5.4.4 Effect of receipt 55
   57.2.6 Instances of the OAM internal service interface 55
   57.2.7 Internal block diagram 55
   57.2.8 OAM internal interactions 56
   57.2.8.1 OAMI.request 56
   57.2.8.1.1 Function 56
   57.2.8.1.2 Semantics of the service primitive 56
   57.2.8.1.3 When generated 56
   57.2.8.1.4 Effect of receipt 56
   57.2.8.2 OAMI.indication. 56
   57.2.8.2.1 Function 56
   57.2.8.2.2 Semantics of the service primitive 57
   57.2.8.2.3 When generated 57
   57.2.8.2.4 Effect of receipt 57
   57.2.9 Modes 57
   57.2.9.1 Active mode 58
   57.2.9.2 Passive mode. 58
   57.2.10 OAM events 58
   57.2.10.1 Critical link events 58
   57.2.10.2 Link events 58
   57.2.10.3 Local event procedure. 58
   57.2.10.4 Remote event procedure 59
   57.2.11 OAM remote loopback 59
   57.2.11.1 Initiating OAM remote loopback 59
   57.2.11.2 During OAM remote loopback 60
   57.2.11.3 Exiting OAM remote loopback. 60
   57.2.11.4 Loss of OAMPDUs during OAM remote loopback 60
   57.2.11.5 Loss of frames during OAM remote loopback 61
   57.2.11.6 Timing considerations for OAM remote loopback. 61
   57.2.12 Unidirectional OAM operation. 61
   57.3 Detailed functions and state diagrams 61
   57.3.1 State diagram variables. 62
   57.3.1.1 Constants. 62
   57.3.1.2 Variables 62
   57.3.1.3 Messages. 64
   57.3.1.4 Counters 65
   57.3.1.5 Timers 65
   57.3.2 Control 66
   57.3.2.1 OAM Discovery 66
   57.3.2.1.1 FAULT state 67
   57.3.2.1.2 ACTIVE_SEND_LOCAL state 67
   57.3.2.1.3 PASSIVE_WAIT state 67
   57.3.2.1.4 SEND_LOCAL_REMOTE state 67
   57.3.2.1.5 SEND_LOCAL_REMOTE_OK state 67
   57.3.2.1.6 SEND_ANY state 67
   57.3.2.1.7 Sending Discovery status to peer 68
   57.3.2.2 Transmit 68
   57.3.2.2.1 RESET state 68
   57.3.2.2.2 WAIT_FOR_TX state. 68
   57.3.2.2.3 Expiration of pdu_timer 69
   57.3.2.2.4 Valid request to send an OAMPDU 69
   57.3.2.2.5 TX_OAMPDU state 69
   57.3.2.2.6 Transmit rules 69
   57.3.2.3 Receive rules. 70
   57.3.3 Multiplexer 70
   57.3.3.1 WAIT_FOR_TX state. 70
   57.3.3.1.1 Valid request to send an OAMPDU 70
   57.3.3.1.2 Valid request to forward or loopback frame. 71
   57.3.3.2 TX_FRAME state 71
   57.3.4 Parser 71
   57.3.4.1 Reception of OAMPDU 72
   57.3.4.2 Reception of non-OAMPDUs. 72
   57.3.4.2.1 Reception of non-OAMPDU in FWD mode 72
   57.3.4.2.2 Reception of non-OAMPDU in LB mode 72
   57.3.4.2.3 Reception of non-OAMPDU in DISCARD mode 72
   57.4 OAMPDUs 72
   57.4.1 Ordering and representation of octets. 72
   57.4.2 Structure 73
   57.4.2.1 Flags field 73
   57.4.2.2 Code field 74
   57.4.3 OAMPDU descriptions. 74
   57.4.3.1 Information OAMPDU 75
   57.4.3.2 Event Notification OAMPDU 75
   57.4.3.3 Variable Request OAMPDU 76
   57.4.3.4 Variable Response OAMPDU 77
   57.4.3.5 Loopback Control OAMPDU. 77
   57.4.3.6 Organization Specific OAMPDU 78
   57.5 OAM TLVs. 78
   57.5.1 Parsing 78
   57.5.2 Information TLVs 79
   57.5.2.1 Local Information TLV 79
   57.5.2.2 Remote Information TLV 82
   57.5.2.3 Organization Specific Information TLV. 82
   57.5.3 Link Event TLVs 82
   57.5.3.1 Errored Symbol Period Event TLV 83
   57.5.3.2 Errored Frame Event TLV 84
   57.5.3.3 Errored Frame Period Event TLV 84
   57.5.3.4 Errored Frame Seconds Summary Event TLV 85
   57.5.3.5 Organization Specific Event TLVs. 86
   57.6 Variables 87
   57.6.1 Variable Descriptors 87
   57.6.2 Variable Containers 87
   57.6.2.1 Format of Variable Containers when returning attributes 88
   57.6.2.2 Format of Variable Containers when returning packages and objects 88
   57.6.3 Parsing 89
   57.6.4 Variable Branch/Leaf examples 90
   57.6.5 Variable Indications 90
   57.7 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 57,
   Operations, Administration, and Maintenance (OAM) 92
   57.7.1 Introduction. 92
   57.7.2 Identification. 92
   57.7.2.1 Implementation identification 92
   57.7.2.2 Protocol summary 92
   57.7.2.3 Major capabilities/options 93
   57.7.3 PICS proforma tables for Operation, Administration, and Maintenance (OAM) 93
   57.7.3.1 Functional specifications 93
   57.7.3.2 Event Notification Generation and Reception 94
   57.7.3.3 OAMPDUs 95
   57.7.3.4 Local Information TLVs. 96
   57.7.3.5 Remote Information TLVs 96
   57.7.3.6 Organization Specific Information TLVs 97
   57.7.4 Link Event TLVs 97
   57.7.5 Variables Descriptors and Containers. 98
3. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 100BASE-LX10 (Long Wavelength) and 100BASE-BX10 (Bi-Directional Long Wavelength) 99
   58.1 Overview. 99
   58.1.1 Goals and objectives 99
   58.1.2 Positioning of this PMD set within the IEEE 802.3 architecture 100
   58.1.3 Terminology and conventions 100
   58.1.4 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer service interface 100
   58.1.4.1 Delay constraints. 101
   58.1.4.2 PMD_UNITDATA.request. 101
   58.1.4.3 PMD_UNITDATA.indication 101
   58.1.4.4 PMD_SIGNAL.indication 101
   58.2 PMD functional specifications 101
   58.2.1 PMD block diagram 102
   58.2.2 PMD transmit function 102
   58.2.3 PMD receive function. 102
   58.2.4 100BASE-LX10 and 100BASE-BX10 signal detect function 103
   58.3 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 100BASE-LX10 103
   58.3.1 Transmitter optical specifications. 103
   58.3.2 Receiver optical specifications 104
   58.4 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 100BASE-BX10 105
   58.4.1 Transmit optical specifications 105
   58.4.2 Receiver optical specifications 106
   58.5 Illustrative 100BASE-LX10 and 100BASE-BX10 channels and penalties (informative) 107
   58.6 Jitter at TP1 and TP4 for 100BASE-LX10 and 100BASE-BX10 (informative) 108
   58.7 Optical measurement requirements 108
   58.7.1 Test patterns 109
   58.7.1.1 100BASE-X optical frame-based test pattern. 109
   58.7.2 Wavelength and spectral width measurements. 111
   58.7.3 Optical power measurements 111
   58.7.4 Extinction ratio measurements 111
   58.7.5 Optical modulation amplitude (OMA) measurements (informative) 112
   58.7.6 OMA relationship to extinction ratio and power measurements (informative) 112
   58.7.7 Relative intensity noise optical modulation amplitude (RINxOMA) measuring
   procedure 113
   58.7.7.1 General test description 113
   58.7.7.2 Component descriptions 114
   58.7.7.3 Test procedure. 114
   58.7.8 Transmitter optical waveform (transmit eye) 115
   58.7.9 Transmitter and dispersion penalty (TDP) measurement 116
   58.7.9.1 Reference transmitter requirements 117
   58.7.9.2 Channel requirements 117
   58.7.9.3 Reference receiver requirements 118
   58.7.9.4 Test procedure. 119
   58.7.9.5 Approximate measures of TDP (informative) 119
   58.7.10 Receiver sensitivity measurements. 120
   58.7.11 Stressed receiver conformance test. 120
   58.7.11.1 Stressed receiver conformance test block diagram. 121
   58.7.11.2 Stressed receiver conformance test signal characteristics and calibration 122
   58.7.11.3 Stressed receiver conformance test procedure 124
   58.7.11.4 Sinusoidal jitter for receiver conformance test 124
   58.7.12 Jitter measurements (informative) 125
   58.8 Environmental, safety, and labeling 127
   58.8.1 General safety 127
   58.8.2 Laser safety 127
   58.8.3 Installation 127
   58.8.4 Environment 127
   58.8.5 PMD labeling requirements 127
   58.9 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling 128
   58.9.1 Fiber optic cabling model 128
   58.9.2 Optical fiber and cable 128
   58.9.3 Optical fiber connection 129
   58.9.4 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI) 129
   58.10 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 58, Physical
   Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 100BASE-LX10 (Long
   Wavelength) and 100BASE-BX10 (BiDirectional Long Wavelength) 130
   58.10.1 Introduction. 130
   58.10.2 Identification. 130
   58.10.2.1 Implementation identification 130
   58.10.2.2 Protocol summary 130
   58.10.2.3 Major capabilities/options. 131
   58.10.3 PICS proforma tables for Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium,
   type 100BASE-LX10 and 100BASE-BX10. 131
   58.10.3.1 PMD functional specifications 131
   58.10.3.2 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 100BASE-LX10 132
   58.10.3.3 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 100BASE-BX10-D 132
   58.10.3.4 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 100BASE-BX10-U 132
   58.10.3.5 Optical measurement requirements 133
   58.10.3.6 Environmental specifications 133
   58.10.3.7 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling and MDI. 133
4. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 1000BASE-LX10 (Long
   Wavelength) and 1000BASE-BX10 (Bi-Directional Long Wavelength) 135
   59.1 Overview. 135
   59.1.1 Goals and objectives 136
   59.1.2 Positioning of 1000BASE-LX10 and 1000BASE-BX10 PMDs within the IEEE 802.3
   architecture 136
   59.1.3 Terminology and conventions 136
   59.1.4 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer service interface 137
   59.1.5 Delay constraints. 137
   59.1.5.1 PMD_UNITDATA.request. 137
   59.1.5.2 PMD_UNITDATA.indication 137
   59.1.5.3 PMD_SIGNAL.indication 137
   59.2 PMD functional specifications 138
   59.2.1 PMD block diagram 138
   59.2.2 PMD transmit function 138
   59.2.3 PMD receive function. 138
   59.2.4 PMD signal detect function 139
   59.3 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 1000BASE-LX10 139
   59.3.1 Transmitter optical specifications. 140
   59.3.2 Receiver optical specifications 141
   59.4 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 1000BASE-BX10-D and 1000BASE-BX10-U. 143
   59.4.1 Transmit optical specifications 143
   59.4.2 Receiver optical specifications 144
   59.5 Illustrative 1000BASE-LX10 and 1000BASE-BX10 channels and penalties (informative) 144
   59.6 Jitter specifications 144
   59.7 Optical measurement requirements 146
   59.7.1 Test patterns 146
   59.7.2 Wavelength and spectral width measurements. 149
   59.7.3 Optical power measurements 150
   59.7.4 Extinction ratio measurements 150
   59.7.5 OMA measurements (informative). 150
   59.7.6 OMA relationship to extinction ratio and power measurements (informative) 150
   59.7.7 Relative intensity noise optical modulation amplitude (RIN12OMA). 150
   59.7.8 Transmitter optical waveform (transmit eye) 150
   59.7.9 Transmit rise/fall characteristics. 151
   59.7.10 Transmitter and dispersion penalty (TDP) 151
   59.7.11 Receive sensitivity measurements 151
   59.7.12 Total jitter measurements (informative) 152
   59.7.13 Deterministic or high probability jitter measurement (informative) 152
   59.7.14 Stressed receiver conformance test. 152
   59.7.15 Measurement of the receiver 3 dB electrical upper cutoff frequency. 153
   59.8 Environmental, safety, and labeling specifications 153
   59.8.1 General safety 153
   59.8.2 Laser safety 154
   59.8.3 Installation 154
   59.8.4 Environment 154
   59.8.5 PMD labeling requirements 154
   59.9 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling 154
   59.9.1 Fiber optic cabling model 155
   59.9.2 Optical fiber and cable 155
   59.9.3 Optical fiber connection 156
   59.9.4 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI) 156
   59.9.5 Single-mode fiber offset-launch mode-conditioning patch cord for MMF operation of
   1000BASE-LX10 157
   59.10 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 59, Physical
   Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 1000BASE-LX10 (Long
   Wavelength) and 1000BASE-BX10 (BiDirectional Long Wavelength) 159
   59.10.1 Introduction. 159
   59.10.2 Identification. 159
   59.10.2.1 Implementation identification. 159
   59.10.2.2 Protocol summary 159
   59.10.3 Major capabilities/options. 160
   59.10.3.1 PMD functional specifications 160
   59.10.3.2 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 1000BASE-LX10 161
   59.10.3.3 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 1000BASE-BX10-D 161
   59.10.3.4 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 1000BASE-BX10-U 161
   59.10.3.5 Optical Measurement requirements 162
   59.10.3.6 Environmental, safety, and labeling specifications 162
   59.10.3.7 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling 163
   59.10.3.8 Offset-launch mode-conditioning patch cord 163
5. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 1000BASE-PX (long
   wavelength passive optical networks) 164
   60.1 Overview. 164
   60.1.1 Goals and objectives 164
   60.1.2 Positioning of this PMD set within the IEEE 802.3 architecture 164
   60.1.3 Terminology and conventions 165
   60.1.4 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer service interface 165
   60.1.5 Delay constraints. 166
   60.1.5.1 PMD_UNITDATA.request. 166
   60.1.5.2 PMD_UNITDATA.indication 166
   60.1.5.3 PMD_SIGNAL.request. 167
   60.1.5.4 PMD_SIGNAL.indication 167
   60.2 PMD functional specifications 167
   60.2.1 PMD block diagram 167
   60.2.2 PMD transmit function 167
   60.2.3 PMD receive function. 168
   60.2.4 PMD signal detect function 168
   60.2.4.1 ONU PMD signal detect (downstream) 168
   60.2.4.2 OLT PMD signal detect (upstream) 168
   60.2.4.3 1000BASE-PX Signal detect functions 169
   60.2.5 PMD transmit enable function for ONU. 169
   60.3 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 1000BASE-PX10-D and 1000BASE-PX10-U 169
   60.3.1 Transmitter optical specifications. 169
   60.3.2 Receiver optical specifications 171
   60.4 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 1000BASE-PX20-D and 1000BASE-PX20-U 172
   60.4.1 Transmitter optical specifications. 173
   60.4.2 Receiver optical specifications 173
   60.5 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 1000BASE-PX30-D and 1000BASE-PX30-U 175
   60.5.1 Transmitter optical specifications. 176
   60.5.2 Receiver optical specifications 177
   60.6 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 1000BASE-PX40-D and 1000BASE-PX40-U 177
   60.6.1 Transmitter optical specifications. 179
   60.6.2 Receiver optical specifications 180
   60.7 Illustrative 1000BASE-PX channels and penalties (informative) 181
   60.8 Jitter at TP1 to TP4 for 1000BASE-PX (informative) 181
   60.9 Optical measurement requirements 183
   60.9.1 Frame-based test patterns 183
   60.9.2 Wavelength, spectral width, and side mode suppression ratio (SMSR) measurements 183
   60.9.3 Optical power measurements 184
   60.9.4 Extinction ratio measurements 184
   60.9.5 OMA measurements (informative). 184
   60.9.6 OMA relationship to extinction ratio and power measurements (informative) 184
   60.9.7 Relative intensity noise optical modulation amplitude (RIN15OMA). 184
   60.9.8 Transmitter optical waveform (transmit eye) 184
   60.9.9 Transmitter and dispersion penalty (TDP) 185
   60.9.10 Receive sensitivity measurement 185
   60.9.11 Stressed receive conformance test 185
   60.9.12 Jitter measurements (informative) 185
   60.9.13 Other measurements 186
   60.9.13.1 Laser On/Off timing measurement 186
   60.9.13.1.1 Definitions 186
   60.9.13.1.2 Test specification 186
   60.9.13.2 Receiver settling timing measurement (informative) 186
   60.9.13.2.1 Definitions 186
   60.9.13.2.2 Test specification 189
   60.10 Environmental, safety, and labeling 190
   60.10.1 General safety 190
   60.10.2 Laser safety 190
   60.10.3 Installation 190
   60.10.4 Environment 190
   60.10.5 PMD labeling requirements 190
   60.11 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling 191
   60.11.1 Fiber optic cabling model 191
   60.11.2 Optical fiber and cable 191
   60.11.3 Optical fiber connection 192
   60.11.4 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI) 192
   60.12 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 60, Physical
   Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 1000BASE-PX (long wavelength
   passive optical networks) 193
   60.12.1 Introduction. 193
   60.12.2 Identification. 193
   60.12.2.1 Implementation identification. 193
   60.12.2.2 Protocol Summary 193
   60.12.3 Major capabilities/options. 194
   60.12.4 PICS proforma tables for Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium,
   type 1000BASE-PX (long wavelength passive optical networks) 195
   60.12.4.1 PMD functional specifications 195
   60.12.4.2 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 1000BASE-PX10-D 195
   60.12.4.3 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 1000BASE-PX10-U 196
   60.12.4.4 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 1000BASE-PX20-D 196
   60.12.4.5 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 1000BASE-PX20-U 197
   60.12.4.6 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 1000BASE-PX30-D 197
   60.12.4.7 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 1000BASE-PX30-U 197
   60.12.4.8 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 1000BASE-PX40-D 198
   60.12.4.9 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 1000BASE-PX40-U 198
   60.12.4.10 Optical measurement requirements 199
   60.12.4.11 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling and MDI. 199
   60.12.4.12 Environmental specifications 200
6. Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS), Transmission Convergence (TC) sublayer, and common
   specifications, type 10PASS-TS and type 2BASE-TL. 201
   61.1 Overview. 201
   61.1.1 Scope. 201
   61.1.2 Objectives 202
   61.1.3 Relation of 2BASE-TL and 10PASS-TS to other standards 202
   61.1.4 Summary. 203
   61.1.4.1 Summary of Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) specification 203
   61.1.4.1.1 Implementation of Media Independent Interface 204
   61.1.4.1.2 Summary of MAC-PHY Rate Matching specification 204
   61.1.4.1.3 Summary of PME Aggregation specification. 204
   61.1.4.1.4 Overview of management. 205
   61.1.4.2 Summary of Transmission Convergence (TC) specification 205
   61.1.4.3 Summary of handshaking and PHY control specification 205
   61.1.5 Application of 2BASE-TL, 10PASS-TS 205
   61.1.5.1 Compatibility considerations 205
   61.1.5.2 Incorporating the 2BASE-TL, 10PASS-TS PHY into a DTE 205
   61.1.5.3 Application and examples of PME Aggregation 205
   61.1.5.3.1 Addressing PCS and PME instances 206
   61.1.5.3.2 Indicating PME aggregation capability 206
   61.1.5.3.3 Setting PME aggregation connection 208
   61.1.5.4 Support for handshaking. 209
   61.2 PCS functional specifications 210
   61.2.1 MAC-PHY Rate Matching functional specifications 210
   61.2.1.1 MAC-PHY Rate Matching functions 210
   61.2.1.2 MAC-PHY Rate Matching functional interfaces 210
   61.2.1.2.1 MAC-PHY Rate Matching – MII signals 210
   61.2.1.2.2 MAC-PHY Rate Matching–Management entity signals 210
   61.2.1.3 MAC-PHY Rate Matching state diagrams 210
   61.2.1.3.1 MAC-PHY Rate Matching state diagram constants 210
   61.2.1.3.2 MAC-PHY Rate Matching state diagram variables 210
   61.2.1.3.3 MAC-PHY Rate Matching state diagram timers 211
   61.2.1.3.4 MAC-PHY Rate Matching state diagram functions 211
   61.2.1.3.5 MAC-PHY Rate Matching state diagrams 211
   61.2.2 PME Aggregation functional specifications 213
   61.2.2.1 PAF Enable and Bypass 214
   61.2.2.2 PME Aggregation functions 214
   61.2.2.3 PME Aggregation Transmit function 215
   61.2.2.4 PME Aggregation Receive function 215
   61.2.2.4.1 Expected sequence number. 215
   61.2.2.4.2 PME Aggregation Receive function state diagram variables 215
   61.2.2.4.3 PME Aggregation Receive function state diagram. 216
   61.2.2.4.4 PME Aggregation Receive function state diagram description 216
   61.2.2.5 PME Aggregation restrictions 217
   61.2.2.6 PME Aggregation transmit function restrictions 218
   61.2.2.7 Error-detecting rules 219
   61.2.2.7.1 Errors during fragment reception 219
   61.2.2.7.2 Errors in fragment sequencing 220
   61.2.2.7.3 Errors in packet reassembly 220
   61.2.2.8 PME aggregation functional interfaces. 220
   61.2.2.8.1 PME aggregation–g-interface signals. 220
   61.2.2.8.2 PME aggregation–management entity signals 220
   61.2.2.8.3 PME aggregation register functions 221
   61.2.2.8.4 PME aggregation discovery register functions. 222
   61.2.3 PCS sublayer: Management entity signals 222
   61.3 TC sublayer functional specifications. 224
   61.3.1 The g-interface 225
   61.3.2 The a(b)-interface 226
   61.3.2.1 a(b) data flow: reference G.993.1 section 7.1.1 226
   61.3.2.2 a(b) synchronization flow 226
   61.3.2.3 a(b) OAM flow 227
   61.3.3 TC functions 227
   61.3.3.1 TC encapsulation and coding 227
   61.3.3.2 Sync insertion and transmit control 230
   61.3.3.3 TC-CRC functions 231
   61.3.3.4 Bit ordering 232
   61.3.3.5 Sync detection. 234
   61.3.3.5.1 State diagram variables. 235
   61.3.3.5.2 State diagram 235
   61.3.3.6 Receive control 235
   61.3.3.7 State diagrams for 64/65-octet encapsulation. 236
   61.3.3.7.1 Transmit state diagram 236
   61.3.3.7.2 Receive state diagram 239
   61.3.3.8 TC sublayer management entity signals 242
   61.4 Handshaking and PHY control specification for type 2BASE-TL and 10PASS-TS 242
   61.4.1 Overview. 242
   61.4.2 Replacement of 1, “Scope”. 242
   61.4.2.1 Scope. 242
   61.4.2.2 Purpose 243
   61.4.3 Changes to 6.1, “Description of signals” 243
   61.4.4 Changes to 9.4, “Standard information field (S)”. 243
   61.4.5 Changes to 9.5, “Non-standard information field (NS)” 244
   61.4.6 Applicability of Annex A–B and Appendix I–VI. 244
   61.4.7 PME Aggregation – remote access of PME Aggregation registers 244
   61.4.7.1 Remote_discovery_register 244
   61.4.7.2 PME_Aggregate_register 246
   61.4.7.3 Timing and preferred transactions 247
   61.5 Link segment characteristics. 247
   61.6 MDI specification 248
   61.7 System considerations. 248
   61.8 Environmental specifications 248
   61.9 PHY labeling. 248
   61.10 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 61, Physical
   Coding Sublayer (PCS), Transmission Convergence (TC) sublayer, and common
   specifications type 10PASS-TS, 2BASE-TL 249
   61.10.1 Introduction. 249
   61.10.2 Identification. 249
   61.10.2.1 Implementation identification. 249
   61.10.2.2 Protocol summary 249
   61.10.3 Major capabilities/options. 250
   61.10.4 PICS proforma tables for the Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS), Transmission Convergence (TC) sublayer, and common specifications type 10PASS-TS, 2BASETL. 250
   61.10.4.1 MAC-PHY Rate Matching 250
   61.10.4.2 64/65-octet Encapsulation. 251
   61.10.4.3 PME Aggregation 252
   61.10.4.4 Handshaking 258
7. Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) and Physical Medium Dependent (PMD), type 10PASSTS 259
   62.1 Overview. 259
   62.1.1 Scope. 259
   62.1.2 Objectives 259
   62.1.3 Relation of 10PASS-TS to other standards. 259
   62.1.4 Summary of Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) specification 259
   62.1.4.1 a(b)-interface. 259
   62.1.4.2 I-interface 259
   62.1.4.2.1 I Data Flow 259
   62.1.4.2.2 I Synchronization Flow. 260
   62.2 PMA functional specifications 260
   62.2.1 PMA functional diagram 260
   62.2.2 PMA functional specifications 260
   62.2.3 General exceptions 261
   62.2.4 Specific requirements and exceptions. 262
   62.2.4.1 Replacement of 9.3.1, “PMS-TC functional diagram”. 262
   62.2.4.2 Changes to 9.3.3, “Forward error correction” 262
   62.2.4.3 Changes to 9.3.5, “Framing” 262
   62.3 PMD functional specifications 262
   62.3.1 PMD Overview 262
   62.3.2 PMD functional specifications 263
   62.3.3 General exceptions 263
   62.3.4 Specific requirements and exceptions. 263
   62.3.4.1 Replacement of 8.2.1, “Multi-carrier Modulation” 264
   62.3.4.2 Changes to 8.2.2, “Cyclic extension” 265
   62.3.4.3 Changes to 8.2.3, “Synchronization” 265
   62.3.4.4 Replacement of 8.2.4, “Power back-off in the upstream direction” 265
   62.3.4.5 Changes to 8.2.5, “Constellation encoder” 266
   62.3.4.6 Band notch profiles. 266
   62.3.4.7 Changes to section 10, “Operations and maintenance” 267
   62.3.4.8 Changes to 11.1, “VDSL Link State and Timing Diagram” 268
   62.3.4.9 Changes to section 18 (Annex 4), “Handshake procedure for VDSL” 269
   62.3.4.9.1 Replacement of 18.1, “Introduction” 269
   62.3.4.9.2 Replacement of 18.2, “Description of signals”. 269
   62.3.4.9.3 Replacement of 18.3, “Message coding format” 269
   62.3.4.9.4 Replacement of 18.4.1, “Handshake - 10PASS-TS-O” 269
   62.3.4.9.5 Replacement of 18.4.2, “Handshake - 10PASS-TS-R” 271
   62.3.5 Transmission medium interface characteristics 272
   62.3.5.1 Transmit signal characteristics 273
   62.3.5.1.1 Wide-band power 273
   62.3.5.1.2 Power spectral density (PSD) 274
   62.3.5.1.3 Egress control 274
   62.3.5.2 Termination impedance 274
   62.3.5.3 Return loss 274
   62.3.5.4 Output signal balance 275
   62.4 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 62, Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) and Physical Medium Dependent (PMD), type 10PASS-TS. 276
   62.4.1 Introduction. 276
   62.4.2 Identification. 276
   62.4.2.1 Implementation identification. 276
   62.4.2.2 Protocol summary 276
   62.4.3 Major capabilities/options. 277
   62.4.4 PICS proforma tables for the Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) and Physical Medium Dependent (PMD), type 10PASS-TS. 277
   62.4.4.1 MCM-VDSL based PMA 277
   62.4.4.2 MCM-VDSL based PMD 278
8. Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) and Physical Medium Dependent (PMD), type 2BASETL. 281
   63.1 2BASE-TL Overview 281
   63.1.1 Scope. 281
   63.1.2 Objectives 281
   63.1.3 Relation of 2BASE-TL to other standards 281
   63.1.4 Summary of Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) specification 281
   63.1.4.1 a(b)-interface. 282
   63.1.4.2 The I-interface. 282
   63.1.4.2.1 The I Data Flow 282
   63.1.4.2.2 I Synchronization Flow. 283
   63.1.4.3 Operation Channel (OC). 283
   63.1.5 Summary of Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) specification 283
   63.2 2BASE-TL PMA functional specifications 284
   63.2.1 General exceptions 284
   63.2.2 Specific requirements and exceptions. 284
   63.2.2.1 Changes to 7.1, “Data Mode Operation” 285
   63.2.2.2 Changes to Section 9, “Management” 285
   63.2.2.3 Relation between the 2BASE-TL registers and the SHDSL management
   functions 285
   63.3 2BASE-TL PMD functional specifications 286
   63.3.1 General exceptions 286
   63.3.2 Specific requirements and exceptions. 287
   63.3.2.1 Replacement of section 5, “Transport Capacity” 287
   63.3.2.2 Changes to section 6, “PMD Layer Functional Characteristics” 288
   63.3.2.3 Changes to section 10, “Clock Architecture” 289
   63.3.2.4 Changes to Annex A, “Regional Requirements—Region 1” 289
   63.3.2.4.1 General Changes 289
   63.3.2.4.2 Additional requirement: wetting current. 289
   63.3.2.5 Changes to Annex B, “Regional Requirements—Region 2” 290
   63.3.2.5.1 General changes 290
   63.3.2.5.2 Additional requirement: wetting current. 290
   63.3.2.6 Changes to Annex C, “Regional Requirements – Region 3” 290
   63.4 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 63, Physical
   Medium Attachment (PMA) and Physical Medium Dependent (PMD), type 2BASE-TL 291
   63.4.1 Introduction. 291
   63.4.2 Identification. 291
   63.4.2.1 Implementation identification. 291
   63.4.2.2 Protocol summary 291
   63.4.3 Major capabilities/options. 292
   63.4.4 PICS proforma tables for the Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) and Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayers, type 2BASE-TL 292
   63.4.4.1 SHDSL based PMA 292
   63.4.4.2 SHDSL based PMD 293
9. Multipoint MAC Control 294
   64.1 Overview. 294
   64.1.1 Goals and objectives 295
   64.1.2 Position of Multipoint MAC Control within the IEEE 802.3 hierarchy. 295
   64.1.3 Functional block diagram 297
   64.1.4 Service interfaces 298
   64.1.5 State diagram conventions 298
   64.2 Multipoint MAC Control operation 298
   64.2.1 Principles of Multipoint MAC Control. 299
   64.2.1.1 Ranging and Timing Process 300
   64.2.2 Multipoint transmission control, Control Parser, and Control Multiplexer 301
   64.2.2.1 Constants. 304
   64.2.2.2 Counters 304
   64.2.2.3 Variables 305
   64.2.2.4 Functions. 306
   64.2.2.5 Timers 307
   64.2.2.6 Messages. 307
   64.2.2.7 State diagrams. 307
   64.3 Multipoint Control Protocol (MPCP) 313
   64.3.1 Principles of Multipoint Control Protocol 313
   64.3.2 Compatibility considerations 313
   64.3.2.1 PAUSE operation 313
   64.3.2.2 Optional Shared LAN Emulation 314
   64.3.2.3 Multicast and single copy broadcast support 314
   64.3.2.4 Delay requirements 314
   64.3.3 Discovery Processing 314
   64.3.3.1 Constants. 318
   64.3.3.2 Variables 318
   64.3.3.3 Functions. 319
   64.3.3.4 Timers 319
   64.3.3.5 Messages. 319
   64.3.3.6 State diagram 322
   64.3.4 Report Processing 327
   64.3.4.1 Constants. 327
   64.3.4.2 Variables 327
   64.3.4.3 Functions. 328
   64.3.4.4 Timers 328
   64.3.4.5 Messages. 328
   64.3.4.6 State diagram 329
   64.3.5 Gate Processing. 331
   64.3.5.1 Constants. 331
   64.3.5.2 Variables 332
   64.3.5.3 Functions. 333
   64.3.5.4 Timers 334
   64.3.5.5 Messages. 334
   64.3.5.6 State diagrams. 336
   64.3.6 MPCPDU structure and encoding. 339
   64.3.6.1 GATE description 340
   64.3.6.2 REPORT description 342
   64.3.6.3 REGISTER_REQ description. 343
   64.3.6.4 REGISTER description. 345
   64.3.6.5 REGISTER_ACK description 346
   64.4 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 64,
   Multipoint MAC Control 348
   64.4.1 Introduction. 348
   64.4.2 Identification. 348
   64.4.2.1 Implementation identification 348
   64.4.2.2 Protocol summary 348
   64.4.3 Major capabilities/options 349
   64.4.4 PICS proforma tables for Multipoint MAC Control. 349
   64.4.4.1 Compatibility Considerations 349
   64.4.4.2 Multipoint MAC Control 349
   64.4.4.3 State diagrams. 350
   64.4.4.4 MPCP 351
10. Extensions of the Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) and Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) / Physical
    Media Attachment (PMA) for 1000BASE-X for multipoint links and forward error correction. 352
    65.1 Extensions of the Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) for point-to-point emulation. 352
    65.1.1 Overview. 352
    65.1.2 Principle of operation 352
    65.1.3 Functional specifications 353
    65.1.3.1 Variables 353
    65.1.3.2 Transmit 353
    65.1.3.2.1 SLD. 354
    65.1.3.2.2 LLID 354
    65.1.3.2.3 CRC-8 354
    65.1.3.3 Receive function 354
    65.1.3.3.1 SLD. 355
    65.1.3.3.2 LLID 355
    65.1.3.3.3 CRC-8 356
    65.2 Extensions of the physical coding sublayer for data detection and forward error correction 356
    65.2.1 Overview. 356
    65.2.2 Burst-mode operation 357
    65.2.2.1 Principle of operation 357
    65.2.2.2 Detailed functions and state diagrams 359
    65.2.2.2.1 Variables 359
    65.2.2.2.2 Functions. 360
    65.2.2.2.3 Messages. 360
    65.2.2.2.4 Counters 360
    65.2.2.3 State diagrams. 361
    65.2.3 Forward error correction. 361
    65.2.3.1 FEC code. 362
    65.2.3.2 FEC frame format 362
    65.2.3.2.1 Placing parity octets 362
    65.2.3.2.2 Shortened last block 362
    65.2.3.2.3 Special frame markers 362
    65.2.3.3 FEC sublayer operation 363
    65.2.3.3.1 Principles of operation 363
    65.2.3.3.2 Functional block diagram 364
    65.2.3.3.3 Transmission. 364
    65.2.3.3.4 Reception 365
    65.2.3.4 Detailed functions and state diagrams 365
    65.2.3.4.1 State variables 366
    65.2.3.4.2 Notation conventions 366
    65.2.3.4.3 Constants. 366
    65.2.3.4.4 Variables 367
    65.2.3.4.5 Functions. 369
    65.2.3.4.6 Counters 369
    65.2.3.4.7 Messages. 370
    65.2.3.5 State diagrams. 370
    65.2.3.5.1 Transmit state diagram 370
    65.2.3.5.2 Receive synchronization state diagram. 370
    65.2.3.5.3 Receive state diagram 370
    65.2.3.6 Error monitoring capability 371
    65.2.3.6.1 buffer_head_coding_violation_counter 373
    65.2.3.6.2 FEC_corrected_blocks_counter 373
    65.2.3.6.3 FEC_uncorrected_Blocks_counter 374
    65.3 Extensions to PMA for 1000BASE-PX 374
    65.3.1 Extensions for 1000BASE-PX-U 374
    65.3.1.1 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer interfaces 374
    65.3.1.2 Loop-timing specifications for ONUs 375
    65.3.2 Extensions for 1000BASE-PX-D 375
    65.3.2.1 CDR lock timing measurement. 375
    65.3.2.1.1 Definitions 375
    65.3.2.1.2 Test specification 375
    65.3.3 Delay variation requirements 375
    65.4 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 65,
    Extensions of the Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) and Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) / Physical Media Attachment (PMA) for 1000BASE-X for multipoint links and forward error correction 376
    65.4.1 Introduction. 376
    65.4.2 Identification. 376
    65.4.2.1 Implementation identification. 376
    65.4.2.2 Protocol summary 376
    65.4.3 Major capabilities/options. 377
    65.4.4 PICS proforma tables for Extensions of Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) and Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) / Physical Media Attachment (PMA) for 1000BASE-X for multipoint links and forward error correction. 377
    65.4.4.1 Operating modes of OLT MACs 377
    65.4.4.2 ONU and OLT variables. 377
    65.4.4.3 Preamble mapping and replacement 378
    65.4.4.4 Data detection 378
    65.4.4.5 FEC requirements 378
    65.4.4.6 FEC State diagrams 379
    65.4.4.7 PMA 379
    65.4.4.8 OLT Receiver 379
    65.4.4.9 Delay variation 379
11. Extensions of the 10 Gb/s Reconciliation Sublayer (RS), 100BASE-X PHY, and 1000BASE-X
    PHY for unidirectional transport 380
    66.1 Modifications to the physical coding sublayer (PCS) and physical medium attachment
    (PMA) sublayer, type 100BASE-X 380
    66.1.1 Overview. 380
    66.1.2 Functional specifications 380
    66.1.2.1 Variables 380
    66.1.2.2 Transmit state diagram 380
    66.1.2.3 Far-end fault generate 381
    66.2 Modifications to the physical coding sublayer (PCS) and physical medium attachment (PMA) sublayer, type 1000BASE-X 382
    66.2.1 Overview. 382
    66.2.2 Functional specifications 382
    66.2.2.1 Variables 383
    66.2.2.2 Transmit 383
    66.2.2.3 Transmit state diagram 383
    66.3 Modifications to the reconciliation sublayer (RS) for P2P 10 Gb/s operation 384
    66.3.1 Overview. 384
    66.3.2 Functional specifications 384
    66.3.2.1 Link fault signaling. 384
    66.3.2.2 Variables 384
    66.3.2.3 State diagram 384
    66.4 Modifications to the RS for P2MP 10 Gb/s operation 385
    66.4.1 Overview. 385
    66.4.2 Functional specifications 385
    66.4.2.1 Link fault signaling. 385
    66.4.2.2 Variables 385
    66.4.2.3 State diagram 385
    66.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 66,
    Extensions of the 10 Gb/s Reconciliation Sublayer (RS), 100BASE-X PHY, and
    1000BASE-X PHY for unidirectional transport. 387
    66.5.1 Introduction. 387
    66.5.2 Identification. 387
    66.5.2.1 Implementation identification. 387
    66.5.2.2 Protocol summary 387
    66.5.3 Major capabilities/options. 388
    66.5.4 PICS proforma tables for Extensions of the 10 Gb/s Reconciliation Sublayer (RS), 100BASE-X PHY, and 1000BASE-X PHY for unidirectional transport. 388
    66.5.4.1 Maintaining compatibility with IEEE 802.1 protocols. 388
    66.5.4.2 Extensions of the 100BASE-X PHY 388
    66.5.4.3 Extensions of the 1000BASE-X PHY 389
    66.5.4.4 Extensions of the 10 Gb/s P2P RS 389
    66.5.4.5 Extensions of the 10 Gb/s P2MP RS 390
12. System considerations for Ethernet subscriber access networks 391
    67.1 Overview. 391
    67.2 Discussion and examples of EFM P2MP topologies 391
    67.2.1 Trade off between link span and split ratio for P2MP PON architecture 391
    67.2.2 Single splitter topology for P2MP PON architecture 393
    67.2.3 Tree-and-branch topology for P2MP PON architecture 393
    67.2.4 Interoperability between certain 1000BASE-PX10 and 1000BASE-PX20 394
    67.3 Hybrid media topologies. 394
    67.4 Topology limitations. 394
    67.5 Deployment restrictions for subscriber access copper 394
    67.6 Operations, Administration, and Maintenance 395
    67.6.1 Unidirectional links. 395
    67.6.2 Active and Passive modes. 395
    67.6.3 Link status signaling in P2MP networks 395
13. Physical medium dependent (PMD) sublayer type 10GBASE-LRM 396
    68.1 Overview. 396
    68.1.1 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer service interface 396
    68.2 Delay constraints. 396
    68.3 PMD MDIO function mapping. 397
    68.4 PMD functional specifications 397
    68.4.1 PMD block diagram 397
    68.4.2 PMD transmit function 397
    68.4.3 PMD receive function. 397
    68.4.4 PMD signal detect function 398
    68.4.5 PMD_reset function 398
    68.4.6 PMD_fault function 398
    68.4.7 PMD_global_transmit_disable function 398
    68.4.8 PMD_transmit_fault function 399
    68.4.9 PMD_receive_fault function. 399
    68.5 PMD to MDI optical specifications 399
    68.5.1 Transmitter optical specifications. 399
    68.5.2 Characteristics of signal within, and at the receiving end of, a compliant 10GBASELRM channel (informative) 400
    68.5.3 Receiver optical specifications 400
    68.5.3.1 Dynamic response. 400
    68.6 Definitions of optical parameters and measurement methods 400
    68.6.1 Test patterns and related subclauses for optical parameters 400
    68.6.2 Optical modulation amplitude (OMA) 402
    68.6.3 Extinction ratio measurement 402
    68.6.4 Relationship between OMA, extinction ratio and average power (informative) 404
    68.6.5 Transmitter optical waveform—transmitter eye mask 404
    68.6.5.1 Transmitter eye mask acceptable hit count examples (informative) 406
    68.6.6 Transmitter waveform and dispersion penalty (TWDP). 406
    68.6.6.1 TWDP measurement procedure 407
    68.6.6.2 TWDP signal processing algorithm, 408
    68.6.7 Transmitter signal to noise ratio 410
    68.6.8 Transmitter uncorrelated jitter 411
    68.6.9 Comprehensive stressed receiver sensitivity and overload. 412
    68.6.9.1 Comprehensive stressed receiver sensitivity and overload test block diagram 412
    68.6.9.2 Comprehensive stressed receiver test signal characteristics. 413
    68.6.9.3 Comprehensive stressed receiver test signal calibration. 414
    68.6.9.4 Comprehensive stressed receiver test procedure 417
    68.6.10 Simple stressed receiver sensitivity and overload (informative) 417
    68.6.11 Receiver jitter tolerance 417
    68.7 Safety, installation, environment, and labeling. 418
    68.7.1 Safety 418
    68.7.2 Installation 419
    68.7.3 Environment 419
    68.7.4 PMD labeling 419
    68.8 Fiber optic cabling model 419
    68.9 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling (channel) 419
    68.9.1 Optical fiber and cable 419
    68.9.2 Optical fiber connections 419
    68.9.2.1 Connection insertion loss 420
    68.9.2.2 Maximum discrete reflectance 420
    68.9.3 Single-mode fiber offset-launch mode-conditioning patch cord 420
    68.10 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 68, Physical medium dependent (PMD) sublayer type 10GBASE-LRM 421
    68.10.1 Introduction. 421
    68.10.2 Identification. 421
    68.10.2.1 Implementation identification. 421
    68.10.2.2 Protocol summary 421
    68.10.2.3 Major capabilities/options. 422
    68.10.3 PICS proforma tables for physical medium dependent (PMD) sublayer type 10GBASE-LRM 422
    68.10.3.1 PMD functional specifications 422
    68.10.3.2 Management functions 423
    68.10.3.3 PMD to MDI optical specifications 423
    68.10.3.4 Definitions of optical parameters and measurement methods 424
    68.10.3.5 Safety, installation, environment, and labeling. 424
    68.10.3.6 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling (channel) 425
14. Introduction to Ethernet operation over electrical backplanes 426
    69.1 Overview. 426
    69.1.1 Scope. 426
    69.1.2 Relationship of Backplane Ethernet to the ISO OSI reference model 426
    69.2 Summary of Backplane Ethernet Sublayers 430
    69.2.1 Reconciliation sublayer and media independent interfaces 430
    69.2.2 Management interface. 430
    69.2.3 Physical Layer signaling systems 430
    69.2.4 Auto-Negotiation 431
    69.2.5 Management 432
    69.2.6 Low-Power Idle 432
    69.3 Delay constraints. 433
    69.4 State diagrams. 434
    69.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma. 434
15. Physical Medium Dependent sublayer and baseband medium, type 1000BASE-KX 435
    70.1 Overview. 435
    70.2 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) service interface 435
    70.2.1 PMD_RXQUIET.request 436
    70.2.1.1 Semantics of the service primitive 436
    70.2.1.2 When generated 436
    70.2.1.3 Effect of receipt 436
    70.2.2 PMD_TXQUIET.request 436
    70.2.2.1 Semantics of the service primitive 436
    70.2.2.2 When generated 436
    70.2.2.3 Effect of receipt 436
    70.3 PCS requirements for Auto-Negotiation (AN) service interface 436
    70.4 Delay constraints. 436
    70.5 PMD MDIO function mapping. 437
    70.6 PMD functional specifications 437
    70.6.1 Link block diagram. 437
    70.6.2 PMD transmit function 438
    70.6.3 PMD receive function. 438
    70.6.4 PMD signal detect function 438
    70.6.5 PMD transmit disable function 439
    70.6.6 Loopback mode. 439
    70.6.7 PMD fault function 439
    70.6.8 PMD transmit fault function 439
    70.6.9 PMD receive fault function. 439
    70.6.10 PMD LPI function 439
    70.7 1000BASE-KX electrical characteristics 440
    70.7.1 Transmitter characteristics 440
    70.7.1.1 Test fixtures 441
    70.7.1.2 Test fixture impedance 441
    70.7.1.3 Signaling speed 441
    70.7.1.4 Differential output eye mask. 441
    70.7.1.5 Output amplitude 442
    70.7.1.6 Differential output return loss. 443
    70.7.1.7 Transition time 443
    70.7.1.8 Transmit jitter 444
    70.7.1.9 Transmit jitter test requirements 444
    70.7.2 Receiver characteristics 444
    70.7.2.1 Receiver interference tolerance 445
    70.7.2.2 Signaling speed range 445
    70.7.2.3 AC-coupling 445
    70.7.2.4 Input signal amplitude 445
    70.7.2.5 Differential input return loss. 446
    70.8 Interconnect characteristics. 446
    70.9 Environmental specifications 446
    70.9.1 General safety 446
    70.9.2 Network safety 446
    70.9.3 Installation and maintenance guidelines 446
    70.9.4 Electromagnetic compatibility 446
    70.9.5 Temperature and humidity 446
    70.10 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 70, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 1000BASE-KX 447
    70.10.1 Introduction. 447
    70.10.2 Identification. 447
    70.10.2.1 Implementation identification. 447
    70.10.2.2 Protocol summary 447
    70.10.3 Major capabilities/options. 448
    70.10.4 PICS proforma tables for Clause 70, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 1000BASE-KX 449
    70.10.4.1 PMD functional specifications 449
    70.10.4.2 Management functions 450
    70.10.4.3 Transmitter electrical characteristics 450
    70.10.4.4 Receiver electrical characteristics. 451
    70.10.4.5 Environmental and safety specifications 451
16. Physical Medium Dependent sublayer and baseband medium, type 10GBASE-KX4. 452
    71.1 Overview. 452
    71.2 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) service interface 452
    71.2.1 PMD_RXQUIET.request 453
    71.2.1.1 Semantics of the service primitive 453
    71.2.1.2 When generated 453
    71.2.1.3 Effect of receipt 453
    71.2.2 PMD_TXQUIET.request 453
    71.2.2.1 Semantics of the service primitive 453
    71.2.2.2 When generated 453
    71.2.2.3 Effect of receipt 453
    71.3 PCS requirements for Auto-Negotiation (AN) service interface 453
    71.4 Delay constraints. 454
    71.5 PMD MDIO function mapping. 454
    71.6 PMD functional specifications 454
    71.6.1 Link block diagram. 454
    71.6.2 PMD Transmit function 455
    71.6.3 PMD Receive function 456
    71.6.4 Global PMD signal detect function 456
    71.6.5 PMD lane-by-lane signal detect function 456
    71.6.6 Global PMD transmit disable function 456
    71.6.7 PMD lane-by-lane transmit disable function 456
    71.6.8 Loopback mode. 457
    71.6.9 PMD fault function 457
    71.6.10 PMD transmit fault function 457
    71.6.11 PMD receive fault function. 457
    71.6.12 PMD LPI function 457
    71.7 Electrical characteristics for 10GBASE-KX4 458
    71.7.1 Transmitter characteristics 458
    71.7.1.1 Test fixtures 459
    71.7.1.2 Test fixture impedance 459
    71.7.1.3 Signaling speed 459
    71.7.1.4 Output amplitude 459
    71.7.1.5 Output return loss 460
    71.7.1.6 Differential output template 461
    71.7.1.7 Transition time 463
    71.7.1.8 Transmit jitter 463
    71.7.1.9 Transmit jitter test requirements 463
    71.7.2 Receiver characteristics 463
    71.7.2.1 Receiver interference tolerance 464
    71.7.2.2 Signaling speed 464
    71.7.2.3 AC-coupling 464
    71.7.2.4 Input signal amplitude 464
    71.7.2.5 Differential input return loss. 465
    71.8 Interconnect characteristics. 465
    71.9 Environmental specifications 465
    71.9.1 General safety 465
    71.9.2 Network safety 465
    71.9.3 Installation and maintenance guidelines 465
    71.9.4 Electromagnetic compatibility 465
    71.9.5 Temperature and humidity 465
    71.10 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 71, Physical
    Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 10GBASE-KX4. 466
    71.10.1 Introduction. 466
    71.10.2 Identification. 466
    71.10.2.1 Implementation identification. 466
    71.10.2.2 Protocol summary 466
    71.10.3 Major capabilities/options. 467
    71.10.4 PICS proforma tables for Clause 71, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer
    and baseband medium, type 10GBASE-KX4. 467
    71.10.4.1 PCS requirements for AN service interface 467

21

71.10.4.2 PMD functional specifications 468
71.10.4.3 Management functions 470
71.10.4.4 Transmitter electrical characteristics 471
71.10.4.5 Receiver electrical characteristics. 472
71.10.4.6 Environmental and safety specifications 472
72. Physical Medium Dependent sublayer and baseband medium, type 10GBASE-KR. 473
72.1 Overview. 473
72.2 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) service interface 473
72.2.1 PMD_RX_MODE.request 474
72.2.1.1 Semantics of the service primitive 474
72.2.1.2 When generated 474
72.2.1.3 Effect of receipt 474
72.2.2 PMD_TX_MODE.request 474
72.2.2.1 Semantics of the service primitive 474
72.2.2.2 When generated 474
72.2.2.3 Effect of receipt 474
72.3 PCS requirements for Auto-Negotiation (AN) service interface 475
72.4 Delay constraints. 475
72.5 PMD MDIO function mapping. 475
72.6 PMD functional specifications 475
72.6.1 Link block diagram. 475
72.6.2 PMD transmit function 476
72.6.3 PMD receive function. 476
72.6.4 PMD signal detect function 477
72.6.5 PMD transmit disable function 477
72.6.6 Loopback mode. 477
72.6.7 PMD_fault function 478
72.6.8 PMD transmit fault function 478
72.6.9 PMD receive fault function. 478
72.6.10 PMD control function 478
72.6.10.1 Overview. 478
72.6.10.2 Training frame structure 478
72.6.10.2.1 Frame marker 479
72.6.10.2.2 Control channel encoding 479
72.6.10.2.3 Coefficient update field 479
72.6.10.2.4 Status report field 482
72.6.10.2.5 Coefficient update process 483
72.6.10.2.6 Training pattern. 483
72.6.10.3 State variables 483
72.6.10.3.1 Variables 483
72.6.10.3.2 Timers 486
72.6.10.3.3 Counters 486
72.6.10.3.4 Functions. 486
72.6.10.4 State diagrams. 487
72.6.10.4.1 Frame lock 487
72.6.10.4.2 Training. 487
72.6.10.4.3 Coefficient update. 487
72.6.11 PMD LPI function 490
72.7 10GBASE-KR electrical characteristics. 491
72.7.1 Transmitter characteristics 491
72.7.1.1 Test fixture 491
72.7.1.2 Test fixture impedance 492

22

72.7.1.3 Signaling speed 492
72.7.1.4 Output amplitude 492
72.7.1.5 Differential output return loss. 493
72.7.1.6 Common-mode output return loss 494
72.7.1.7 Transition time 495
72.7.1.8 Transmit jitter test requirements 495
72.7.1.9 Transmit jitter 495
72.7.1.10 Transmitter output waveform 496
72.7.1.11 Transmitter output waveform requirements 497
72.7.2 Receiver characteristics 499
72.7.2.1 Receiver interference tolerance 500
72.7.2.2 Signaling speed range 500
72.7.2.3 AC-coupling 500
72.7.2.4 Input signal amplitude 500
72.7.2.5 Differential input return loss. 501
72.8 Interconnect characteristics. 501
72.9 Environmental specifications 501
72.9.1 General safety 501
72.9.2 Network safety 501
72.9.3 Installation and maintenance guidelines 501
72.9.4 Electromagnetic compatibility 501
72.9.5 Temperature and humidity 501
72.10 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 72, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 10GBASE-KR 502
72.10.1 Introduction. 502
72.10.2 Identification. 502
72.10.2.1 Implementation identification. 502
72.10.2.2 Protocol summary 502
72.10.3 Major capabilities/options. 503
72.10.4 PICS proforma tables for Clause 72, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 10GBASE-KR. 503
72.10.4.1 PCS requirements for AN service interface 503
72.10.4.2 PMD functional specifications 504
72.10.4.3 Management functions 504
72.10.4.4 PMD Control functions. 505
72.10.4.5 Transmitter electrical characteristics 507
72.10.4.6 Receiver electrical characteristics. 509
72.10.4.7 Environmental specifications 509
73. Auto-Negotiation for backplane and copper cable assembly 510
73.1 Auto-Negotiation introduction 510
73.2 Relationship to the ISO/IEC Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) reference model 511
73.3 Functional specifications 511
73.4 Transmit function requirements 512
73.5 DME transmission 512
73.5.1 DME electrical specifications. 512
73.5.2 DME page encoding 512
73.5.3 DME page timing 513
73.5.3.1 Manchester violation delimiter 514
73.6 Link codeword encoding 514
73.6.1 Selector Field 515
73.6.2 Echoed Nonce Field 515
73.6.3 Transmitted Nonce Field 515
73.6.4 Technology Ability Field 516
73.6.5 FEC capability 516
73.6.5.1 FEC resolution for 25G PHYs 517
73.6.5.2 FEC resolution for 10 Gb/s per lane PHYs. 517
73.6.5.3 FEC control variables 517
73.6.6 Pause Ability. 517
73.6.7 Remote Fault. 518
73.6.8 Acknowledge 518
73.6.9 Next Page 518
73.6.10 Transmit Switch function 518
73.7 Receive function requirements 518
73.7.1 DME page reception 519
73.7.2 Receive Switch function 519
73.7.3 Link codeword matching 519
73.7.4 Arbitration function requirements 519
73.7.4.1 Parallel Detection function 519
73.7.5 Renegotiation function 520
73.7.6 Priority Resolution function 520
73.7.7 Next Page function 521
73.7.7.1 Next page encodings. 521
73.7.7.2 Use of Next Pages. 522
73.8 Management register requirements. 523
73.9 Technology-Dependent interface 523
73.9.1 AN_LINK.indication 524
73.9.1.1 Semantics of the service primitive 524
73.9.1.2 When generated 524
73.9.1.3 Effect of receipt 524
73.10 State diagrams and variable definitions 524
73.10.1 State diagram variables. 524
73.10.2 State diagram timers 531
73.10.3 State diagram counters 533
73.10.4 State diagrams. 534
73.11 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 73, Auto-Negotiation for backplane and copper cable assembly. 537
73.11.1 Introduction. 537
73.11.2 Identification. 537
73.11.2.1 Implementation identification. 537
73.11.2.2 Protocol summary 537
73.11.3 Major capabilities/options. 538
73.11.4 PICS proforma tables for Auto-Negotiation for backplane and copper cable assembly 538
73.11.4.1 Functional specifications 538
73.11.4.2 DME transmission 539
73.11.4.3 Link codeword encoding 540
73.11.4.4 Receive function requirements 541
73.11.4.5 Next Page function 542
73.11.4.6 Management register requirements. 542
73.11.4.7 State diagrams and variable definitions 543
73.11.4.8 Service primitives 543
73.11.4.9 Auto-Negotiation annexes 544
74. Forward Error Correction (FEC) sublayer for BASE-R PHYs 545
74.1 Overview. 545
74.2 Objectives 545
74.3 Relationship to other sublayers. 545
74.4 Inter-sublayer interfaces 546
74.4.1 Functional Block Diagram for 10GBASE-R PHYs 547
74.4.2 Functional block diagram for 25GBASE-R PHYs 548
74.4.3 Functional block diagram for 40GBASE-R PHYs 549
74.4.4 Functional block diagram for 100GBASE-R PHYs 549
74.5 FEC service interface 550
74.5.1 10GBASE-R service primitives 551
74.5.1.1 FEC_UNITDATA.request 551
74.5.1.1.1 Semantics of the service primitive 551
74.5.1.1.2 When generated 551
74.5.1.1.3 Effect of receipt 551
74.5.1.2 FEC_UNITDATA.indication 552
74.5.1.2.1 Semantics of the service primitive 552
74.5.1.2.2 When generated 552
74.5.1.2.3 Effect of receipt 552
74.5.1.3 FEC_SIGNAL.indication 552
74.5.1.3.1 Semantics of the service primitive 552
74.5.1.3.2 When generated 552
74.5.1.3.3 Effect of receipt 552
74.5.1.4 FEC_ENERGY.indication (optional) 552
74.5.1.4.1 Effect of receipt 553
74.5.1.5 FEC_LPI_ACTIVE.request (optional) 553
74.5.1.5.1 When generated 553
74.5.1.5.2 Effect of receipt 553
74.5.1.6 FEC_RX_MODE.request (optional) 553
74.5.1.6.1 When generated 553
74.5.1.6.2 Effect of receipt 553
74.5.1.7 FEC_TX_MODE.request (optional). 553
74.5.1.7.1 When generated 553
74.5.1.7.2 Effect of receipt 554
74.5.2 25GBASE-R service primitives 554
74.5.3 40GBASE-R and 100GBASE-R service primitives. 555
74.6 Delay constraints. 556
74.7 FEC principle of operation 556
74.7.1 FEC code. 556
74.7.2 FEC block format 557
74.7.3 Composition of the FEC block 557
74.7.4 Functions within FEC sublayer. 558
74.7.4.1 Reverse gearbox function 558
74.7.4.1.1 Reverse gearbox function for 10GBASE-R 558
74.7.4.1.2 Reverse gearbox function for 25GBASE-R, 40GBASE-R, and
100GBASE-R 558
74.7.4.2 FEC Encoder. 559
74.7.4.3 FEC transmission bit ordering 560
74.7.4.4 FEC (2112,2080) encoder. 560
74.7.4.4.1 PN-2112 pseudo-noise sequence generator 561
74.7.4.5 FEC decoder 562
74.7.4.5.1 FEC (2112,2080) decoding. 563
74.7.4.6 FEC receive bit ordering. 564
74.7.4.7 FEC block synchronization. 564
74.7.4.8 FEC rapid block synchronization for EEE (optional). 565
74.8 FEC MDIO function mapping 566
74.8.1 FEC capability 566
74.8.2 FEC Enable 566
74.8.3 FEC Enable Error Indication 567
74.8.3.1 FEC Error Indication ability 567
74.8.4 FEC Error monitoring capability 567
74.8.4.1 FEC_corrected_blocks_counter 567
74.8.4.2 FEC_uncorrected_blocks_counter 567
74.9 BASE-R PHY test-pattern mode 568
74.10 Detailed functions and state diagrams 568
74.10.1 State diagram conventions 568
74.10.2 State variables 568
74.10.2.1 Constants. 568
74.10.2.2 Variables 568
74.10.2.3 Functions. 569
74.10.2.4 Counters 569
74.10.3 State diagrams. 569
74.11 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 74, Forward Error Correction (FEC) sublayer for BASE-R PHYs. 571
74.11.1 Introduction. 571
74.11.2 Identification. 571
74.11.2.1 Implementation identification. 571
74.11.2.2 Protocol summary 571
74.11.3 Major capabilities/options. 572
74.11.4 Management 573
74.11.5 FEC requirements 574
74.11.6 FEC Error Monitoring 575
75. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium for passive optical networks, type 10GBASE–PR and 10/1GBASE–PRX. 576
75.1 Overview. 576
75.1.1 Terminology and conventions 576
75.1.2 Goals and objectives 576
75.1.3 Power budget classes 576
75.1.4 Power budgets. 577
75.1.5 Positioning of PMD sublayer within the IEEE 802.3 architecture 578
75.2 PMD types 578
75.2.1 Mapping of PMDs to power budgets 581
75.2.1.1 Asymmetric-rate, 10 Gb/s downstream and 1 Gb/s upstream power budgets (PRX type) 582
75.2.1.2 Symmetric-rate, 10 Gb/s power budgets (PR type) 582
75.3 PMD functional specifications 582
75.3.1 PMD service interface 582
75.3.1.1 Delay constraints. 583
75.3.1.2 PMD_UNITDATA.request. 583
75.3.1.3 PMD_UNITDATA.indication 583
75.3.1.4 PMD_SIGNAL.request. 583
75.3.1.5 PMD_SIGNAL.indication 583
75.3.2 PMD block diagram 584
75.3.3 PMD transmit function 584
75.3.4 PMD receive function. 584
75.3.5 PMD signal detect function 584
75.3.5.1 ONU PMD signal detect 584
75.3.5.2 OLT PMD signal detect 585
75.3.5.3 10GBASE–PR and 10/1GBASE–PRX Signal detect functions 585
75.3.6 PMD transmit enable function for ONU. 586
75.4 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10/10G–EPON and 10/1G–EPON OLT PMDs. 586
75.4.1 Transmitter optical specifications. 586
75.4.2 Receiver optical specifications 587
75.5 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10/10G–EPON and 10/1G–EPON ONU PMDs 589
75.5.1 Transmitter optical specifications. 590
75.5.2 Receiver optical specifications 591
75.6 Dual-rate (coexistence) mode 592
75.6.1 Downstream dual-rate operation. 593
75.6.2 Upstream dual-rate operation 593
75.7 Definitions of optical parameters and measurement methods 593
75.7.1 Insertion loss 593
75.7.2 Allocation for penalties in 10G–EPON PMDs 593
75.7.3 Test patterns 594
75.7.4 Wavelength, spectral width, and side mode suppression ratio (SMSR) measurement. 594
75.7.5 Optical power measurements 595
75.7.6 Extinction ratio measurements 595
75.7.7 Optical modulation amplitude (OMA) test procedure 595
75.7.8 Relative intensity noise optical modulation amplitude (RINxOMA) measuring procedure 595
75.7.9 Transmit optical waveform (transmit eye) 595
75.7.10 Transmitter and dispersion penalty (TDP) 596
75.7.11 Receive sensitivity 596
75.7.12 Stressed receiver conformance test. 596
75.7.13 Jitter measurements. 597
75.7.14 Laser on/off timing measurement 597
75.7.15 Receiver settling timing measurement 597
75.7.15.1 Definitions 597
75.7.15.2 Test specification 598
75.8 Environmental, safety, and labeling 599
75.8.1 General safety 599
75.8.2 Laser safety 599
75.8.3 Installation 599
75.8.4 Environment 599
75.8.5 PMD labeling 599
75.9 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling 600
75.9.1 Fiber optic cabling model 600
75.9.2 Optical fiber and cable 600
75.9.3 Optical fiber connection 601
75.9.4 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI) 601
75.10 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 75, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium for passive optical networks, type 10GBASE–PR and 10/1GBASE–PRX. 602
75.10.1 Introduction. 602
75.10.2 Identification. 602
75.10.2.1 Implementation identification. 602
75.10.2.2 Protocol summary 602
75.10.3 Major capabilities/options. 603
75.10.4 PICS proforma tables for Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium for passive optical networks, type 10GBASE–PR and 10/1GBASE–PRX 604
75.10.4.1 PMD functional specifications 604
75.10.4.2 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10GBASE–PR–D1 604
75.10.4.3 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10GBASE–PR–D2 605
75.10.4.4 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10GBASE–PR–D3 605
75.10.4.5 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10GBASE–PR–D4 605
75.10.4.6 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10/1GBASE–PRX–D1 606
75.10.4.7 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10/1GBASE–PRX–D2 606
75.10.4.8 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10/1GBASE–PRX–D3 606
75.10.4.9 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10/1GBASE–PRX–D4 607
75.10.4.10 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10GBASE–PR–U1 607
75.10.4.11 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10GBASE–PR–U3 607
75.10.4.12 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10GBASE–PR–U4 608
75.10.4.13 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10/1GBASE–PRX–U1 608
75.10.4.14 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10/1GBASE–PRX–U2 608
75.10.4.15 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10/1GBASE–PRX–U3 609
75.10.4.16 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 10/1GBASE–PRX–U4 609
75.10.4.17 Definitions of optical parameters and measurement methods 609
75.10.4.18 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling and MDI. 610
75.10.4.19 Environmental specifications 611
76. Reconciliation Sublayer, Physical Coding Sublayer, and Physical Media Attachment for 10GEPON
612
76.1 Overview. 612
76.1.1 Conventions 612
76.1.2 Delay constraints. 612
76.2 Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) for 10G-EPON 612
76.2.1 Overview. 612
76.2.2 Dual-speed Media Independent Interface 615
76.2.2.1 10/10G-EPON. 615
76.2.2.2 10/1G-EPON. 615
76.2.2.3 Dual-rate mode 615
76.2.2.4 Mapping of XGMII and GMII primitives. 616
76.2.3 Summary of major concepts 617
76.2.3.1 Application 617
76.2.4 GMII structure 617
76.2.5 XGMII structure 617
76.2.6 Mapping of XGMII and GMII signals to PLS service primitives 618
76.2.6.1 Functional specifications for multiple MACs. 618
76.2.6.1.1 Variables 618
76.2.6.1.2 RS Transmit function 618
76.2.6.1.3 RS Receive function 619
76.3 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) for 10G-EPON. 620
76.3.1 Overview. 620
76.3.1.1 10/1GBASE-PRX PCS 621
76.3.1.2 10GBASE-PR PCS 621
76.3.2 PCS transmit function. 622
76.3.2.1 Idle control character deletion 622
76.3.2.1.1 Constants. 623
76.3.2.1.2 Variables 623
76.3.2.1.3 Functions. 624
76.3.2.1.4 Counters 624
76.3.2.1.5 State diagrams. 624
76.3.2.2 64B/66B Encode 626
76.3.2.3 Scrambler 627
76.3.2.4 FEC encoding 627
76.3.2.4.1 FEC Algorithm [RS(255,223)] 627
76.3.2.4.2 Parity calculation 629
76.3.2.4.3 FEC Transmission Block Formatting 631
76.3.2.5 Data Detector 631
76.3.2.5.1 Burst Mode operation (ONU only). 631
76.3.2.5.2 Constants. 633
76.3.2.5.3 Variables 634
76.3.2.5.4 Functions. 635
76.3.2.5.5 Messages. 635
76.3.2.5.6 Counters 635
76.3.2.5.7 State diagrams. 636
76.3.2.6 Gearbox. 636
76.3.3 PCS receive Function 639
76.3.3.1 OLT synchronizer 639
76.3.3.1.1 Variables 639
76.3.3.1.2 Counters 640
76.3.3.1.3 Functions. 640
76.3.3.1.4 State diagram 642
76.3.3.2 ONU Synchronizer 642
76.3.3.2.1 Constants. 644
76.3.3.2.2 Variables 644
76.3.3.2.3 Counters 645
76.3.3.2.4 Functions. 645
76.3.3.2.5 State diagram 645
76.3.3.3 FEC decoding process 645
76.3.3.3.1 Variables 647
76.3.3.3.2 Counters 647
76.3.3.3.3 Functions. 648
76.3.3.3.4 State diagrams. 648
76.3.3.4 BER monitor 648
76.3.3.4.1 Variables 649
76.3.3.4.2 Timers 650
76.3.3.4.3 Counters 650
76.3.3.4.4 State diagrams. 650
76.3.3.5 Descrambler 651
76.3.3.6 64B/66B Decode. 651
76.3.3.7 Idle Insertion 652
76.3.3.7.1 Constants. 652
76.3.3.7.2 Variables 652
76.3.3.7.3 Functions. 653
76.3.3.7.4 Messages. 653
76.3.3.7.5 State diagrams. 653
76.4 10GBASE-PR and 10/1GBASE-PRX PMA 653
76.4.1 Extensions for 10GBASE-PR-U and 10/1GBASE-PRX-U 655
76.4.1.1 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer interfaces 655
76.4.1.2 Loop-timing specifications for ONUs 655
76.4.2 Extensions for 10GBASE-PR-D and 10/1GBASE-PRX-D 655
76.4.2.1 CDR lock timing measurement for the upstream direction 655
76.4.2.1.1 Test specification 655
76.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 76, Reconciliation Sublayer, Physical Coding Sublayer, and Physical Media Attachment for 10G-EPON 656
76.5.1 Introduction. 656
76.5.2 Identification. 656
76.5.2.1 Implementation identification. 656
76.5.2.2 Protocol summary 657
76.5.3 Major capabilities/options 657
76.5.4 PICS proforma tables for Reconciliation Sublayer (RS), Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS), and Physical Media Attachment (PMA) for point-to-multipoint media, types 10GBASE–PR and 10/1GBASE–PRX. 658
76.5.4.1 Operating modes of OLT MACs 658
76.5.4.2 ONU and OLT variables. 658
76.5.4.3 Preamble mapping and replacement 659
76.5.4.4 Coding Rules 659
76.5.4.5 Data detection 659
76.5.4.6 Idle control character deletion 660
76.5.4.7 FEC requirements 660
76.5.4.8 FEC state diagrams 661
76.5.4.9 PCS Idle Insertion. 661
76.5.4.10 PMA 661
76.5.4.11 Delay variation 661
77. Multipoint MAC Control for 10G–EPON 662
77.1 Overview. 662
77.1.1 Goals and objectives 663
77.1.2 Position of Multipoint MAC Control within the IEEE 802.3 hierarchy. 663
77.1.3 Functional block diagram 667
77.1.4 Service interfaces 668
77.1.5 State diagram conventions 668
77.2 Multipoint MAC Control operation 668
77.2.1 Principles of Multipoint MAC Control. 669
77.2.1.1 Ranging and timing process 670
77.2.2 Multipoint transmission control, Control Parser, and Control Multiplexer 671
77.2.2.1 Constants. 673
77.2.2.2 Counters 674
77.2.2.3 Variables 674
77.2.2.4 Functions. 677
77.2.2.5 Timers 678
77.2.2.6 Messages. 678
77.2.2.7 State diagrams. 678
77.3 Multipoint Control Protocol (MPCP) 684
77.3.1 Principles of Multipoint Control Protocol 684
77.3.2 Compatibility considerations 684
77.3.2.1 PAUSE operation 684
77.3.2.2 Optional Shared LAN emulation 685
77.3.2.3 Multicast and single copy broadcast support 685
77.3.2.4 Delay requirements 685
77.3.3 Discovery processing 685
77.3.3.1 Constants. 689
77.3.3.2 Variables 689
77.3.3.3 Functions. 691
77.3.3.4 Timers 691
77.3.3.5 Messages. 691
77.3.3.6 State Diagrams 694
77.3.4 Report Processing 699
77.3.4.1 Constants. 699
77.3.4.2 Variables 699
77.3.4.3 Functions. 700
77.3.4.4 Timers 700
77.3.4.5 Messages. 700
77.3.4.6 State diagrams. 701
77.3.5 Gate Processing. 702
77.3.5.1 Constants. 703
77.3.5.2 Variables 704
77.3.5.3 Functions. 706
77.3.5.4 Timers 707
77.3.5.5 Messages. 707
77.3.5.6 State diagrams. 708
77.3.6 MPCPDU structure and encoding. 711
77.3.6.1 GATE description 712
77.3.6.2 REPORT description 714
77.3.6.3 REGISTER_REQ description. 717
77.3.6.4 REGISTER description. 718
77.3.6.5 REGISTER_ACK description 720
77.4 Discovery Process in dual-rate systems 720
77.4.1 OLT speed-specific discovery 720
77.4.2 ONU speed-specific registration. 721
77.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 77,
Multipoint MAC Control 724
77.5.1 Introduction. 724
77.5.2 Identification. 724
77.5.2.1 Implementation identification 724
77.5.2.2 Protocol summary 724
77.5.3 Major capabilities/options 725
77.5.4 PICS proforma tables for Multipoint MAC Control. 725
77.5.4.1 Compatibility considerations 725
77.5.4.2 Multipoint MAC Control 725
77.5.4.3 State diagrams. 726
77.5.4.4 MPCP 727
Annex 57A (normative) Requirements for support of Slow Protocols 728
57A.1 Introduction and rationale 728
57A.2 Slow Protocol transmission characteristics 728
57A.3 Addressing 728
57A.4 Protocol identification 729
57A.5 Handling of Slow Protocol frames. 730
57A.6 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Annex 57A,
Requirements for support of Slow Protocols 731
57A.6.1 Introduction. 731
57A.6.2 Identification. 731
57A.6.2.1 Implementation identification. 731
57A.6.2.2 Protocol summary 731
57A.6.2.3 Transmission characteristics 732
57A.6.2.4 Frame handling 732
Annex 57B (normative) Organization specific slow protocol (OSSP). 733
57B.1 Transmission and representation of octets 733
57B.1.1 OSSPDU frame structure 733
57B.2 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Annex 57B,
Organization specific slow protocol (OSSP) 735
57B.2.1 Introduction. 735
57B.2.2 Identification. 735
57B.2.2.1 Implementation identification. 735
57B.2.2.2 Protocol summary 735
57B.2.2.3 OSSPDU structure 736
Annex 58A (informative) Frame-based testing 737
Annex 61A (informative) EFM Copper examples 739
61A.1 Purpose and scope 739
61A.2 Aggregation Discovery example 739
61A.3 Example of 64/65-octet encapsulation. 743
Annex 61B (informative) Handshake codepoints for 2BASE-TL and 10PASS-TS 747
61B.1 Purpose and scope 747
61B.2 Level-1 S field codepoints for 2BASE-TL and 10PASS-TS. 747
61B.3 Codepoints for 2BASE-TL 747
61B.3.1 Level-2 S field codepoints for 2BASE-TL 747
61B.3.2 Level-3 S field codepoints for 2BASE-TL 749
61B.3.2.1 Training parameter codepoints 749
61B.3.2.2 PMMS parameter codepoints 760
61B.3.2.3 Framing parameter codepoints 767
61B.4 Codepoints for 10PASS-TS 768
61B.4.1 Level-2 S field codepoints for 10PASS-TS 768
61B.4.2 Level-3 S field codepoints for 10PASS-TS 769
61B.4.2.1 Used bands in upstream codepoints 769
61B.4.2.2 Used bands in downstream codepoints. 770
61B.4.2.3 IDFT/DFT size codepoints 771
61B.4.2.4 Initial length of CE codepoints 771
61B.4.2.5 MCM RFI band codepoints 772
61B.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Annex 61B,
Handshake codepoints for 2BASE-TL and 10PASS-TS 774
61B.5.1 Introduction. 774
61B.5.2 Identification. 774
61B.5.2.1 Implementation identification. 774
61B.5.2.2 Protocol summary 774
61B.5.3 Major capabilities/options. 774
61B.5.4 2BASE-TL handshake coding rules 775
Annex 62A (normative) PMD profiles for 10PASS-TS 776
62A.1 Introduction and rationale 776
62A.2 Relationship to other clauses 776
62A.3 Profile definitions. 776
62A.3.1 Bandplan and PSD mask profiles 776
62A.3.2 Bandplan definitions 778
62A.3.3 PSD mask definitions 778
62A.3.4 UPBO Reference PSD Profiles. 778
62A.3.5 Band Notch Profiles 779
62A.3.6 Payload rate profiles 781
62A.3.7 Complete profiles 781
62A.3.8 Default profile. 781
62A.4 Register settings 782

32

62A.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Annex 62A, PMD
profiles for 10PASS-TS 784
62A.5.1 Introduction. 784
62A.5.2 Identification. 784
62A.5.2.1 Implementation identification. 784
62A.5.2.2 Protocol summary 784
62A.5.3 Major capabilities/options. 785
62A.5.4 PICS proforma tables for PMD profiles for 10PASS-TS 785
Annex 62B (normative) Performance guidelines for 10PASS-TS PMD profiles 789
62B.1 Introduction and rationale 789
62B.2 Relationship to other clauses 789
62B.3 Performance test cases 789
62B.3.1 Additional tests 791
62B.4 Deployment guidelines 791
62B.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Annex 62B,
Performance guidelines for 10PASS-TS PMD profiles. 792
62B.5.1 Introduction. 792
62B.5.2 Identification. 792
62B.5.2.1 Implementation identification. 792
62B.5.2.2 Protocol summary 792
62B.5.3 Major capabilities/options. 793
62B.5.4 PICS proforma tables for Performance guidelines for 10PASS-TS PMD profiles 793
Annex 62C (informative) 10PASS-TS Examples 794
62C.1 Introduction 794
62C.2 Bandplan configuration 794
62C.2.1 Plan A with variable LF region. 797
62C.3 PSD mask configuration 798
62C.3.1 General procedure. 798
62C.3.2 PSD Masks for Plan A with variable LF region 798
Annex 63A (normative) PMD Profiles for 2BASE-TL 799
63A.1 Introduction and rationale 799
63A.2 Relationship to other clauses 799
63A.3 Profile definitions. 799
63A.4 Register settings 800
63A.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma Annex 63A, PMD
Profiles for 2BASE-TL 801
63A.5.1 Introduction. 801
63A.5.2 Identification. 801
63A.5.2.1 Implementation identification. 801
63A.5.2.2 Protocol summary 801
63A.5.3 Major capabilities/options. 802
63A.5.4 PICS proforma tables for Performance guidelines for 2BASE-TL PMD profiles 802
Annex 63B (normative) Performance guidelines for 2BASE-TL PMD profiles 803
63B.1 Introduction and rationale 803
63B.2 Relationship to other clauses 803
63B.3 Performance test cases. 803

33

63B.4 Deployment Guidelines 805
63B.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Annex 63B,
Performance guidelines for 2BASE-TL PMD profiles 806
63B.5.1 Introduction. 806
63B.5.2 Identification. 806
63B.5.2.1 Implementation identification. 806
63B.5.2.2 Protocol summary 806
63B.5.3 Major capabilities/options. 807
63B.5.4 PICS proforma tables for Performance guidelines for 2BASE-TL PMD profiles 807
Annex 67A (informative) Environmental characteristics for Ethernet subscriber access networks 808
67A.1 Introduction 808
67A.1.1 Terminal deployment scenarios 808
67A.2 Temperature 809
67A.3 Temperature impact on optical components 811
67A.3.1 Component case temperature recommendations 811
Annex 69A (normative) Interference tolerance testing 813
69A.1 Introduction 813
69A.2 Test setup 813
69A.2.1 Pattern generator 814
69A.2.2 Test channel 814
69A.2.3 Interference generator 815
69A.2.4 Transmitter control 815
69A.3 Test methodology. 815
Annex 69B (informative) Interconnect characteristics 817
69B.1 Overview 817
69B.2 Reference model 817
69B.3 Characteristic impedance 817
69B.4 Channel parameters 818
69B.4.1 Overview. 818
69B.4.2 Fitted attenuation 818
69B.4.3 Insertion loss 819
69B.4.4 Insertion loss deviation 822
69B.4.5 Return loss 822
69B.4.6 Crosstalk 823
69B.4.6.1 Power sum differential near-end crosstalk (PSNEXT). 823
69B.4.6.2 Power sum differential far-end crosstalk (PSFEXT) 824
69B.4.6.3 Power sum differential crosstalk. 824
69B.4.6.4 Insertion loss to crosstalk ratio (ICR) 824
Annex 73A (normative) Next page message code field definitions 826
73A.1 Message code 1—Null Message code 826
73A.2 Message code 5—Organizationally Unique Identifier (OUI) tag code 826
73A.3 Message code 6—AN device identifier tag code. 827
73A.4 Message code 10—EEE technology message code. 827
Annex 74A (informative) FEC block encoding examples 828

34

74A.1 Input to the FEC (2112,2080) Encoder 828
74A.2 Output of the FEC (2112,2080) Encoder 828
74A.3 Output of the FEC (2112,2080) Encoder after scrambling with PN-2112 sequence. 829
74A.4 Output of the PN-2112 sequence generator 830
74A.5 Output of the FEC (2112,2080) Encoder to Support Rapid Block during the wake state
in EEE (optional) 830
74A.6 Output of the FEC (2112,2080) Encoder to Support Rapid Block during the refresh
state in EEE (optional) 830
Annex 75A (informative) Dual-rate receiver implementation 832
75A.1 Overview 832
Annex 75B (informative) Illustrative channels and penalties for 10GBASE-PR and 10/1GBASEPRX
power budget classes 835
75B.1 Overview 835
75B.2 Wavelength allocation 835
75B.2.1 Downstream wavelength allocation 835
75B.2.2 Upstream wavelength allocation. 837
Annex 75C (informative) Jitter at TP1 to TP8 for 10GBASE–PR and 10/1GBASE–PRX 838
75C.1 Overview 838
Annex 76A (informative) FEC Encoding example 840
76A.1 Introduction and rationale 840
76A.2 64B/66B block input 840
76A.3 66 bit block input in binary format 842
76A.4 RS(255,223) input buffer in Binary Format. 842
76A.5 RS(255,223) input buffer 843
76A.6 Parity symbol output 844
76A.7 Parity symbols in binary format. 844
76A.8 64B/66B Parity Blocks for Transmit 845
76A.9 Parity 66 bit blocks in binary format 845
SECTION six
Contents
78. Energy-Efficient Ethernet (EEE) 32
78.1 Overview. 32
78.1.1 LPI Signaling 32
78.1.1.1 Reconciliation sublayer service interfaces 33
78.1.1.2 Responsibilities of LPI Client. 33
78.1.2 LPI Client service interface 33
78.1.2.1 LP_IDLE.request 34
78.1.2.1.1 Function 34
78.1.2.1.2 Semantics of the service primitive 34
78.1.2.1.3 When generated 34
78.1.2.1.4 Effect of receipt 34
78.1.2.2 LP_IDLE.indication 34
78.1.2.2.1 Function 34
78.1.2.2.2 Semantics of the service primitive 34
78.1.2.2.3 When generated 34
78.1.2.2.4 Effect of receipt 35
78.1.3 Reconciliation sublayer operation 35
78.1.3.1 RS LPI assert function 35
78.1.3.2 LPI detect function 36
78.1.3.3 PHY LPI operation 36
78.1.3.3.1 PHY LPI transmit operation 36

2

78.1.3.3.2 PHY LPI receive operation. 37
78.1.4 PHY types optionally supporting EEE 38
78.2 LPI mode timing parameters description 39
78.3 Capabilities Negotiation 42
78.4 Data Link Layer capabilities. 42
78.4.1 Data Link Layer capabilities timing requirements 43
78.4.2 Control state diagrams 43
78.4.2.1 Conventions 43
78.4.2.2 Constants. 43
78.4.2.3 Variables 43
78.4.2.4 Functions. 47
78.4.2.5 State diagrams. 47
78.4.3 State change procedure across a link 51
78.4.3.1 Transmitting link partner’s state change procedure across a link. 52
78.4.3.2 Receiving link partner’s state change procedure across a link 53
78.5 Communication link access latency 54
78.5.1 PHY extension using extender sublayers 56
78.5.2 25 Gb/s 40 Gb/s, and 100 Gb/s PHY extension using 25GAUI, XLAUI, or CAUI-n 57
78.6 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for EEE Data Link
Layer Capabilities 58
78.6.1 Introduction. 58
78.6.2 Identification. 58
78.6.2.1 Implementation identification. 58
78.6.2.2 Protocol summary 58
78.6.3 Major capabilities/options. 59
78.6.4 DLL requirements. 59
79. IEEE 802.3 Organizationally Specific Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) type, length, and
value (TLV) information elements 60
79.1 Overview. 60
79.1.1 IEEE 802.3 LLDP frame format. 60
79.1.1.1 Destination Address field 61
79.1.1.2 Source Address field. 61
79.1.1.3 Length/Type field 61
79.1.1.4 LLDPDU field 61
79.1.1.5 Pad field 61
79.1.1.6 Frame Check Sequence field 61
79.2 Requirements of the IEEE 802.3 Organizationally Specific TLV set 61
79.3 IEEE 802.3 Organizationally Specific TLVs 62
79.3.1 MAC/PHY Configuration/Status TLV 62
79.3.1.1 Auto-negotiation support/status 62
79.3.1.2 PMD auto-negotiation advertised capability field 63
79.3.1.3 Operational MAU type 63
79.3.1.4 MAC/PHY Configuration/Status TLV usage rules 63
79.3.2 Power Via MDI TLV 63
79.3.2.1 MDI power support. 63
79.3.2.2 PSE power pair 64
79.3.2.3 Power class 64
79.3.2.4 Requested power type/source/priority 65
79.3.2.4.1 Power type 65
79.3.2.4.2 Power source. 65
79.3.2.4.3 Power priority 65
79.3.2.5 PD requested power value 66

3

79.3.2.6 PSE allocated power value 66
79.3.2.7 Power Via MDI TLV usage rules 66
79.3.3 Link Aggregation TLV (deprecated) 67
79.3.3.1 Aggregation status 67
79.3.3.2 Aggregated port ID 67
79.3.3.3 Link Aggregation TLV usage rules 67
79.3.4 Maximum Frame Size TLV 67
79.3.4.1 Maximum frame size 68
79.3.4.2 Maximum Frame Size TLV usage rules 68
79.3.5 EEE TLV 69
79.3.5.1 Transmit Tw 69
79.3.5.2 Receive Tw 69
79.3.5.3 Fallback Tw 69
79.3.5.4 Echo Transmit and Receive Tw 70
79.3.5.5 EEE TLV usage rules 70
79.3.6 EEE Fast Wake TLV 70
79.3.6.1 Transmit fast wake 70
79.3.6.2 Receive fast wake 70
79.3.6.3 Echo of Transmit fast wake and Receive fast wake 71
79.3.6.4 EEE Fast Wake TLV usage rules 71
79.3.7 Additional Ethernet Capabilities TLV 71
79.3.7.1 Additional Ethernet capabilities 71
79.3.7.2 Additional Ethernet Capabilities TLV usage rules 71
79.4 IEEE 802.3 Organizationally Specific TLV selection management 72
79.4.1 IEEE 802.3 Organizationally Specific TLV selection variable/LLDP Configuration
managed object class cross reference 72
79.4.2 IEEE 802.3 Organizationally Specific TLV/LLDP Local and Remote System group
managed object class cross references 72
79.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for IEEE 802.3
Organizationally Specific Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) type, length, and value
(TLV) information elements. 76
79.5.1 Introduction. 76
79.5.2 Identification. 76
79.5.2.1 Implementation identification. 76
79.5.2.2 Protocol summary 76
79.5.3 Major capabilities/options. 77
79.5.4 IEEE 802.3 Organizationally Specific TLV 77
79.5.5 MAC/PHY Configuration/Status TLV 78
79.5.6 EEE TLV 78
79.5.7 EEE Fast Wake TLV 79
79.5.8 Power Via MDI TLV 79
79.5.9 Link Aggregation TLV 80
79.5.10 Maximum Frame Size TLV 80
79.5.11 Additional Ethernet Capabilities TLV 81
80. Introduction to 40 Gb/s and 100 Gb/s networks 82
80.1 Overview. 82
80.1.1 Scope. 82
80.1.2 Objectives 82
80.1.3 Relationship of 40 Gigabit and 100 Gigabit Ethernet to the ISO OSI reference
model 82
80.1.4 Nomenclature 83
80.1.5 Physical Layer signaling systems 85

4

80.2 Summary of 40 Gigabit and 100 Gigabit Ethernet sublayers 87
80.2.1 Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) and Media Independent Interface 87
80.2.2 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) 87
80.2.3 Forward Error Correction (FEC) sublayers 87
80.2.4 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer 87
80.2.5 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer 87
80.2.6 Auto-Negotiation 88
80.2.7 Management interface (MDIO/MDC) 88
80.2.8 Management 88
80.3 Service interface specification method and notation 88
80.3.1 Inter-sublayer service interface. 88
80.3.2 Instances of the Inter-sublayer service interface. 89
80.3.3 Semantics of inter-sublayer service interface primitives 89
80.3.3.1 IS_UNITDATA_i.request. 89
80.3.3.1.1 Semantics of the service primitive 92
80.3.3.1.2 When generated 94
80.3.3.1.3 Effect of receipt 94
80.3.3.2 IS_UNITDATA_i.indication 94
80.3.3.2.1 Semantics of the service primitive 94
80.3.3.2.2 When generated 94
80.3.3.2.3 Effect of receipt 94
80.3.3.3 IS_SIGNAL.indication 94
80.3.3.3.1 Semantics of the service primitive 94
80.3.3.3.2 When generated 95
80.3.3.3.3 Effect of receipt 95
80.3.3.4 IS_TX_MODE.request 95
80.3.3.4.1 Semantics of the service primitive 95
80.3.3.4.2 When generated 95
80.3.3.4.3 Effect of receipt 95
80.3.3.5 IS_RX_MODE.request 95
80.3.3.5.1 Semantics of the service primitive 95
80.3.3.5.2 When generated 95
80.3.3.5.3 Effect of receipt 95
80.3.3.6 IS_RX_LPI_ACTIVE.request 96
80.3.3.6.1 Semantics of the service primitive 96
80.3.3.6.2 When generated 96
80.3.3.6.3 Effect of receipt 96
80.3.3.7 IS_ENERGY_DETECT.indication 96
80.3.3.7.1 Semantics of the service primitive 96
80.3.3.7.2 When generated 96
80.3.3.7.3 Effect of receipt 96
80.3.3.8 IS_RX_TX_MODE.indication 96
80.3.3.8.1 Semantics of the service primitive 97
80.3.3.8.2 When generated 97
80.3.3.8.3 Effect of receipt 97
80.4 Delay constraints. 97
80.5 Skew constraints 97
80.6 State diagrams. 104
80.7 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma. 104
81. Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) and Media Independent Interface for 40 Gb/s and 100 Gb/s
operation (XLGMII and CGMII) 105
81.1 Overview. 105

5

81.1.1 Summary of major concepts 106
81.1.2 Application 106
81.1.3 Rate of operation. 106
81.1.4 Delay constraints. 106
81.1.5 Allocation of functions 107
81.1.6 XLGMII/CGMII structure 107
81.1.7 Mapping of XLGMII/CGMII signals to PLS service primitives 108
81.1.7.1 Mapping of PLS_DATA.request 108
81.1.7.1.1 Function 108
81.1.7.1.2 Semantics of the service primitive 108
81.1.7.1.3 When generated 108
81.1.7.1.4 Effect of receipt 108
81.1.7.2 Mapping of PLS_DATA.indication 109
81.1.7.2.1 Function 109
81.1.7.2.2 Semantics of the service primitive. 109
81.1.7.2.3 When generated 109
81.1.7.2.4 Effect of receipt 109
81.1.7.3 Mapping of PLS_CARRIER.indication 109
81.1.7.4 Mapping of PLS_SIGNAL.indication 109
81.1.7.5 Mapping of PLS_DATA_VALID.indication 110
81.1.7.5.1 Function 110
81.1.7.5.2 Semantics of the service primitive 110
81.1.7.5.3 When generated 110
81.1.7.5.4 Effect of receipt 110
81.2 XLGMII/CGMII data stream 110
81.2.1 Inter-frame . 111
81.2.2 Preamble and start of frame delimiter 111
81.2.3 Data . 112
81.2.4 End of frame delimiter 112
81.2.5 Definition of Start of Packet and End of Packet Delimiters 112
81.3 XLGMII/CGMII functional specifications. 112
81.3.1 Transmit 112
81.3.1.1 TX_CLK 112
81.3.1.2 TXC<7:0> (transmit control) 113
81.3.1.3 TXD<63:0> (transmit data) 113
81.3.1.4 Start control character alignment 115
81.3.1.5 Transmit direction LPI transition 116
81.3.2 Receive 116
81.3.2.1 RX_CLK (receive clock) 116
81.3.2.2 RXC<7:0> (receive control) 116
81.3.2.3 RXD (receive data) 118
81.3.2.4 Receive direction LPI transition 119
81.3.3 Error and fault handling 120
81.3.3.1 Response to error indications by the XLGMII/CGMII 120
81.3.3.2 Conditions for generation of transmit Error control characters. 120
81.3.3.3 Response to received invalid frame sequences. 120
81.3.4 Link fault signaling. 121
81.3.4.1 Variables and counters 121
81.3.4.2 State diagram 122
81.4 LPI assertion and detection. 123
81.4.1 LPI messages 124
81.4.2 Transmit LPI state diagram. 125
81.4.2.1 Variables and counters 125
81.4.2.2 State diagram 125

6

81.4.3 Considerations for transmit system behavior 125
81.4.4 Considerations for receive system behavior 125
81.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 81,
Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) and Media Independent Interface for 40 Gb/s and 100 Gb/s
operation 127
81.5.1 Introduction. 127
81.5.2 Identification. 127
81.5.2.1 Implementation identification 127
81.5.2.2 Protocol summary 127
81.5.2.3 Major capabilities/options 128
81.5.3 PICS proforma tables for Reconciliation Sublayer and Media Independent Interface
for 40 Gb/s and 100 Gb/s operation 128
81.5.3.1 General 128
81.5.3.2 Mapping of PLS service primitives 129
81.5.3.3 Data stream structure 130
81.5.3.4 XLGMII/CGMII signal functional specifications 130
81.5.3.5 Link fault signaling state diagram 131
81.5.3.6 LPI functions. 131
81.5.3.7 Link Interruption. 132
82. Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) for 64B/66B, type 40GBASE-R and 100GBASE-R 133
82.1 Overview. 133
82.1.1 Scope. 133
82.1.2 Relationship of 40GBASE-R and 100GBASE-R to other standards 133
82.1.3 Summary of 40GBASE-R and 100GBASE-R sublayers 134
82.1.3.1 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) 134
82.1.4 Inter-sublayer interfaces 135
82.1.4.1 PCS service interface (XLGMII/CGMII) 135
82.1.4.2 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) or Forward Error Correction (FEC)
service interface 135
82.1.5 Functional block diagram 136
82.2 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) 137
82.2.1 Functions within the PCS 137
82.2.2 Use of blocks 138
82.2.3 64B/66B transmission code 138
82.2.3.1 Notation conventions 138
82.2.3.2 Transmission order 139
82.2.3.3 Block structure 139
82.2.3.4 Control codes 142
82.2.3.5 Valid and invalid blocks 143
82.2.3.6 Idle (/I/) 143
82.2.3.7 Start (/S/). 143
82.2.3.8 Terminate (/T/) 144
82.2.3.9 ordered set (/O/) 144
82.2.3.10 Error (/E/) 144
82.2.4 Transmit process 144
82.2.5 Scrambler 144
82.2.6 Block distribution 145
82.2.7 Alignment marker insertion 145
82.2.8 BIP calculations 148
82.2.9 Rapid alignment marker insertion. 148
82.2.10 PMA or FEC Interface 150
82.2.11 Test-pattern generators 151

7

82.2.12 Block synchronization 151
82.2.13 PCS lane deskew. 151
82.2.14 PCS lane reorder 152
82.2.15 Alignment marker removal. 152
82.2.16 Descrambler 152
82.2.17 Receive process. 152
82.2.18 Test-pattern checker 153
82.2.19 Detailed functions and state diagrams 153
82.2.19.1 State diagram conventions 153
82.2.19.2 State variables 153
82.2.19.2.1 Constants. 153
82.2.19.2.2 Variables 154
82.2.19.2.3 Functions. 157
82.2.19.2.4 Counters 158
82.2.19.2.5 Timers 159
82.2.19.3 State diagrams. 160
82.2.19.3.1 LPI state diagrams 167
82.3 PCS Management 170
82.3.1 PCS MDIO function mapping 170
82.4 Loopback 171
82.5 Delay constraints. 171
82.6 Auto-Negotiation 171
82.7 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 82, Physical
Coding Sublayer (PCS) for 64B/66B, type 40GBASE-R and 100GBASE-R 172
82.7.1 Introduction. 172
82.7.2 Identification. 172
82.7.2.1 Implementation identification. 172
82.7.2.2 Protocol summary 172
82.7.3 Major capabilities/options. 173
82.7.4 PICS proforma tables for PCS, type 40GBASE-R and 100GBASE-R 174
82.7.4.1 Coding rules 174
82.7.4.2 Scrambler and Descrambler 174
82.7.4.3 Deskew and Reordering 174
82.7.4.4 Alignment Markers 175
82.7.4.5 Test-pattern modes 175
82.7.4.6 Bit order 175
82.7.4.7 Management 175
82.7.4.8 State diagrams. 176
82.7.4.9 Loopback 176
82.7.4.10 Delay constraints. 177
82.7.4.11 Auto-Negotiation for Backplane Ethernet functions 177
82.7.4.12 LPI functions. 178
83. Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, type 40GBASE-R and 100GBASE-R 179
83.1 Overview. 179
83.1.1 Scope. 179
83.1.2 Position of the PMA in the 40GBASE-R or 100GBASE-R sublayers. 179
83.1.3 Summary of functions. 179
83.1.4 PMA sublayer positioning 179
83.2 PMA interfaces 182
83.3 PMA service interface 182
83.4 Service interface below PMA 185
83.5 Functions within the PMA 186

8

83.5.1 Per input-lane clock and data recovery. 186
83.5.2 Bit-level multiplexing 186
83.5.3 Skew and Skew Variation. 188
83.5.3.1 Skew generation toward SP0 188
83.5.3.2 Skew generation toward SP1 188
83.5.3.3 Skew tolerance at SP1. 188
83.5.3.4 Skew generation toward SP2 188
83.5.3.5 Skew tolerance at SP5. 188
83.5.3.6 Skew generation at SP6 188
83.5.3.7 Skew tolerance at SP6. 189
83.5.3.8 Skew generation toward SP7 189
83.5.4 Delay constraints. 189
83.5.5 Clocking architecture 189
83.5.6 Signal drivers 190
83.5.7 Link status. 190
83.5.8 PMA local loopback mode 190
83.5.9 PMA remote loopback mode (optional) 190
83.5.10 PMA test patterns (optional). 191
83.5.11 Energy Efficient Ethernet 193
83.5.11.1 PMA quiet and alert signals 193
83.5.11.2 Detection of PMA quiet and alert signals. 193
83.5.11.3 Additional transmit functions in the Tx direction. 194
83.5.11.4 Additional receive functions in the Tx direction 195
83.5.11.5 Additional transmit functions in the Rx direction 195
83.5.11.6 Additional receive functions in the Rx direction 196
83.5.11.7 Support for BASE-R FEC. 196
83.6 PMA MDIO function mapping. 196
83.7 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 83, Physical
Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, type 40GBASE-R and 100GBASE-R 200
83.7.1 Introduction. 200
83.7.2 Identification. 200
83.7.2.1 Implementation identification. 200
83.7.2.2 Protocol summary 200
83.7.3 Major capabilities/options. 201
83.7.4 Skew generation and tolerance 203
83.7.5 Test patterns 203
83.7.6 Loopback modes 204
83.7.7 EEE deep sleep with XLAUI/CAUI. 204
84. Physical Medium Dependent sublayer and baseband medium, type 40GBASE-KR4 205
84.1 Overview. 205
84.2 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) service interface 205
84.3 PCS requirements for Auto-Negotiation (AN) service interface 207
84.4 Delay constraints. 207
84.5 Skew constraints 207
84.6 PMD MDIO function mapping. 208
84.7 PMD functional specifications 209
84.7.1 Link block diagram. 209
84.7.2 PMD transmit function 209
84.7.3 PMD receive function. 209
84.7.4 Global PMD signal detect function 210
84.7.5 PMD lane-by-lane signal detect function 210
84.7.6 Global PMD transmit disable function 210

9

84.7.7 PMD lane-by-lane transmit disable function 211
84.7.8 Loopback mode. 211
84.7.9 PMD_fault function 211
84.7.10 PMD transmit fault function 211
84.7.11 PMD receive fault function. 211
84.7.12 PMD control function 212
84.8 40GBASE-KR4 electrical characteristics. 212
84.8.1 Transmitter characteristics 212
84.8.1.1 Test fixture 212
84.8.2 Receiver characteristics 212
84.8.2.1 Receiver interference tolerance 212
84.9 Interconnect characteristics. 212
84.10 Environmental specifications 212
84.10.1 General safety 212
84.10.2 Network safety 213
84.10.3 Installation and maintenance guidelines 213
84.10.4 Electromagnetic compatibility 213
84.10.5 Temperature and humidity 213
84.11 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 84, Physical
Medium Dependent sublayer and baseband medium, type 40GBASE-KR4 214
84.11.1 Introduction. 214
84.11.2 Identification. 214
84.11.2.1 Implementation identification 214
84.11.2.2 Protocol summary 214
84.11.3 Major capabilities/options. 215
84.11.4 PICS proforma tables for Clause 84, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer
and baseband medium, type 40GBASE-KR4. 216
84.11.4.1 PMD functional specifications 216
84.11.4.2 Management functions 217
84.11.4.3 Transmitter electrical characteristics 217
84.11.4.4 Receiver electrical characteristics. 218
84.11.4.5 Environmental specifications 218
85. Physical Medium Dependent sublayer and baseband medium, type 40GBASE-CR4 and
100GBASE-CR10. 219
85.1 Overview. 219
85.2 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) service interface 220
85.3 PCS requirements for Auto-Negotiation (AN) service interface 221
85.4 Delay constraints. 221
85.5 Skew constraints 222
85.6 PMD MDIO function mapping. 222
85.7 PMD functional specifications 224
85.7.1 Link block diagram. 224
85.7.2 PMD Transmit function 226
85.7.3 PMD Receive function 226
85.7.4 Global PMD signal detect function 226
85.7.5 PMD lane-by-lane signal detect function 227
85.7.6 Global PMD transmit disable function 227
85.7.7 PMD lane-by-lane transmit disable function 227
85.7.8 Loopback mode. 227
85.7.9 PMD_fault function 228
85.7.10 PMD transmit fault function 228
85.7.11 PMD receive fault function. 228

10

85.7.12 PMD control function 228
85.8 MDI Electrical specifications for 40GBASE-CR4 and 100GBASE-CR10 228
85.8.1 Signal levels 228
85.8.2 Signal paths. 229
85.8.3 Transmitter characteristics 229
85.8.3.1 Transmitter differential output return loss 230
85.8.3.2 Transmitter noise parameter measurements 230
85.8.3.3 Transmitter output waveform 231
85.8.3.3.1 Coefficient initialization 233
85.8.3.3.2 Coefficient step size 233
85.8.3.3.3 Coefficient range. 234
85.8.3.3.4 Waveform acquisition. 234
85.8.3.3.5 Linear fit to the waveform measurement at TP2 234
85.8.3.3.6 Transfer function between the transmit function and TP2 235
85.8.3.4 Insertion loss TP0 to TP2 or TP3 to TP5 236
85.8.3.5 Test fixture 236
85.8.3.6 Test fixture impedance 237
85.8.3.7 Test fixture insertion loss 237
85.8.3.8 Data dependent jitter (DDJ) 237
85.8.3.9 Signaling rate range 238
85.8.4 Receiver characteristics at TP3 summary. 239
85.8.4.1 Receiver differential input return loss 239
85.8.4.2 Receiver interference tolerance test 240
85.8.4.2.1 Test setup 240
85.8.4.2.2 Test channel 240
85.8.4.2.3 Test channel calibration 241
85.8.4.2.4 Pattern generator 241
85.8.4.2.5 Test procedure. 242
85.8.4.3 Bit error ratio 242
85.8.4.4 Signaling rate range 242
85.8.4.5 AC-coupling 242
85.9 Channel characteristics 242
85.10 Cable assembly characteristics 242
85.10.1 Characteristic impedance and reference impedance 243
85.10.2 Cable assembly insertion loss 243
85.10.3 Cable assembly insertion loss deviation (ILD). 245
85.10.4 Cable assembly return loss 246
85.10.5 Cable assembly multiple disturber near-end crosstalk (MDNEXT) loss 247
85.10.6 Cable assembly multiple disturber far-end crosstalk (MDFEXT) loss. 247
85.10.7 Cable assembly integrated crosstalk noise (ICN) 248
85.10.8 Cable assembly test fixture 250
85.10.9 Mated test fixtures 250
85.10.9.1 Mated test fixtures insertion loss 251
85.10.9.2 Mated test fixtures return loss. 251
85.10.9.3 Mated test fixtures common-mode conversion loss 252
85.10.9.4 Mated test fixtures integrated crosstalk noise. 253
85.10.10Shielding 253
85.10.11Crossover function 253
85.11 MDI specification 254
85.11.1 40GBASE-CR4 MDI connectors 254
85.11.1.1 Style-1 40GBASE-CR4 MDI connectors 254
85.11.1.1.1 Style-1 AC-coupling 255
85.11.1.2 Style-2 40GBASE-CR4 MDI connectors 256
85.11.1.2.1 Style-2 40GBASE-CR4 Connector pin assignments 256

11

85.11.2 100GBASE-CR10 MDI connectors 257
85.11.2.1 100GBASE-CR10 MDI AC-coupling 259
85.11.3 Electronic keying 259
85.12 Environmental specifications 259
85.13 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 85, Physical
Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 40GBASE-CR4 and
100GBASE-CR10. 260
85.13.1 Introduction. 260
85.13.2 Identification. 260
85.13.2.1 Implementation identification. 260
85.13.2.2 Protocol summary 260
85.13.3 Major capabilities/options. 261
85.13.4 PICS proforma tables for Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and
baseband medium, type 40GBASE-CR4 and 100GBASE-CR10 262
85.13.4.1 PMD functional specifications 262
85.13.4.2 Management functions 263
85.13.4.3 Transmitter specifications 264
85.13.4.4 Receiver specifications 264
85.13.4.5 Cable assembly specifications 265
85.13.4.6 MDI connector specifications. 266
85.13.4.7 Environmental specifications 266
86. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 40GBASE-SR4 and
100GBASE-SR10 267
86.1 Overview. 267
86.2 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) service interface 269
86.3 Delay and Skew 270
86.3.1 Delay constraints. 270
86.3.2 Skew and Skew Variation constraints 270
86.4 PMD MDIO function mapping. 270
86.5 PMD functional specifications 271
86.5.1 PMD block diagram 271
86.5.2 PMD transmit function 272
86.5.3 PMD receive function. 272
86.5.4 PMD global signal detect function 272
86.5.5 PMD lane-by-lane signal detect function 273
86.5.6 PMD reset function. 273
86.5.7 PMD global transmit disable function (optional) 273
86.5.8 PMD lane-by-lane transmit disable function (optional) 274
86.5.9 PMD fault function (optional) 274
86.5.10 PMD transmit fault function (optional) 274
86.5.11 PMD receive fault function (optional) 274
86.6 Lane assignments 274
86.7 PMD to MDI specifications for 40GBASE-SR4 or 100GBASE-SR10 274
86.7.1 Transmitter optical specifications. 275
86.7.2 Characteristics of signal within, and at the receiving end of, a compliant optical
channel 276
86.7.3 40GBASE-SR4 or 100GBASE-SR10 receiver optical specifications 277
86.7.4 40GBASE-SR4 or 100GBASE-SR10 illustrative link power budget 278
86.8 Definitions of optical and dual-use parameters and measurement methods. 278
86.8.1 Test points and compliance boards. 278
86.8.2 Test patterns and related subclauses 278
86.8.2.1 Multi-lane testing considerations 281

12

86.8.3 Parameters applicable to both electrical and optical signals. 281
86.8.3.1 Skew and Skew Variation. 281
86.8.3.2 Eye diagrams. 282
86.8.3.2.1 Eye mask acceptable hit count examples 282
86.8.3.3 Jitter 282
86.8.3.3.1 J2 Jitter 282
86.8.3.3.2 J9 Jitter 282
86.8.4 Optical parameter definitions 283
86.8.4.1 Wavelength and spectral width. 283
86.8.4.2 Average optical power 283
86.8.4.3 Optical Modulation Amplitude (OMA) 283
86.8.4.4 Transmitter and dispersion penalty (TDP) 283
86.8.4.5 Extinction ratio 283
86.8.4.6 Transmitter optical waveform (transmit eye) 283
86.8.4.6.1 Optical transmitter eye mask 284
86.8.4.7 Stressed receiver sensitivity 285
86.8.4.8 Receiver jitter tolerance 285
86.9 Safety, installation, environment, and labeling. 286
86.9.1 General safety 286
86.9.2 Laser safety 286
86.9.3 Installation 286
86.9.4 Environment 286
86.9.5 PMD labeling 286
86.10 Optical channel 286
86.10.1 Fiber optic cabling model 286
86.10.2 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling (channel) 287
86.10.2.1 Optical fiber cable. 287
86.10.2.2 Optical fiber connection 287
86.10.2.2.1 Connection insertion loss 288
86.10.2.2.2 Maximum discrete reflectance 288
86.10.3 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI) 288
86.10.3.1 Optical lane assignments for 40GBASE-SR4 288
86.10.3.2 Optical lane assignments for 100GBASE-SR10 289
86.10.3.3 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI) requirements 289
86.11 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 86, Physical
Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 40GBASE-SR4 and
100GBASE-SR10 291
86.11.1 Introduction. 291
86.11.2 Identification. 291
86.11.2.1 Implementation identification 291
86.11.2.2 Protocol summary 291
86.11.3 Major capabilities/options. 292
86.11.4 PICS proforma tables for Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium,
types 40GBASE-SR4 and 100GBASE-SR10. 293
86.11.4.1 PMD functional specifications 293
86.11.4.2 Management functions 294
86.11.4.3 Optical specifications for 40GBASE-SR4 or 100GBASE-SR10 294
86.11.4.4 Definitions of parameters and measurement methods 295
86.11.4.5 Environmental and safety specifications 295
86.11.4.6 Optical channel and MDI 296
87. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 40GBASE-LR4 and
40GBASE-ER4. 297

13

87.1 Overview. 297
87.2 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) service interface 297
87.3 Delay and Skew 299
87.3.1 Delay constraints. 299
87.3.2 Skew constraints 299
87.4 PMD MDIO function mapping. 299
87.5 PMD functional specifications 299
87.5.1 PMD block diagram 299
87.5.2 PMD transmit function 300
87.5.3 PMD receive function. 301
87.5.4 PMD global signal detect function 301
87.5.5 PMD lane-by-lane signal detect function 302
87.5.6 PMD reset function. 302
87.5.7 PMD global transmit disable function (optional) 302
87.5.8 PMD lane-by-lane transmit disable function 302
87.5.9 PMD fault function (optional) 303
87.5.10 PMD transmit fault function (optional) 303
87.5.11 PMD receive fault function (optional) 303
87.6 Wavelength-division-multiplexed lane assignments 303
87.7 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 40GBASE-LR4 and 40GBASE-ER4 303
87.7.1 40GBASE-LR4 and 40GBASE-ER4 transmitter optical specifications 304
87.7.2 40GBASE-LR4 and 40GBASE-ER4 receive optical specifications 305
87.7.3 40GBASE-LR4 and 40GBASE-ER4 illustrative link power budgets 306
87.8 Definition of optical parameters and measurement methods 306
87.8.1 Test patterns for optical parameters 307
87.8.2 Skew and Skew Variation. 308
87.8.3 Wavelength and side mode suppression ratio (SMSR) 308
87.8.4 Average optical power 308
87.8.5 Optical Modulation Amplitude (OMA) 308
87.8.6 Transmitter and dispersion penalty. 308
87.8.6.1 Reference transmitter requirements 308
87.8.6.2 Channel requirements 309
87.8.6.3 Reference receiver requirements 309
87.8.6.4 Test procedure. 310
87.8.7 Extinction ratio 310
87.8.8 Relative Intensity Noise (RIN20OMA) 310
87.8.9 Transmitter optical waveform (transmit eye) 310
87.8.10 Receiver sensitivity. 310
87.8.11 Stressed receiver sensitivity 310
87.8.11.1 Stressed receiver conformance test block diagram. 311
87.8.11.2 Stressed receiver conformance test signal characteristics and calibration 312
87.8.11.3 Stressed receiver conformance test signal verification. 314
87.8.11.4 Sinusoidal jitter for receiver conformance test 314
87.8.11.5 Stressed receiver conformance test procedure for WDM conformance testing 315
87.8.12 Receiver 3 dB electrical upper cutoff frequency 316
87.9 Safety, installation, environment, and labeling. 316
87.9.1 General safety 316
87.9.2 Laser safety 316
87.9.3 Installation 317
87.9.4 Environment 317
87.9.4.1 Electromagnetic emission 317
87.9.4.2 Temperature, humidity, and handling. 317
87.9.5 PMD labeling requirements 317
87.10 Fiber optic cabling model 317

14

87.11 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling (channel) 318
87.11.1 Optical fiber cable. 318
87.11.2 Optical fiber connection 319
87.11.2.1 Connection insertion loss 319
87.11.2.2 Maximum discrete reflectance 319
87.11.3 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI) requirements 319
87.12 Requirements for interoperation between 40GBASE-LR4 and 40GBASE-ER4. 319
87.13 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 87, Physical
Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 40GBASE-LR4 and
40GBASE-ER4. 320
87.13.1 Introduction. 320
87.13.2 Identification. 320
87.13.2.1 Implementation identification 320
87.13.2.2 Protocol summary 320
87.13.3 Major capabilities/options. 321
87.13.4 PICS proforma tables for Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium,
type 40GBASE-LR4 and 40GBASE-ER4 322
87.13.4.1 PMD functional specifications 322
87.13.4.2 Management functions 323
87.13.4.3 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 40GBASE-LR4 323
87.13.4.4 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 40GBASE-ER4 323
87.13.4.5 Optical measurement methods 324
87.13.4.6 Environmental specifications 324
87.13.4.7 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling and MDI. 324
88. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 100GBASE-LR4 and
100GBASE-ER4. 325
88.1 Overview. 325
88.2 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) service interface 325
88.3 Delay and Skew 327
88.3.1 Delay constraints. 327
88.3.2 Skew constraints 327
88.4 PMD MDIO function mapping. 327
88.5 PMD functional specifications 327
88.5.1 PMD block diagram 327
88.5.2 PMD transmit function 329
88.5.3 PMD receive function. 329
88.5.4 PMD global signal detect function 329
88.5.5 PMD lane-by-lane signal detect function 330
88.5.6 PMD reset function. 330
88.5.7 PMD global transmit disable function (optional) 330
88.5.8 PMD lane-by-lane transmit disable function 330
88.5.9 PMD fault function (optional) 331
88.5.10 PMD transmit fault function (optional) 331
88.5.11 PMD receive fault function (optional) 331
88.6 Wavelength-division-multiplexed lane assignments 331
88.7 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 100GBASE-LR4 and 100GBASE-ER4 331
88.7.1 100GBASE-LR4 and 100GBASE-ER4 transmitter optical specifications 332
88.7.2 100GBASE-LR4 and 100GBASE-ER4 receive optical specifications 334
88.7.3 100GBASE-LR4 and 100GBASE-ER4 illustrative link power budgets 335
88.8 Definition of optical parameters and measurement methods 335
88.8.1 Test patterns for optical parameters 335
88.8.2 Wavelength and side mode suppression ratio (SMSR) 335

15

88.8.3 Average optical power 335
88.8.4 Optical Modulation Amplitude (OMA) 336
88.8.5 Transmitter and dispersion penalty (TDP) 336
88.8.5.1 Reference transmitter requirements 337
88.8.5.2 Channel requirements 337
88.8.5.3 Reference receiver requirements 337
88.8.5.4 Test procedure. 338
88.8.6 Extinction ratio 338
88.8.7 Relative Intensity Noise (RIN20OMA) 338
88.8.8 Transmitter optical waveform (transmit eye) 338
88.8.9 Receiver sensitivity. 339
88.8.10 Stressed receiver sensitivity 339
88.8.11 Receiver 3 dB electrical upper cutoff frequency 339
88.9 Safety, installation, environment, and labeling. 339
88.9.1 General safety 339
88.9.2 Laser safety 339
88.9.3 Installation 340
88.9.4 Environment 340
88.9.5 Electromagnetic emission 340
88.9.6 Temperature, humidity, and handling. 340
88.9.7 PMD labeling requirements 340
88.10 Fiber optic cabling model 341
88.11 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling (channel) 341
88.11.1 Optical fiber cable. 342
88.11.2 Optical fiber connection 342
88.11.2.1 Connection insertion loss 342
88.11.2.2 Maximum discrete reflectance 342
88.11.3 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI) requirements 342
88.12 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 88, Physical
Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 100GBASE-LR4 and
100GBASE-ER4. 343
88.12.1 Introduction. 343
88.12.2 Identification. 343
88.12.2.1 Implementation identification 343
88.12.2.2 Protocol summary 343
88.12.3 Major capabilities/options. 344
88.12.4 PICS proforma tables for Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium,
types 100GBASE-LR4 and 100GBASE-ER4 345
88.12.4.1 PMD functional specifications 345
88.12.4.2 Management functions 346
88.12.4.3 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 100GBASE-LR4 346
88.12.4.4 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 100GBASE-ER4 346
88.12.4.5 Optical measurement methods 347
88.12.4.6 Environmental specifications 347
88.12.4.7 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling and MDI. 347
89. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 40GBASE-FR 348
89.1 Overview. 348
89.2 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) service interface 349
89.3 Delay and skew. 350
89.3.1 Delay constraints. 350
89.3.2 Skew constraints 350
89.4 PMD MDIO function mapping. 350

16

89.5 PMD functional specifications 351
89.5.1 PMD block diagram 351
89.5.2 PMD transmit function 351
89.5.3 PMD receive function. 351
89.5.4 PMD global signal detect function 352
89.5.5 PMD reset function. 353
89.5.6 PMD global transmit disable function (optional) 353
89.5.7 PMD fault function (optional) 353
89.5.8 PMD transmit fault function (optional) 353
89.5.9 PMD receive fault function (optional) 353
89.6 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 40GBASE-FR 353
89.6.1 40GBASE-FR transmitter optical specifications 354
89.6.2 40GBASE-FR receive optical specifications 354
89.6.3 40GBASE-FR illustrative link power budget. 355
89.6.4 Comparison of power budget methodology 355
89.7 Definition of optical parameters and measurement methods 356
89.7.1 Test patterns for optical parameters 356
89.7.2 Skew and Skew Variation. 357
89.7.3 Wavelength and side mode suppression ratio (SMSR) 357
89.7.4 Average optical power 357
89.7.5 Dispersion penalty 357
89.7.5.1 Channel requirements 357
89.7.5.2 Reference receiver requirements 358
89.7.5.3 Test procedure. 358
89.7.6 Extinction ratio 358
89.7.7 Relative Intensity Noise (RIN20OMA) 359
89.7.8 Transmitter optical waveform (transmit eye) 359
89.7.9 Receiver sensitivity. 359
89.7.10 Receiver jitter tolerance 359
89.7.11 Receiver 3 dB electrical upper cutoff frequency 359
89.8 Safety, installation, environment, and labeling. 360
89.8.1 General safety 360
89.8.2 Laser safety 360
89.8.3 Installation 360
89.8.4 Environment 360
89.8.4.1 Electromagnetic emission 361
89.8.4.2 Temperature, humidity, and handling. 361
89.8.5 PMD labeling requirements 361
89.9 Fiber optic cabling model 361
89.10 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling (channel) 361
89.10.1 Optical fiber cable. 361
89.10.2 Optical fiber connection 362
89.10.2.1 Connection insertion loss 362
89.10.2.2 Maximum discrete reflectance 362
89.10.3 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI) requirements 363
89.11 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 89, Physical
Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 40GBASE-FR 364
89.11.1 Introduction. 364
89.11.2 Identification. 364
89.11.2.1 Implementation identification 364
89.11.2.2 Protocol summary 364
89.11.3 Major capabilities/options. 365
89.11.4 PICS proforma tables for Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium,
type 40GBASE-FR 365

17

89.11.4.1 PMD functional specifications 365
89.11.4.2 Management functions 366
89.11.4.3 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 40GBASE-FR 366
89.11.4.4 Optical measurement methods 367
89.11.4.5 Environmental specifications 367
89.11.4.6 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling and MDI. 367
90. Ethernet support for time synchronization protocols. 368
90.1 Introduction. 368
90.2 Overview. 368
90.3 Relationship with other IEEE standards 368
90.4 Time Synchronization Service Interface (TSSI). 368
90.4.1 Introduction. 368
90.4.1.1 Interlayer service interfaces 369
90.4.1.2 Responsibilities of TimeSync Client 369
90.4.2 TSSI 370
90.4.3 Detailed service specification 370
90.4.3.1 TS_TX.indication primitive 370
90.4.3.1.1 Semantics 370
90.4.3.1.2 Condition for generation. 370
90.4.3.1.3 Effect of receipt 370
90.4.3.2 TS_RX.indication primitive 370
90.4.3.2.1 Semantics 370
90.4.3.2.2 Condition for generation. 371
90.4.3.2.3 Effect of receipt 371
90.5 generic Reconciliation Sublayer (gRS). 371
90.5.1 TS_SFD_Detect_TX function 371
90.5.2 TS_SFD_Detect_RX function 371
90.6 Overview of management features 372
90.7 Data delay measurement. 373
90.8 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 90, Ethernet
support for time synchronization protocols 375
90.8.1 Introduction. 375
90.8.2 Identification. 375
90.8.2.1 Implementation identification 375
90.8.2.2 Protocol summary 375
90.8.3 TSSI indication 376
90.8.4 Data delay reporting 376
91. Reed-Solomon Forward Error Correction (RS-FEC) sublayer for 100GBASE-R PHYs 377
91.1 Overview. 377
91.1.1 Scope. 377
91.1.2 Position of RS-FEC in the 100GBASE-R sublayers 377
91.2 FEC service interface 377
91.3 PMA compatibility 378
91.4 Delay constraints. 379
91.5 Functions within the RS-FEC sublayer 379
91.5.1 Functional block diagram 379
91.5.2 Transmit function 379
91.5.2.1 Lane block synchronization 379
91.5.2.2 Alignment lock and deskew 379
91.5.2.3 Lane reorder 379

18

91.5.2.4 Alignment marker removal. 379
91.5.2.5 64B/66B to 256B/257B transcoder. 381
91.5.2.6 Alignment marker mapping and insertion 382
91.5.2.7 Reed-Solomon encoder. 384
91.5.2.8 Symbol distribution. 386
91.5.2.9 Transmit bit ordering 386
91.5.3 Receive function 386
91.5.3.1 Alignment lock and deskew 386
91.5.3.2 Lane reorder 388
91.5.3.3 Reed-Solomon decoder. 388
91.5.3.4 Alignment marker removal. 389
91.5.3.5 256B/257B to 64B/66B transcoder. 389
91.5.3.6 Block distribution 390
91.5.3.7 Alignment marker mapping and insertion 391
91.5.3.8 Receive bit ordering 391
91.5.4 Detailed functions and state diagrams 392
91.5.4.1 State diagram conventions 392
91.5.4.2 State variables 394
91.5.4.2.1 Variables 394
91.5.4.2.2 Functions. 396
91.5.4.2.3 Counters 396
91.5.4.3 State diagrams. 397
91.6 RS-FEC MDIO function mapping 401
91.6.1 FEC_bypass_correction_enable 402
91.6.2 FEC_bypass_indication_enable 402
91.6.3 FEC_bypass_correction_ability 403
91.6.4 FEC_bypass_indication_ability 403
91.6.5 hi_ser. 403
91.6.6 FEC_optional_states 403
91.6.7 amps_lock. 403
91.6.8 fec_align_status 403
91.6.9 FEC_corrected_cw_counter 404
91.6.10 FEC_uncorrected_cw_counter 404
91.6.11 FEC_lane_mapping 404
91.6.12 FEC_symbol_error_counter_i 404
91.6.13 align_status 404
91.6.14 BIP_error_counter_i 404
91.6.15 lane_mapping 404
91.6.16 block_lock 404
91.6.17 am_lock 405
91.7 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 91,
Reed-Solomon Forward Error Correction (RS-FEC) sublayer for 100GBASE-R PHYs 406
91.7.1 Introduction. 406
91.7.2 Identification. 406
91.7.2.1 Implementation identification. 406
91.7.2.2 Protocol summary 406
91.7.3 Major capabilities/options. 407
91.7.4 PICS proforma tables for Reed-Solomon Forward Error Correction (RS-FEC)
sublayer for 100GBASE-R PHYs. 407
91.7.4.1 Transmit function 407
91.7.4.2 Receive function 408
91.7.4.3 State diagrams. 410
92. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 100GBASE-CR4. 411

19

92.1 Overview. 411
92.2 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) service interface 412
92.3 PCS requirements for Auto-Negotiation (AN) service interface 413
92.4 Delay constraints. 413
92.5 Skew constraints 413
92.6 PMD MDIO function mapping. 414
92.7 PMD functional specifications 415
92.7.1 Link block diagram. 415
92.7.2 PMD Transmit function 417
92.7.3 PMD Receive function 417
92.7.4 Global PMD signal detect function 417
92.7.5 PMD lane-by-lane signal detect function 417
92.7.6 Global PMD transmit disable function 418
92.7.7 PMD lane-by-lane transmit disable function 418
92.7.8 Loopback mode. 418
92.7.9 PMD fault function 418
92.7.10 PMD transmit fault function 418
92.7.11 PMD receive fault function. 419
92.7.12 PMD control function 419
92.8 100GBASE-CR4 electrical characteristics 420
92.8.1 Signal levels 420
92.8.2 Signal paths. 420
92.8.3 Transmitter characteristics 420
92.8.3.1 Signal levels 421
92.8.3.2 Transmitter differential output return loss 422
92.8.3.3 Common-mode to differential mode output return loss 422
92.8.3.4 Common-mode to common-mode output return loss 423
92.8.3.5 Transmitter output waveform 424
92.8.3.5.1 Linear fit to the measured waveform 425
92.8.3.5.2 Steady-state voltage and linear fit pulse peak. 425
92.8.3.5.3 Coefficient initialization 425
92.8.3.5.4 Coefficient step size 426
92.8.3.5.5 Coefficient range. 426
92.8.3.6 Insertion loss TP0 to TP2 or TP3 to TP5 426
92.8.3.7 Transmitter signal-to-noise-and-distortion ratio (SNDR). 426
92.8.3.8 Transmitter output jitter 427
92.8.3.8.1 Even-odd jitter 428
92.8.3.8.2 Effective bounded uncorrelated jitter and effective random jitter 428
92.8.3.9 Signaling rate range 429
92.8.4 Receiver characteristics 429
92.8.4.1 Receiver input amplitude tolerance 430
92.8.4.2 Receiver differential input return loss 430
92.8.4.3 Differential to common-mode input return loss 430
92.8.4.4 Receiver interference tolerance test 430
92.8.4.4.1 Test setup 431
92.8.4.4.2 Test channel 431
92.8.4.4.3 Test channel calibration 432
92.8.4.4.4 Pattern generator 432
92.8.4.4.5 Test procedure. 433
92.8.4.5 Receiver jitter tolerance 433
92.8.4.6 Signaling rate range 433
92.9 Channel characteristics 433
92.10 Cable assembly characteristics 434
92.10.1 Characteristic impedance and reference impedance 434

20

92.10.2 Cable assembly insertion loss 434
92.10.3 Cable assembly differential return loss. 436
92.10.4 Differential to common-mode return loss. 436
92.10.5 Differential to common-mode conversion loss. 438
92.10.6 Common-mode to common-mode return loss 438
92.10.7 Cable assembly Channel Operating Margin 438
92.10.7.1 Channel signal path. 438
92.10.7.1.1 TP0 to TP1 and TP4 to TP5 signal paths 439
92.10.7.2 Channel crosstalk paths 439
92.11 Test fixtures 440
92.11.1 TP2 or TP3 test fixture 440
92.11.1.1 Test fixture return loss 440
92.11.1.2 Test fixture insertion loss 440
92.11.2 Cable assembly test fixture 442
92.11.3 Mated test fixtures 442
92.11.3.1 Mated test fixtures insertion loss 442
92.11.3.2 Mated test fixtures return loss. 443
92.11.3.3 Mated test fixtures common-mode conversion insertion loss 444
92.11.3.4 Mated test fixtures common-mode return loss 444
92.11.3.5 Mated test fixtures common-mode to differential mode return loss. 446
92.11.3.6 Mated test fixtures integrated crosstalk noise. 446
92.11.3.6.1 Mated test fixture multiple disturber near-end crosstalk (MDNEXT) loss 447
92.11.3.6.2 Mated test fixture multiple disturber far-end crosstalk (MDFEXT) loss 447
92.11.3.6.3 Mated test fixture integrated crosstalk noise (ICN) 447
92.12 MDI specification 448
92.12.1 100GBASE-CR4 MDI connectors 449
92.12.1.1 Style-1 100GBASE-CR4 MDI connectors 449
92.12.1.2 Style-2 100GBASE-CR4 MDI connectors 450
92.13 Environmental specifications 451
92.14 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 92, Physical
Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 100GBASE-CR4 452
92.14.1 Introduction. 452
92.14.2 Identification. 452
92.14.2.1 Implementation identification. 452
92.14.2.2 Protocol summary 452
92.14.3 Major capabilities/options. 453
92.14.4 PICS proforma tables for Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and
baseband medium, type 100GBASE-CR4 454
92.14.4.1 PMD functional specifications 454
92.14.4.2 Management functions 455
92.14.4.3 Transmitter specifications 456
92.14.4.4 Receiver specifications 457
92.14.4.5 Cable assembly specifications 458
92.14.4.6 MDI connector specifications. 459
92.14.4.7 Environmental specifications 459
93. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 100GBASE-KR4 460
93.1 Overview. 460
93.2 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) service interface 461
93.3 PCS requirements for Auto-Negotiation (AN) service interface 462
93.4 Delay constraints. 462
93.5 Skew constraints 462
93.6 PMD MDIO function mapping. 463

21

93.7 PMD functional specifications 464
93.7.1 Link block diagram. 464
93.7.2 PMD Transmit function 464
93.7.3 PMD Receive function 465
93.7.4 Global PMD signal detect function 465
93.7.5 PMD lane-by-lane signal detect function 465
93.7.6 Global PMD transmit disable function 466
93.7.7 PMD lane-by-lane transmit disable function 466
93.7.8 Loopback mode. 466
93.7.9 PMD fault function 467
93.7.10 PMD transmit fault function 467
93.7.11 PMD receive fault function. 467
93.7.12 PMD control function 467
93.8 100GBASE-KR4 electrical characteristics. 468
93.8.1 Transmitter characteristics 468
93.8.1.1 Transmitter test fixture 468
93.8.1.2 Signaling rate and range 470
93.8.1.3 Signal levels 470
93.8.1.4 Transmitter output return loss. 471
93.8.1.5 Transmitter output waveform 471
93.8.1.5.1 Linear fit to the measured waveform 473
93.8.1.5.2 Steady-state voltage and linear fit pulse peak. 473
93.8.1.5.3 Coefficient initialization 473
93.8.1.5.4 Coefficient step size 473
93.8.1.5.5 Coefficient range. 473
93.8.1.6 Transmitter signal-to-noise-and-distortion ratio (SNDR). 474
93.8.1.7 Transmitter output jitter 474
93.8.2 Receiver characteristics 474
93.8.2.1 Receiver test fixture 474
93.8.2.2 Receiver input return loss 475
93.8.2.3 Receiver interference tolerance 476
93.8.2.4 Receiver jitter tolerance 477
93.9 Channel characteristics 478
93.9.1 Channel Operating Margin 478
93.9.2 Insertion loss 478
93.9.3 Return loss 478
93.9.4 AC-coupling 479
93.10 Environmental specifications 481
93.10.1 General safety 481
93.10.2 Network safety 481
93.10.3 Installation and maintenance guidelines 481
93.10.4 Electromagnetic compatibility 481
93.10.5 Temperature and humidity 481
93.11 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 93, Physical
Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 100GBASE-KR4 482
93.11.1 Introduction. 482
93.11.2 Identification. 482
93.11.2.1 Implementation identification. 482
93.11.2.2 Protocol summary 482
93.11.3 Major capabilities/options. 483
93.11.4 PICS proforma tables for Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and
baseband medium, type 100GBASE-KR4 484
93.11.4.1 Functional specifications 484
93.11.4.2 Transmitter characteristics 485

22

93.11.4.3 Receiver characteristics 487
93.11.4.4 Channel characteristics 488
93.11.4.5 Environmental specifications 488
94. Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer,
and baseband medium, type 100GBASE-KP4 489
94.1 Overview. 489
94.2 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) Sublayer 490
94.2.1 PMA Service Interface 490
94.2.1.1 PMA:IS_UNITDATA_i.request. 491
94.2.1.1.1 Semantics of the service primitive 491
94.2.1.1.2 When generated 491
94.2.1.1.3 Effect of receipt 491
94.2.1.2 PMA:IS_UNITDATA_i.indication 491
94.2.1.2.1 Semantics of the service primitive 491
94.2.1.2.2 When generated 492
94.2.1.2.3 Effect of receipt 492
94.2.1.3 PMA:IS_SIGNAL.indication 492
94.2.1.3.1 Semantics of the service primitive 492
94.2.1.3.2 When generated 492
94.2.1.3.3 Effect of receipt 492
94.2.1.4 PMA:IS_TX_MODE.request 492
94.2.1.4.1 Semantics of the service primitive 492
94.2.1.4.2 When generated 492
94.2.1.4.3 Effect of receipt 492
94.2.1.5 PMA:IS_RX_MODE.request 493
94.2.1.5.1 Semantics of the service primitive 493
94.2.1.5.2 When generated 493
94.2.1.5.3 Effect of receipt 493
94.2.1.6 PMA:IS_ENERGY_DETECT.indication. 493
94.2.1.6.1 Semantics of the service primitive 493
94.2.1.6.2 When generated 493
94.2.1.6.3 Effect of receipt 493
94.2.1.7 PMA:IS_RX_TX_MODE.indication 493
94.2.1.7.1 Semantics of the service primitive 494
94.2.1.7.2 When generated 494
94.2.1.7.3 Effect of receipt 494
94.2.2 PMA Transmit Functional Specifications. 494
94.2.2.1 FEC Interface 495
94.2.2.2 Overhead Frame 495
94.2.2.3 Overhead. 495
94.2.2.4 Termination Blocks. 496
94.2.2.5 Gray Mapping 497
94.2.2.6 Precoding 497
94.2.2.7 PAM4 encoding 497
94.2.2.8 PMD Interface. 498
94.2.3 PMA Receive Functional Specifications 498
94.2.3.1 Overhead. 499
94.2.4 Skew constraints 499
94.2.5 Delay constraints. 499
94.2.6 Link status. 499
94.2.7 PMA local loopback mode 499
94.2.8 PMA remote loopback mode (optional) 500

23

94.2.9 PMA test patterns 500
94.2.9.1 JP03A test pattern 500
94.2.9.2 JP03B test pattern 500
94.2.9.3 Quaternary PRBS13 test pattern 500
94.2.9.4 Transmitter linearity test pattern. 501
94.2.10 PMA MDIO function mapping. 501
94.3 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) Sublayer 502
94.3.1 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) service interface 502
94.3.1.1 PMD:IS_UNITDATA_i.request. 503
94.3.1.1.1 Semantics of the service primitive 503
94.3.1.1.2 When generated 503
94.3.1.1.3 Effect of receipt 503
94.3.1.2 PMD:IS_UNITDATA_i.indication 503
94.3.1.2.1 Semantics of the service primitive 503
94.3.1.2.2 When generated 503
94.3.1.2.3 Effect of receipt 503
94.3.1.3 PMD:IS_SIGNAL.indication 504
94.3.1.3.1 Semantics of the service primitive 504
94.3.1.3.2 When generated 504
94.3.1.3.3 Effect of receipt 504
94.3.2 PCS requirements for Auto-Negotiation (AN) service interface 504
94.3.3 Delay constraints. 504
94.3.4 Skew constraints 504
94.3.5 PMD MDIO function mapping. 505
94.3.6 PMD functional specifications 506
94.3.6.1 Link block diagram. 506
94.3.6.2 PMD Transmit function 507
94.3.6.3 PMD Receive function 507
94.3.6.4 Global PMD signal detect function 507
94.3.6.5 PMD lane-by-lane signal detect function 507
94.3.6.6 Global PMD transmit disable function 507
94.3.6.7 PMD lane-by-lane transmit disable function 508
94.3.6.8 Loopback mode. 508
94.3.7 PMD fault function 508
94.3.8 PMD transmit fault function 508
94.3.9 PMD receive fault function. 509
94.3.10 PMD control function 509
94.3.10.1 Overview. 509
94.3.10.2 Training frame structure 509
94.3.10.3 Training frame words 510
94.3.10.4 Frame marker 510
94.3.10.5 Control channel encoding 510
94.3.10.5.1 Differential Manchester encoding 510
94.3.10.5.2 Control channel structure 510
94.3.10.6 Coefficient update field 510
94.3.10.6.1 Preset. 512
94.3.10.6.2 Initialize 512
94.3.10.6.3 Parity. 512
94.3.10.6.4 Coefficient (k) update 512
94.3.10.7 Status report field 512
94.3.10.7.1 Parity. 513
94.3.10.7.2 Training frame countdown 513
94.3.10.7.3 Receiver ready 513
94.3.10.7.4 Coefficient (k) status. 514

24

94.3.10.7.5 Coefficient update process 514
94.3.10.8 Training pattern. 514
94.3.10.9 Transition from training to data 516
94.3.10.10 Frame lock state diagram 516
94.3.10.11 Training state diagram 516
94.3.10.12 Coefficient update state diagram 516
94.3.11 PMD LPI function 517
94.3.11.1 Alert Signal 517
94.3.11.1.1 Frame marker 517
94.3.11.1.2 Coefficient update field 517
94.3.11.1.3 Status report field 517
94.3.11.1.4 Parity. 517
94.3.11.1.5 Mode 518
94.3.11.1.6 Alert frame countdown 518
94.3.11.1.7 PMA alignment offset. 518
94.3.11.1.8 Receiver ready 518
94.3.11.1.9 Transition from alert to data 518
94.3.12 PMD Transmitter electrical characteristics. 519
94.3.12.1 Test fixture 519
94.3.12.1.1 Test fixture impedance 519
94.3.12.1.2 Test fixture insertion loss 520
94.3.12.2 Signaling rate and range 521
94.3.12.3 Signal levels 522
94.3.12.4 Transmitter output return loss. 523
94.3.12.5 Transmitter output waveform 524
94.3.12.5.1 Transmitter linearity 525
94.3.12.5.2 Linear fit to the measured waveform 526
94.3.12.5.3 Steady-state voltage and linear fit pulse peak. 526
94.3.12.5.4 Coefficient initialization 526
94.3.12.5.5 Coefficient step size 527
94.3.12.5.6 Coefficient range. 527
94.3.12.6 Transmitter output jitter 527
94.3.12.6.1 Clock random jitter and clock deterministic jitter 527
94.3.12.6.2 Even-odd jitter 528
94.3.12.7 Transmitter signal-to-noise-and-distortion ratio (SNDR). 529
94.3.13 PMD Receiver electrical characteristics 529
94.3.13.1 Test fixture 529
94.3.13.2 Receiver input return loss 530
94.3.13.3 Receiver interference tolerance 530
94.3.13.4 Receiver jitter tolerance 533
94.3.13.4.1 Test setup 533
94.3.13.4.2 Test method. 533
94.4 Channel characteristics 533
94.4.1 Channel Operating Margin 533
94.4.2 Channel insertion loss. 533
94.4.3 Channel return loss 535
94.4.4 Channel AC-coupling 536
94.5 Environmental specifications 536
94.5.1 General safety 536
94.5.2 Network safety 536
94.5.3 Installation and maintenance guidelines 537
94.5.4 Electromagnetic compatibility 537
94.5.5 Temperature and humidity 537

25

94.6 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 94, Physical
Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer, and
baseband medium, type 100GBASE-KP4 538
94.6.1 Introduction. 538
94.6.2 Identification. 538
94.6.2.1 Implementation identification. 538
94.6.2.2 Protocol summary 538
94.6.3 Major capabilities/options. 539
94.6.4 PICS proforma tables for Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, Physical
Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer, and baseband medium, type 100GBASE-KP4 539
94.6.4.1 PMA functional specifications 539
94.6.4.2 PMD functional specifications 540
94.6.4.3 PMD transmitter characteristics 544
94.6.4.4 PMD receiver characteristics 545
94.6.4.5 Channel characteristics 546
94.6.4.6 Environment specifications. 546
95. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 100GBASE-SR4 547
95.1 Overview. 547
95.1.1 Bit error ratio 548
95.2 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) service interface 548
95.3 Delay and Skew 549
95.3.1 Delay constraints. 549
95.3.2 Skew constraints 549
95.4 PMD MDIO function mapping. 550
95.5 PMD functional specifications 550
95.5.1 PMD block diagram 551
95.5.2 PMD transmit function 551
95.5.3 PMD receive function. 551
95.5.4 PMD global signal detect function 552
95.5.5 PMD lane-by-lane signal detect function 552
95.5.6 PMD reset function. 552
95.5.7 PMD global transmit disable function (optional) 553
95.5.8 PMD lane-by-lane transmit disable function (optional) 553
95.5.9 PMD fault function (optional) 553
95.5.10 PMD transmit fault function (optional) 553
95.5.11 PMD receive fault function (optional) 553
95.6 Lane assignments 553
95.7 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 100GBASE-SR4 554
95.7.1 100GBASE-SR4 transmitter optical specifications 554
95.7.2 100GBASE-SR4 receive optical specifications 555
95.7.3 100GBASE-SR4 illustrative link power budget. 556
95.8 Definition of optical parameters and measurement methods 556
95.8.1 Test patterns for optical parameters 557
95.8.1.1 Multi-lane testing considerations 557
95.8.2 Center wavelength and spectral width 558
95.8.3 Average optical power 558
95.8.4 Optical Modulation Amplitude (OMA) 558
95.8.5 Transmitter and dispersion eye closure (TDEC) 558
95.8.5.1 TDEC conformance test setup 559
95.8.5.2 TDEC measurement method. 559
95.8.6 Extinction ratio 561
95.8.7 Transmitter optical waveform (transmit eye) 562

26

95.8.8 Stressed receiver sensitivity 562
95.8.8.1 Stressed receiver conformance test block diagram. 562
95.8.8.2 Stressed receiver conformance test signal characteristics and calibration 564
95.8.8.3 J2 and J4 Jitter. 564
95.8.8.4 Stressed receiver conformance test signal verification. 565
95.8.8.5 Sinusoidal jitter for receiver conformance test 565
95.9 Safety, installation, environment, and labeling. 565
95.9.1 General safety 565
95.9.2 Laser safety 565
95.9.3 Installation 566
95.9.4 Environment 566
95.9.5 Electromagnetic emission 566
95.9.6 Temperature, humidity, and handling. 566
95.9.7 PMD labeling requirements 566
95.10 Fiber optic cabling model 567
95.11 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling (channel) 567
95.11.1 Optical fiber cable. 567
95.11.2 Optical fiber connection 568
95.11.2.1 Connection insertion loss 568
95.11.2.2 Maximum discrete reflectance 568
95.11.3 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI) 568
95.11.3.1 Optical lane assignments 568
95.11.3.2 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI) requirements 569
95.12 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 95, Physical
Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 100GBASE-SR4 570
95.12.1 Introduction. 570
95.12.2 Identification. 570
95.12.2.1 Implementation identification 570
95.12.2.2 Protocol summary 570
95.12.3 Major capabilities/options. 571
95.12.4 PICS proforma tables for Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium,
type 100GBASE-SR4 572
95.12.4.1 PMD functional specifications 572
95.12.4.2 Management functions 573
95.12.4.3 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 100GBASE-SR4 573
95.12.4.4 Optical measurement methods 574
95.12.4.5 Environmental specifications 574
95.12.4.6 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling and MDI. 575
Annex 83A (normative) 40 Gb/s Attachment Unit Interface (XLAUI) and 100 Gb/s ten-lane
Attachment Unit Interface (CAUI-10) 576
83A.1 Overview 576
83A.1.1 Summary of major concepts 577
83A.1.2 Rate of operation. 577
83A.2 XLAUI/CAUI-10 link block diagram 577
83A.2.1 Transmitter compliance points 578
83A.2.2 Receiver compliance points 579
83A.3 XLAUI/CAUI-10 electrical characteristics 579
83A.3.1 Signal levels 579
83A.3.2 Signal paths. 580
83A.3.3 EEE operation 580
83A.3.4 Transmitter characteristics 580
83A.3.4.1 Output amplitude 581

27

83A.3.4.1.1 Amplitude and swing 582
83A.3.4.2 Rise/fall time. 582
83A.3.4.3 Differential output return loss. 582
83A.3.4.4 Common-mode output return loss 583
83A.3.4.5 Transmitter eye mask and transmitter jitter definition 584
83A.3.4.6 Global transmit disable function. 585
83A.3.5 Receiver characteristics 585
83A.3.5.1 Bit error ratio 585
83A.3.5.2 Input signal definition. 585
83A.3.5.3 Differential input return loss. 586
83A.3.5.4 Differential to common-mode input return loss 587
83A.3.5.5 AC-coupling 588
83A.3.5.6 Jitter tolerance. 588
83A.3.5.7 Global energy detect function. 588
83A.4 Interconnect characteristics 589
83A.4.1 Characteristic impedance 590
83A.5 Electrical parameter measurement methods 591
83A.5.1 Transmit jitter 591
83A.5.2 Receiver tolerance. 591
83A.6 Environmental specifications. 592
83A.6.1 General safety 592
83A.6.2 Network safety 592
83A.6.3 Installation and maintenance guidelines 592
83A.6.4 Electromagnetic compatibility 592
83A.6.5 Temperature and humidity 592
83A.7 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Annex 83A, 40 Gb/s
Attachment Unit Interface (XLAUI) and 100 Gb/s ten-lane Attachment Unit Interface
(CAUI-10) 593
83A.7.1 Introduction. 593
83A.7.2 Identification. 593
83A.7.2.1 Implementation identification. 593
83A.7.2.2 Protocol summary 593
83A.7.3 Major capabilities/options. 594
83A.7.4 XLAUI/CAUI-10 transmitter requirements 594
83A.7.5 XLAUI/CAUI-10 receiver requirements 595
83A.7.6 Electrical measurement methods 595
83A.7.7 Environmental specifications 595
Annex 83B (normative) Chip-to-module 40 Gb/s Attachment Unit Interface (XLAUI) and 100 Gb/s
ten-lane Attachment Unit Interface (CAUI-10) 596
83B.1 Overview 596
83B.2 Compliance point specifications for chip-to-module XLAUI/CAUI-10 598
83B.2.1 Module specifications 600
83B.2.2 Host specifications 603
83B.2.3 Host input signal tolerance 604
83B.3 Environmental specifications. 605
83B.3.1 General safety 605
83B.3.2 Network safety 605
83B.3.3 Installation and maintenance guidelines 605
83B.3.4 Electromagnetic compatibility 605
83B.3.5 Temperature and humidity 606

28

83B.4 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Annex 83B, Chipto-
module 40 Gb/s Attachment Unit Interface (XLAUI) and 100 Gb/s ten-lane
Attachment Unit Interface (CAUI-10). 607
83B.4.1 Introduction. 607
83B.4.2 Identification. 607
83B.4.2.1 Implementation identification. 607
83B.4.2.2 Protocol summary 607
83B.4.3 Major capabilities/options. 608
83B.4.4 Module requirements 608
83B.4.5 Host requirements 608
83B.4.6 Environmental specifications 609
Annex 83C (informative) PMA sublayer partitioning examples 610
83C.1 Partitioning examples with FEC 610
83C.1.1 FEC implemented with PCS 610
83C.1.2 FEC implemented with PMD 611
83C.2 Partitioning examples with RS-FEC 612
83C.2.1 Single PMA sublayer with RS-FEC 612
83C.2.2 Single CAUI-10 with RS-FEC 613
83C.3 Partitioning examples without FEC 614
83C.3.1 Single PMA sublayer without FEC 614
83C.3.2 Single XLAUI/CAUI-4 without FEC 614
83C.3.3 Separate SERDES for optical module interface 615
Annex 83D (normative) Chip-to-chip 100 Gb/s four-lane Attachment Unit Interface (CAUI-4) 616
83D.1 Overview 616
83D.2 CAUI-4 chip-to-chip compliance point definition. 618
83D.3 CAUI-4 chip-to-chip electrical characteristics 618
83D.3.1 CAUI-4 transmitter characteristics 618
83D.3.1.1 Transmitter equalization settings 619
83D.3.2 Optional EEE operation 620
83D.3.3 CAUI-4 receiver characteristics 621
83D.3.3.1 Receiver interference tolerance 621
83D.3.3.2 Transmitter equalization feedback (optional) 622
83D.3.4 Global energy detect function for optional EEE operation. 623
83D.4 CAUI-4 chip-to-chip channel characteristics. 623
83D.5 Example usage of the optional transmitter equalization feedback. 624
83D.5.1 Overview. 624
83D.5.2 Tuning equalization settings on lane 0 in the transmit direction 625
83D.5.3 Tuning equalization settings on lane 0 in the receive direction 626
83D.6 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Annex 83D, Chipto-
chip 100 Gb/s four-lane Attachment Unit Interface (CAUI-4) 627
83D.6.1 Introduction. 627
83D.6.2 Identification. 627
83D.6.2.1 Implementation identification 627
83D.6.2.2 Protocol summary 627
83D.6.3 Major capabilities/options. 628
83D.6.4 PICS proforma tables for chip-to-chip 100 Gb/s four-lane Attachment Unit Interface
(CAUI-4). 628
83D.6.4.1 Transmitter 628
83D.6.4.2 Receiver 629
83D.6.4.3 Channel 629

29

Annex 83E (normative) Chip-to-module 100 Gb/s four-lane Attachment Unit Interface (CAUI-4) 630
83E.1 Overview 630
83E.1.1 Bit error ratio 631
83E.2 CAUI-4 chip-to-module compliance point definitions 632
83E.3 CAUI-4 chip-to-module electrical characteristics 632
83E.3.1 CAUI-4 host output characteristics. 632
83E.3.1.1 Signaling rate and range 633
83E.3.1.2 Signal levels 633
83E.3.1.3 Output return loss 634
83E.3.1.4 Differential termination mismatch 635
83E.3.1.5 Transition time 635
83E.3.1.6 Host output eye width and eye height. 636
83E.3.1.6.1 Reference receiver for host output eye width and eye height evaluation 636
83E.3.2 CAUI-4 module output characteristics 638
83E.3.2.1 Module output eye width and eye height 638
83E.3.2.1.1 Reference receiver for module output eye width and eye height
evaluation 638
83E.3.3 CAUI-4 host input characteristics. 639
83E.3.3.1 Input return loss 640
83E.3.3.2 Host stressed input test 641
83E.3.3.2.1 Host stressed input test procedure 641
83E.3.4 CAUI-4 module input characteristics 643
83E.3.4.1 Module stressed input test. 643
83E.3.4.1.1 Module stressed input test procedure 643
83E.4 CAUI-4 measurement methodology 646
83E.4.1 HCB/MCB characteristics 646
83E.4.2 Eye width and eye height measurement method 646
83E.4.2.1 Vertical eye closure 647
83E.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Annex 83E, Chipto-
module 100 Gb/s four-lane Attachment Unit Interface (CAUI-4) 648
83E.5.1 Introduction. 648
83E.5.2 Identification. 648
83E.5.2.1 Implementation identification 648
83E.5.2.2 Protocol summary 648
83E.5.3 Major capabilities/options. 649
83E.5.4 PICS proforma tables for chip-to-module 100 Gb/s four-lane Attachment Unit
Interface (CAUI-4) 649
83E.5.4.1 Host output 649
83E.5.4.2 Module output. 650
83E.5.4.3 Host input 650
83E.5.4.4 Module input. 650
Annex 85A (informative) 40GBASE-CR4 and 100GBASE-CR10 TP0 and TP5 test point parameters. 651
85A.1 Overview 651
85A.2 Transmitter characteristics at TP0 651
85A.3 Receiver characteristics at TP5 652
85A.4 Transmitter and receiver differential printed circuit board trace loss 652
85A.5 Channel insertion loss 653
85A.6 Channel return loss. 654
85A.7 Channel insertion loss deviation (ILD) 654
85A.8 Channel integrated crosstalk noise (ICN) 655

30

Annex 86A (normative) Parallel Physical Interface (nPPI) for 40GBASE-SR4 and 40GBASE-LR4
(XLPPI) and 100GBASE-SR10 (CPPI) 657
86A.1 Overview 657
86A.2 Block diagram and test points 657
86A.3 Lane assignments 657
86A.4 Electrical specifications for nPPI. 658
86A.4.1 nPPI host to module electrical specifications 658
86A.4.1.1 Differential return losses at TP1 and TP1a. 659
86A.4.2 nPPI module to host electrical specifications 661
86A.4.2.1 Differential return losses at TP4 and TP4a. 661
86A.5 Definitions of electrical parameters and measurement methods 662
86A.5.1 Test points and compliance boards. 662
86A.5.1.1 Compliance board parameters 663
86A.5.1.1.1 Reference insertion losses of HCB and MCB 663
86A.5.1.1.2 Electrical specifications of mated HCB and MCB 664
86A.5.2 Test patterns and related subclauses 667
86A.5.3 Parameter definitions 667
86A.5.3.1 AC common-mode voltage. 667
86A.5.3.2 Termination mismatch 667
86A.5.3.3 Transition time 668
86A.5.3.4 Data Dependent Pulse Width Shrinkage (DDPWS) 668
86A.5.3.5 Signal to noise ratio Qsq. 669
86A.5.3.6 Eye mask for TP1a and TP4 670
86A.5.3.7 Reference impedances for electrical measurements 670
86A.5.3.8 Host input signal tolerance 670
86A.5.3.8.1 Introduction. 670
86A.5.3.8.2 Test equipment and setup 670
86A.5.3.8.3 Stressed eye jitter characteristics 671
86A.5.3.8.4 Calibration 672
86A.5.3.8.5 Calibration procedure 673
86A.5.3.8.6 Test procedure. 673
86A.6 Recommended electrical channel. 674
86A.7 Safety, installation, environment, and labeling 675
86A.7.1 General safety 675
86A.7.2 Installation 675
86A.7.3 Environment 675
86A.7.4 PMD labeling 675
86A.8 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Annex 86A, Parallel
Physical Interface (nPPI) for 40GBASE-SR4 and 40GBASE-LR4 (XLPPI) and
100GBASE-SR10 (CPPI) 676
86A.8.1 Introduction. 676
86A.8.2 Identification. 676
86A.8.2.1 Implementation identification. 676
86A.8.2.2 Protocol summary 676
86A.8.3 Major capabilities/options. 677
86A.8.4 PICS proforma tables for Parallel Physical Interface (nPPI) for 40GBASE-SR4 and
40GBASE-LR4 (XLPPI) and 100GBASE-SR10 (CPPI). 677
86A.8.4.1 PMD functional specifications 677
86A.8.4.2 Electrical specifications for nPPI 678
86A.8.4.3 Definitions of parameters and measurement methods 678
86A.8.4.4 Environmental and safety specifications 679
Annex 91A (informative) RS-FEC codeword examples 680

31

91A.1 Input to the 64B/66B to 256B/257B transcoder. 680
91A.2 Output of the RS(528,514) encoder 681
91A.3 Output of the RS(544,514) encoder 681
91A.4 Reed-Solomon encoder model 682
91A.4.1 Global variable declarations for RS(528,514) 682
91A.4.2 Global variable declarations for RS(544,514) 683
91A.4.3 Other global variable declarations 683
91A.4.4 GF(210) multiplier function 683
91A.4.5 Reed-Solomon encoder function 683
91A.4.6 Main function 684
Annex 92A (informative) 100GBASE-CR4 TP0 and TP5 test point parameters and channel
characteristics 685
92A.1 Overview 685
92A.2 Transmitter characteristics at TP0 685
92A.3 Receiver characteristics at TP5 685
92A.4 Transmitter and receiver differential printed circuit board trace loss 685
92A.5 Channel insertion loss 686
92A.6 Channel return loss. 688
92A.7 Channel Operating Margin (COM) 688
Annex 93A (normative) Specification methods for electrical channels 689
93A.1 Channel Operating Margin. 689
93A.1.1 Measurement of the channel 691
93A.1.2 Transmitter and receiver device package models 692
93A.1.2.1 Cascade connection of two-port networks 692
93A.1.2.2 Two-port network for a shunt capacitance 693
93A.1.2.3 Two-port network for the package transmission line 693
93A.1.2.4 Assembly of transmitter and receiver device package models 694
93A.1.3 Path terminations 694
93A.1.4 Filters 695
93A.1.4.1 Receiver noise filter 695
93A.1.4.2 Transmitter equalizer 695
93A.1.4.3 Receiver equalizer. 695
93A.1.5 Pulse response. 695
93A.1.6 Determination of variable equalizer parameters. 696
93A.1.7 Interference and noise amplitude 698
93A.1.7.1 Interference amplitude distribution. 698
93A.1.7.2 Noise amplitude distribution. 698
93A.1.7.3 Combination of interference and noise distributions 699
93A.2 Test channel calibration using COM 700
93A.3 Fitted insertion loss 701
93A.4 Insertion loss deviation 702
Annex 93B (informative) Electrical backplane reference model 703
Annex 93C (normative) Receiver interference tolerance 704
93C.1 Test setup 704
93C.2 Test method 707
SECTION SEVEN
Contents
96. Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS), Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer and baseband
medium, type 100BASE-T1 41
96.1 Overview. 41
96.1.1 100BASE-T1 architecture. 42
96.1.1.1 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) 43
96.1.1.2 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer 43
96.1.1.3 Signaling 43
96.1.2 Conventions in this clause 43
96.1.2.1 State diagram notation 43
96.1.2.2 State diagram timer specifications 43
96.1.2.3 Service specifications 43
96.2 100BASE-T1 service primitives and interfaces 43
96.2.1 PMA service interface 44
96.2.2 PMA_LINK.indication 46
96.2.2.1 Semantics of the primitive 46
96.2.2.2 When generated 46
96.2.2.3 Effect of receipt 46
96.2.3 PMA_TXMODE.indication 46
96.2.3.1 Semantics of the primitive 46
96.2.3.2 When generated 46
96.2.3.3 Effect of receipt 46

2

96.2.4 PMA_UNITDATA.request. 47
96.2.4.1 Semantics of the primitive 47
96.2.4.2 When generated 47
96.2.4.3 Effect of receipt 47
96.2.5 PMA_UNITDATA.indication 47
96.2.5.1 Semantics of the primitive 47
96.2.5.2 When generated 47
96.2.5.3 Effect of receipt 48
96.2.6 PMA_SCRSTATUS.request. 48
96.2.6.1 Semantics of the primitive 48
96.2.6.2 When generated 48
96.2.6.3 Effect of receipt 48
96.2.7 PMA_RXSTATUS.indication 48
96.2.7.1 Semantics of the primitive 48
96.2.7.2 When generated 48
96.2.7.3 Effect of receipt 48
96.2.8 PMA_REMRXSTATUS.request 49
96.2.8.1 Semantics of the primitive 49
96.2.8.2 When generated 49
96.2.8.3 Effect of receipt 49
96.2.9 PMA_RESET.indication. 49
96.2.9.1 When generated 49
96.2.9.2 Effect of receipt 49
96.2.10 PMA_TXEN.request. 49
96.2.10.1 Semantic of the primitive 49
96.2.10.2 When generated 50
96.2.10.3 Effect of receipt 50
96.3 100BASE-T1 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) functions 50
96.3.1 PCS Reset function 51
96.3.2 PCS data transmission enabling 52
96.3.2.1 Variables 52
96.3.3 PCS Transmit 53
96.3.3.1 4B/3B conversion 53
96.3.3.1.1 Control signals in 4B/3B conversion 53
96.3.3.1.2 4B/3B conversion for MII data. 53
96.3.3.2 PCS Transmit state diagram 55
96.3.3.2.1 Variables 56
96.3.3.2.2 Functions. 57
96.3.3.2.3 Timers 57
96.3.3.2.4 Messages. 59
96.3.3.3 PCS transmit symbol generation. 59
96.3.3.3.1 Side-stream scrambler polynomial 59
96.3.3.3.2 Generation of Syn[2:0] 59
96.3.3.3.3 Generation of Scn[2:0] 59
96.3.3.3.4 Generation of scrambled bits Sdn[2:0] 60
96.3.3.3.5 Generation of ternary pair (TAn, TBn). 60
96.3.3.3.6 Generation of (TAn, TBn) when tx_mode = SEND_I 60
96.3.3.3.7 Generation of (TAn, TBn) when tx_mode = SEND_N, tx_enable = 1 60
96.3.3.3.8 Generation of (TAn, TBn) for idle sequence when tx_mode=SEND_N 61
96.3.3.3.9 Generation of (TAn, TBn) when tx_mode=SEND_Z 62
96.3.3.3.10 Generation of symbol sequence 62
96.3.4 PCS Receive 62
96.3.4.1 PCS Receive overview 62
96.3.4.1.1 Variables 65

3

96.3.4.1.2 Functions. 66
96.3.4.1.3 Timer. 66
96.3.4.2 PCS Receive symbol decoding 67
96.3.4.3 PCS Receive descrambler polynomial 67
96.3.4.4 PCS Receive automatic polarity detection (Optional) 67
96.3.4.5 PCS Receive MII signal 3B/4B conversion 68
96.3.5 PCS Loopback 68
96.4 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) Sublayer 69
96.4.1 PMA Reset function 69
96.4.2 PMA Transmit function 70
96.4.3 PMA Receive function 71
96.4.4 PHY Control function. 72
96.4.5 Link Monitor function 72
96.4.6 PMA clock recovery 72
96.4.7 State variables 72
96.4.7.1 State diagram variables. 72
96.4.7.2 Timers 75
96.5 PMA electrical specifications 75
96.5.1 EMC tests 75
96.5.1.1 Immunity—DPI test 75
96.5.1.2 Emission—Conducted emission test 76
96.5.2 Test modes 76
96.5.3 Test fixtures 77
96.5.4 Transmitter electrical specifications 78
96.5.4.1 Transmitter output droop 79
96.5.4.2 Transmitter distortion 79
96.5.4.3 Transmitter timing jitter 81
96.5.4.4 Transmitter power spectral density (PSD) 81
96.5.4.5 Transmit clock frequency 82
96.5.5 Receiver electrical specifications 82
96.5.5.1 Receiver differential input signals 83
96.5.5.2 Receiver frequency tolerance 83
96.5.5.3 Alien crosstalk noise rejection 83
96.5.6 Transmitter peak differential output 83
96.5.7 PMA Local Loopback. 83
96.6 Management interface. 84
96.6.1 MASTER-SLAVE configuration 84
96.6.2 PHY-initialization. 84
96.6.3 PMA and PCS MDIO function mapping 84
96.7 Link segment characteristics. 85
96.7.1 Cabling system characteristics 85
96.7.1.1 Characteristic impedance 85
96.7.1.2 Insertion loss 86
96.7.1.3 Return loss 86
96.7.1.4 Mode conversion loss 86
96.7.1.5 Power sum alien near-end crosstalk (PSANEXT) 87
96.7.1.6 Power sum alien attenuation to crosstalk ratio far-end (PSAACRF) 87
96.7.2 Noise environment 87
96.8 MDI specification 88
96.8.1 MDI connectors 88
96.8.2 MDI electrical specification 88
96.8.2.1 MDI return loss. 88
96.8.2.2 MDI mode conversion loss 88
96.8.3 MDI fault tolerance. 89

4

96.9 Environmental specifications 89
96.9.1 General safety 89
96.9.2 Network safety 89
96.9.2.1 Environmental safety 90
96.9.2.2 Electromagnetic compatibility 90
96.10 Delay constraints. 90
96.11 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 96, Physical
Coding Sublayer (PCS), Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer and baseband
medium, type 100BASE-T1 91
96.11.1 Introduction. 91
96.11.2 Identification. 91
96.11.2.1 Implementation identification 91
96.11.2.2 Protocol summary 91
96.11.3 Major capabilities/options. 92
96.11.4 PICS proforma tables for Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS), Physical Medium
Attachment (PMA) sublayer and baseband medium, type 100BASE-T1 92
96.11.4.1 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) 92
96.11.4.2 PCS Receive functions 93
96.11.4.3 PCS Loopback 94
96.11.4.4 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) 94
96.11.4.5 PMA electrical specifications 95
96.11.4.6 Management interface. 97
96.11.4.7 Characteristics of the Link Segment. 98
96.11.4.8 MDI Requirements 98
96.11.4.9 Environmental specifications 100
96.11.4.10 Delay constraints. 100
97. Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS), Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, and baseband
medium, type 1000BASE-T1 101
97.1 Overview. 101
97.1.1 Relationship of 1000BASE-T1 to other standards 101
97.1.2 Operation of 1000BASE-T1 101
97.1.2.1 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) 103
97.1.2.2 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer 103
97.1.2.3 EEE capability 104
97.1.2.4 Link Synchronization 104
97.1.3 Signaling 106
97.1.4 Interfaces. 106
97.1.5 Conventions in this clause 106
97.2 1000BASE-T1 Service Primitives and Interfaces 106
97.2.1 Technology Dependent Interface 107
97.2.1.1 PMA_LINK.request 107
97.2.1.1.1 Semantics of the primitive 107
97.2.1.1.2 When generated 107
97.2.1.1.3 Effect of receipt 107
97.2.1.2 PMA_LINK.indication 107
97.2.1.2.1 Semantics of the primitive 107
97.2.1.2.2 When generated 108
97.2.1.2.3 Effect of receipt 108
97.2.2 PMA service interface 108
97.2.2.1 PMA_TXMODE.indication 108
97.2.2.1.1 Semantics of the primitive 108
97.2.2.1.2 When generated 109

5

97.2.2.1.3 Effect of receipt 109
97.2.2.2 PMA_CONFIG.indication 110
97.2.2.2.1 Semantics of the primitive 110
97.2.2.2.2 When generated 110
97.2.2.2.3 Effect of receipt 110
97.2.2.3 PMA_UNITDATA.request. 110
97.2.2.3.1 Semantics of the primitive 110
97.2.2.3.2 When generated 110
97.2.2.3.3 Effect of receipt 110
97.2.2.4 PMA_UNITDATA.indication 111
97.2.2.4.1 Semantics of the primitive 111
97.2.2.4.2 When generated 111
97.2.2.4.3 Effect of receipt 111
97.2.2.5 PMA_SCRSTATUS.request. 111
97.2.2.5.1 Semantics of the primitive 111
97.2.2.5.2 When generated 111
97.2.2.5.3 Effect of receipt 111
97.2.2.6 PMA_PCSSTATUS.request 111
97.2.2.6.1 Semantics of the primitive 111
97.2.2.6.2 When generated 112
97.2.2.6.3 Effect of receipt 112
97.2.2.7 PMA_RXSTATUS.indication 112
97.2.2.7.1 Semantics of the primitive 112
97.2.2.7.2 When generated 112
97.2.2.7.3 Effect of receipt 112
97.2.2.8 PMA_PHYREADY.indication 112
97.2.2.8.1 Semantics of the primitive 112
97.2.2.8.2 When generated 113
97.2.2.8.3 Effect of receipt 113
97.2.2.9 PMA_REMRXSTATUS.request 113
97.2.2.9.1 Semantics of the primitive 113
97.2.2.9.2 When generated 113
97.2.2.9.3 Effect of receipt 113
97.2.2.10 PMA_REMPHYREADY.request. 113
97.2.2.10.1 Semantics of the primitive 113
97.2.2.10.2 When generated 114
97.2.2.10.3 Effect of receipt 114
97.2.2.11 PMA_PCS_RX_LPI_STATUS.request 114
97.2.2.11.1 Semantics of the primitive 114
97.2.2.11.2 When generated 114
97.2.2.11.3 Effect of receipt 114
97.2.2.12 PMA_PCS_TX_LPI_STATUS.request 114
97.2.2.12.1 Semantics of the primitive 114
97.2.2.12.2 When generated 114
97.2.2.12.3 Effect of receipt 115
97.3 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) 115
97.3.1 PCS service interface (GMII) 115
97.3.2 PCS functions 115
97.3.2.1 PCS Reset function 115
97.3.2.2 PCS Transmit function 115
97.3.2.2.1 Use of blocks 117
97.3.2.2.2 81B-RS transmission code 117
97.3.2.2.3 Notation conventions 117
97.3.2.2.4 Transmission order 117

6

97.3.2.2.5 Block structure 117
97.3.2.2.6 Control codes 120
97.3.2.2.7 Idle 121
97.3.2.2.8 LP_IDLE. 121
97.3.2.2.9 Error 121
97.3.2.2.10 Transmit process 121
97.3.2.2.11 RS-FEC encoder 122
97.3.2.2.12 PCS scrambler. 123
97.3.2.2.13 3B2T to PAM3 123
97.3.2.2.14 81B-RS framer 124
97.3.2.2.15 EEE capability 124
97.3.2.3 PCS Receive function 125
97.3.2.3.1 Frame and block synchronization 126
97.3.2.3.2 PCS descrambler. 126
97.3.2.3.3 Valid and invalid blocks 126
97.3.3 Test-pattern generators 126
97.3.4 PMA training side-stream scrambler polynomials 126
97.3.4.1 Generation of Sn 127
97.3.4.2 Generation of symbol Tn 127
97.3.4.3 PMA training mode descrambler polynomials 127
97.3.5 LPI signaling. 128
97.3.5.1 LPI Synchronization 128
97.3.5.2 Quiet period signaling. 129
97.3.5.3 Refresh period signaling 129
97.3.6 Detailed functions and state diagrams 129
97.3.6.1 State diagram conventions 129
97.3.6.2 State diagram parameters 130
97.3.6.2.1 Constants. 130
97.3.6.2.2 Variables 130
97.3.6.2.3 Functions. 132
97.3.6.2.4 Counters 132
97.3.6.3 Messages. 132
97.3.6.4 State diagrams. 133
97.3.7 PCS management 137
97.3.7.1 Status. 137
97.3.7.2 Counter 137
97.3.7.3 Loopback 137
97.3.8 1000BASE-T1 Operations, Administration, and Maintenance (OAM) 138
97.3.8.1 Definitions 138
97.3.8.2 Functional specifications 138
97.3.8.2.1 1000BASE-T1 OAM Frame Structure 138
97.3.8.2.2 1000BASE-T1 OAM Frame Data 139
97.3.8.2.3 Ping RX. 139
97.3.8.2.4 Ping TX. 139
97.3.8.2.5 PHY Health. 140
97.3.8.2.6 1000BASE-T1 OAM Message Valid 140
97.3.8.2.7 1000BASE-T1 OAM Message Toggle. 140
97.3.8.2.8 1000BASE-T1 OAM Message Acknowledge 140
97.3.8.2.9 1000BASE-T1 OAM Message Toggle Acknowledge 140
97.3.8.2.10 1000BASE-T1 OAM Message Number 141
97.3.8.2.11 1000BASE-T1 OAM Message Data. 141
97.3.8.2.12 CRC16 141
97.3.8.2.13 1000BASE-T1 OAM Frame Acceptance Criteria 141
97.3.8.2.14 PHY Health Indicator 142

7

97.3.8.2.15 Ping 142
97.3.8.2.16 1000BASE-T1 OAM Message Exchange 142
97.3.8.3 State diagram variable to 1000BASE-T1 OAM register mapping 143
97.3.8.4 Detailed functions and state diagrams 145
97.3.8.4.1 State diagram conventions 145
97.3.8.4.2 State diagram parameters 145
97.3.8.4.3 Variables 145
97.3.8.4.4 Counters 149
97.3.8.4.5 Functions. 150
97.3.8.4.6 State diagrams. 151
97.4 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer 153
97.4.1 PMA functional specifications 153
97.4.2 PMA functions 153
97.4.2.1 PMA Reset function 154
97.4.2.2 PMA Transmit function 154
97.4.2.2.1 Global PMA transmit disable 154
97.4.2.3 PMA Receive function 154
97.4.2.4 PHY Control function. 155
97.4.2.4.1 InfoField notation 155
97.4.2.4.2 Start of Frame Delimiter 156
97.4.2.4.3 Partial PHY frame Count (PFC24) 156
97.4.2.4.4 Message Field 156
97.4.2.4.5 PHY Capability Bits, User Configurable Register, and Data Mode
Scrambler Seed 157
97.4.2.4.6 Data Switch partial PHY frame Count 157
97.4.2.4.7 Reserved Fields. 157
97.4.2.4.8 CRC16 157
97.4.2.4.9 PMA MDIO function mapping. 158
97.4.2.4.10 Start-up sequence 158
97.4.2.4.11 PHY Control Registers 160
97.4.2.5 Link Monitor function 160
97.4.2.6 PHY Link Synchronization. 161
97.4.2.6.1 State diagram variables. 162
97.4.2.6.2 State diagram timers 163
97.4.2.6.3 Messages. 163
97.4.2.6.4 State diagrams. 164
97.4.2.7 Refresh Monitor function 165
97.4.2.8 Clock Recovery function 165
97.4.3 MDI. 165
97.4.3.1 MDI signals transmitted by the PHY 165
97.4.3.2 Signals received at the MDI 165
97.4.4 State variables 165
97.4.4.1 State diagram variables. 165
97.4.4.2 Timers 168
97.4.5 State diagrams. 169
97.5 PMA electrical specifications 170
97.5.1 EMC Requirements. 170
97.5.1.1 Immunity—DPI test 170
97.5.1.2 Emission—150 Ω conducted emission test 170
97.5.2 Test modes 170
97.5.2.1 Test fixtures 173
97.5.3 Transmitter electrical specifications 174
97.5.3.1 Maximum output droop 175
97.5.3.2 Transmitter distortion 175

8

97.5.3.3 Transmitter timing jitter 176
97.5.3.4 Transmitter Power Spectral Density (PSD) and power level 177
97.5.3.5 Transmitter peak differential output 178
97.5.3.6 Transmitter clock frequency 178
97.5.4 Receiver electrical specifications 178
97.5.4.1 Receiver differential input signals 178
97.5.4.2 Alien crosstalk noise rejection 178
97.6 Link segment characteristics. 178
97.6.1 Link transmission parameters for link segment type A 179
97.6.1.1 Insertion loss 179
97.6.1.2 Differential characteristic impedance 180
97.6.1.3 Return loss 180
97.6.1.4 Differential to common mode conversion 180
97.6.1.5 Maximum link delay. 181
97.6.2 Link transmission parameters for link segment type B 182
97.6.2.1 Insertion loss 182
97.6.2.2 Differential characteristic impedance 182
97.6.2.3 Return loss 182
97.6.2.4 Maximum link delay. 183
97.6.2.5 Coupling attenuation. 183
97.6.3 Coupling parameters between type A link segments 184
97.6.3.1 Multiple disturber alien near-end crosstalk (MDANEXT) loss 184
97.6.3.2 Multiple disturber power sum alien near-end crosstalk (PSANEXT) loss. 184
97.6.3.3 Multiple disturber alien far-end crosstalk (MDAFEXT) loss. 185
97.6.3.4 Multiple disturber power sum alien attenuation crosstalk ratio far-end
(PSAACRF) 185
97.6.4 Coupling parameters between type B link segments 186
97.6.4.1 Multiple disturber alien near-end crosstalk (MDANEXT) loss 186
97.6.4.2 Multiple disturber power sum alien near-end crosstalk (PSANEXT) loss. 187
97.6.4.3 Multiple disturber alien far-end crosstalk (MDAFEXT) loss. 187
97.6.4.4 Multiple disturber power sum alien attenuation crosstalk ratio far-end
(PSAACRF) 187
97.7 Media Dependent Interface (MDI) 188
97.7.1 MDI connectors 188
97.7.2 MDI electrical specification 188
97.7.2.1 MDI return loss. 188
97.7.2.2 MDI mode conversion loss 189
97.7.3 MDI fault tolerance. 189
97.8 Management Interfaces. 189
97.8.1 Optional Support for Auto-Negotiation 189
97.9 Environmental specifications 190
97.9.1 General safety 190
97.9.2 Network safety 190
97.9.2.1 Environmental safety 190
97.9.2.2 Electromagnetic compatibility 190
97.10 Delay constraints. 190
97.11 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 97, Physical
Coding Sublayer (PCS), Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, and baseband
medium, type 1000BASE-T1 192
97.11.1 Introduction. 192
97.11.2 Identification. 192
97.11.2.1 Implementation identification. 192
97.11.2.2 Protocol summary 192
97.11.3 Major capabilities/options. 193

9

97.11.4 General 193
97.11.5 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) 194
97.11.6 PCS Receive functions 195
97.11.7 PCS loopback 196
97.11.8 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) 197
97.11.9 PMA electrical specifications 199
97.11.10MDI electrical requirements 202
97.11.10.1 Characteristics of the link segment. 203
97.11.11MDI Requirements 204
97.11.12EEE capability requirements 204
97.11.13Environmental specifications 205
98. Auto-Negotiation for single differential-pair media. 206
98.1 Overview. 206
98.1.1 Scope. 206
98.1.2 Relationship to the ISO/IEC Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) reference model 206
98.2 Functional specifications 206
98.2.1 Transmit function requirements 207
98.2.1.1 DME transmission 207
98.2.1.1.1 DME page encoding 207
98.2.1.1.2 DME page timing 209
98.2.1.1.3 DME page Delimiters 210
98.2.1.1.4 Transmitter peak differential output 211
98.2.1.2 Link codeword encoding 211
98.2.1.2.1 Selector Field 211
98.2.1.2.2 Echoed Nonce Field 211
98.2.1.2.3 Transmitted Nonce Field 212
98.2.1.2.4 Technology Ability Field 212
98.2.1.2.5 Force MASTER-SLAVE 212
98.2.1.2.6 Pause Ability. 213
98.2.1.2.7 Remote Fault. 213
98.2.1.2.8 Acknowledge 213
98.2.1.2.9 Next Page 213
98.2.1.3 Transmit Switch function 214
98.2.2 Receive function requirements 214
98.2.2.1 DME page reception 214
98.2.2.2 Receive Switch function 214
98.2.2.3 Link codeword matching 214
98.2.3 AN half-duplex function requirements 214
98.2.4 Arbitration function requirements 214
98.2.4.1 Renegotiation function 215
98.2.4.2 Priority Resolution function 215
98.2.4.3 Next Page function 215
98.2.4.3.1 Next page encodings. 216
98.2.4.3.2 Use of Next Pages. 216
98.3 State diagram variable to Auto-Negotiation register mapping 217
98.4 Technology-Dependent Interface 217
98.4.1 PMA_LINK.indication 217
98.4.1.1 Semantics of the service primitive 217
98.4.1.2 When generated 218
98.4.1.3 Effect of receipt 218
98.4.2 PMA_LINK.request 218
98.4.2.1 Semantics of the service primitive 218

10

98.4.2.2 When generated 218
98.4.2.3 Effect of receipt 218
98.5 Detailed functions and state diagrams 218
98.5.1 State diagram variables. 218
98.5.2 State diagram timers 225
98.5.3 State diagram counters 226
98.5.4 Function 227
98.5.5 State diagrams. 227
98.6 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 98, Auto-
Negotiation for Single Differential-Pair Media 231
98.6.1 Introduction. 231
98.6.2 Identification. 231
98.6.2.1 Implementation identification. 231
98.6.2.2 Protocol summary 231
98.6.3 General 232
98.6.4 DME transmission 232
98.6.5 Link codeword encoding 233
98.6.6 Arbitration function requirements 234
98.6.7 Service primitives 235
98.6.8 State diagram and variable definitions 236
99. MAC Merge sublayer 237
99.1 Introduction. 237
99.1.1 Relationship to other IEEE standards 238
99.1.2 Functional Block Diagram 240
99.2 MAC Merge Service Interface (MMSI) 240
99.2.1 MM_CTL.request 240
99.2.1.1 Semantics 241
99.2.1.2 When generated 241
99.2.1.3 Effect of receipt 241
99.3 MAC Merge Packet (mPacket). 241
99.3.1 mPacket format 241
99.3.2 Preamble 241
99.3.3 Start mPacket Delimiter (SMD) 242
99.3.4 frag_count 242
99.3.5 mData 243
99.3.6 CRC 243
99.4 MAC Merge sublayer operation 244
99.4.1 MAC Merge sublayer transmit behavior when preemption is disabled 244
99.4.2 Determining that the link partner supports preemption 244
99.4.3 Verifying preemption operation 244
99.4.4 Transmit processing 245
99.4.5 Receive processing 245
99.4.6 Express filter 246
99.4.7 Detailed functions and state diagrams 247
99.4.7.1 State diagram conventions 247
99.4.7.2 Constants. 247
99.4.7.3 Variables 247
99.4.7.4 Functions. 249
99.4.7.5 Counters 251
99.4.7.6 Timers 251
99.4.7.7 State diagrams. 251
99.4.8 Delay Constraints 254

11

99.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 99, MAC
Merge sublayer 256
99.5.1 Introduction. 256
99.5.2 Identification. 256
99.5.2.1 Implementation identification 256
99.5.2.2 Protocol summary 256
99.5.3 PICS proforma tables for MAC Merge sublayer 257
99.5.3.1 Functional specifications 257
99.5.3.2 Delay constraints. 258
100. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer, and medium for coaxial distribution networks,
type 10GPASS-XR 259
100.1 Overview. 259
100.1.1 Terminology and conventions 259
100.1.2 Positioning of the PMD sublayer within the IEEE 802.3 architecture 259
100.1.3 PMD types 259
100.1.4 Mapping of PMD variables. 259
100.2 PMD functional specification 263
100.2.1 PMD service interface 263
100.2.1.1 PMD_UNITDATA.request. 264
100.2.1.2 PMD_UNITDATA.indication 264
100.2.1.3 PMD_SIGNAL.request. 264
100.2.2 Delay constraints. 264
100.2.3 PMD transmit function 264
100.2.4 PMD receive function. 265
100.2.5 PMD transmit enable function 265
100.3 PMD operational requirements. 265
100.3.1 CLT and CNU modulation formats 265
100.3.2 Data rates 266
100.3.2.1 Downstream PHY data rate 266
100.3.2.2 Upstream PHY data rate 267
100.3.2.3 PHY Link managed variables 267
100.3.3 CLT transmitter requirements. 268
100.3.3.1 OFDM channel power definitions 268
100.3.3.2 CLT output electrical requirements 269
100.3.3.2.1 PHY Link managed variables 272
100.3.3.3 Phase noise requirements 272
100.3.3.4 Power per OFDM channel for CLT 272
100.3.3.5 Out-of-band noise and spurious requirements for the CLT 273
100.3.3.6 CLT transmitter output requirements 276
100.3.4 CNU transmitter requirements 277
100.3.4.1 Burst timing convention 277
100.3.4.2 Transmit power requirements 277
100.3.4.3 OFDMA transmit power calculations. 278
100.3.4.3.1 PHY Link managed variables 278
100.3.4.4 OFDMA fidelity requirements 279
100.3.4.4.1 Spurious emissions 279
100.3.4.4.2 Spurious emissions in the upstream frequency range. 281
100.3.4.4.3 Adjacent channel spurious emissions 282
100.3.4.4.4 Spurious emissions during burst on/off transients 284
100.3.4.5 Transmit MER requirements 284
100.3.4.5.1 Definitions 285
100.3.4.5.2 Requirements 286

12

100.3.4.6 CNU Transmitter output requirements 286
100.3.4.7 CNU RF power amplifier requirements 287
100.3.5 CLT receiver requirements 288
100.3.5.1 CLT receiver input power requirements. 288
100.3.5.1.1 PHY Link managed variables 289
100.3.5.2 CLT receiver error performance in AWGN channel 289
100.3.5.3 CLT upstream receive modulation error ratio requirements 290
100.3.5.3.1 PHY Link managed variables 290
100.3.6 CNU receiver requirements 291
100.3.6.1 Input signal characteristics at CNU receiver 291
100.3.6.2 CNU error performance in AWGN channel 291
100.3.6.3 Receive modulation error ratio requirements 292
100.3.7 Channel band rules 294
100.3.7.1 Downstream channel bandwidth rules 294
100.3.7.2 Downstream exclusion band rules 294
100.3.7.3 Upstream channel bandwidth rules. 295
100.3.7.4 Upstream exclusions and unused subcarriers rules. 295
100.4 Test requirements and measurement methods 295
100.4.1 CLT RF output muting requirement 295
100.4.2 CNU receive modulation error ratio testing 296
100.4.3 Upstream channel power 296
100.4.3.1 PHY Link managed variables 297
100.4.4 Guidelines for verifying compliance with downstream phase noise requirements 297
100.4.4.1 Test mode 1. 298
100.4.4.2 Test mode 2. 298
100.5 Environmental, safety, and labeling 299
100.5.1 General safety 299
100.5.2 Installation 299
100.5.3 Environment 299
100.5.4 PMD labeling 299
100.5.4.1 Frequency plan 299
100.5.4.1.1 Downstream frequency plan 299
100.5.4.1.2 Upstream frequency plan 299
100.6 EEE capability 299
100.7 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 100, Physical
Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium for coaxial cable distribution networks,
type 10GPASS-XR 300
100.7.1 Identification. 300
100.7.1.1 Implementation identification 300
100.7.1.2 Protocol summary 300
100.7.2 Major capabilities/options 301
100.7.3 PICS proforma tables for Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer for coax
cable distribution networks, type 10GPASS-XR 302
100.7.3.1 PMD functional specifications 302
100.7.3.2 Definition of parameters and measurement methods 305
100.7.3.3 Environmental specifications 305
101. Reconciliation Sublayer, Physical Coding Sublayer, and Physical Media Attachment for EPoC 306
101.1 Overview. 306
101.1.1 Conventions 306
101.1.2 Constraints for delay through RS, PCS, and PMA 306
101.1.3 Mapping of PCS, and PMA variables. 306
101.1.4 Functional blocks supporting 10GPASS-XR PCS, PMA, and PMD sublayers 306

13

101.2 Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) for EPoC 314
101.3 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) for EPoC 314
101.3.1 Overview. 314
101.3.2 PCS transmit function. 316
101.3.2.1 Idle deletion process 316
101.3.2.1.1 Constants. 316
101.3.2.1.2 Variables 317
101.3.2.1.3 Counters 318
101.3.2.1.4 Functions. 318
101.3.2.1.5 State diagrams. 318
101.3.2.2 64B/66B Encoder 320
101.3.2.3 CRC40 321
101.3.2.4 Low Density Parity Check (LDPC) Forward Error Correction (FEC) codes. 321
101.3.2.4.1 LDPC matrix definition 322
101.3.2.5 FEC Encoder and Data Detector processes 323
101.3.2.5.1 Data Detector process 323
101.3.2.5.2 LDPC encode process. 325
101.3.2.5.3 LDPC codeword transmission order. 325
101.3.2.5.4 Upstream FEC encoding. 328
101.3.2.5.5 Constants. 328
101.3.2.5.6 Variables 328
101.3.2.5.7 Functions. 330
101.3.2.5.8 State diagrams. 333
101.3.3 PCS receive function 335
101.3.3.1 FEC Decoder. 336
101.3.3.1.1 Upstream FEC decoding. 336
101.3.3.1.2 LDPC decoding process within CNU (downstream) 336
101.3.3.1.3 LDPC decoding process within CLT upstream 338
101.3.3.1.4 Codeword error monitor 338
101.3.3.1.5 Constants. 338
101.3.3.1.6 Variables 339
101.3.3.1.7 Functions. 340
101.3.3.1.8 State diagrams. 341
101.3.3.2 64B/66B Decoder 343
101.3.3.3 Idle control character insertion process 343
101.3.3.3.1 Constants. 344
101.3.3.3.2 Variables 344
101.3.3.3.3 Functions. 345
101.3.3.3.4 Messages. 345
101.3.3.3.5 State diagrams. 345
101.4 10GPASS-XR PMA 346
101.4.1 Overview. 346
101.4.2 PMA Service Interface 347
101.4.2.1 PMA_UNITDATA.request. 347
101.4.2.1.1 Semantics of the service primitive 347
101.4.2.1.2 When generated 347
101.4.2.1.3 Effect of receipt 348
101.4.2.2 PMA_UNITDATA.indication 348
101.4.2.2.1 Semantics of the service primitive 348
101.4.2.2.2 When generated 348
101.4.2.2.3 Effect of receipt 348
101.4.3 Downstream PMA transmit function 348
101.4.3.1 Overview. 348
101.4.3.2 Time and frequency synchronization 349

14

101.4.3.3 Subcarrier clocking 350
101.4.3.4 Subcarrier configuration and bit loading 351
101.4.3.4.1 Nulled subcarriers 351
101.4.3.4.2 Continuous pilots 351
101.4.3.4.3 Bit loaded subcarriers 351
101.4.3.4.4 Excluded subcarriers. 352
101.4.3.4.5 PHY Link managed variables 352
101.4.3.5 Framing. 353
101.4.3.6 Pilot map 353
101.4.3.6.1 Scattered pilots 354
101.4.3.6.2 Continuous pilots 356
101.4.3.6.3 Predefined continuous pilots around the PHY Link 356
101.4.3.6.4 Continuous pilot placement defined by PHY Link message 356
101.4.3.6.5 PHY Link managed variables 358
101.4.3.7 Scrambler 358
101.4.3.8 Symbol mapper 359
101.4.3.8.1 Introduction. 359
101.4.3.8.2 Transmitter bit loading for symbol mapping 360
101.4.3.8.3 Bit loading. 361
101.4.3.8.4 FCP calculation. 362
101.4.3.9 Time and frequency interleaver 363
101.4.3.9.1 Overview. 363
101.4.3.9.2 Time interleaving 363
101.4.3.9.3 Frequency interleaving 364
101.4.3.9.4 Interleaving impact on continuous pilots, scattered pilots, PHY Link and
excluded spectral region 367
101.4.3.9.5 PHY Link managed variables 368
101.4.3.10 Pilot insertion 368
101.4.3.10.1 Pilot boosting 369
101.4.3.11 Inverse Discrete Fourier Transform (IDFT) 369
101.4.3.11.1 PHY Link managed variables 369
101.4.3.12 Cyclic prefix and windowing 369
101.4.3.12.1 PHY Link managed variables 373
101.4.3.13 OFDM channel requirements 373
101.4.4 Upstream PMA transmit function. 374
101.4.4.1 Overview. 374
101.4.4.2 Time and frequency synchronization 374
101.4.4.2.1 OFDM channel frequency accuracy 374
101.4.4.2.2 OFDM channel timing accuracy. 374
101.4.4.2.3 Modulation timing jitter 374
101.4.4.3 Frame timing. 375
101.4.4.3.1 RB Superframe configuration and burst transmission 375
101.4.4.3.2 OFDMA transmission burst start 375
101.4.4.3.3 OFDMA transmission internal to a burst 376
101.4.4.3.4 OFDMA transmission burst end 376
101.4.4.3.5 Variables 376
101.4.4.3.6 State diagram 377
101.4.4.4 Subcarrier configuration and bit loading 378
101.4.4.4.1 Nulled subcarriers 378
101.4.4.4.2 Bit loaded subcarriers 378
101.4.4.4.3 Excluded subcarriers. 378
101.4.4.4.4 PHY Link managed variables 378
101.4.4.5 Upstream symbol mapper 379
101.4.4.5.1 Variables 379

15

101.4.4.5.2 Functions. 382
101.4.4.5.3 State diagrams. 383
101.4.4.5.4 Minimum gap time and burst marker overhead 386
101.4.4.6 Pilot patterns 386
101.4.4.6.1 variables 387
101.4.4.7 Staging and pilot insertion 387
101.4.4.7.1 Staging 387
101.4.4.7.2 Pilot insertion 388
101.4.4.8 Burst markers 388
101.4.4.8.1 Introduction. 388
101.4.4.8.2 Burst marker start and stop sequences 388
101.4.4.8.3 Burst marker B element encoding 390
101.4.4.9 Pre-equalization and Inverse Discrete Fourier Transform (IDFT) 393
101.4.4.9.1 Pre-equalization coefficients. 393
101.4.4.9.2 PHY Link managed variables 394
101.4.4.10 Cyclic prefix and windowing 394
101.4.4.10.1 PHY Link managed variables 395
101.4.5 Constellation structure and mapping 396
101.4.5.1 One dimensional Gray mapping for m-tuple binary bits 396
101.4.5.2 Constellation structure and mapping of BPSK 396
101.4.5.3 Constellation structure and mapping of 22n–QAM 397
101.4.5.4 Constellation structure and mapping of 22n+1–QAM (n>0) 398
101.4.5.4.1 Constellation structure and mapping of 8–QAM 398
101.4.5.4.2 Constellation structure and mapping of 22n+1–QAM with n > 1 399
101.4.5.5 QAM constellation scaling 400
101.4.6 PMA testing 401
101.4.6.1 Pre-equalization testing. 401
101.4.6.2 OFDM channel frequency accuracy test. 402
101.5 Applicability of Clause 90 and IEEE Std 802.1AS, Clause 13 for EPoC time transport 402
101.5.1 CLT PHY asymmetry correction of future time transmitted by the CLT to CNUi 402
101.5.2 CNU PHY asymmetry correction of future time received by CNUi 402
101.6 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 101,
Reconciliation Sublayer, Physical Coding Sublayer, and Physical Media Attachment for
EPoC 404
101.6.1 Introduction. 404
101.6.2 Identification. 404
101.6.2.1 Implementation identification 404
101.6.2.2 Protocol summary 404
101.6.3 Major capabilities/options 405
101.6.4 PICS proforma tables for Reconciliation Sublayer, Physical Coding Sublayer, and
Physical Media Attachment for EPoC 405
101.6.4.1 General specifications 405
101.6.4.2 Transmission functions 406
101.6.4.3 OFDM Configuration functions 406
101.6.4.4 OFDM Timing 407
101.6.4.5 Data Detector functions 408
101.6.4.6 IDLE insertion and deletion functions 408
101.6.4.7 FEC functions 409
101.6.4.8 Encoding functions 409
101.6.4.9 Pilots 410
101.6.4.10 Equalization 411
102. EPoC PHY Link 412

16

102.1 PHY Link overview and architecture 412
102.1.1 PHY Link frame structure and protocol 412
102.1.2 PHY Link block diagram 414
102.1.3 PHY Link Message Engine. 415
102.1.4 PHY Link FEC encoder 416
102.1.4.1 LDPC (480, 288) mother code 416
102.1.4.2 LDPC (160, 80) mother code 416
102.1.4.3 Shortening and puncturing encoders. 416
102.1.4.3.1 LDPC (384, 288) puncturing encoder 417
102.1.4.3.2 LDPC (128, 80) puncturing encoder 417
102.1.5 PHY Link scrambler 418
102.1.6 PHY Link symbol map and constellation mapping 418
102.1.7 Interleaving 419
102.1.8 Mapping of PHY Link variables. 419
102.2 Downstream PHY Link 423
102.2.1 Downstream PHY Link Physical Layer 423
102.2.1.1 Resource allocation. 423
102.2.1.2 Downstream PHY Link modulation 424
102.2.1.3 Downstream PHY Link subcarrier block interleaving 424
102.2.2 Downstream preamble 426
102.2.3 Downstream frame 427
102.2.3.1 Downstream EPoC PHY Frame Header. 428
102.2.3.1.1 Configuration ID and profile activation 428
102.2.3.1.2 Response Frame ID. 428
102.2.3.1.3 PHY Link DA 429
102.2.3.1.4 PHY Timestamp 430
102.2.3.2 EPoC Probe Control Header message block. 430
102.2.3.2.1 Probe Scheduling type Probe Control fields. 431
102.2.3.2.2 Broadcast PHY Discovery type Probe Control fields. 431
102.2.3.2.3 Unicast PHY Discovery type Probe Control fields 431
102.2.3.2.4 PHY Link managed variables 432
102.2.3.3 Downstream EPoC message block 432
102.2.3.4 Downstream padding 433
102.2.3.5 Downstream FEC Parity message block. 433
102.2.4 Downstream PHY Link FEC 433
102.2.5 Downstream PHY Link response time. 433
102.2.6 PHY Link managed variables 433
102.2.7 Downstream state diagrams 434
102.2.7.1 Constants. 434
102.2.7.2 Counters 434
102.2.7.3 Variables 435
102.2.7.4 Functions. 437
102.2.7.5 State diagrams. 437
102.3 Upstream PHY Link 439
102.3.1 Upstream PHY Link Physical Layer 439
102.3.1.1 Upstream resource allocation 439
102.3.1.2 Upstream PHY Link modulation 439
102.3.1.3 Upstream PHY Link transmission 439
102.3.2 Upstream PHY Link frame 439
102.3.2.1 Upstream EPoC PHY Frame Header 439
102.3.2.2 Upstream EPoC message block 439
102.3.2.2.1 Padding 441
102.3.3 Upstream PHY Link FEC 441
102.3.4 Upstream PHY Link pilot pattern. 441

17

102.3.5 Upstream state diagrams. 441
102.3.5.1 Constants. 441
102.3.5.2 Counters 442
102.3.5.3 Variables 442
102.3.5.4 Functions. 443
102.3.5.5 State diagrams. 443
102.4 PHY Link applications 444
102.4.1 PHY Discovery 445
102.4.1.1 Overview of PHY Discovery 445
102.4.1.2 PHY Link acquisition 445
102.4.1.3 PHY Discovery window opening 446
102.4.1.4 PHY Link Discovery Response 446
102.4.1.5 PHY Discovery preamble 448
102.4.1.6 CNU_ID allocation 449
102.4.1.7 PHY Discovery completion 450
102.4.1.8 PHY Link managed variables 450
102.4.1.9 PHY Discovery state diagrams 451
102.4.1.9.1 Constants. 451
102.4.1.9.2 Variables 451
102.4.1.9.3 Counters 452
102.4.1.9.4 Functions. 452
102.4.1.9.5 State diagrams. 453
102.4.2 Upstream Wideband Probing 453
102.4.2.1 Introduction. 453
102.4.2.2 Probing symbol pilots 454
102.4.2.3 Probing symbol scheduling. 454
102.4.2.4 Probing sequence 456
102.4.2.5 Probe symbol repetition 457
102.4.2.6 Wide Band Probing state diagrams. 457
102.4.2.6.1 Constants. 457
102.4.2.6.2 Variables 457
102.4.2.7 Counters 458
102.4.2.8 Functions. 458
102.4.2.9 State diagrams. 459
102.4.3 Link-up declaration. 460
102.4.4 Link-down declaration 461
102.4.4.1 CNU PHY self declared link-down 462
102.4.4.2 CLT declared link-down. 462
102.4.4.3 Upper layer declared link-down 462
102.4.5 OFDM Profile descriptors 462
102.4.5.1 PHY Link managed variables 463
102.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 102, EPoC
PHY Link 464
102.5.1 Introduction. 464
102.5.2 Identification. 464
102.5.2.1 Implementation identification 464
102.5.2.2 Protocol summary 464
102.5.3 Major capabilities/options 465
102.5.4 PICS proforma tables for EPoC PHY Link 465
102.5.4.1 PHY Link general specifications 465
102.5.4.2 PHY Link timing 467
102.5.4.3 Downstream framing 467
102.5.4.4 DS Encoding and transmission 468
102.5.4.5 Downstream OFDM 468

18

102.5.4.6 Upstream encoding and transmission 469
102.5.4.7 Upstream framing 469
102.5.4.8 Upstream OFDM 469
102.5.4.9 Communication Protocol 470
102.5.4.10 PHY Discovery 470
102.5.4.11 Probes 471
103. Multipoint MAC Control for EPoC 472
103.1 Overview. 472
103.1.1 Position of Multipoint MAC Control within the IEEE 802.3 hierarchy. 474
103.1.2 Functional block diagram 476
103.1.3 Service interfaces 477
103.1.4 State diagram conventions 477
103.1.5 Other conventions 477
103.2 Multipoint MAC Control operation 477
103.2.1 Principles of Multipoint MAC Control. 477
103.2.1.1 Ranging and timing process 477
103.2.2 Multipoint transmission control, Control Parser, and Control Multiplexer 478
103.2.2.1 Constants. 480
103.2.2.2 Counters 481
103.2.2.3 Variables 481
103.2.2.4 Functions. 483
103.2.2.5 Timers 485
103.2.2.6 Messages. 485
103.2.2.7 State diagrams. 485
103.3 Multipoint Control Protocol (MPCP) 492
103.3.1 Principles of Multipoint Control Protocol 492
103.3.2 Compatibility considerations 492
103.3.2.1 PAUSE operation 492
103.3.2.2 Optional Shared LAN emulation 492
103.3.2.3 Multicast and single copy broadcast support 492
103.3.2.4 Delay requirements 492
103.3.3 Discovery processing 492
103.3.3.1 Constants. 494
103.3.3.2 Variables 494
103.3.3.3 Timers 495
103.3.3.4 Messages. 495
103.3.3.5 State diagrams. 498
103.3.4 Report Processing 503
103.3.5 Gate Processing. 503
103.3.5.1 Constants. 503
103.3.5.2 Variables 503
103.3.5.3 Functions. 505
103.3.5.4 Timers 506
103.3.5.5 Messages. 506
103.3.5.6 State diagrams. 507
103.3.6 MPCPDU structure and encoding. 511
103.3.6.1 GATE description 511
103.3.6.2 REPORT description 511
103.3.6.3 REGISTER_REQ description. 511
103.3.6.4 REGISTER description. 512
103.3.6.5 REGISTER_ACK description 513

19

103.4 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 103,
Multipoint MAC Control for EPoC 514
103.4.1 Introduction. 514
103.4.2 Identification. 514
103.4.2.1 Implementation identification 514
103.4.2.2 Protocol summary 514
103.4.3 Major capabilities/options 515
103.4.4 PICS proforma tables for Multipoint MAC Control. 515
103.4.4.1 Compatibility considerations 515
103.4.4.2 Multipoint MAC Control 516
103.4.4.3 State diagrams 517
103.4.4.4 MPCP 518
104. Power over Data Lines (PoDL) of Single Balanced Twisted-Pair Ethernet. 520
104.1 Overview. 520
104.1.1 Compatibility considerations 520
104.1.2 Relationship of PoDL to the IEEE 802.3 architecture 520
104.1.3 PoDL system types 521
104.2 Link segment. 522
104.3 Class power requirements. 523
104.4 Power Sourcing Equipment (PSE) 523
104.4.1 PSE types 523
104.4.2 PSE classes 524
104.4.3 PSE state diagram 524
104.4.3.1 Overview. 524
104.4.3.2 Conventions 524
104.4.3.3 Variables 524
104.4.3.4 Timers 526
104.4.3.5 Functions. 527
104.4.3.6 State diagram 528
104.4.4 PSE detection of a PD. 530
104.4.4.1 Detection probe requirements. 530
104.4.4.2 Detection criteria. 530
104.4.4.3 Rejection criteria. 530
104.4.5 PSE classification of a PD 531
104.4.6 PSE output requirements 531
104.4.6.1 Output voltage. 533
104.4.6.2 Output current 533
104.4.6.2.1 Output current—at overload condition 533
104.4.6.2.2 Wakeup current signature detection 534
104.4.6.2.3 Output current requirement during idle 534
104.4.6.3 Power feeding ripple and transients 534
104.4.6.4 Inrush time 535
104.4.6.5 Turn off time. 535
104.4.6.6 Disable time 536
104.4.6.7 Continuous output power in POWER_ON state. 536
104.4.7 PSE power removal 536
104.4.7.1 PSE MFVS requirements 536
104.5 Powered Device (PD) 536
104.5.1 PD types 536
104.5.2 PD classes 536
104.5.3 PD state diagram. 537
104.5.3.1 Overview. 537

20

104.5.3.2 Conventions 537
104.5.3.3 Variables 537
104.5.3.4 Timers 538
104.5.3.5 Functions. 538
104.5.3.6 State diagram 539
104.5.4 PD signature 539
104.5.5 PD classification and mutual identification between the PSE and PD 540
104.5.6 PD power 540
104.5.6.1 PD discharge 542
104.5.6.2 PD input voltage 542
104.5.6.3 Input current 542
104.5.6.4 PD ripple and transients 543
104.5.6.5 Input average power 543
104.5.6.6 PD stability 544
104.5.7 PD Maintain full voltage. 544
104.6 Additional electrical specifications. 544
104.6.1 Isolation 544
104.6.2 Fault tolerance. 544
104.7 Serial communication classification protocol (SCCP) 545
104.7.1 SCCP signaling 545
104.7.1.1 Initialization procedure—reset and presence pulses. 545
104.7.1.2 Write time slots. 545
104.7.1.3 Read time slots 546
104.7.2 Serial communication classification protocols 548
104.7.2.1 SCCP transaction sequence 548
104.7.2.2 Initialization 548
104.7.2.3 Address commands 548
104.7.2.3.1 Broadcast address [0xCC] 548
104.7.2.4 Read_Scratchpad function command [0xAA] 548
104.7.2.5 CRC8 field 548
104.8 Environmental. 550
104.8.1 General safety 550
104.8.2 Network safety 550
104.8.3 Installation and maintenance guidelines 550
104.8.4 Patch panel considerations 551
104.8.5 Telephony voltages 551
104.8.6 Electromagnetic emissions 551
104.8.7 Temperature and humidity 551
104.9 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 104, Power
over Data Lines (PoDL) of Single Balanced Twisted-Pair Ethernet 552
104.9.1 Introduction. 552
104.9.2 Identification. 552
104.9.2.1 Implementation identification 552
104.9.2.2 Protocol summary 552
104.9.3 Major capabilities/options. 553
104.9.4 PICS proforma tables for Clause 104, Power over Data Lines (PoDL) of Single
Balanced Twisted-Pair Ethernet 553
104.9.4.1 Link Segment 553
104.9.4.2 Power Sourcing Equipment (PSE) 554
104.9.4.3 Powered Device (PD) 557
104.9.4.4 Common Electrical 559
104.9.4.5 PSE Electrical 559
104.9.4.6 PD Electrical 559
104.9.4.7 SCCP. 559

21

104.9.4.8 Environmental. 561
105. Introduction to 25 Gb/s networks 562
105.1 Overview. 562
105.1.1 Scope. 562
105.1.2 Relationship of 25 Gigabit Ethernet to the ISO OSI reference model 562
105.1.3 Nomenclature 563
105.2 Physical Layer signaling systems 564
105.3 Summary of 25 Gigabit Ethernet sublayers 565
105.3.1 Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) and 25 Gigabit Media Independent Interface (25GMII). 565
105.3.2 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) 566
105.3.3 Forward Error Correction (FEC) sublayer 566
105.3.4 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer 566
105.3.5 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer 566
105.3.6 Auto-Negotiation (AN). 566
105.3.7 Management interface (MDIO/MDC) 566
105.3.8 Management 567
105.4 Service interface specification method and notation 567
105.4.1 Inter-sublayer service interface. 567
105.4.2 Instances of the Inter-sublayer service interface. 568
105.4.3 Semantics of inter-sublayer service interface primitives 568
105.4.3.1 IS_UNITDATA.request 568
105.4.3.1.1 Semantics of the service primitive 568
105.4.3.1.2 When generated 568
105.4.3.1.3 Effect of receipt 568
105.4.3.2 IS_UNITDATA.indication 568
105.4.3.2.1 Semantics of the service primitive 569
105.4.3.2.2 When generated 570
105.4.3.2.3 Effect of receipt 570
105.4.3.3 IS_SIGNAL.indication 571
105.4.3.3.1 Semantics of the service primitive 571
105.4.3.3.2 When generated 571
105.4.3.3.3 Effect of receipt 571
105.4.3.4 IS_TX_MODE.request 571
105.4.3.4.1 Semantics of the service primitive 571
105.4.3.4.2 When generated 571
105.4.3.4.3 Effect of receipt 571
105.4.3.5 IS_RX_MODE.request 571
105.4.3.5.1 Semantics of the service primitive 572
105.4.3.5.2 When generated 572
105.4.3.5.3 Effect of receipt 572
105.4.3.6 IS_RX_LPI_ACTIVE.request 572
105.4.3.6.1 Semantics of the service primitive 572
105.4.3.6.2 When generated 572
105.4.3.6.3 Effect of receipt 572
105.4.3.7 IS_ENERGY_DETECT.indication 572
105.4.3.7.1 Semantics of the service primitive 572
105.4.3.7.2 When generated 573
105.4.3.7.3 Effect of receipt 573
105.4.3.8 IS_RX_TX_MODE.indication 573
105.4.3.8.1 Semantics of the service primitive 573
105.4.3.8.2 When generated 573
105.4.3.8.3 Effect of receipt 573

22

105.5 Delay constraints. 573
105.6 State diagrams. 574
105.7 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma. 575
106. Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) and Media Independent Interface (25GMII) for 25 Gb/s operation 576
106.1 Overview. 576
106.1.1 Summary of major concepts 577
106.1.2 Application 577
106.1.3 Rate of operation. 577
106.1.4 Delay constraints. 577
106.1.5 Allocation of functions 578
106.1.6 25GMII structure 578
106.1.7 Mapping of 25GMII signals to PLS service primitives 578
106.1.7.1 Mapping of PLS_DATA.request 578
106.1.7.2 Mapping of PLS_DATA.indication 578
106.1.7.3 Mapping of PLS_CARRIER.indication 578
106.1.7.4 Mapping of PLS_SIGNAL.indication 578
106.1.7.5 Mapping of PLS_DATA_VALID.indication 579
106.2 25GMII data stream 579
106.3 25GMII functional specifications 579
106.4 LPI Assertion and Detection. 579
106.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 106
Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) and Media Independent Interface (25GMII) for 25 Gb/s
operation 580
106.5.1 Introduction. 580
106.5.2 Identification. 580
106.5.2.1 Implementation identification. 580
106.5.2.2 Protocol summary 580
106.5.2.3 Major capabilities/options 581
106.5.3 PICS proforma Tables for Reconciliation Sublayer and 25 Gigabit Media
Independent Interface 581
106.5.3.1 General 581
106.5.3.2 Mapping of PLS service primitives 581
106.5.3.3 25GMII signal functional specifications. 581
107. Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) for 64B/66B, type 25GBASE-R 582
107.1 Overview. 582
107.1.1 Scope. 582
107.1.2 Relationship of 25GBASE-R to other standards 582
107.1.3 Summary of 25GBASE-R sublayers 582
107.1.3.1 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) 582
107.1.4 Inter-sublayer interfaces 582
107.1.4.1 PCS service interface (25GMII) 583
107.1.4.2 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) service interface 583
107.2 Functions within the PCS 583
107.2.1 Notation conventions 584
107.2.2 Transmission order 584
107.2.3 Test-pattern generator 585
107.3 LPI 585
107.4 Delay constraints. 586
107.5 Support for Auto-Negotiation. 586

23

107.6 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 107, Physical
Coding Sublayer (PCS) for 64B/66B, type 25GBASE-R. 587
107.6.1 Introduction. 587
107.6.2 Identification. 587
107.6.2.1 Implementation identification. 587
107.6.2.2 Protocol summary 587
107.6.3 Major capabilities/options. 588
107.6.4 25G PCS 588
107.6.4.1 Clause 49 functionality 588
107.6.4.2 Test-pattern generator 588
107.6.4.3 LPI 588
107.6.4.4 Delay Constraints 589
108. Reed-Solomon Forward Error Correction (RS-FEC) sublayer for 25GBASE-R PHYs 590
108.1 Overview. 590
108.1.1 Scope. 590
108.1.2 Position of RS-FEC in the 25GBASE-R PHY sublayers 590
108.2 FEC service interface 590
108.3 PMA compatibility 591
108.4 Delay constraints. 592
108.5 Functions within the 25GBASE-R RS-FEC sublayer 592
108.5.1 Functional block diagram 592
108.5.2 Transmit function 592
108.5.2.1 Block synchronization 592
108.5.2.2 Rate compensation for codeword markers in the transmit direction 592
108.5.2.3 64B/66B to 256B/257B transcoder. 592
108.5.2.4 Codeword marker insertion 594
108.5.2.5 Reed-Solomon encoder. 594
108.5.2.6 Codeword serialization 594
108.5.2.7 RS-FEC encoding for rapid codeword lock (EEE deep sleep) 594
108.5.3 Receive function 596
108.5.3.1 Codeword marker lock 596
108.5.3.2 Reed-Solomon decoder. 596
108.5.3.3 Codeword monitor 597
108.5.3.4 Codeword marker removal 598
108.5.3.5 256B/257B to 64B/66B transcoder. 598
108.5.3.6 Rate compensation for codeword markers in the receive direction 598
108.5.3.7 Rapid codeword lock for EEE deep sleep 598
108.5.3.8 Receive bit ordering 599
108.5.4 Detailed functions and state diagrams 599
108.5.4.1 State diagram conventions 599
108.5.4.2 State variables 599
108.5.4.3 Functions. 601
108.5.4.4 Counters 601
108.5.4.5 Timers 602
108.5.4.6 State diagrams. 603
108.6 25GBASE-R RS-FEC MDIO function mapping 604
108.6.1 FEC_bypass_correction_enable 605
108.6.2 FEC_bypass_indication_enable 605
108.6.3 25G RS-FEC Enable. 606
108.6.4 FEC_bypass_correction_ability 606
108.6.5 FEC_bypass_indication_ability 606
108.6.6 FEC_high_ser 606

24

108.6.7 FEC_corrected_cw_counter 606
108.6.8 FEC_uncorrected_cw_counter 606
108.6.9 FEC_symbol_error_counter_0 607
108.6.10align_status 607
108.7 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 108, Reed-
Solomon Forward Error Correction (RS-FEC) sublayer for 25GBASE-R PHYs 608
108.7.1 Introduction. 608
108.7.2 Identification. 608
108.7.2.1 Implementation identification. 608
108.7.2.2 Protocol summary 608
108.7.3 Major capabilities/options. 609
108.7.4 PICS proforma tables for Reed-Solomon Forward Error Correction (RS-FEC)
sublayer for 25GBASE-R PHYs. 609
108.7.4.1 Transmit function 609
108.7.4.2 Receive function 611
108.7.4.3 State diagrams. 612
108.7.4.4 MDIO function mapping 612
109. Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, type 25GBASE-R. 613
109.1 Overview. 613
109.1.1 Scope. 613
109.1.2 Position of the PMA in the 25GBASE-R sublayers 613
109.1.3 Summary of functions. 614
109.1.4 PMA sublayer positioning 615
109.2 PMA service interface 616
109.3 Service interface below PMA 617
109.4 Functions within the PMA 618
109.4.1 Signal drivers 618
109.4.2 PMA local loopback mode 618
109.4.3 PMA remote loopback mode 618
109.4.4 PMA test patterns 618
109.4.4.1 Transmit PRBS31 test-pattern generation 619
109.4.4.2 Receive PRBS31 test-pattern generation 619
109.4.4.3 Transmit PRBS31 test-pattern checking. 619
109.4.4.4 Receive PRBS31 test-pattern checking 620
109.4.4.5 Transmit PRBS9 test-pattern generation 620
109.4.4.6 Receive PRBS9 test-pattern generation 620
109.4.4.7 Transmit square wave test-pattern generation 620
109.4.5 Energy Efficient Ethernet for 25GAUI. 621
109.5 Delay constraints. 621
109.6 PMA MDIO function mapping. 621
109.7 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 109, Physical
Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, type 25GBASE-R 624
109.7.1 Introduction. 624
109.7.2 Identification. 624
109.7.2.1 Implementation identification. 624
109.7.2.2 Protocol summary 624
109.7.3 PICS proforma tables for the 25GBASE-R PMA Sublayer 625
109.7.4 Major capabilities/options. 625
109.7.4.1 PMA functions 625
109.7.4.2 PMA characteristics 626

25

1. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 25GBASE-CR and
   25GBASE-CR-S 627
   110.1 Overview. 627
   110.2 PMD service interface 628
   110.3 PCS requirements for Auto-Negotiation (AN) service interface 629
   110.4 Delay constraints. 629
   110.5 PMD MDIO function mapping. 630
   110.6 FEC modes 630
   110.7 PMD functional specifications 631
   110.7.1 Link block diagram. 631
   110.7.2 PMD transmit function 632
   110.7.3 PMD receive function. 633
   110.7.4 Global PMD signal detect function 633
   110.7.5 Global PMD transmit disable function 633
   110.7.6 Loopback mode. 634
   110.7.7 PMD fault function 634
   110.7.8 PMD transmit fault function 634
   110.7.9 PMD receive fault function. 634
   110.7.10PMD control function 634
   110.8 Electrical characteristics 634
   110.8.1 Signal levels 634
   110.8.2 Signal paths. 635
   110.8.3 Transmitter characteristics 635
   110.8.4 Receiver characteristics 635
   110.8.4.1 Receiver input amplitude tolerance 635
   110.8.4.2 Receiver interference tolerance test 635
   110.8.4.2.1 Test setup 637
   110.8.4.2.2 Test channel 637
   110.8.4.2.3 Test channel calibration 637
   110.8.4.2.4 Pattern generator and noise injection 639
   110.8.4.2.5 Test procedure. 639
   110.8.4.3 Receiver jitter tolerance 639
   110.8.4.4 Signaling rate range 640
   110.9 Channel characteristics 640
   110.10 Cable assembly characteristics 640
   110.10.1Characteristic impedance and reference impedance 641
   110.10.2Cable assembly insertion loss 641
   110.10.3Cable assembly differential return loss. 641
   110.10.4Differential to common-mode return loss. 642
   110.10.5Differential to common-mode conversion loss. 642
   110.10.6Common-mode to common-mode return loss 642
   110.10.7Cable assembly Channel Operating Margin 642
   110.10.7.1 Channel signal and crosstalk path calculations. 643
   110.10.7.1.1 Channel signal path. 644
   110.10.7.1.2 Channel crosstalk paths 644
   110.10.7.2 Signal and crosstalk paths used in calculation of COM 645
   110.10.7.2.1 SFP28 to SFP28 645
   110.10.7.2.2 QSFP28 to SFP28 645
   110.10.7.2.3 SFP28 to QSFP28 645
   110.10.7.2.4 QSFP28 to QSFP28 646
   110.11 MDI specification 646
   110.11.1Single-lane MDI connectors 646
   110.12 Environmental specifications 647

26

110.13 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 110, Physical
Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 25GBASE-CR and
25GBASE-CR-S 648
110.13.1Introduction. 648
110.13.2Identification. 648
110.13.2.1 Implementation identification. 648
110.13.2.2 Protocol summary 648
110.13.3Major capabilities/options. 649
110.13.4PICS proforma tables for Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and
baseband medium, type 25GBASE-CR and 25GBASE-CR-S. 650
110.13.4.1 PMD functional specifications 650
110.13.4.2 Management functions 651
110.13.4.3 Transmitter specifications 651
110.13.4.4 Receiver specifications 653
110.13.4.5 Cable assembly specifications 654
110.13.4.6 MDI connector specifications. 654
110.13.4.7 Environmental specifications 655
111. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 25GBASE-KR and
25GBASE-KR-S. 656
111.1 Overview. 656
111.2 PMD service interface 657
111.3 PCS requirements for Auto-Negotiation (AN) service interface 658
111.4 Delay constraints. 658
111.5 PMD MDIO function mapping. 658
111.6 FEC modes 659
111.7 PMD functional specifications 660
111.7.1 Link block diagram. 660
111.7.2 PMD transmit function 660
111.7.3 PMD receive function. 661
111.7.4 Global PMD signal detect function 661
111.7.5 Global PMD transmit disable function 661
111.7.6 Loopback mode. 661
111.7.7 PMD fault function 662
111.7.8 PMD transmit fault function 662
111.7.9 PMD receive fault function. 662
111.7.10PMD control function 662
111.8 Electrical characteristics 662
111.8.1 MDI. 662
111.8.2 Transmitter characteristics 663
111.8.3 Receiver characteristics 663
111.8.3.1 Receiver interference tolerance 663
111.8.3.2 Receiver jitter tolerance 665
111.9 Channel characteristics 666
111.9.1 25GBASE-KR channel 666
111.9.2 25GBASE-KR-S channel 666
111.10 Environmental specifications 667
111.11 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 111, Physical
Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and baseband medium, type 25GBASE-KR and
25GBASE-KR-S. 668
111.11.1Introduction. 668
111.11.2Identification. 668
111.11.2.1 Implementation identification. 668

27

111.11.2.2 Protocol summary 668
111.11.3Major capabilities/options. 669
111.11.4PICS proforma tables for Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and
baseband medium, type 25GBASE-KR and 25GBASE-KR-S 669
111.11.4.1 Functional specifications 669
111.11.4.2 Transmitter characteristics 671
111.11.4.3 Receiver characteristics 673
111.11.4.4 Channel characteristics 673
111.11.4.5 Environmental specifications 674
112. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 25GBASE-SR 675
112.1 Overview. 675
112.1.1 Bit error ratio 676
112.2 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) service interface 676
112.3 Delay constraints. 677
112.4 PMD MDIO function mapping. 677
112.5 PMD functional specifications 678
112.5.1 PMD block diagram 678
112.5.2 PMD transmit function 679
112.5.3 PMD receive function. 679
112.5.4 PMD global signal detect function 679
112.5.5 PMD reset function. 680
112.5.6 PMD global transmit disable function (optional) 680
112.5.7 PMD fault function (optional) 680
112.5.8 PMD transmit fault function (optional) 680
112.5.9 PMD receive fault function (optional) 680
112.6 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 25GBASE-SR 680
112.6.1 25GBASE-SR transmitter optical specifications 681
112.6.2 25GBASE-SR receive optical specifications 681
112.6.3 25GBASE-SR illustrative link power budget. 681
112.7 Definition of optical parameters and measurement methods 681
112.7.1 Test patterns for optical parameters 681
112.7.2 Center wavelength and spectral width 682
112.7.3 Average optical power 682
112.7.4 Optical Modulation Amplitude (OMA) 682
112.7.5 Transmitter and dispersion eye closure (TDEC) 682
112.7.6 Extinction ratio 682
112.7.7 Transmitter optical waveform (transmit eye) 682
112.7.8 Stressed receiver sensitivity 682
112.8 Safety, installation, environment, and labeling. 682
112.8.1 General safety 682
112.8.2 Laser safety 683
112.8.3 Installation 683
112.8.4 Environment 683
112.8.5 Electromagnetic emission 683
112.8.6 Temperature, humidity, and handling. 683
112.8.7 PMD labeling requirements 683
112.9 Fiber optic cabling model 684
112.10 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling (channel) 684
112.10.1Optical fiber cable. 684
112.10.2Optical fiber connection 684
112.10.2.1 Connection insertion loss 685
112.10.2.2 Maximum discrete reflectance 685

28

112.10.3Medium Dependent Interface (MDI) 685
112.11 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 112, Physical
Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 25GBASE-SR 686
112.11.1Introduction. 686
112.11.2Identification. 686
112.11.2.1 Implementation identification. 686
112.11.2.2 Protocol summary 686
112.11.3Major capabilities/options. 687
112.11.4PICS proforma tables for Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium,
type 25GBASE-SR 687
112.11.4.1 PMD functional specifications 687
112.11.4.2 Management functions 688
112.11.4.3 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 25GBASE-SR 688
112.11.4.4 Optical measurement methods 689
112.11.4.5 Environmental specifications 689
112.11.4.6 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling and MDI. 689
113. Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS), Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, and baseband
medium, types 25GBASE-T and 40GBASE-T 690
113.1 Overview. 690
113.1.1 Nomenclature 690
113.1.2 Relationship of 25GBASE-T and 40GBASE-T to other standards 691
113.1.3 Operation of 25GBASE-T and 40GBASE-T 691
113.1.3.1 Summary of Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) 695
113.1.3.2 Summary of Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer. 696
113.1.3.3 Summary of EEE capability 696
113.1.4 Signaling 697
113.1.5 Interfaces. 698
113.1.6 Conventions in this clause 698
113.2 25GBASE-T and 40GBASE-T service primitives and interfaces 698
113.2.1 Technology Dependent Interface 699
113.2.1.1 PMA_LINK.request 699
113.2.1.1.1 Semantics of the primitive 699
113.2.1.1.2 When generated 699
113.2.1.1.3 Effect of receipt 699
113.2.1.2 PMA_LINK.indication 699
113.2.1.2.1 Semantics of the primitive 699
113.2.1.2.2 When generated 700
113.2.1.2.3 Effect of receipt 700
113.2.2 PMA service interface 700
113.2.2.1 PMA_TXMODE.indication 701
113.2.2.1.1 Semantics of the primitive 701
113.2.2.1.2 When generated 702
113.2.2.1.3 Effect of receipt 702
113.2.2.2 PMA_CONFIG.indication 702
113.2.2.2.1 Semantics of the primitive 702
113.2.2.2.2 When generated 702
113.2.2.2.3 Effect of receipt 702
113.2.2.3 PMA_UNITDATA.request. 702
113.2.2.3.1 Semantics of the primitive 703
113.2.2.3.2 When generated 703
113.2.2.3.3 Effect of receipt 703
113.2.2.4 PMA_UNITDATA.indication 703

29

113.2.2.4.1 Semantics of the primitive 703
113.2.2.4.2 When generated 704
113.2.2.4.3 Effect of receipt 704
113.2.2.5 PMA_SCRSTATUS.request. 704
113.2.2.5.1 Semantics of the primitive 704
113.2.2.5.2 When generated 704
113.2.2.5.3 Effect of receipt 704
113.2.2.6 PMA_PCSSTATUS.request 704
113.2.2.6.1 Semantics of the primitive 704
113.2.2.6.2 When generated 704
113.2.2.6.3 Effect of receipt 705
113.2.2.7 PMA_RXSTATUS.indication 705
113.2.2.7.1 Semantics of the primitive 705
113.2.2.7.2 When generated 705
113.2.2.7.3 Effect of receipt 705
113.2.2.8 PMA_REMRXSTATUS.request 705
113.2.2.8.1 Semantics of the primitive 705
113.2.2.8.2 When generated 705
113.2.2.8.3 Effect of receipt 706
113.2.2.9 PMA_ALERTDETECT.indication. 706
113.2.2.9.1 Semantics of the primitive 706
113.2.2.9.2 When generated 706
113.2.2.9.3 Effect of receipt 706
113.2.2.10 PCS_RX_LPI_STATUS.request 706
113.2.2.10.1 Semantics of the primitive 706
113.2.2.10.2 When generated 706
113.2.2.10.3 Effect of receipt 706
113.2.2.11 PMA_PCSDATAMODE.indication. 707
113.2.2.11.1 Semantics of the primitive 707
113.2.2.11.2 When generated 707
113.2.2.11.3 Effect of receipt 707
113.2.2.12 PMA_FR_ACTIVE.indication 707
113.2.2.12.1 Semantics of the primitive 707
113.2.2.12.2 When generated 707
113.2.2.12.3 Effect of receipt 707
113.3 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) 707
113.3.1 PCS service interface (25GMII/XLGMII) 707
113.3.2 PCS functions 708
113.3.2.1 PCS Reset function 709
113.3.2.2 PCS Transmit function 709
113.3.2.2.1 Use of blocks 710
113.3.2.2.2 65B-LDPC transmission code 710
113.3.2.2.3 Notation conventions 710
113.3.2.2.4 Transmission order 713
113.3.2.2.5 Block structure 713
113.3.2.2.6 Control codes 713
113.3.2.2.7 Ordered sets 718
113.3.2.2.8 Idle (/I/) 718
113.3.2.2.9 LPI (/LI/). 718
113.3.2.2.10 Start (/S/). 718
113.3.2.2.11 Terminate (/T/) 719
113.3.2.2.12 ordered set (/O/) 719
113.3.2.2.13 Error (/E/) 719
113.3.2.2.14 Transmit process 719

30

113.3.2.2.15 64B/65B to 512B/513B Transcoder 719
113.3.2.2.16 Aggregation 722
113.3.2.2.17 PCS Scrambler 722
113.3.2.2.18 LDPC framing and LDPC encoder. 724
113.3.2.2.19 Reed Solomon encoder 724
113.3.2.2.20 DSQ128 bit mapping 725
113.3.2.2.21 DSQ128 to 4D-PAM16 727
113.3.2.2.22 Block-LDPC framer 727
113.3.2.2.23 EEE capability 727
113.3.2.3 PCS Receive function 728
113.3.2.3.1 Frame and block synchronization 729
113.3.2.3.2 PCS descrambler. 730
113.3.2.3.3 Invalid blocks 730
113.3.3 Test-pattern generators 730
113.3.4 PMA training side-stream scrambler polynomials 731
113.3.4.1 Generation of bits San, Sbn, Scn, Sdn 731
113.3.4.2 Generation of 4D symbols TAn, TBn, TCn, TDn 731
113.3.4.3 PMA training mode descrambler polynomials 731
113.3.5 LPI signaling. 732
113.3.5.1 LPI Synchronization 733
113.3.5.2 Quiet period signaling. 734
113.3.5.3 Refresh period signaling 734
113.3.6 Detailed functions and state diagrams 735
113.3.6.1 State diagram conventions 735
113.3.6.2 State diagram parameters 735
113.3.6.2.1 Constants. 735
113.3.6.2.2 Variables 736
113.3.6.2.3 Timers 738
113.3.6.2.4 Functions. 738
113.3.6.2.5 Counters 740
113.3.6.3 State diagrams. 741
113.3.7 PCS management 741
113.3.7.1 Status. 741
113.3.7.2 Counters 742
113.3.7.3 Loopback 748
113.4 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer 748
113.4.1 PMA functional specifications 748
113.4.2 PMA functions 749
113.4.2.1 PMA Reset function 749
113.4.2.2 PMA Transmit function 749
113.4.2.2.1 Alert signal 749
113.4.2.2.2 Link failure signal. 751
113.4.2.3 PMA transmit disable function 751
113.4.2.3.1 Global PMA transmit disable function 751
113.4.2.3.2 PMA pair by pair transmit disable function 751
113.4.2.3.3 PMA MDIO function mapping. 751
113.4.2.4 PMA Receive function 752
113.4.2.5 PHY Control function. 753
113.4.2.5.1 Infofield notation 754
113.4.2.5.2 Start of Frame Delimiter 754
113.4.2.5.3 Current transmitter settings. 754
113.4.2.5.4 Next transmitter settings 755
113.4.2.5.5 Requested transmitter settings 755
113.4.2.5.6 Message Field 755

31

113.4.2.5.7 SNR_margin 756
113.4.2.5.8 Transition counter 757
113.4.2.5.9 Coefficient exchange handshake 757
113.4.2.5.10 Ability Fields 757
113.4.2.5.11 Reserved fields 757
113.4.2.5.12 Vendor-specific field 757
113.4.2.5.13 Coefficient Field 758
113.4.2.5.14 CRC16 758
113.4.2.5.15 Startup sequence 758
113.4.2.5.16 Fast retrain function 761
113.4.2.6 Link Monitor function 762
113.4.2.7 Refresh Monitor function 762
113.4.2.8 Clock Recovery function 762
113.4.3 MDI. 762
113.4.3.1 MDI signals transmitted by the PHY 762
113.4.3.2 Signals received at the MDI 763
113.4.4 Automatic MDI/MDI-X configuration 764
113.4.5 State variables 764
113.4.5.1 State diagram variables. 764
113.4.5.2 Timers 767
113.4.5.3 Functions. 768
113.4.5.4 Counters 768
113.4.6 State diagrams. 769
113.4.6.1 PHY Control state diagram. 769
113.4.6.2 Transition counter state diagrams 770
113.4.6.3 Link Monitor state diagram 772
113.4.6.4 EEE Refresh monitor state diagram 772
113.4.6.5 Fast retrain state diagram 772
113.5 PMA electrical specifications 772
113.5.1 Isolation requirement 772
113.5.2 Test modes 773
113.5.2.1 Test fixtures 776
113.5.3 Transmitter electrical specifications 777
113.5.3.1 Maximum output droop 777
113.5.3.2 Transmitter nonlinear distortion 777
113.5.3.3 Transmitter timing jitter 778
113.5.3.4 Transmitter power spectral density (PSD) and power level 778
113.5.3.5 Transmit clock frequency 779
113.5.4 Receiver electrical specifications 779
113.5.4.1 Receiver differential input signals 779
113.5.4.2 Receiver frequency tolerance 780
113.5.4.3 Rejection of External EM Fields 780
113.5.4.4 Alien crosstalk noise rejection 780
113.5.4.5 Short reach mode 781
113.6 Management interfaces 781
113.6.1 Support for Auto-Negotiation. 781
113.6.1.1 25G/40GBASE-T use of registers during Auto-Negotiation 782
113.6.1.2 25G/40GBASE-T Auto-Negotiation page use 782
113.6.1.3 Sending Next Pages 782
113.6.2 MASTER-SLAVE configuration resolution 784
113.7 Link segment characteristics. 786
113.7.1 Cabling system characteristics 787
113.7.2 Link segment transmission parameters. 787
113.7.2.1 Insertion loss 787

32

113.7.2.2 Differential characteristic impedance 788
113.7.2.3 Return loss 788
113.7.2.4 Coupling parameters between duplex channels comprising one link segment 788
113.7.2.4.1 Differential near-end crosstalk 788
113.7.2.4.2 Multiple disturber near-end crosstalk (MDNEXT) loss 789
113.7.2.4.3 Multiple disturber power sum near-end crosstalk (PSNEXT) loss. 790
113.7.2.4.4 Attenuation to crosstalk ratio, far end (ACRF). 791
113.7.2.4.5 Multiple disturber attenuation to crosstalk ratio, far-end (MDACRF). 791
113.7.2.4.6 Multiple disturber power sum attenuation to crosstalk ratio, far-end (PSACRF).
792
113.7.2.5 Maximum link delay. 792
113.7.2.6 Link delay skew 792
113.7.3 Coupling parameters between link segments 792
113.7.3.1 Multiple disturber alien near-end crosstalk (MDANEXT) loss 793
113.7.3.1.1 Multiple disturber power sum alien near-end crosstalk (PSANEXT) loss. 793
113.7.3.2 Multiple disturber alien far-end crosstalk (MDAFEXT) loss. 793
113.7.3.2.1 Multiple disturber power sum alien attenuation to crosstalk, far end
crosstalk (PSAACRF). 794
113.7.4 Direct attach cable assembly—Short Reach Mode. 794
113.7.4.1 Insertion loss 794
113.7.4.2 Return loss 795
113.7.4.3 Coupling parameters between direct attach cable assembly duplex channels
comprising one link segment 795
113.7.4.3.1 Differential near-end crosstalk 795
113.7.4.3.2 Multiple disturber near-end crosstalk (MDNEXT) loss 796
113.7.4.3.3 Multiple disturber power sum near-end crosstalk (PSNEXT) loss. 796
113.7.4.3.4 Attenuation to crosstalk ratio, far end (ACRF). 796
113.7.4.3.5 Multiple disturber attenuation to crosstalk ratio, far-end (MDACRF). 797
113.7.4.3.6 Maximum link delay. 797
113.7.4.3.7 Link delay skew 797
113.7.4.3.8 Multiple disturber alien near-end crosstalk (MDANEXT) loss 797
113.7.4.3.9 Multiple disturber power sum alien near-end crosstalk (PSANEXT) loss. 797
113.7.4.3.10 Multiple disturber power sum alien attenuation to crosstalk, far end
crosstalk (PSAACRF). 798
113.7.5 Noise environment 799
113.8 MDI specification 799
113.8.1 MDI connectors 799
113.8.2 MDI electrical specifications 799
113.8.2.1 MDI return loss. 801
113.8.2.2 MDI impedance balance 801
113.8.2.3 MDI fault tolerance. 802
113.9 Environmental specifications 802
113.9.1 General safety 802
113.9.2 Network safety 802
113.9.3 Installation and maintenance guidelines 803
113.9.4 Telephone voltages 803
113.9.5 Electromagnetic compatibility 803
113.9.6 Temperature and humidity 803
113.10 PHY labeling. 803
113.11 Delay constraints. 803
113.12 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 113,
Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS), Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, and
baseband medium, types 25GBASE-T and 40GBASE-T 805
113.12.1Identification. 805

33

113.12.1.1 Implementation identification. 805
113.12.1.2 Protocol summary 805
113.12.2Major capabilities/options. 806
113.12.3Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) 806
113.12.3.1 PCS Receive functions 808
113.12.3.2 Other PCS functions 808
113.12.4Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) 808
113.12.5Management interface. 811
113.12.6PMA Electrical Specifications 812
113.12.7Characteristics of the link segment. 813
113.12.8Characteristics of the direct attach cable assembly 814
113.12.9MDI requirements. 814
113.12.10General safety and environmental requirements 815
113.12.11Timing requirements. 815
114. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, types 25GBASE-LR and
25GBASE-ER. 816
114.1 Overview. 816
114.1.1 Bit error ratio 817
114.2 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) service interface 817
114.3 Delay constraints. 817
114.4 PMD MDIO function mapping. 818
114.5 PMD functional specifications 818
114.5.1 PMD block diagram 818
114.5.2 PMD transmit function 819
114.5.3 PMD receive function. 819
114.5.4 PMD global signal detect function 819
114.5.5 PMD reset function. 820
114.5.6 PMD global transmit disable function (optional) 820
114.5.7 PMD fault function (optional) 820
114.5.8 PMD transmit fault function (optional) 820
114.5.9 PMD receive fault function (optional) 820
114.6 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 25GBASE-LR and 25GBASE-ER 821
114.6.1 25GBASE-LR and 25GBASE-ER transmitter optical specifications 822
114.6.2 25GBASE-LR and 25GBASE-ER receive optical specifications 823
114.6.3 25GBASE-LR and 25GBASE-ER illustrative link power budgets 824
114.7 Definition of optical parameters and measurement methods 824
114.7.1 Test patterns for optical parameters 824
114.7.2 Wavelength and side mode suppression ratio (SMSR) 824
114.7.3 Average optical power 825
114.7.4 Optical Modulation Amplitude (OMA) 825
114.7.5 Transmitter and dispersion penalty (TDP) 825
114.7.5.1 Reference transmitter requirements 825
114.7.5.2 Channel requirements 826
114.7.5.3 Reference receiver requirements 826
114.7.5.4 Test procedure. 826
114.7.6 Extinction ratio 826
114.7.7 Relative Intensity Noise (RIN20OMA). 826
114.7.8 Transmitter optical waveform (transmit eye) 826
114.7.9 Receiver sensitivity. 827
114.7.10Stressed receiver sensitivity 827
114.8 Safety, installation, environment, and labeling. 827
114.9 Fiber optic cabling model 827

34

114.10 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling (channel) 828
114.11 Requirements for interoperation between 25GBASE-LR and 25GBASE-ER. 829
114.12 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 114, Physical
Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, types 25GBASE-LR and
25GBASE-ER. 830
114.12.1Introduction. 830
114.12.2Identification. 830
114.12.2.1 Implementation identification 830
114.12.2.2 Protocol summary 830
114.12.3Major capabilities/options. 831
114.12.4PICS proforma tables for Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium,
types 25GBASE-LR and 25GBASE-ER 832
114.12.4.1 PMD functional specifications 832
114.12.4.2 Management functions 833
114.12.4.3 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 25GBASE-LR 833
114.12.4.4 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 25GBASE-ER 833
114.12.4.5 Optical measurement methods 834
114.12.4.6 Environmental specifications 834
114.12.4.7 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling and MDI. 834
115. Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS), Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, and Physical
Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer, types 1000BASE-RHA, 1000BASE-RHB, and 1000BASERHC
835
115.1 Overview. 835
115.1.1 Features. 835
115.1.2 Conventions 835
115.1.3 Relationship of 1000BASE-RHx to other standards 835
115.1.4 Relationship to other Gigabit Ethernet PHY types. 836
115.1.5 Operation of 1000BASE-RHx 836
115.1.6 Functional block diagram 838
115.2 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) 839
115.2.1 Transmit Block 839
115.2.2 Pilots data path 841
115.2.2.1 Pilot S1 generator 841
115.2.2.2 Pilot S2 generator 842
115.2.3 Physical header encoding and scrambling 843
115.2.3.1 Physical header CRC16 843
115.2.3.2 Physical header binary scrambler 844
115.2.3.3 Physical header BCH encoder 844
115.2.3.4 Physical header modulation 844
115.2.3.5 Physical header ordering. 845
115.2.4 Payload data encoding and scrambling. 845
115.2.4.1 GMII data stream encoding 845
115.2.4.1.1 64B/65B encoding 845
115.2.4.1.2 64B/65B encoding formal definition 848
115.2.4.1.3 PDB alignment with Transmit Block 849
115.2.4.2 Payload data binary scrambler 849
115.2.4.3 PAM16 encoder 850
115.2.4.3.1 MLCC demultiplexer 851
115.2.4.3.2 Payload BCH encoder. 851
115.2.4.3.3 QAM16 mapper 852
115.2.4.3.4 QAM8 mapper 853
115.2.4.3.5 First lattice transformation 853

35

115.2.4.3.6 Lattice addition 853
115.2.4.3.7 Second lattice transformation 854
115.2.4.3.8 QAM to PAM multiplexer 854
115.2.4.4 Payload data symbol scrambler 854
115.2.5 PCS receive function 855
115.3 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer 857
115.3.1 PMA transmit function 857
115.3.1.1 Payload data Tomlinson-Harashima precoding 857
115.3.1.2 Transmit power scaling. 858
115.3.2 PMA receive function. 858
115.3.3 Interface to the PMD. 859
115.3.3.1 Signals transmitted to the PMD 859
115.3.3.2 Signals received from PMD 859
115.3.4 Physical Header Data (PHD) 860
115.3.5 PHY control 863
115.3.5.1 PHY control state variables 863
115.3.5.2 PHY TX control state diagram 865
115.3.5.3 PHY RX control state diagram 866
115.3.5.4 Link monitor state diagram. 868
115.3.5.5 PHD monitor state diagrams. 869
115.3.6 Adaptive THP protocol. 871
115.3.6.1 Adaptive THP state variables 871
115.3.6.2 Adaptive THP TX state diagram 872
115.3.6.3 Adaptive THP REQ state diagram 874
115.3.7 PHY quality monitor. 875
115.3.7.1 PHY quality criterion 875
115.3.7.2 PHY quality assessment 875
115.3.7.3 PHY quality monitor state variables. 876
115.3.7.4 PHY quality monitor state diagram 876
115.3.8 Fixed-point format formal definition 878
115.3.8.1 Fixed-point encoding 878
115.3.8.2 Fixed-point decoding 878
115.4 Energy-Efficient Ethernet (EEE) 878
115.4.1 LPI mode transmit operation 880
115.4.2 LPI mode receive operation 880
115.4.3 PMD power control state variables. 881
115.4.4 PMD power control state diagrams 881
115.5 Test modes 883
115.5.1 Test mode 1. 884
115.5.2 Test mode 2. 884
115.5.3 Test mode 3. 884
115.5.4 Test mode 4. 884
115.5.5 Test mode 5. 884
115.5.6 Test mode 6. 884
115.6 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer 886
115.6.1 PMD service interface 886
115.6.1.1 PMD_COMSIGNAL.request 886
115.6.1.1.1 Semantics of the primitive 886
115.6.1.1.2 When generated 886
115.6.1.1.3 Effect of receipt 886
115.6.1.2 PMD_COMSIGNAL.indication 886
115.6.1.2.1 Semantics of the primitive 886
115.6.1.2.2 When generated 887
115.6.1.2.3 Effect of receipt 887

36

115.6.1.3 PMD_TXPWR.request 887
115.6.1.3.1 Semantics of the primitive 887
115.6.1.3.2 When generated 887
115.6.1.3.3 Effect of receipt 887
115.6.1.4 PMD_RXPWR.request 887
115.6.1.4.1 Semantics of the primitive 887
115.6.1.4.2 When generated 888
115.6.1.4.3 Effect of receipt 888
115.6.1.5 PMD_RXDETECT.indication 888
115.6.1.5.1 Semantics of the primitive 888
115.6.1.5.2 When generated 888
115.6.1.5.3 Effect of receipt 888
115.6.1.6 PMD_SDINH.request 888
115.6.1.6.1 Semantics of the primitive 889
115.6.1.6.2 When generated 889
115.6.1.6.3 Effect of receipt 889
115.6.2 PMD functional specifications 889
115.6.2.1 PMD block diagram 889
115.6.2.2 PMD transmit function 890
115.6.2.3 PMD receive function. 890
115.6.2.4 PMD signal detect function 890
115.6.3 PMD to MDI optical specifications 891
115.6.3.1 Transmitter optical specifications. 891
115.6.3.2 Transmit clock frequency 893
115.6.3.3 Receiver optical specifications 893
115.6.3.4 Receiver boundary condition tests 894
115.6.3.4.1 Receiver minimum AOP test 894
115.6.3.4.2 Receiver maximum AOP test 894
115.6.4 Optical measurement requirements 895
115.6.4.1 Center wavelength measurement 895
115.6.4.2 Spectral width measurement. 895
115.6.4.3 Average Optical Power (AOP) measurement. 896
115.6.4.4 Transmitter rise and fall time measurements 896
115.6.4.5 Transmitter extinction ratio (ER) measurement 896
115.6.4.6 Transmitter overshoot measurements 896
115.6.4.7 Transmitter output droop measurements 897
115.6.4.8 Transmitter distortion measurement 897
115.6.4.9 Transmitter timing jitter measurement 900
115.6.4.10 Transmitter relative intensity noise (RIN) measurement 900
115.6.4.11 Transmitter modal power distribution measurement 901
115.7 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling (channel) 901
115.7.1 Transfer function of fiber optic channel type I 903
115.7.2 Transfer function of fiber optic channel type II 904
115.7.3 Transfer function of fiber optic channel type III 905
115.7.4 Fiber optic channel insertion loss measurement 906
115.7.5 Fiber optic channel transfer function measurement 906
115.7.6 Worst-case 1000BASE-RHx link power budget 906
115.8 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI) 906
115.8.1 MDI mechanical interface for 1000BASE-RHA 906
115.9 1000BASE-H Operations, Administration, and Maintenance (1000BASE-H OAM) channel 908
115.9.1 1000BASE-H OAM message transmission protocol 908
115.9.2 1000BASE-H OAM channel status 909
115.9.3 1000BASE-H OAM message reception protocol. 910
115.9.4 1000BASE-H OAM channel state diagrams descriptions 911

37

115.9.4.1 1000BASE-H OAM control state variables 911
115.9.4.2 1000BASE-H OAM transmit control state diagram. 913
115.9.4.3 1000BASE-H OAM receive control state diagram 913
115.10 Loopback modes 916
115.11 Management interface. 916
115.12 Environmental specifications 916
115.12.1Temperature classes 916
115.12.2General safety 917
115.12.3Environmental safety 917
115.12.4Electromagnetic compatibility 918
115.12.5Optical safety 918
115.13 Delay constraints. 918
115.14 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 115, Physical
Coding Sublayer (PCS), Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, and Physical
Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer, types 1000BASE-RHA, 1000BASE-RHB, and
1000BASE-RHC. 919
115.14.1Introduction. 919
115.14.2Identification. 919
115.14.2.1 Implementation identification. 919
115.14.2.2 Protocol summary 919
115.14.3Major capabilities/options. 920
115.14.4Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) 921
115.14.5Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) 923
115.14.6Energy-Efficient Ethernet (EEE) 925
115.14.7Test modes 926
115.14.8Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) 927
115.14.9PMD to MDI optical specifications 928
115.14.10Optical measurement requirements 929
115.14.11Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling (channel) 930
115.14.12Medium dependent interface (MDI) 930
115.14.131000BASE-H Operations, Administration, and Maintenance (1000BASE-H OAM)
channel 931
115.14.14Loopback modes 932
115.14.15Management Interface 932
115.14.16Environmental specifications 932
115.14.17Delay constraints. 933
Annex 97A (normative) Common mode conversion test methodology 934
97A.1 Introduction 934
97A.2 Test configuration and measurement 934
97A.3 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Annex 97A,
Common mode conversion test methodology 936
97A.3.1 Introduction. 936
97A.3.2 Identification. 936
97A.3.2.1 Implementation identification. 936
97A.3.2.2 Protocol summary 936
97A.3.3 Major capabilities/options. 937
Annex 97B (normative) Alien Crosstalk Test Procedure 938
97B.1 Introduction 938
97B.1.1 Alien crosstalk test configurations 938
97B.2 Alien crosstalk coupled between type A link segments. 938

38

97B.3 Cable bundling 939
97B.4 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Annex 97B, Alien
Crosstalk Test Procedure 941
97B.4.1 Introduction. 941
97B.4.2 Identification. 941
97B.4.2.1 Implementation identification. 941
97B.4.2.2 Protocol summary 941
97B.4.3 Major capabilities/options. 942
Annex 98A (normative) Selector Field definitions. 943
98A.1 Introduction 943
Annex 98B (normative) IEEE 802.3 Selector Base Page definition 944
98B.1 Introduction 944
98B.2 Selector field value. 944
98B.3 Technology Ability Field bit assignments 944
98B.4 Priority Resolution 944
98B.5 Message Page transmission convention. 945
Annex 98C (normative) Next Page Message Code Field definitions. 946
98C.1 Introduction 946
98C.2 Message code 1—Null Message code 946
98C.3 Message code 5—Organizationally Unique Identifier (OUI) tag code 946
98C.4 Message code 6—AN device identifier tag code. 947
Annex 100A (normative) EPoC OFDM channel model. 948
100A.1 Topology 948
100A.2 Downstream channel parameters 948
100A.3 Upstream channel parameters 951
100A.4 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Annex 100A, EPoC
OFDM channel model 954
100A.4.1 Introduction. 954
100A.4.2 Identification. 954
100A.4.2.1 Implementation identification 954
100A.4.2.2 Protocol summary 954
100A.4.3 Major capabilities/options. 955
Annex 109A (normative) Chip-to-chip 25 Gigabit Attachment Unit Interface (25GAUI C2C) 956
109A.1 Overview 956
109A.2 25GAUI C2C compliance point definition 957
109A.3 25GAUI C2C electrical characteristics 957
109A.3.1 25GAUI C2C transmitter characteristics 957
109A.3.2 25GAUI C2C receiver characteristics 957
109A.3.3 Optional EEE operation 957
109A.4 25GAUI C2C channel characteristics 957
109A.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Annex 109A, Chipto-
chip 25 Gigabit Attachment Unit Interface (25GAUI C2C) 958
109A.5.1 Introduction. 958
109A.5.2 Identification. 958

39

109A.5.2.1 Implementation identification. 958
109A.5.2.2 Protocol summary 958
109A.5.3 Major capabilities/options. 959
109A.5.4 PICS proforma tables for chip-to-chip 25 Gigabit Attachment Unit Interface
(25GAUI C2C) 959
109A.5.4.1 Transmitter 959
109A.5.4.2 Receiver 960
109A.5.4.3 Channel 960
Annex 109B (normative) Chip-to-module 25 Gigabit Attachment Unit Interface (25GAUI C2M) 961
109B.1 Overview 961
109B.1.1 Bit error ratio 962
109B.2 25GAUI C2M compliance point definitions 962
109B.3 25GAUI C2M electrical characteristics. 962
109B.3.1 25GAUI C2M host output characteristics 962
109B.3.2 25GAUI C2M module output characteristics 962
109B.3.2.1 25GAUI C2M module output eye opening. 963
109B.3.2.1.1 Eye opening using measurement method A 963
109B.3.2.1.2 Eye opening using measurement method B 963
109B.3.3 25GAUI C2M host input characteristics 963
109B.3.4 25GAUI C2M module input characteristics 963
109B.3.4.1 Module stressed input test using measurement method A 964
109B.3.4.2 Module stressed input test using measurement method B 964
109B.4 25GAUI C2M measurement methodology 964
109B.4.1 Eye width, eye height, and eye closure measurement method B 964
109B.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Annex 109B, Chipto-
module 25 Gigabit Attachment Unit Interface (25GAUI C2M) 966
109B.5.1 Introduction. 966
109B.5.2 Identification. 966
109B.5.2.1 Implementation identification. 966
109B.5.2.2 Protocol summary 966
109B.5.3 Major capabilities/options. 967
109B.5.4 PICS proforma tables for chip-to-module 25 Gigabit Attachment Unit Interface
(25GAUI C2M). 967
109B.5.4.1 Host output 967
109B.5.4.2 Module output. 968
109B.5.4.3 Host input 968
109B.5.4.4 Module input. 969
Annex 109C (normative) 25GBASE-R PMA sublayer partitioning examples 970
Annex 110A (informative) TP0 and TP5 test point parameters and channel characteristics for
25GBASE-CR and 25GBASE-CR-S 974
110A.1 Overview 974
110A.2 Transmitter characteristics at TP0 974
110A.3 Receiver characteristics at TP5 974
110A.4 Transmitter and receiver differential printed circuit board trace loss 974
110A.5 Channel insertion loss 974
110A.6 Channel return loss. 976
110A.7 Channel Operating Margin (COM) 976
Annex 110B (normative) Test fixtures for 25GBASE-CR, 25GBASE-CR-S, and 25GAUI C2M 977

40

110B.1 Test fixtures 977
110B.1.1 SFP28 TP2 or TP3 test fixture 977
110B.1.2 SFP28 Cable assembly test fixture 977
110B.1.3 SFP28 Mated test fixtures. 978
110B.1.3.1 Mated test fixtures differential insertion loss 978
110B.1.3.2 Mated test fixtures differential return loss 978
110B.1.3.3 Mated test fixtures common-mode conversion insertion loss 978
110B.1.3.4 Mated test fixtures common-mode return loss 978
110B.1.3.5 Mated test fixtures common-mode to differential mode return loss. 978
110B.1.3.6 Mated test fixtures integrated near-end crosstalk noise 978
110B.2 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Annex 110B, Test
fixtures for 25GBASE-CR, 25GBASE-CR-S, and 25GAUI C2M 980
110B.2.1 Introduction. 980
110B.2.2 Identification. 980
110B.2.2.1 Implementation identification. 980
110B.2.2.2 Protocol summary 980
110B.2.3 Major capabilities/options. 981
110B.2.4 PICS proforma tables for test fixtures for 25GBASE-CR, 25GBASE-CR-S, and
25GAUI C2M 981
Annex 110C (normative) Host and cable assembly form factors for 25GBASE-CR and 25GBASECR-
S PHYs 982
110C.1 Overview 982
110C.2 Host form factors 983
110C.2.1 SFP28 host form factor 983
110C.2.2 QSFP28 host form factor 983
110C.3 Cable assembly form factors 984
110C.3.1 SFP28 to SFP28 cable assembly form factor 984
110C.3.2 QSFP28 to QSFP28 cable assembly form factor 984
110C.3.3 QSFP28 to 4×SFP28 cable assembly form factor 984
Annex 113A (informative) Description of cable clamp and test setup. 986
113A.1 Overview 986
113A.2 Description of cable clamp 986
113A.3 Cable clamp measurement, calibration, and validation 988
113A.4 Test setup 991
Annex 115A (informative) BCH codeword examples 992
115A.1 Output of the BCH(896, 720) encoder. 992
115A.2 Output of the BCH(1976, 1668) encoder. 992
SECTION EIGHt
Contents
116. Introduction to 200 Gb/s and 400 Gb/s networks 19
116.1 Overview. 19
116.1.1 Scope. 19
116.1.2 Relationship of 200 Gigabit and 400 Gigabit Ethernet to the ISO OSI reference
model 19
116.1.3 Nomenclature 20
116.1.4 Physical Layer signaling systems 21
116.2 Summary of 200 Gigabit and 400 Gigabit Ethernet sublayers 22
116.2.1 Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) and Media Independent Interface 22
116.2.2 200GMII and 400GMII Extender Sublayers (200GXS and 400GXS). 22
116.2.3 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) 23
116.2.4 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer 23
116.2.5 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer 23
116.2.6 Management interface (MDIO/MDC) 23
116.2.7 Management 23
116.3 Service interface specification method and notation 23
116.3.1 Inter-sublayer service interface. 24
116.3.2 Instances of the Inter-sublayer service interface. 24
116.3.3 Semantics of inter-sublayer service interface primitives 24
116.3.3.1 IS_UNITDATA_i.request. 24
116.3.3.1.1 Semantics of the service primitive 25

2

116.3.3.1.2 When generated 26
116.3.3.1.3 Effect of receipt 26
116.3.3.2 IS_UNITDATA_i.indication 27
116.3.3.2.1 Semantics of the service primitive 27
116.3.3.2.2 When generated 27
116.3.3.2.3 Effect of receipt 27
116.3.3.3 IS_SIGNAL.indication 27
116.3.3.3.1 Semantics of the service primitive 27
116.3.3.3.2 When generated 27
116.3.3.3.3 Effect of receipt 27
116.4 Delay constraints. 28
116.5 Skew constraints 29
116.6 FEC Degrade. 32
116.7 State diagrams. 33
116.8 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma. 34
117. Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) and Media Independent Interface for 200 Gb/s and 400 Gb/s
operation (200GMII and 400GMII) 35
117.1 Overview. 35
117.1.1 Summary of major concepts 36
117.1.2 Application 36
117.1.3 Rate of operation. 36
117.1.4 Delay constraints. 36
117.1.5 Allocation of functions 37
117.1.6 200GMII/400GMII structure 37
117.1.7 Mapping of 200GMII/400GMII signals to PLS service primitives 37
117.2 200GMII/400GMII data stream 37
117.3 200GMII/400GMII functional specifications. 37
117.4 LPI Assertion and Detection. 37
117.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 117,
Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) and Media Independent Interface for 200 Gb/s and 400 Gb/s
operation (200GMII and 400GMII) 38
117.5.1 Introduction. 38
117.5.2 Identification. 38
117.5.2.1 Implementation identification 38
117.5.2.2 Protocol summary 38
117.5.3 Major capabilities/options. 39
117.5.4 PICS proforma tables for Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) and Media Independent
Interface for 200 Gb/s and 400 Gb/s operation (200GMII and 400GMII) 39
117.5.4.1 General 39
117.5.4.2 Mapping of PLS service primitives 39
117.5.4.3 Data stream structure 40
117.5.4.4 200GMII/400GMII signal functional specifications 40
117.5.4.5 Link fault signaling state diagram 41
117.5.4.6 LPI functions. 41
118. 200GMII Extender, 400GMII Extender, 200GMII Extender Sublayer (200GXS), and 400GMII
Extender Sublayer (400GXS) 42
118.1 Overview. 42
118.1.1 Summary of major concepts 43
118.1.2 200GXS/400GXS Sublayer 43
118.1.3 200GAUI-n/400GAUI-n. 43

3

118.2 FEC Degrade. 43
118.2.1 DTE XS FEC Degrade signaling 43
118.2.2 PHY XS FEC Degrade signaling 44
118.3 200GXS and 400GXS partitioning example 44
118.4 200GXS and 400GXS MDIO function mapping 44
118.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 118,
200GMII Extender, 400GMII Extender, 200GMII Extender Sublayer (200GXS), and
400GMII Extender Sublayer (400GXS) 48
118.5.1 Introduction. 48
118.5.2 Identification. 48
118.5.2.1 Implementation identification 48
118.5.2.2 Protocol summary 48
118.5.3 Major capabilities/options. 49
118.5.4 PICS proforma tables for 200GMII Extender, 400GMII Extender, 200GMII Extender
Sublayer (200GXS), and 400GMII Extender Sublayer (400GXS) 49
118.5.4.1 Transmit function 49
118.5.4.2 Receive function 50
118.5.4.3 64B/66B coding rules 50
118.5.4.4 Scrambler and descrambler. 51
118.5.4.5 Alignment markers 51
118.5.5 Test-pattern modes 51
118.5.6 Bit order 51
118.5.7 Management 52
118.5.7.1 State diagrams. 52
118.5.7.2 Loopback 52
118.5.7.3 Delay constraints. 53
119. Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) for 64B/66B, type 200GBASE-R and 400GBASE-R 54
119.1 Overview. 54
119.1.1 Scope. 54
119.1.2 Relationship of 200GBASE-R and 400GBASE-R to other standards 54
119.1.3 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) 54
119.1.4 Inter-sublayer interfaces 55
119.1.4.1 PCS service interface (200GMII/400GMII) 55
119.1.4.2 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) service interface 55
119.1.5 Functional block diagram 56
119.2 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) 57
119.2.1 Functions within the PCS 57
119.2.2 Use of blocks 57
119.2.3 64B/66B code 58
119.2.3.1 Notation conventions 58
119.2.3.2 64B/66B block structure 58
119.2.3.3 Control codes 58
119.2.3.4 Valid and invalid blocks 59
119.2.3.5 Idle (/I/) 59
119.2.3.6 Start (/S/). 59
119.2.3.7 Terminate (/T/) 59
119.2.3.8 Ordered set (/O/) 59
119.2.3.9 Error (/E/) 59
119.2.4 Transmit 59
119.2.4.1 Encode and rate matching. 59
119.2.4.2 64B/66B to 256B/257B transcoder. 60
119.2.4.3 Scrambler 62

4

119.2.4.4 Alignment marker mapping and insertion 62
119.2.4.4.1 AM creation for the 200GBASE-R PCS 63
119.2.4.4.2 AM creation for the 400GBASE-R PCS 65
119.2.4.5 Pre-FEC distribution 67
119.2.4.6 Reed-Solomon encoder. 67
119.2.4.7 Symbol distribution. 69
119.2.4.8 Transmit bit ordering and distribution 70
119.2.4.9 Test-pattern generators 72
119.2.5 Receive function 72
119.2.5.1 Alignment lock and deskew 72
119.2.5.2 Lane reorder and de-interleave 72
119.2.5.3 Reed-Solomon decoder. 72
119.2.5.4 Post FEC interleave 73
119.2.5.5 Alignment marker removal. 73
119.2.5.6 Descrambler 73
119.2.5.7 256B/257B to 64B/66B transcoder. 74
119.2.5.8 Decode and rate matching. 74
119.2.6 Detailed functions and state diagrams 75
119.2.6.1 State diagram conventions 75
119.2.6.2 State variables 75
119.2.6.2.1 Constants. 75
119.2.6.2.2 Variables 75
119.2.6.2.3 Functions. 77
119.2.6.2.4 Counters 79
119.2.6.3 State diagrams. 79
119.3 PCS management 84
119.3.1 PCS MDIO function mapping 84
119.3.2 FEC_corrected_cw_counter 85
119.3.3 FEC_uncorrected_cw_counter 85
119.3.4 FEC_symbol_error_counter_i 85
119.4 Loopback 85
119.5 Delay constraints. 86
119.6 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 119, Physical
Coding Sublayer (PCS) for 64B/66B, type 200GBASE-R and 400GBASE-R 87
119.6.1 Introduction. 87
119.6.2 Identification. 87
119.6.2.1 Implementation identification 87
119.6.2.2 Protocol summary 87
119.6.3 Major capabilities/options. 88
119.6.4 PICS proforma tables for Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) 64B/66B,
type 200GBASE-R and 400GBASE-R. 88
119.6.4.1 Transmit function 88
119.6.4.2 Receive function 89
119.6.4.3 64B/66B coding rules 89
119.6.4.4 Scrambler and descrambler. 90
119.6.4.5 Alignment markers 90
119.6.4.6 Test-pattern modes 90
119.6.4.7 Bit order 91
119.6.4.8 Management 91
119.6.4.9 State diagrams. 91
119.6.4.10 Loopback 91
119.6.4.11 Delay constraints. 92
120. Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, type 200GBASE-R and 400GBASE-R 93

5

120.1 Overview. 93
120.1.1 Scope. 93
120.1.2 Position of the PMA in the 200GBASE-R and 400GBASE-R sublayers 93
120.1.3 Summary of functions. 93
120.1.4 PMA sublayer positioning 94
120.2 PMA interfaces 96
120.3 PMA service interface 96
120.4 Service interface below PMA 99
120.5 Functions within the PMA 100
120.5.1 Per input-lane clock and data recovery. 100
120.5.2 Bit-level multiplexing 100
120.5.3 Skew and Skew Variation. 101
120.5.3.1 Skew generation toward SP1 101
120.5.3.2 Skew tolerance at SP1. 101
120.5.3.3 Skew generation toward SP2 101
120.5.3.4 Skew tolerance at SP5. 103
120.5.3.5 Skew generation at SP6 103
120.5.3.6 Skew tolerance at SP6. 103
120.5.4 Delay constraints. 103
120.5.5 Clocking architecture 103
120.5.6 Signal drivers 104
120.5.7 Gray mapping for PAM4 encoded lanes. 104
120.5.8 Link status. 105
120.5.9 PMA local loopback mode (optional). 105
120.5.10PMA remote loopback mode (optional) 105
120.5.11PMA test patterns (optional). 106
120.5.11.1 Test patterns for NRZ encoded signals. 106
120.5.11.1.1 PRBS31 test pattern 106
120.5.11.1.2 PRBS9 test pattern 107
120.5.11.1.3 Square wave test pattern 107
120.5.11.2 Test patterns for PAM4 encoded signals 108
120.5.11.2.1 PRBS13Q test pattern 108
120.5.11.2.2 PRBS31Q test pattern 108
120.5.11.2.3 SSPRQ test pattern 110
120.5.11.2.4 Square wave (quaternary) test pattern 111
120.6 PMA MDIO function mapping. 111
120.7 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 120, Physical
Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, type 200GBASE-R and 400GBASE-R 116
120.7.1 Introduction. 116
120.7.2 Identification. 116
120.7.2.1 Implementation identification 116
120.7.2.2 Protocol summary 116
120.7.3 Major capabilities/options. 117
120.7.4 Skew generation and tolerance 119
120.7.5 Test patterns 119
120.7.6 Loopback modes 120
121. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 200GBASE-DR4 121
121.1 Overview. 121
121.1.1 Bit error ratio 121
121.2 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) service interface 122
121.3 Delay and Skew 123
121.3.1 Delay constraints. 123

6

121.3.2 Skew constraints 123
121.4 PMD MDIO function mapping. 124
121.5 PMD functional specifications 124
121.5.1 PMD block diagram 124
121.5.2 PMD transmit function 125
121.5.3 PMD receive function. 125
121.5.4 PMD global signal detect function 125
121.5.5 PMD lane-by-lane signal detect function 126
121.5.6 PMD reset function. 126
121.5.7 PMD global transmit disable function (optional) 126
121.5.8 PMD lane-by-lane transmit disable function (optional) 127
121.5.9 PMD fault function (optional) 127
121.5.10PMD transmit fault function (optional) 127
121.5.11PMD receive fault function (optional) 127
121.6 Lane assignments 127
121.7 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 200GBASE-DR4 127
121.7.1 200GBASE-DR4 transmitter optical specifications 128
121.7.2 200GBASE-DR4 receive optical specifications 128
121.7.3 200GBASE-DR4 illustrative link power budget 129
121.8 Definition of optical parameters and measurement methods 130
121.8.1 Test patterns for optical parameters 130
121.8.2 Wavelength and side mode suppression ratio (SMSR) 130
121.8.3 Average optical power 131
121.8.4 Outer Optical Modulation Amplitude (OMAouter) 131
121.8.5 Transmitter and dispersion eye closure for PAM4 (TDECQ) 131
121.8.5.1 TDECQ conformance test setup 131
121.8.5.2 Channel requirements 132
121.8.5.3 TDECQ measurement method 133
121.8.5.4 TDECQ reference equalizer 136
121.8.6 Extinction ratio 136
121.8.7 Relative intensity noise (RIN21.4OMA) 136
121.8.8 Receiver sensitivity. 137
121.8.9 Stressed receiver sensitivity 137
121.8.9.1 Stressed receiver conformance test block diagram. 138
121.8.9.2 Stressed receiver conformance test signal characteristics and calibration 139
121.8.9.3 Stressed receiver conformance test signal verification. 139
121.8.9.4 Sinusoidal jitter for receiver conformance test 140
121.9 Safety, installation, environment, and labeling. 140
121.9.1 General safety 140
121.9.2 Laser safety 141
121.9.3 Installation 141
121.9.4 Environment 141
121.9.5 Electromagnetic emission 141
121.9.6 Temperature, humidity, and handling. 141
121.9.7 PMD labeling requirements 141
121.10 Fiber optic cabling model 142
121.11 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling (channel) 142
121.11.1Optical fiber cable. 143
121.11.2Optical fiber connection 143
121.11.2.1 Connection insertion loss 143
121.11.2.2 Maximum discrete reflectance 143
121.11.3Medium Dependent Interface (MDI) 144
121.11.3.1 Optical lane assignments 144
121.11.3.2 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI) requirements 144

7

121.12 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 121, Physical
Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 200GBASE-DR4. 145
121.12.1Introduction. 145
121.12.2Identification. 145
121.12.2.1 Implementation identification 145
121.12.2.2 Protocol summary 145
121.12.3Major capabilities/options. 146
121.12.4PICS proforma tables for Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium,
type 200GBASE-DR4. 146
121.12.4.1 PMD functional specifications 146
121.12.4.2 Management functions 147
121.12.4.3 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 200GBASE-DR4 147
121.12.4.4 Optical measurement methods 148
121.12.4.5 Environmental specifications 148
121.12.4.6 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling and MDI. 148
122. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 200GBASE-FR4, 200GBASELR4,
400GBASE-FR8, and 400GBASE-LR8 149
122.1 Overview. 149
122.1.1 Bit error ratio 150
122.2 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) service interface 151
122.3 Delay and Skew 151
122.3.1 Delay constraints. 151
122.3.2 Skew constraints 151
122.4 PMD MDIO function mapping. 152
122.5 PMD functional specifications 153
122.5.1 PMD block diagram 153
122.5.2 PMD transmit function 153
122.5.3 PMD receive function. 154
122.5.4 PMD global signal detect function 154
122.5.5 PMD lane-by-lane signal detect function 155
122.5.6 PMD reset function. 155
122.5.7 PMD global transmit disable function (optional) 155
122.5.8 PMD lane-by-lane transmit disable function 155
122.5.9 PMD fault function (optional) 155
122.5.10PMD transmit fault function (optional) 155
122.5.11PMD receive fault function (optional) 156
122.6 Wavelength-division-multiplexed lane assignments 156
122.7 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 200GBASE-FR4, 200GBASE-LR4,
400GBASE-FR8, and 400GBASE-LR8. 157
122.7.1 200GBASE-FR4, 200GBASE-LR4, 400GBASE-FR8, and 400GBASE-LR8 transmitter
optical specifications. 157
122.7.2 200GBASE-FR4, 200GBASE-LR4, 400GBASE-FR8, and 400GBASE-LR8 receive
optical specifications. 160
122.7.3 200GBASE-FR4, 200GBASE-LR4, 400GBASE-FR8, and 400GBASE-LR8 illustrative
link power budgets 162
122.8 Definition of optical parameters and measurement methods 162
122.8.1 Test patterns for optical parameters 162
122.8.2 Wavelength and side mode suppression ratio (SMSR) 163
122.8.3 Average optical power 163
122.8.4 Outer Optical Modulation Amplitude (OMAouter) 163
122.8.5 Transmitter and dispersion eye closure for PAM4 (TDECQ) 164
122.8.5.1 TDECQ conformance test setup 164

8

122.8.5.2 Channel requirements 165
122.8.5.3 TDECQ measurement method 166
122.8.5.4 TDECQ reference equalizer 166
122.8.6 Extinction ratio 166
122.8.7 Relative intensity noise (RIN17.1OMA and RIN15.6OMA) 166
122.8.8 Receiver sensitivity. 167
122.8.9 Stressed receiver sensitivity 168
122.8.9.1 Stressed receiver conformance test block diagram. 168
122.8.9.2 Stressed receiver conformance test signal characteristics and calibration 169
122.8.9.3 Stressed receiver conformance test signal verification. 170
122.9 Safety, installation, environment, and labeling. 170
122.9.1 General safety 170
122.9.2 Laser safety 170
122.9.3 Installation 170
122.9.4 Environment 171
122.9.5 Electromagnetic emission 171
122.9.6 Temperature, humidity, and handling. 171
122.9.7 PMD labeling requirements 171
122.10 Fiber optic cabling model 171
122.11 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling (channel) 172
122.11.1Optical fiber cable. 172
122.11.2Optical fiber connection 173
122.11.2.1 Connection insertion loss 173
122.11.2.2 Maximum discrete reflectance 173
122.11.3Medium Dependent Interface (MDI) requirements 173
122.12 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 122, Physical
Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 200GBASE-FR4, 200GBASELR4,
400GBASE-FR8, and 400GBASE-LR8 174
122.12.1Introduction. 174
122.12.2Identification. 174
122.12.2.1 Implementation identification 174
122.12.2.2 Protocol summary 174
122.12.3Major capabilities/options. 175
122.12.4PICS proforma tables for Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium,
type 200GBASE-FR4, 200GBASE-LR4, 400GBASE-FR8, and 400GBASE-LR8 175
122.12.4.1 PMD functional specifications 175
122.12.4.2 Management functions 176
122.12.4.3 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 200GBASE-FR4 177
122.12.4.4 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 200GBASE-LR4 177
122.12.4.5 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 400GBASE-FR8 177
122.12.4.6 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 400GBASE-LR8 177
122.12.4.7 Optical measurement methods 178
122.12.4.8 Environmental specifications 178
122.12.4.9 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling and MDI. 178
123. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 400GBASE-SR16 179
123.1 Overview. 179
123.1.1 Bit error ratio 180
123.2 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) service interface 180
123.3 Delay and Skew 181
123.3.1 Delay constraints. 181
123.3.2 Skew constraints 181
123.4 PMD MDIO function mapping. 182

9

123.5 PMD functional specifications 182
123.5.1 PMD block diagram 182
123.5.2 PMD transmit function 183
123.5.3 PMD receive function. 183
123.5.4 PMD global signal detect function 184
123.5.5 PMD lane-by-lane signal detect function 184
123.5.6 PMD reset function. 184
123.5.7 PMD global transmit disable function (optional) 185
123.5.8 PMD lane-by-lane transmit disable function (optional) 185
123.5.9 PMD fault function (optional) 185
123.5.10PMD transmit fault function (optional) 185
123.5.11PMD receive fault function (optional) 185
123.6 Lane assignments 185
123.7 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 400GBASE-SR16 186
123.7.1 400GBASE-SR16 transmitter optical specifications 186
123.7.2 400GBASE-SR16 receive optical specifications 186
123.7.3 400GBASE-SR16 illustrative link power budget. 186
123.8 Definition of optical parameters and measurement methods 186
123.8.1 Test patterns for optical parameters 186
123.8.2 Center wavelength and spectral width 187
123.8.3 Average optical power 187
123.8.4 Optical Modulation Amplitude (OMA) 187
123.8.5 Transmitter and dispersion eye closure (TDEC) 187
123.8.6 Extinction ratio 187
123.8.7 Transmitter optical waveform (transmit eye) 187
123.8.8 Stressed receiver sensitivity 187
123.9 Safety, installation, environment, and labeling. 188
123.9.1 General safety 188
123.9.2 Laser safety 188
123.9.3 Installation 188
123.9.4 Environment 188
123.9.5 Electromagnetic emission 188
123.9.6 Temperature, humidity, and handling. 188
123.9.7 PMD labeling requirements 189
123.10 Fiber optic cabling model 189
123.11 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling (channel) 189
123.11.1Optical fiber cable. 190
123.11.2Optical fiber connection 190
123.11.2.1 Connection insertion loss 190
123.11.2.2 Maximum discrete reflectance 190
123.11.3Medium Dependent Interface (MDI) 190
123.11.3.1 Optical lane assignments 191
123.11.3.2 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI) requirements 191
123.12 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 123, Physical
Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 400GBASE-SR16 192
123.12.1Introduction. 192
123.12.2Identification. 192
123.12.2.1 Implementation identification 192
123.12.2.2 Protocol summary 192
123.12.3Major capabilities/options. 193
123.12.4PICS proforma tables for Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium,
type 400GBASE-SR16 193
123.12.4.1 PMD functional specifications 193
123.12.4.2 Management functions 194

10

123.12.4.3 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 400GBASE-SR16 194
123.12.4.4 Optical measurement methods 195
123.12.4.5 Environmental specifications 195
123.12.4.6 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling and MDI. 195
124. Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 400GBASE-DR4 197
124.1 Overview. 197
124.1.1 Bit error ratio 197
124.2 Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) service interface 198
124.3 Delay and Skew 199
124.3.1 Delay constraints. 199
124.3.2 Skew constraints 199
124.4 PMD MDIO function mapping. 199
124.5 PMD functional specifications 200
124.5.1 PMD block diagram 200
124.5.2 PMD transmit function 201
124.5.3 PMD receive function. 201
124.5.4 PMD global signal detect function 201
124.5.5 PMD lane-by-lane signal detect function 202
124.5.6 PMD reset function. 202
124.5.7 PMD global transmit disable function (optional) 202
124.5.8 PMD lane-by-lane transmit disable function (optional) 203
124.5.9 PMD fault function (optional) 203
124.5.10PMD transmit fault function (optional) 203
124.5.11PMD receive fault function (optional) 203
124.6 Lane assignments 203
124.7 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 400GBASE-DR4 203
124.7.1 400GBASE-DR4 transmitter optical specifications 204
124.7.2 400GBASE-DR4 receive optical specifications 204
124.7.3 400GBASE-DR4 illustrative link power budget 205
124.8 Definition of optical parameters and measurement methods 206
124.8.1 Test patterns for optical parameters 206
124.8.2 Wavelength and side mode suppression ratio (SMSR) 206
124.8.3 Average optical power 207
124.8.4 Outer Optical Modulation Amplitude (OMAouter) 207
124.8.5 Transmitter and dispersion eye closure for PAM4 (TDECQ) 207
124.8.6 Extinction ratio 207
124.8.7 Relative intensity noise (RIN21.4OMA) 208
124.8.8 Receiver sensitivity. 208
124.8.9 Stressed receiver sensitivity 208
124.9 Safety, installation, environment, and labeling. 209
124.9.1 General safety 209
124.9.2 Laser safety 209
124.9.3 Installation 209
124.9.4 Environment 209
124.9.5 Electromagnetic emission 210
124.9.6 Temperature, humidity, and handling. 210
124.9.7 PMD labeling requirements 210
124.10 Fiber optic cabling model 210
124.11 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling (channel) 210
124.11.1Optical fiber cable. 210
124.11.2Optical fiber connection 211
124.11.2.1 Connection insertion loss 211
124.11.2.2 Maximum discrete reflectance 211
124.11.3Medium Dependent Interface (MDI) 212
124.11.3.1 Optical lane assignments 212
124.11.3.2 Medium Dependent Interface (MDI) requirements 212
124.12 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 124, Physical
Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium, type 400GBASE-DR4. 214
124.12.1Introduction. 214
124.12.2Identification. 214
124.12.2.1 Implementation identification 214
124.12.2.2 Protocol summary 214
124.12.3Major capabilities/options. 215
124.12.4PICS proforma tables for Physical Medium Dependent (PMD) sublayer and medium,
type 400GBASE-DR4. 215
124.12.4.1 PMD functional specifications 215
124.12.4.2 Management functions 216
124.12.4.3 PMD to MDI optical specifications for 400GBASE-DR4 216
124.12.4.4 Optical measurement methods 217
124.12.4.5 Environmental specifications 217
124.12.4.6 Characteristics of the fiber optic cabling and MDI. 217
125. Introduction to 2.5 Gb/s and 5 Gb/s networks 218
125.1 Overview. 218
125.1.1 Scope. 218
125.1.2 Relationship of 2.5 Gigabit and 5 Gigabit Ethernet to the ISO OSI reference model 218
125.1.3 Nomenclature 218
125.1.4 Physical Layer signaling systems 219
125.2 Summary of 2.5 Gigabit and 5 Gigabit Ethernet sublayers 220
125.2.1 Reconciliation Sublayer (RS) and Media Independent Interface 220
125.2.2 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) 220
125.2.3 Physical Medium Attachment sublayer (PMA) 220
125.2.4 Auto-Negotiation, type BASE-T 221
125.2.5 Management interface (MDIO/MDC) 221
125.2.6 Management 221
125.3 Delay Constraints 221
126. Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS), Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, and baseband
medium, types 2.5GBASE-T and 5GBASE-T 222
126.1 Overview. 222
126.1.1 Nomenclature 222
126.1.2 Relationship of 2.5GBASE-T and 5GBASE-T to other standards. 222
126.1.3 Operation of 2.5GBASE-T and 5GBASE-T. 223
126.1.3.1 Summary of Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) 227
126.1.3.2 Summary of Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer. 227
126.1.3.3 Summary of EEE capability 228
126.1.4 Signaling 229
126.1.5 Interfaces. 229
126.1.6 Conventions in this clause 230
126.2 2.5GBASE-T and 5GBASE-T service primitives and interfaces 230
126.2.1 Technology Dependent Interface 230
126.2.1.1 PMA_LINK.request 230
126.2.1.1.1 Semantics of the primitive 230
126.2.1.1.2 When generated 231
126.2.1.1.3 Effect of receipt 231
126.2.1.2 PMA_LINK.indication 231
126.2.1.2.1 Semantics of the primitive 231
126.2.1.2.2 When generated 231
126.2.1.2.3 Effect of receipt 231
126.2.2 PMA service interface 231
126.2.2.1 PMA_TXMODE.indication 233
126.2.2.1.1 Semantics of the primitive 233
126.2.2.1.2 When generated 233
126.2.2.1.3 Effect of receipt 233
126.2.2.2 PMA_CONFIG.indication 233
126.2.2.2.1 Semantics of the primitive 233
126.2.2.2.2 When generated 233
126.2.2.2.3 Effect of receipt 234
126.2.2.3 PMA_UNITDATA.request. 234
126.2.2.3.1 Semantics of the primitive 234
126.2.2.3.2 When generated 234
126.2.2.3.3 Effect of receipt 234
126.2.2.4 PMA_UNITDATA.indication 234
126.2.2.4.1 Semantics of the primitive 235
126.2.2.4.2 When generated 235
126.2.2.4.3 Effect of receipt 235
126.2.2.5 PMA_SCRSTATUS.request. 235
126.2.2.5.1 Semantics of the primitive 235
126.2.2.5.2 When generated 235
126.2.2.5.3 Effect of receipt 235
126.2.2.6 PMA_PCSSTATUS.request 235
126.2.2.6.1 Semantics of the primitive 235
126.2.2.6.2 When generated 236
126.2.2.6.3 Effect of receipt 236
126.2.2.7 PMA_RXSTATUS.indication 236
126.2.2.7.1 Semantics of the primitive 236
126.2.2.7.2 When generated 236
126.2.2.7.3 Effect of receipt 236
126.2.2.8 PMA_REMRXSTATUS.request 236
126.2.2.8.1 Semantics of the primitive 236
126.2.2.8.2 When generated 237
126.2.2.8.3 Effect of receipt 237
126.2.2.9 PMA_ALERTDETECT.indication. 237
126.2.2.9.1 Semantics of the primitive 237
126.2.2.9.2 When generated 237
126.2.2.9.3 Effect of receipt 237
126.2.2.10 PCS_RX_LPI_STATUS.request 237
126.2.2.10.1 Semantics of the primitive 237
126.2.2.10.2 When generated 238
126.2.2.10.3 Effect of receipt 238
126.2.2.11 PMA_PCSDATAMODE.indication. 238
126.2.2.11.1 Semantics of the primitive 238
126.2.2.11.2 When generated 238
126.2.2.11.3 Effect of receipt 238
126.2.2.12 PMA_FR_ACTIVE.indication 238
126.2.2.12.1 Semantics of the primitive 238
126.2.2.12.2 When generated 239
126.2.2.12.3 Effect of receipt 239
126.3 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) 239
126.3.1 PCS service interface (XGMII) 239
126.3.2 PCS functions 239
126.3.2.1 PCS Reset function 240
126.3.2.2 PCS Transmit function 241
126.3.2.2.1 Use of blocks 242
126.3.2.2.2 65B-LDPC transmission code 242
126.3.2.2.3 Notation conventions 242
126.3.2.2.4 Transmission order 242
126.3.2.2.5 Block structure 242
126.3.2.2.6 Control codes 245
126.3.2.2.7 Ordered sets 245
126.3.2.2.8 Idle (/I/) 245
126.3.2.2.9 LPI (/LI/). 247
126.3.2.2.10 Start (/S/). 247
126.3.2.2.11 Terminate (/T/) 247
126.3.2.2.12 ordered set (/O/) 247
126.3.2.2.13 Error (/E/) 248
126.3.2.2.14 Transmit process 248
126.3.2.2.15 PCS Scrambler 248
126.3.2.2.16 LDPC framing and LDPC encoder. 248
126.3.2.2.17 Substitution for zero-bit fill 249
126.3.2.2.18 PAM16 bit mapping 249
126.3.2.2.19 EEE capability 250
126.3.2.3 PCS Receive function 251
126.3.2.3.1 Frame and block synchronization 252
126.3.2.3.2 PCS descrambler. 253
126.3.2.3.3 Invalid blocks 253
126.3.3 Test-pattern generators 254
126.3.4 PMA training side-stream scrambler polynomials 254
126.3.4.1 Generation of bits San, Sbn, Scn, Sdn 255
126.3.4.2 Generation of 4D symbols TAn, TBn, TCn, TDn 255
126.3.4.3 PMA training mode descrambler polynomials 256
126.3.5 LPI signaling. 256
126.3.5.1 LPI Synchronization 257
126.3.5.2 Quiet period signaling. 258
126.3.5.3 Refresh period signaling 258
126.3.6 Detailed functions and state diagrams 258
126.3.6.1 State diagram conventions 258
126.3.6.2 State diagram parameters 259
126.3.6.2.1 Constants. 259
126.3.6.2.2 Variables 259
126.3.6.2.3 Timers 261
126.3.6.2.4 Functions. 262
126.3.6.2.5 Counters 263
126.3.6.3 State diagrams. 264
126.3.7 PCS management 264
126.3.7.1 Status. 264
126.3.7.2 Counters 265
126.3.7.3 Loopback 272
126.4 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer 272
126.4.1 PMA functional specifications 272
126.4.2 PMA functions 273
126.4.2.1 PMA Reset function 273
126.4.2.2 PMA Transmit function 273
126.4.2.2.1 Alert signal 273
126.4.2.2.2 Link failure signal. 275
126.4.2.3 PMA transmit disable function 275
126.4.2.3.1 Global PMA transmit disable function 275
126.4.2.3.2 PMA pair by pair transmit disable function 275
126.4.2.3.3 PMA MDIO function mapping. 275
126.4.2.4 PMA Receive function 276
126.4.2.5 PHY Control function. 277
126.4.2.5.1 Infofield notation 278
126.4.2.5.2 Start of Frame Delimiter 278
126.4.2.5.3 Current transmitter settings. 278
126.4.2.5.4 Next transmitter settings 279
126.4.2.5.5 Requested transmitter settings 279
126.4.2.5.6 Message field 279
126.4.2.5.7 SNR_margin 280
126.4.2.5.8 Transition counter 281
126.4.2.5.9 Coefficient exchange handshake 281
126.4.2.5.10 Ability fields 281
126.4.2.5.11 Reserved fields 281
126.4.2.5.12 Vendor-specific field 281
126.4.2.5.13 Coefficient field 282
126.4.2.5.14 CRC16 282
126.4.2.5.15 Startup sequence 282
126.4.2.5.16 Fast retrain function 285
126.4.2.6 Link Monitor function 286
126.4.2.7 Refresh Monitor function 286
126.4.2.8 Clock Recovery function 286
126.4.3 MDI. 286
126.4.3.1 MDI signals transmitted by the PHY 286
126.4.3.2 Signals received at the MDI 288
126.4.4 Automatic MDI/MDI-X configuration 288
126.4.5 State variables 289
126.4.5.1 State diagram variables. 289
126.4.5.2 Timers 292
126.4.5.3 Functions. 293
126.4.5.4 Counters 293
126.4.6 State diagrams. 294
126.4.6.1 PHY Control state diagram. 294
126.4.6.2 Transition counter state diagrams 295
126.4.6.3 Link Monitor state diagram 297
126.4.6.4 EEE Refresh monitor state diagram 298
126.4.6.5 Fast retrain state diagram 299
126.5 PMA electrical specifications 299
126.5.1 Isolation requirement 299
126.5.2 Test modes 299
126.5.2.1 Test fixtures 302
126.5.3 Transmitter electrical specifications 303
126.5.3.1 Maximum output droop 303
126.5.3.2 Transmitter nonlinear distortion 304
126.5.3.3 Transmitter timing jitter 304
126.5.3.4 Transmitter power spectral density (PSD) and power level 305
126.5.3.5 Transmit clock frequency 306
126.5.4 Receiver electrical specifications 306

15

126.5.4.1 Receiver differential input signals 306
126.5.4.2 Receiver frequency tolerance 306
126.5.4.3 Rejection of External EM Fields 307
126.5.4.4 Alien crosstalk noise rejection 307
126.6 Management interfaces 308
126.6.1 Support for Auto-Negotiation. 308
126.6.1.1 2.5GBASE-T and 5GBASE-T use of registers during Auto-Negotiation 308
126.6.1.2 2.5GBASE-T and 5GBASE-T Auto-Negotiation page use 309
126.6.1.3 Sending Next Pages 311
126.6.2 MASTER-SLAVE configuration resolution 311
126.7 Link segment characteristics. 313
126.7.1 Cabling system characteristics 314
126.7.2 Link segment transmission parameters. 314
126.7.2.1 Insertion loss 315
126.7.2.2 Differential characteristic impedance 315
126.7.2.3 Return loss 315
126.7.2.4 Coupling parameters between duplex channels comprising one link segment 316
126.7.2.4.1 Differential near-end crosstalk 316
126.7.2.4.2 Multiple disturber near-end crosstalk (MDNEXT) loss 316
126.7.2.4.3 Multiple disturber power sum near-end crosstalk (PSNEXT) loss. 317
126.7.2.4.4 Attenuation to crosstalk ratio, far-end (ACRF) 317
126.7.2.4.5 Multiple disturber attenuation to crosstalk ratio, far-end (MDACRF). 318
126.7.2.4.6 Multiple disturber power sum attenuation to crosstalk ratio, far-end (PS
ACRF). 319
126.7.2.5 Maximum link delay. 319
126.7.2.6 Link delay skew 319
126.7.3 Coupling parameters between link segments 319
126.7.3.1 Alien crosstalk limited signal-to-noise ratio criteria. 319
126.8 MDI specification 325
126.8.1 MDI connectors 325
126.8.2 MDI electrical specifications 326
126.8.2.1 MDI FEXT 326
126.8.2.2 MDI return loss. 326
126.8.2.3 MDI impedance balance 326
126.8.2.4 MDI fault tolerance. 327
126.9 Environmental specifications 327
126.9.1 General safety 327
126.9.2 Network safety 328
126.9.3 Installation and maintenance guidelines 328
126.9.4 Telephone voltages 328
126.9.5 Electromagnetic compatibility 328
126.9.6 Temperature and humidity 329
126.10 PHY labeling. 329
126.11 Delay constraints. 329
126.12 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Clause 126—
Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS), Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) sublayer, and
baseband medium, types 2.5GBASE-T and 5GBASE-T 330
126.12.1 Identification 330
126.12.1.1 Implementation identification. 330
126.12.1.2 Protocol summary 330
126.12.2 Major capabilities/options 331
126.12.3 Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) 331
126.12.3.1 PCS Transmit functions 331
126.12.3.2 PCS Receive functions 333

16

126.12.3.3 Other PCS functions 333
126.12.4 Physical Medium Attachment (PMA) 333
126.12.5 PMA Electrical Specifications. 335
126.12.6 PMA Management Interface 336
126.12.7 Characteristics of the link segment 337
126.12.8 MDI requirements 338
126.12.9 General safety and environmental requirements 339
126.12.10 Timing requirements 339
Annex 119A (informative) 200GBASE-R and 400GBASE-R PCS FEC codeword examples 340
Annex 120A (informative) 200 Gb/s and 400 Gb/s PMA sublayer partitioning examples 346
120A.1 Partitioning example supporting 400GBASE-SR16 346
120A.2 Partitioning examples supporting 200GBASE-DR4/FR4/LR4 and 400GBASE-FR8/LR8 347
120A.3 Partitioning examples supporting 400GBASE-DR4 349
120A.4 Partitioning example using 200GXS and 400GXS 350
Annex 120B (normative) Chip-to-chip 200 Gb/s eight-lane Attachment Unit Interface (200GAUI-8
C2C) and 400 Gb/s sixteen-lane Attachment Unit Interface (400GAUI-16 C2C). 351
120B.1 Overview 351
120B.2 200GAUI-8 and 400GAUI-16 chip-to-chip compliance point definition 353
120B.3 200GAUI-8 and 400GAUI-16 chip-to-chip electrical characteristics 354
120B.3.1 200GAUI-8 and 400GAUI-16 C2C transmitter characteristics 354
120B.3.2 200GAUI-8 and 400GAUI-16 C2C receiver characteristics 354
120B.4 200GAUI-8 and 400GAUI-16 chip-to-chip channel characteristics 355
120B.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Annex 120B, Chipto-
chip 200 Gb/s eight-lane Attachment Unit Interface (200GAUI-8 C2C) and 400 Gb/s
sixteen-lane Attachment Unit Interface (400GAUI-16 C2C) 356
120B.5.1 Introduction. 356
120B.5.2 Identification. 356
120B.5.2.1 Implementation identification 356
120B.5.2.2 Protocol summary 356
120B.5.3 Major capabilities/options. 357
120B.5.4 PICS proforma tables for Chip-to-chip 200 Gb/s eight-lane Attachment Unit
Interface (200GAUI-8 C2C) and 400 Gb/s sixteen-lane Attachment Unit Interface
(400GAUI-16 C2C) 357
120B.5.4.1 Transmitter 357
120B.5.4.2 Receiver 358
120B.5.4.3 Channel 358
Annex 120C (normative) Chip-to-module 200 Gb/s eight-lane Attachment Unit Interface (200GAUI-
8 C2M) and 400 Gb/s sixteen-lane Attachment Unit Interface (400GAUI-16 C2M) 359
120C.1 Overview 359
120C.1.1 Bit error ratio 361
120C.2 200GAUI-8 and 400GAUI-16 chip-to-module compliance point definitions. 361
120C.3 200GAUI-8 and 400GAUI-16 chip-to-module electrical characteristics 361
120C.3.1 200GAUI-8 and 400GAUI-16 C2M host output characteristics 361
120C.3.2 200GAUI-8 and 400GAUI-16 C2M module output characteristics. 361
120C.3.3 200GAUI-8 and 400GAUI-16 C2M host input characteristics 361
120C.3.4 200GAUI-8 and 400GAUI-16 C2M module input characteristics. 362
120C.4 200GAUI-8 and 400GAUI-16 C2M measurement methodology 362
120C.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Annex 120C, Chipto-
module 200 Gb/s eight-lane Attachment Unit Interface (200GAUI-8 C2M) and
400 Gb/s sixteen-lane Attachment Unit Interface (400GAUI-16 C2M) 363
120C.5.1 Introduction. 363
120C.5.2 Identification. 363
120C.5.2.1 Implementation identification 363
120C.5.2.2 Protocol summary 363
120C.5.3 Major capabilities/options. 364
120C.5.4 PICS proforma tables for Chip-to-module 200 Gb/s eight-lane Attachment Unit
Interface (200GAUI-8 C2M) and 400 Gb/s sixteen-lane Attachment Unit Interface
(400GAUI-16 C2M) 364
120C.5.4.1 Host output 364
120C.5.4.2 Module output. 365
120C.5.4.3 Host input 365
120C.5.4.4 Module input. 365
Annex 120D (normative) Chip-to-chip 200 Gb/s four-lane Attachment Unit Interface (200GAUI-4
C2C) and 400 Gb/s eight-lane Attachment Unit Interface (400GAUI-8 C2C) 366
120D.1 Overview 366
120D.2 200GAUI-4 and 400GAUI-8 chip-to-chip compliance point definition 369
120D.3 200GAUI-4 and 400GAUI-8 chip-to-chip electrical characteristics 369
120D.3.1 200GAUI-4 and 400GAUI-8 C2C transmitter characteristics 369
120D.3.1.1 Transmitter differential output return loss 370
120D.3.1.2 Transmitter linearity 371
120D.3.1.2.1 Measurement of mean signal levels 371
120D.3.1.3 Linear fit to the measured waveform 372
120D.3.1.4 Steady-state voltage and linear fit pulse peak. 372
120D.3.1.5 Transmitter equalization settings 372
120D.3.1.6 Transmitter output noise and distortion 374
120D.3.1.7 Transmitter output residual ISI 374
120D.3.1.8 Output jitter. 374
120D.3.1.8.1 J4u and JRMS jitter. 375
120D.3.1.8.2 Even-odd Jitter 376
120D.3.2 200GAUI-4 and 400GAUI-8 C2C receiver characteristics 376
120D.3.2.1 Receiver interference tolerance 376
120D.3.2.2 Receiver jitter tolerance 378
120D.3.2.3 Transmitter equalization feedback (optional) 378
120D.4 200GAUI-4 and 400GAUI-8 chip-to-chip channel characteristics 379
120D.4.1 Channel Operating Margin 379
120D.4.2 Channel return loss 380
120D.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Annex 120D, Chipto-
chip 200 Gb/s four-lane Attachment Unit Interface (200GAUI-4 C2C) and 400 Gb/s
eight-lane Attachment Unit Interface (400GAUI-8 C2C) 382
120D.5.1 Introduction. 382
120D.5.2 Identification. 382
120D.5.2.1 Implementation identification 382
120D.5.2.2 Protocol summary 382
120D.5.3 Major capabilities/options. 383
120D.5.4 PICS proforma tables for Chip-to-chip 200 Gb/s four-lane Attachment Unit
Interface (200GAUI-4 C2C) and 400 Gb/s eight-lane Attachment Unit Interface
(400GAUI-8 C2C) 383
120D.5.4.1 Transmitter 383
120D.5.4.2 Receiver 384
120D.5.4.3 Channel 384
Annex 120E (normative) Chip-to-module 200 Gb/s four-lane Attachment Unit Interface (200GAUI-4
C2M) and 400 Gb/s eight-lane Attachment Unit Interface (400GAUI-8 C2M) 385
120E.1 Overview 385
120E.1.1 Bit error ratio 387
120E.2 200GAUI-4 and 400GAUI-8 chip-to-module compliance point definitions. 387
120E.3 200GAUI-4 and 400GAUI-8 chip-to-module electrical characteristics 388
120E.3.1 200GAUI-4 and 400GAUI-8 C2M host output characteristics 388
120E.3.1.1 Signaling rate and range 389
120E.3.1.2 Signal levels 389
120E.3.1.3 Output return loss 390
120E.3.1.4 Differential termination mismatch 390
120E.3.1.5 Transition time 390
120E.3.1.6 Host output eye width and eye height. 390
120E.3.1.7 Reference receiver for eye width and eye height evaluation 391
120E.3.2 200GAUI-4 and 400GAUI-8 C2M module output characteristics. 393
120E.3.2.1 Module output eye width, eye height, and pre-cursor ISI ratio 394
120E.3.2.1.1 Reference receiver for module output evaluation. 395
120E.3.2.1.2 Far-end pre-cursor ISI ratio 395
120E.3.3 200GAUI-4 and 400GAUI-8 C2M host input characteristics 395
120E.3.3.1 Input return loss 395
120E.3.3.2 Host stressed input test 396
120E.3.3.2.1 Host stressed input test procedure 396
120E.3.4 200GAUI-4 and 400GAUI-8 C2M module input characteristics. 398
120E.3.4.1 Module stressed input test. 398
120E.3.4.1.1 Module stressed input test procedure 398
120E.4 200GAUI-4 and 400GAUI-8 C2M measurement methodology 400
120E.4.1 HCB/MCB characteristics 400
120E.4.2 Eye width and eye height measurement method 401
120E.4.3 Vertical eye closure 403
120E.5 Protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma for Annex 120E, Chipto-
module 200 Gb/s four-lane Attachment Unit Interface (200GAUI-4 C2M) and
400 Gb/s eight-lane Attachment Unit Interface (400GAUI-8 C2M). 405
120E.5.1 Introduction. 405
120E.5.2 Identification. 405
120E.5.2.1 Implementation identification 405
120E.5.2.2 Protocol summary 405
120E.5.3 Major capabilities/options. 406
120E.5.4 PICS proforma tables for Chip-to-module 200 Gb/s four-lane Attachment Unit
Interface (200GAUI-4 C2M) and 400 Gb/s eight-lane Attachment Unit Interface
(400GAUI-8 C2M) 406
120E.5.4.1 Host output 406
120E.5.4.2 Module output. 407
120E.5.4.3 Host input 407
120E.5.4.4 Module input. 407

考察

アルファベットのどの語で始まる語で、目次に出てくる語は何種類あるかを調べ中。

<この項は書きかけです。順次追記します。>
This article is not completed. I will add some words in order.

自己参照

C++ Support(0)　
https://qiita.com/kaizen_nagoya/items/8720d26f762369a80514

Coding Rules(0) C Secure , MISRA and so on
https://qiita.com/kaizen_nagoya/items/400725644a8a0e90fbb0

Ethernet 記事一覧　Ethernet(0)
https://qiita.com/kaizen_nagoya/items/88d35e99f74aefc98794

Wireshark 一覧 wireshark(0)、Ethernet(48)
https://qiita.com/kaizen_nagoya/items/fbed841f61875c4731d0

線網（Wi-Fi）空中線(antenna)(0) 記事一覧(118/300目標)
https://qiita.com/kaizen_nagoya/items/5e5464ac2b24bd4cd001

OSEK OS設計の基礎　OSEK(100)
https://qiita.com/kaizen_nagoya/items/7528a22a14242d2d58a3

Error一覧(C/C++, python, bash...) Error(0)
https://qiita.com/kaizen_nagoya/items/48b6cbc8d68eae2c42b8

なぜdockerで機械学習するか 書籍・ソース一覧作成中 (目標100)
https://qiita.com/kaizen_nagoya/items/ddd12477544bf5ba85e2

言語処理100本ノックをdockerで。python覚えるのに最適。:10+12
https://qiita.com/kaizen_nagoya/items/7e7eb7c543e0c18438c4

プログラムちょい替え（0）一覧:4件
https://qiita.com/kaizen_nagoya/items/296d87ef4bfd516bc394

TOPPERSまとめ　#名古屋のIoTは名古屋のOSで
https://qiita.com/kaizen_nagoya/items/9026c049cb0309b9d451

docker(0) 資料集
https://qiita.com/kaizen_nagoya/items/45699eefd62677f69c1d

Qiita-dockerお宝鑑定団
https://qiita.com/kaizen_nagoya/items/509e125263559b5aed5b

The C++ Standard Library: clang++とg++でコンパイルしてみた(まとめ):14件
https://qiita.com/kaizen_nagoya/items/9bdfaa392443d13e5759

C++17 - The Complete Guide clang++とg++でコンパイルしてみた(まとめ):4件
https://qiita.com/kaizen_nagoya/items/c000f307e642990781e1

C++N3242, 2011, ISO/IEC 14882, C++ standard(1) Example code compile list
https://qiita.com/kaizen_nagoya/items/685b5c1a2c17c1bf1318

C++N4606 Working Draft 2016, ISO/IEC 14882, C++ standard(1) Example code compile list
https://qiita.com/kaizen_nagoya/items/df5d62c35bd6ed1c3d43/

C++N4741, 2018 Standard Working Draft on ISO/IEC 14882 sample code compile list
https://qiita.com/kaizen_nagoya/items/3294c014044550896010

C++N4910:2022 Standard Working Draft on ISO/IEC 14882(0) sample code compile list
https://qiita.com/kaizen_nagoya/items/fc957ddddd402004bb91

Autosar Guidelines C++14 example code compile list(1-169)
https://qiita.com/kaizen_nagoya/items/8ccbf6675c3494d57a76

プログラマによる、プログラマのための、統計と確率のプログラミングとその後 統計と確率一覧（０）
https://qiita.com/kaizen_nagoya/items/6e9897eb641268766909

一覧の一覧( The directory of directories of mine.) Qiita(100)
https://qiita.com/kaizen_nagoya/items/7eb0e006543886138f39

＜この記事は個人の過去の経験に基づく個人の感想です。現在所属する組織、業務とは関係がありません。＞
This article is an individual impression based on the individual's experience. It has nothing to do with the organization or business to which I currently belong.

文書履歴(document history)

ver. 0.01 初稿 　20221119

最後までおよみいただきありがとう4ざいました。

いいね　💚、フォローをお願いします。

Thank you very much for reading to the last sentence.

Please press the like icon 💚　and follow me for your happy life.